diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:23:35 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:23:35 -0700 |
| commit | cf95909db26fcf5ad673b0ad0516bd9e47be7fc9 (patch) | |
| tree | a072842278f73d3b7036b5b6863b608f7c21132e | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4506-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 157944 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4506-h/4506-h.htm | 12230 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4506.txt | 8651 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4506.zip | bin | 0 -> 154981 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/lstfg10.txt | 9058 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/lstfg10.zip | bin | 0 -> 154302 bytes |
9 files changed, 29955 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/4506-h.zip b/4506-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a9bf33 --- /dev/null +++ b/4506-h.zip diff --git a/4506-h/4506-h.htm b/4506-h/4506-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d181774 --- /dev/null +++ b/4506-h/4506-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,12230 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML> +<HEAD> + +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> + +<TITLE> +The Project Gutenberg E-text of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille +</TITLE> + +<STYLE TYPE="text/css"> +BODY { color: Black; + background: White; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; + text-align: justify } + +P {text-indent: 4% } + +P.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +P.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: small } + +P.letter {text-indent: 0%; + font-size: small ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.footnote {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.transnote {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.intro {font-size: 80% ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.finis { font-size: larger ; + text-align: center ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +</STYLE> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Lost in the Fog + +Author: James De Mille + +Posting Date: August 11, 2009 [EBook #4506] +Release Date: October, 2003 +First Posted: January 27, 2002 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LOST IN THE FOG *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + +</pre> + + +<BR><BR> + +<H1 ALIGN="center"> +LOST IN THE FOG +</H1> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +by +</H3> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +JAMES DE MILLE +</H2> + +<BR><BR> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +1870 +</H4> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<TABLE ALIGN="center" WIDTH="80%"> +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap01">I</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap02">II</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap03">III</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap04">IV</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap05">V</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap06">VI</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap07">VII</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap08">VIII</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap09">IX</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top" WIDTH="10%"> +<A HREF="#chap10">X</A> +</TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap11">XI</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap12">XII</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap13">XIII</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap14">XIV</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap15">XV</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap16">XVI</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap17">XVII</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap18">XVIII</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap19">XIX</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap20">XX</A> +</TD> +</TR> + +<TR> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap21">XXI</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> +<A HREF="#chap22">XXII</A> +</TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +<TD ALIGN="left" VALIGN="top"> </TD> +</TR> + +</TABLE> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap01"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +I. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Old Acquaintances gather around old Scenes.—Antelope, ahoy!—How are +you, Solomon?—Round-about Plan of a round about Voyage.—The Doctor +warns, rebukes, and remonstrates, but, alas! in vain.—It must be +done.—Beginning of a highly eventful Voyage. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +It was a beautiful morning, in the month of July, when a crowd of boys +assembled on the wharf of Grand Pre. The tide was high, the turbid +waters of Mud Creek flowed around, a fresh breeze blew, and if any +craft was going to sea she could not have found a better time. The +crowd consisted chiefly of boys, though a few men were mingled with +them. These boys were from Grand Pre School, and are all old +acquaintances. There was the stalwart frame of Bruce, the Roman face +of Arthur, the bright eyes of Bart, the slender frame of Phil, and the +earnest glance of Tom. There, too, was Pat's merry smile, and the +stolid look of Bogud, and the meditative solemnity of Jiggins, not to +speak of others whose names need not be mentioned. Amid the crowd the +face of Captain Corbet was conspicuous, and the dark visage of Solomon, +while that of the mate was distinguishable in the distance. To all +these the good schooner Antelope formed the centre of attraction, and +also of action. It was on board of her that the chief bustle took +place, and towards her that all eyes were turned. +</P> + +<P> +The good schooner Antelope had made several voyages during the past few +months, and now presented herself to the eye of the spectator not much +changed from her former self. A fine fresh coat of coal tar had but +recently ornamented her fair exterior, while a coat of whitewash inside +the hold had done much to drive away the odor of the fragrant potato. +Rigging and sails had been repaired as well as circumstances would +permit, and in the opinion of her gallant captain she was eminently +seaworthy. +</P> + +<P> +On the present occasion things bore the appearance of a voyage. Trunks +were passed on board and put below, together with coats, cloaks, +bedding, and baskets of provisions. The deck was strewn about with the +multifarious requisites of a ship's company. The Antelope, at that +time, seemed in part an emigrant vessel, with a dash of the yacht and +the coasting schooner. +</P> + +<P> +In the midst of all this, two gentlemen worked their way through the +crowd to the edge of the wharf. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, boys," said one, "well, captain, what's the meaning of all this?" +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet started at this, and looked up from a desperate effort +to secure the end of one of the sails. +</P> + +<P> +"Why, Dr. Porter!" said he; "why, doctor!—how d'ye do?—and Mr. Long, +too!—why, railly!" +</P> + +<P> +The boys also stopped their work, and looked towards their teachers +with a little uneasiness. +</P> + +<P> +"What's all this?" said Dr. Porter, looking around with a smile; "are +you getting up another expedition?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, no," said Captain Corbet, "not 'xactly; fact is, we're kine o' +goin to take a vyge deoun the bay." +</P> + +<P> +"Down the bay?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes. You see the boys kine o' want to go home by water, rayther than +by land." +</P> + +<P> +"By water! Home by water!" repeated Mr. Long, doubtfully. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said Captain Corbet; "an bein as the schewner was in good +repair, an corked, an coal-tarred, an whitewashed up fust rate, I kine +o' thought it would redound to our mootooil benefit if we went off on +sich a excursion,—bein pleasanter, cheaper, comfortabler, an every way +preferable to a land tower." +</P> + +<P> +"Hem," said Dr. Porter, looking uneasily about. "I don't altogether +like it. Boys, what does it all mean?" +</P> + +<P> +Thus appealed to, Bart became spokesman for the boys. +</P> + +<P> +"Why, sir," said he, "we thought we'd like to go home by water—that's +all." +</P> + +<P> +"Go home by water!" repeated the doctor once more, with a curious smile. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"What? by the Bay of Fundy?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"Who are going?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, sir, there are only a few of us. Bruce, and Arthur, and Tom, +and Phil, and Pat, besides myself." +</P> + +<P> +"Bruce and Arthur?" said the doctor; "are they going home by the Bay of +Fundy?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir," said Bart, with a smile. +</P> + +<P> +"I don't see how they can get to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Prince +Edward's Island from the Bay of Fundy," said the doctor, "without going +round Nova Scotia, and that will be a journey of many hundred miles." +</P> + +<P> +"O, no, sir," said Bruce; "we are going first to Moncton." +</P> + +<P> +"O, is that the idea?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"And where will you go from Moncton?" +</P> + +<P> +"To Shediac, and then home." +</P> + +<P> +"And are you going to Newfoundland by that route, Tom?" asked the +doctor. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir," said Tom, gravely. +</P> + +<P> +"From Shediac?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"I never knew before that there were vessels going from Shediac to +Newfoundland." +</P> + +<P> +"O, I'm going to Prince Edward's Island first, sir, with Bruce and +Arthur," said Tom. "I'll find my way home from there." +</P> + +<P> +The doctor smiled. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm afraid you'll find it a long journey before you reach home. Won't +your friends be anxious?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, no, sir. I wrote that I wanted to visit Bruce and Arthur, and they +gave me leave." +</P> + +<P> +"And you, Phil, are you going home by the Antelope?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir." +</P> + +<P> +"You are going exactly in a straight line away from it." +</P> + +<P> +"Am I, sir?" +</P> + +<P> +"Of course you are. This isn't the way to Chester." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, sir, you see I'm going to visit Bart at St. John." +</P> + +<P> +"O, I understand. And that is your plan, then?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir," said Bart. "Pat is going too." +</P> + +<P> +"Where are you going first?" +</P> + +<P> +"First, sir, we will sail to the Petitcodiac River, and go up it as far +as Moncton, where Bruce, and Arthur, and Tom will leave us." +</P> + +<P> +"And then?" +</P> + +<P> +"Then we will go to St. John, where Phil, and Pat, and I will leave +her. Solomon, too, will leave her there." +</P> + +<P> +"Solomon!" cried the doctor. "What! Solomon! Is Solomon going? Why, +what can I do without Solomon? Here! Hallo!—Solomon! What in the +world's the meaning of all this?" +</P> + +<P> +Thus summoned, Solomon came forth from the cabin, into which he had +dived at the first appearance of the doctor. His eyes were downcast, +his face was demure, his attitude and manner were abject. +</P> + +<P> +"Solomon," said the doctor, "what's this I hear? Are you going to St. +John?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ony temp'ly, sah—jist a leetle visit, sah," said Solomon, very +humbly, stealing looks at the boys from his downcast eyes. +</P> + +<P> +"But what makes you go off this way without asking, or letting me know?" +</P> + +<P> +"Did I, sah?" said Solomon, rolling his eyes up as though horrified at +his own wickedness; "the sakes now! Declar, I clean forgot it." +</P> + +<P> +"What are you going away for?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, sah, for de good oh my helf. Docta vises sea vyge; sides, I got +frens in St. John, an business dar, what muss be tended to." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, well," said the doctor, "I suppose if you want to go you'll find +reasons enough; but at the same time you ought to have let me known +before." +</P> + +<P> +"Darsn't, sah," said Solomon. +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Fraid you'd not let me go," said Solomon, with a broad grin, that +instantly was suppressed by a demure cough. +</P> + +<P> +"Nonsense," said the doctor; and then turning away, he spoke a few +words apart with Mr. Long. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, boys," said the doctor, at last, "this project of yours doesn't +seem to me to be altogether safe, and I don't like to trust you in this +way without anybody as a responsible guardian." +</P> + +<P> +Bart smiled. +</P> + +<P> +"O, sir," said he, "you need not be at all uneasy. All of us are +accustomed to take care of ourselves; and besides, if you wanted a +responsible guardian for us, what better one could be found than +Captain Corbet?" +</P> + +<P> +The doctor and Mr. Long both shook their heads. Evidently neither of +them attached any great importance to Captain Corbet's guardianship. +</P> + +<P> +"Did you tell your father how you were going?" asked the doctor, after +a few further words with Mr. Long. +</P> + +<P> +"O, yes, sir; and he told me I might go. What's more, he promised to +charter a schooner for me to cruise about with Phil and Pat after I +arrived home." +</P> + +<P> +"And we got permission, too," said Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"Indeed!" said the doctor. "That changes the appearance of things. I +was afraid that it was a whim of your own. And now, one thing +more,—how are you off for provisions?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, sir," said Captain Corbet, "I've made my calculations, an I think +I've got enough. What I might fail in, the boys and Solomon have made +up." +</P> + +<P> +"How is it, Solomon?" asked the doctor. +</P> + +<P> +Solomon grinned. +</P> + +<P> +"You sleep in the hold, I see," continued the doctor. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, sir," said Bruce. "It's whitewashed, and quite sweet now. We'll +only be on board two or three days at the farthest, and so it really +doesn't much matter how we go." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, boys, I have no more to say; only take care of yourselves." +</P> + +<P> +With these words the doctor and Mr. Long bade them good by, and then +walked away. +</P> + +<P> +The other boys, however, stood on the wharf waiting to see the vessel +off. They themselves were all going to start for home in a few +minutes, and were only waiting for the departure of the Antelope. +</P> + +<P> +This could not now be long delayed. The tide was high. The wind fresh +and fair. The luggage, and provisions, and stores were all on board. +Captain Corbet was at the helm. All was ready. At length the word was +given, the lines were cast off; and the Antelope moved slowly round, +and left the wharf amid the cheers of the boys. Farther and farther it +moved away, then down the tortuous channel of Mud Creek, until at last +the broad expanse of Minas Basin received them. +</P> + +<P> +For this voyage the preparations had been complete. It had first been +thought of several weeks before, and then the plan and the details had +been slowly elaborated. It was thought to be an excellent idea, and +one which was in every respect worthy of the "B. O. W. C." Captain +Corbet embraced the proposal with enthusiasm. Letters home, requesting +permission, received favorable answers. Solomon at first resisted, but +finally, on being solemnly appealed to as Grand Panjandrum, he found +himself unable to withstand, and thus everything was gradually +prepared. Other details were satisfactorily arranged, though not +without much serious and earnest debate. The question of costume +received very careful attention, and it was decided to adopt and wear +the weather-beaten uniforms that had done service amidst mud and water +on a former occasion. Solomon's presence was felt to be a security +against any menacing famine; and that assurance was made doubly sure by +the presence of a cooking stove, which Captain Corbet, mindful of +former hardships, had thoughtfully procured and set up in the hold. +Finally, it was decided that the flag which had formerly flaunted the +breeze should again wave over them; and so it was, that as the Antelope +moved through Mud Creek, like a thing of life, the black flag of the +"B. O. W. C." floated on high, with its blazonry of a skull, which now, +worn by time, looked more than ever like the face of some mild, +venerable, and paternal monitor. +</P> + +<P> +Some time was taken up in arranging the hold. Considerable confusion +was manifest in that important locality. Tin pans were intermingled +with bedding, provisions with wearing apparel, books with knives and +forks, while amid the scene the cooking stove towered aloft prominent. +To tell the truth, the scene was rather free and easy than elegant; nor +could an unprejudiced observer have called it altogether comfortable. +In fact, to one who looked at it with a philosophic mind, an air of +squalor might possibly have been detected. Yet what of that? The +philosophic mind just alluded to would have overlooked the squalor, and +regarded rather the health, the buoyant animal spirits, and the +determined habit of enjoyment, which all the ship's company evinced, +without exception. The first thing which they did in the way of +preparation for the voyage was to doff the garments of civilized life, +and to don the costume of the "B. O. W. C." Those red shirts, +decorated with a huge white cross on the back, had been washed and +mended, and completely reconstructed, so that the rents and patches +which were here and there visible on their fair exteriors, served as +mementos of former exploits, and called up associations of the past +without at all deteriorating from the striking effect of the present. +Glengary bonnets adorned their heads, and served to complete the +costume. +</P> + +<P> +The labor of dressing was followed by a hurried arrangement of the +trunks and bedding; after which they all emerged from the hold and +ascending to the deck, looked around upon the scene. Above, the sky +was blue and cloudless, and between them and the blue sky floated the +flag, from whose folds the face looked benignantly down. The tide was +now on the ebb, and as the wind was fair, both wind and tide united to +bear them rapidly onward. Before them was Blomidon, while all around +was the circling sweep of the shores of Minas Bay. A better day for a +start could not have been found, and everything promised a rapid and +pleasant run. +</P> + +<P> +"I must say," remarked Captain Corbet, who had for some time been +standing buried in his own meditations at the helm,—"I must say, boys, +that I don't altogether regret bein once more on the briny deep. There +was a time," he continued, meditatively, "when I kine o' anticipated +givin up this here occypation, an stayin to hum a nourishin of the +infant. But man proposes, an woman disposes, as the sayin is,—an you +see what I'm druv to. It's a great thing for a man to have a companion +of sperrit, same as I have, that keeps a' drivin an a drivin at him, +and makes him be up an doin. An now, I declar, if I ain't gittin to be +a confirmed wanderer agin, same as I was in the days of my halcyon an +shinin youth. Besides, I have a kine o' feelin as if I'd be a +continewin this here the rest of all my born days." +</P> + +<P> +"I hope you won't feel homesick," remarked Bart, sympathetically. +</P> + +<P> +"Homesick," repeated the captain. "Wal, you see thar's a good deal to +be said about it. In my hum thar's a attraction, but thar's also a +repulsion. The infant drors me hum, the wife of my buzzum drives me +away, an so thar it is, an I've got to knock under to the strongest +power. An that's the identical individool thing that makes the aged +Corbet a foogitive an a vagabond on the face of the mighty deep. Still +I have my consolations." +</P> + +<P> +The captain paused for a few moments, and then resumed. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," he continued, "I have my consolations. Surroundins like these +here air a consolation. I like your young faces, an gay an airy ways, +boys. I like to see you enjoy life. So, go in. Pitch in. Go ahead. +Sing. Shout. Go on like mad. Carry on like all possessed, an you'll +find the aged Corbet smilin amid the din, an a flutterin of his +venerable locks triumphant amid the ragin an riotin elements." +</P> + +<P> +"It's a comfort to know that, at any rate," said Tom. "We'll give you +enough of that before we leave, especially as we know it don't annoy +you." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't know how it is," said the captain, solemnly, "but I begin to +feel a sort of somethin towards you youngsters that's very absorbin. +It's a kine o' anxious fondness, with a mixtoor of indulgent +tenderness. How ever I got to contract sech a feelin beats me. I +s'pose it's bein deprived of my babby, an exiled from home, an so my +vacant buzzom craves to be filled. I've got a dreadful talent for doin +the pariential, an what's more, not only for doin the pariential, but +for feelin of it. So you boys, ef ever you see me a doin of the +pariential towards youns, please remember that when I act like an +anxious an too indulgent parient towards youns, it's because I feel +like one." +</P> + +<P> +For some hours they traversed the waters, carried swiftly on by the +united forces of the wind and tide. At last they found themselves +close by Blomidon, and under his mighty shadow they sailed for some +time. Then they doubled the cape, and there, before them, lay a long +channel—the Straits of Minas, through which the waters pour at every +ebb and flood. Their course now lay through this to the Bay of Fundy +outside; and as it was within two hours of the low tide, the current +ran swiftly, hurrying them rapidly past the land. Here the scene was +grand and impressive in the extreme. On one side arose a lofty, +precipitous cliff, which extended for miles, its sides scarred and +tempest-torn, its crest fringed with trees, towering overhead many +hundreds of feet, black, and menacing, and formidable. At its base was +a steep beach, disclosed by the retreating tide, which had been formed +by the accumulated masses of rock that had fallen in past ages from the +cliffs above. These now, from the margin of the water up to high-water +mark, were covered with a vast growth of sea-weed, which luxuriated +here, and ran parallel to the line of vegetation on the summit of the +cliff. On the other side of the strait the scene was different. Here +the shores were more varied; in one place, rising high on steep +precipices, in others, thrusting forth black, rocky promontories into +the deep channel; in others again, retreating far back, and forming +bays, round whose sloping shores appeared places fit for human +habitation, and in whose still waters the storm-tossed bark might find +a secure haven. +</P> + +<P> +As they drifted on, borne along by the impetuous tide, the shores on +either side changed, and new vistas opened before them. At last they +reached the termination of the strait, the outer portal of this long +avenue, which here was marked by the mighty hand of Nature in +conspicuous characters. For here was the termination of that long +extent of precipitous cliff which forms the outline of Blomidon; and +this termination, abrupt, and stern, and black, shows, in a +concentrated form, the power of wind and wave. The cliff ends abrupt, +broken off short, and beyond this arise from the water several giant +fragments of rock, the first of which, shaped like an irregular +pyramid, rivals the cliff itself in height, and is surrounded by other +rocky fragments, all of which form a colossal group, whose aggregated +effect never fails to overawe the mind of the spectator. Such is Cape +Split, the terminus of Cape Blomidon, on the side of the Bay of Fundy. +Over its shaggy summits now fluttered hundreds of sea-gulls; round its +black base the waves foamed and thundered, while the swift tide poured +between the interstices of the rugged rocks. +</P> + +<P> +"Behind that thar rock," said Captain Corbet, pointing to Cape Split, +"is a place they call Scott's Bay. Perhaps some of you have heard tell +of it." +</P> + +<P> +"I have a faint recollection of such a place," said Bart. "Scott's +Bay, do you call it? Yes, that must be the place that I've heard of; +and is it behind this cape?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's a bay that runs up thar," said the captain. "We'll see it soon +arter we get further down. It's a fishin and ship-buildin place. They +catch a dreadful lot of shad thar sometimes." +</P> + +<P> +Swiftly the Antelope passed on, hurried on by the tide, and no longer +feeling much of the wind; swiftly she passed by the cliffs, and by the +cape, and onward by the sloping shores, till at length the broad bosom +of the Bay of Fundy extended before their eyes. Here the wind ceased +altogether, the water was smooth and calm, but the tide still swept +them along, and the shores on each side receded, until at length they +were fairly in the bay. Here, on one side, the coast of Nova Scotia +spread away, until it faded from view in the distance, while on the +other side the coast of New Brunswick extended. Between the schooner +and this latter coast a long cape projected, while immediately in front +arose a lofty island of rock, whose summit was crowned with trees. +</P> + +<P> +"What island is that?" asked Tom. +</P> + +<P> +"That," said Captain Corbet, "is Isle o' Holt." +</P> + +<P> +"I think I've heard it called Ile Haute," said Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"All the same," said Captain Corbet, "ony I believe it was named after +the man that diskivered it fust, an his name was Holt." +</P> + +<P> +"But it's a French name," said Tom; "Ile Haute means high island." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, mebbe he was a Frenchman," said Captain Corbet. "I won't +argufy—I dare say he was. There used to be a heap o' Frenchmen about +these parts, afore we got red of 'em." +</P> + +<P> +"It's a black, gloomy, dismal, and wretched-looking place," said Tom, +after some minutes of silent survey. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap02"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +II. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +First Sight of a Place destined to be better known.—A Fog +Mill.—Navigation without Wind.—Fishing.—Boarding.—Under +Arrest.—Captain Corbet defiant.—The Revenue Officials frowned +down.—Corbet triumphant. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +The Antelope had left the wharf at about seven in the morning. It was +now one o'clock. For the last two or three hours there had been but +little wind, and it was the tide which had carried her along. Drifting +on in this way, they had come to within a mile of Ile Haute, and had an +opportunity of inspecting the place which Tom had declared to be so +gloomy. In truth, Tom's judgment was not undeserved. Ile Haute arose +like a solid, unbroken rock out of the deep waters of the Bay of Fundy, +its sides precipitous, and scarred by tempest, and shattered by frost. +On its summit were trees, at its base lay masses of rock that had +fallen. The low tide disclosed here, as at the base of Blomidon, a +vast growth of black sea-weed, which covered all that rocky shore. The +upper end of the island, which was nearest them, was lower, however, +and went down sloping to the shore, forming a place where a landing +could easily be effected. From this shore mud flats extended into the +water. +</P> + +<P> +"This end looks as though it had been cleared," said Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"I believe it was," said the captain. +</P> + +<P> +"Does anybody live here?" +</P> + +<P> +"No." +</P> + +<P> +"Did any one ever live here?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, once, some one tried it, I believe, but gave it up." +</P> + +<P> +"Does it belong to anybody, or is it public property?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, I dare say it belongs to somebody, if you could only get him to +claim it." +</P> + +<P> +"I say, captain," said Bruce, "how much longer are we going to drift?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, not much longer. The tide's about on the turn, and we'll have a +leetle change." +</P> + +<P> +"What! will we drift back again?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, I shouldn't wonder if we had a leetle wind afore long." +</P> + +<P> +"But if we don't, will we drift back again into the Basin of Minas?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, dear, no. We can anchor hereabouts somewhar." +</P> + +<P> +"You won't anchor by this island,—will you?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, dear, no. We'll have a leetle driftin first." As the captain +spoke, he looked earnestly out upon the water. +</P> + +<P> +"Thar she comes," he cried at last, pointing over the water. The boys +looked, and saw the surface of the bay all rippled over. They knew the +signs of wind, and waited for the result. Soon a faint puff came up +the bay, which filled the languid sails, and another puff came up more +strongly, and yet another, until at length a moderate breeze was +blowing. The tide no longer dragged them on. It was on the turn; and +as the vessel caught the wind, it yielded to the impetus, and moved +through the water, heading across the bay towards the New Brunswick +shore, in such a line as to pass near to that cape which has already +been spoken of. +</P> + +<P> +"If the wind holds out," said Captain Corbet, "so as to carry us past +Cape d'Or, we can drift up with this tide." +</P> + +<P> +"Where's Cape d'Or?" +</P> + +<P> +"That there," said Captain Corbet, pointing to the long cape which +stretched between them and the New Brunswick shore. "An if it goes +down, an we can't get by the cape, we'll be able, at any rate, to drop +anchor there, an hold on till the next tide." +</P> + +<P> +The returning tide, and the fresh breeze that blew now, bore them +onward rapidly, and they soon approached Cape d'Or. They saw that it +terminated in a rocky cliff, with rocky edges jutting forth, and that +all the country adjoining was wild and rugged. But the wind, having +done this much for them, now began to seem tired of favoring them, and +once more fell off. +</P> + +<P> +"I don't like this," said Captain Corbet, looking around. +</P> + +<P> +"What?" +</P> + +<P> +"All this here," said he, pointing to the shore. +</P> + +<P> +It was about a mile away, and the schooner, borne along now by the +tide, was slowly drifting on to an unpleasant proximity to the rocky +shore. +</P> + +<P> +"I guess we've got to anchor," said Captain Corbet; "there's no help +for it." +</P> + +<P> +"To anchor?" said Bruce, in a tone of disappointment. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, anchor; we've got to do it," repeated the captain, in a decided +tone. The boys saw that there was no help for it, for the vessel was +every moment drawing in closer to the rocks; and though it would not +have been very dangerous for her to run ashore in that calm water, yet +it would not have been pleasant. So they suppressed their +disappointment, and in a few minutes the anchor was down, and the +schooner's progress was stopped. +</P> + +<P> +"Thar's one secret," said the captain, "of navigatin in these here +waters, an that is, to use your anchor. My last anchor I used for nigh +on thirty year, till it got cracked. I mayn't be much on land, but put +me anywhars on old Fundy, an I'm to hum. I know every current on these +here waters, an can foller my nose through the thickest fog that they +ever ground out at old Manan." +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" asked Bart. "What did you say about grinding out fog?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, nothin, ony thar's an island down the bay, you know, called Grand +Manan, an seafarin men say that they've got a fog mill down thar, whar +they grind out all the fog for the Bay of Fundy. I can't say as ever +I've seen that thar mill, but I've allus found the fog so mighty thick +down thar that I think thar's a good deal in the story." +</P> + +<P> +"I suppose we'll lose this tide," said Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, I'm afeard so," said the captain, looking around over the water. +"This here wind ain't much, any way; you never can reckon on winds in +this bay. I don't care much about them. I'd a most just as soon go +about the bay without sails as with them. What I brag on is the tides, +an a jodgmatical use of the anchor." +</P> + +<P> +"You're not in earnest?" +</P> + +<P> +"Course I am." +</P> + +<P> +"Could you get to St. John from Grand Pre without sails?" +</P> + +<P> +"Course I could." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't see how you could manage to do it." +</P> + +<P> +"Do it? Easy enough," said the captain. "You see I'd leave with the +ebb tide, and get out into the bay. Then I'd anchor an wait till the +next ebb, an so on. Bless your hearts, I've often done it." +</P> + +<P> +"But you couldn't get across the bay by drifting." +</P> + +<P> +"Course I could. I'd work my way by short drifts over as far as this, +an then I'd gradually move along till I kine o' canted over to the New +Brunswick shore. It takes time to do it, course it does; but what I +mean to say is this—it CAN be done." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I wouldn't like to be on board while you were trying to do it." +</P> + +<P> +"Mebbe not. I ain't invitin you to do it, either. All I was sayin is, +it CAN be done. Sails air very good in their way, course they air, an +who's objectin to 'em? I'm only sayin that in this here bay thar's +things that's more important than sails, by a long chalk—such as +tides, an anchors in particular. Give me them thar, an I don't care a +hooter what wind thar is." +</P> + +<P> +Lying thus at anchor, under the hot sun, was soon found to be rather +dull, and the boys sought in vain for some way of passing the time. +Different amusements were invented for the occasion. The first +amusement consisted in paper boats, with which they ran races, and the +drift of these frail vessels over the water afforded some excitement. +Then they made wooden boats with huge paper sails. In this last Bart +showed a superiority to the others; for, by means of a piece of iron +hoop, which he inserted as a keel, he produced a boat which was able to +carry an immense press of sail, and in the faint and scarce perceptible +breeze, easily distanced the others. This accomplishment Bart owed to +his training in a seaport town. +</P> + +<P> +At length one of them proposed that they should try to catch fish. +Captain Corbet, in answer to their eager inquiries, informed them that +there were fish everywhere about the bay; on learning which they became +eager to try their skill. Some herring were on board, forming part of +the stores, and these were taken for bait. Among the miscellaneous +contents of the cabin a few hooks were found, which were somewhat +rusty, it is true, yet still good enough for the purpose before them. +Lines, of course, were easily procured, and soon a half dozen baited +hooks were down in the water, while a half dozen boys, eager with +suspense, watched the surface of the water. +</P> + +<P> +For a half hour they held their lines suspended without any result; but +at the end of that time, a cry from Phil roused them, and on looking +round they saw him clinging with all his might to his line, which was +tugged at tightly by something in the water. Bruce ran to help him, +and soon their united efforts succeeded in landing on the deck of the +vessel a codfish of very respectable size. The sight of this was +greeted with cheers by the others, and served to stimulate them to +their work. +</P> + +<P> +After this others were caught, and before half an hour more some twenty +codfish, of various sizes, lay about the deck, as trophies of their +piscatory skill. They were now more excited than ever, and all had +their hooks in the water, and were waiting eagerly for a bite, when an +exclamation from Captain Corbet roused them. +</P> + +<P> +On turning their heads, and looking in the direction where he was +pointing, they saw a steamboat approaching them. It was coming from +the head of the bay on the New Brunswick side, and had hitherto been +concealed by the projecting cape. +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" said Bart. "Is it the St. John steamer?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, SIR," said the captain. "She's a man-o'-war steamer—the revenoo +cutter, I do believe." +</P> + +<P> +"How do you know?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, by her shape." +</P> + +<P> +"She seems to be coming this way." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, bound to Minas Bay, I s'pose. Wal, wal, wal! strange too,—how +singoolarly calm an onterrified I feel in'ardly. Why, boys, I've seen +the time when the sight of a approachin revenoo vessel would make me +shiver an shake from stem to starn. But now how changed! Such, my +friends, is the mootability of human life!" +</P> + +<P> +The boys looked at the steamer for a few moments, but at length went +back to their fishing. The approaching steamer had nothing in it to +excite curiosity: such an object was too familiar to withdraw their +thoughts from the excitement of their lines and hooks, and the hope +which each had of surpassing the other in the number of catches +animated them to new trials. So they soon forgot all about the +approaching steamer. +</P> + +<P> +But Captain Corbet had nothing else to do, and so, whether it was on +account of his lack of employment, or because of the sake of old +associations, he kept his eyes fixed on the steamer. Time passed on, +and in the space of another half hour she had drawn very near to the +Antelope. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly Captain Corbet slapped his hand against his thigh. +</P> + +<P> +"Declar, if they ain't a goin to overhaul us!" he cried. +</P> + +<P> +At this the boys all turned again to look at the steamer. +</P> + +<P> +"Declar, if that fellow in the gold hat ain't a squintin at us through +his spy-glass!" cried the captain. +</P> + +<P> +As the boys looked, they saw that the Antelope had become an object of +singular attention and interest to those on board of the steamer. Men +were on the forecastle, others on the main deck, the officers were on +the quarter-deck, and all were earnestly scrutinizing the Antelope. +One of them was looking at her through his glass. The Antelope, as she +lay at anchor, was now turned with her stern towards the steamer, and +her sails flapping idly against the masts. In a few moments the +paddles of the steamer stopped, and at the same instant a gun was fired. +</P> + +<P> +"Highly honored, kind sir," said Captain Corbet, with a grin. +</P> + +<P> +"What's the matter?" asked Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"Matter? Why that thar steamer feels kine o' interested in us, an that +thar gun means, HEAVE TO." +</P> + +<P> +"Are you going to heave to?" +</P> + +<P> +"Nary heave." +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Can't come it no how; cos why, I'm hove to, with the anchor hard and +fast, ony they can't see that we're anchored." +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly a cry came over the water from a man on the quarter-deck. +</P> + +<P> +"Ship aho-o-o-o-o-oy!" +</P> + +<P> +"Hel-lo-o-o-o-o!" +</P> + +<P> +Such was the informal reply of Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Heave to-o-o-o, till I send a boat aboard." +</P> + +<P> +"Hoo-r-a-a-a-a-ay!" +</P> + +<P> +Such was again Captain Corbet's cheerful and informal answer. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal! wal wal!" he exclaimed, "it does beat my grandmother—they're +goin to send a boat aboard." +</P> + +<P> +"What for?" +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet grinned, and shook his head, and chuckled very +vehemently, but said nothing. He appeared to be excessively amused +with his own thoughts. The boys looked at the steamer, and then at +Captain Corbet, in some wonder; but as he said nothing, they were +silent, and waited to see what was going to happen. Meanwhile Solomon, +roused from some mysterious culinary duties by the report of the gun, +had scrambled upon the deck, and stood with the others looking out over +the water at the steamer. +</P> + +<P> +In a few moments the steamer's boat was launched, and a half dozen +sailors got in, followed by an officer. Then they put off, and rowed +with vigorous strokes towards the schooner. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet watched the boat for some time in silence. +</P> + +<P> +"Cur'ouser an cur'ouser," he said, at length. "I've knowed the time, +boys, when sech an incident as this, on the briny deep, would have +fairly keeled me over, an made me moot, an riz every har o' my head; +but look at me now. Do I tremble? do I shake? Here, feel my pulse." +</P> + +<P> +Phil, who stood nearest, put his finger on the outstretched wrist of +the captain. +</P> + +<P> +"Doos it beat?" +</P> + +<P> +"No," said Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"Course it beats; but then it ony beats nateral. You ain't feelin the +right spot—the humane pulse not bein sitooated on the BACK of the +hand," he added mildly, "but here;" and he removed Phil's inexperienced +finger to the place where the pulse lies. "Thar, now," he added, "as +that pulse beats now, even so it beat a half hour ago, before that thar +steamer hev in sight. Why, boys, I've knowed the time when this humane +pulse bet like all possessed. You see, I've lived a life of adventoor, +in spite of my meek and quiet natoor, an hev dabbled at odd times in +the smugglin business. But they don't catch me this time—I've retired +from that thar, an the Antelope lets the revenoo rest in peace." +</P> + +<P> +The boat drew nearer and nearer, and the officer at the stern looked +scrutinizingly at the Antelope. There was an air of perplexity about +his face, which was very visible to those on board, and the perplexity +deepened and intensified as his eyes rested on the flag of the "B. O. +W. C." +</P> + +<P> +"Leave him to me," said Captain Corbet. "Leave that thar young man to +me. I enjy havin to do with a revenoo officer jest now; so don't go an +put in your oars, but jest leave him to me." +</P> + +<P> +"All right, captain; we won't say a word," said Bruce. "We'll go on +with our fishing quietly. Come, boys—look sharp, and down with your +lines." +</P> + +<P> +The interest which they had felt in these new proceedings had caused +the boys to pull up their hooks; but now, at Bruce's word, they put +them in the water once more, and resumed their fishing, only casting +sidelong glances at the approaching boat. +</P> + +<P> +In a few minutes the boat was alongside, and the officer leaped on +board. He looked all around, at the fish lying about the deck, at the +boys engaged in fishing, at Captain Corbet, at Solomon, at the +mysterious flag aloft, and finally at the boys. These all took no +notice of him, but appeared to be intent on their task. +</P> + +<P> +"What schooner is this?" he asked, abruptly. +</P> + +<P> +"The schooner Antelope, Corbet master," replied the captain. +</P> + +<P> +"Are you the master?" +</P> + +<P> +"I am." +</P> + +<P> +"Where do you belong?" +</P> + +<P> +"Grand Pre." +</P> + +<P> +"Grand Pre? +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"Hm," he replied, with a stare around—"Grand Pre—ah—-hm." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, jest so." +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" +</P> + +<P> +"I briefly remarked that it was jest so." +</P> + +<P> +"What's the reason you didn't lie to, when you were hailed?" +</P> + +<P> +"Lay to?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"Couldn't do it." +</P> + +<P> +"What do you mean by that?" asked the officer, who was rather ireful, +and somewhat insulting in his manner. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal bein as I was anchored here hard an fast, I don't exactly see how +I could manage to go through that thar manoeuvre, unless you'd kindly +lend me the loan of your steam ingine to do it on." +</P> + +<P> +"Look here, old man; you'd better look out." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I dew try to keep a good lookout. How much'll you take for the +loan o' that spy-glass o' yourn?" +</P> + +<P> +"Let me see your papers." +</P> + +<P> +"Papers?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, your papers." +</P> + +<P> +"Hain't got none." +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" +</P> + +<P> +"Hain't got none." +</P> + +<P> +"You—haven't—any—papers?" +</P> + +<P> +"Nary paper." +</P> + +<P> +The officer's brow grew dark. He looked around the vessel once more, +and then looked frowningly at Captain Corbet, who encountered his +glance with a serene smile. +</P> + +<P> +"Look here, old man," said he; "you can't come it over me. Your little +game's up, old fellow. This schooner's seized." +</P> + +<P> +"Seized? What for?" +</P> + +<P> +"For violation of the law, by fishing within the limits." +</P> + +<P> +"Limits? What limits?" +</P> + +<P> +"No foreign vessel can come within three miles of the shore." +</P> + +<P> +"Foreign vessel? Do you mean to call me a foreigner?" +</P> + +<P> +"Of course I do. You're a Yankee fisherman." +</P> + +<P> +"Am I?" +</P> + +<P> +"Of course you are; and what do you mean by that confounded rag up +there?" cried the officer, pointing to the flag of the "B. O. W. C." +"If you think you can fish in this style, you'll find yourself +mistaken. I know too much about this business." +</P> + +<P> +"Do you? Well, then, kind sir, allow me to mention that you've got +somethin to larn yet—spite o' your steam injines an spy-glasses." +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" cried the officer, furious. "I'll let you know. I +arrest you, and this vessel is seized." +</P> + +<P> +"Wait a minute, young sir," cried Captain Corbet; "not QUITE so fast, +EF you please. You'll get YOURSELF arrested. What do you mean by this +here? Do you know who I am? I, sir, am a subject of Queen Victory. +My home is here. I'm now on my own natyve shore. A foreigner, am I? +Let me tell you, sir, that I was born, brung up, nourished, married, an +settled in this here province, an I've got an infant born here, an I'm +not a fisherman, an this ain't a fishin vessel. You arrest me ef you +dar. You'll see who'll get the wust of it in the long run. I'd like +precious well to get damages—yea, swingin damages—out of one of you +revenoo fellers." +</P> + +<P> +The officer looked around again. It would not do to make a mistake. +Captain Corbet's words were not without effect. +</P> + +<P> +"Yea!" cried Captain Corbet. "Yea, naval sir! I'm a free Nova Scotian +as free as a bird. I cruise about my natyve coasts whar I please. +Who's to hender? Seize me if you dar, an it'll be the dearest job you +ever tried. This here is my own private pleasure yacht. These are my +young friends, natyves, an amatoor fishermen. Cast your eye down into +yonder hold, and see if this here's a fishin craft." +</P> + +<P> +The officer looked down, and saw a cooking stove, trunks, and bedding. +He looked around in doubt. +</P> + +<P> +But this scene had lasted long enough. +</P> + +<P> +"O, nonsense!" said Bart, suddenly pulling up his line, and coming +forward; "see here—it's all right," said he to the officer. "We're not +fishermen. It's as he says. We're only out on a short cruise, you +know, for pleasure, and that sort of thing." +</P> + +<P> +As Bart turned, the others did the same. Bruce lounged up, dragging +his line, followed by Arthur and the others. +</P> + +<P> +"We're responsible for the schooner," said Bruce, quietly. "It's ours +for the time being. We don't look like foreign fishermen—do we?" +</P> + +<P> +The officer looked at the boys, and saw his mistake at once. He was +afraid that he had made himself ridiculous. The faces and manners of +the boys, as they stood confronting him in an easy and self-possessed +manner, showed most plainly the absurdity of his position. Even the +mysterious flag became intelligible, when he looked at the faces of +those over whom it floated. +</P> + +<P> +"I suppose it's all right," he muttered, in a vexed tone, and descended +into the boat without another word. +</P> + +<P> +"Sorry to have troubled you, captain," said Corbet, looking blandly +after the officer; "but it wan't my fault. I didn't have charge of +that thar injine." +</P> + +<P> +The officer turned his back without a word, and the men pulled off to +the steamer. +</P> + +<P> +The captain looked after the boat in silence for some time. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm sorry," said he, at length, as he heaved a gentle sigh,—"I'm +sorry that you put in your oars—I do SO like to sass a revonoo +officer." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap03"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +III. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Solomon surpasses himself.—A Period of Joy is generally followed by a +Time of Sorrow.—Gloomy Forebodings.—The Legend of Petticoat +Jack.—Captain Corbet discourses of the Dangers of the Deep, and puts +in Practice a new and original Mode of Navigation. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +This interruption put an end to their attempts at fishing, and was +succeeded by another interruption of a more pleasing character, in the +shape of dinner, which was now loudly announced by Solomon. For some +time a savory steam had been issuing from the lower regions, and had +been wafted to their nostrils in successive puffs, until at last their +impatient appetite had been roused to the keenest point, and the +enticing fragrance had suggested all sorts of dishes. When at length +the summons came, and they went below, they found the dinner in every +way worthy of the occasion. Solomon's skill never was manifested more +conspicuously than on this occasion; and whether the repast was judged +of by the quantity or the quality of the dishes, it equally deserved to +be considered as one of the masterpieces of the distinguished artist +who had prepared it. +</P> + +<P> +"Dar, chil'en," he exclaimed, as they took their places, "dar, cap'en, +jes tas dem ar trout, to begin on, an see if you ever saw anythin to +beat 'em in all your born days. Den try de stew, den de meat pie, den +de calf's head; but dat ar pie down dar mustn't be touched, nor eben so +much as looked at, till de las ob all." +</P> + +<P> +And with these words Solomon stepped back, leaning both hands on his +hips, and surveyed the banquet and the company with a smile of serene +and ineffable complacency. +</P> + +<P> +"All right, Solomon, my son," said Bart. "Your dinner is like +yourself—unequalled and unapproachable." +</P> + +<P> +"Bless you, bless you, my friend," murmured Bruce, in the intervals of +eating; "if there is any contrast between this present voyage and +former ones, it is all due to our unequalled caterer." +</P> + +<P> +"How did you get the trout, Solomon?" said Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"De trout? O, I picked 'em up last night down in de village," said +Solomon. "Met little boy from Gaspereaux, an got 'em from him." +</P> + +<P> +"What's this?" cried Tom, opening a dish—"not lobster!" +</P> + +<P> +"Lobster!" exclaimed Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"So it is." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, Solomon, where did you get lobster?" +</P> + +<P> +"Is this the season for them?" +</P> + +<P> +"Think of the words of the poet, boys," said Bart, warningly,— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "In the months without the R,<BR> + Clams and lobsters pison are."<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Solomon meanwhile stood apart, grinning from ear to ear, with his +little black beads of eyes twinkling with merriment. +</P> + +<P> +"Halo, Solomon! What do you say to lobsters in July?" +</P> + +<P> +Solomon's head wagged up and down, as though he were indulging in some +quiet, unobtrusive laughter, and it was some time before he replied. +</P> + +<P> +"O, neber you fear, chil'en," he said; "ef you're only goin to get sick +from lobsters, you'll live a long day. You may go in for clams, an +lobsters, an oysters any time ob de yeah you like,—ony dey mus be +cooked up proper." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm gratified to hear that," said Bruce, gravely, "but at the same +time puzzled. For Mrs. Pratt says the exact opposite; and so here we +have two great authorities in direct opposition. So what are we to +think?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, there's no difficulty," said Arthur, "for the doctors are not of +equal authority. Mrs. Pratt is a quack, but Solomon is a +professional—a regular, natural, artistic, and scientific cook, which +at sea is the same as doctor." +</P> + +<P> +The dinner was prolonged to an extent commensurate with its own +inherent excellence and the capacity of the boys to appreciate it; but +at length, like all things mortal, it came to a termination, and the +company went up once more to the deck. On looking round it was evident +to all that a change had taken place. +</P> + +<P> +Four miles away lay Ile Haute, and eight or ten miles beyond this lay +the long line of Nova Scotia. It was now about four o'clock, and the +tide had been rising for three hours, and was flowing up rapidly, and +in a full, strong current. As yet there was no wind, and the broad +surface of the bay was quite smooth and unruffled. In the distance and +far down the bay, where its waters joined the horizon, there was a kind +of haze, that rendered the line of separation between sea and sky very +indistinct. The coast of Nova Scotia was at once enlarged and +obscured. It seemed now elevated to an unusual height above the sea +line, as though it had been suddenly brought several miles nearer, and +yet, instead of being more distinct, was actually more obscure. Even +Ile Haute, though so near, did not escape. Four miles of distance were +not sufficient to give it that grand indistinctness which was now flung +over the Nova Scotia coast; yet much of the mysterious effect of the +haze had gathered about the island; its lofty cliffs seemed to tower on +high more majestically, and to lean over more frowningly; its fringe of +black sea-weed below seemed blacker, while the general hue of the +island had changed from a reddish color to one of a dull slaty blue. +</P> + +<P> +"I don't like this," said Captain Corbet, looking down the bay and +twisting up his face as he looked. +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet shook his head. +</P> + +<P> +"What's the matter?" +</P> + +<P> +"Bad, bad, bad!" said the captain. +</P> + +<P> +"Is there going to be a storm?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wuss!" +</P> + +<P> +"Worse? What?" +</P> + +<P> +"Fog." +</P> + +<P> +"Fog?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, hot an heavy, thick as puddin, an no mistake. I tell you what it +is, boys: judgin from what I see, they've got a bran-new steam injine +into that thar fog mill at Grand Manan; an the way they're goin to +grind out the fog this here night is a caution to mariners." +</P> + +<P> +Saying this, he took off his hat, and holding it in one hand, he +scratched his venerable head long and thoughtfully with the other. +</P> + +<P> +"But I don't see any fog as yet," said Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"Don't see it? Wal, what d'ye call all that?" said the captain, giving +a grand comprehensive sweep with his arm, so as to take in the entire +scene. +</P> + +<P> +"Why, it's clear enough." +</P> + +<P> +"Clear? Then let me tell you that when you see a atmosphere like this +here, then you may expect to see it any moment changed into deep, thick +fog. Any moment—five minutes 'll be enough to snatch everything from +sight, and bury us all in the middle of a unyversal fog bank." +</P> + +<P> +"What'll we do?" +</P> + +<P> +"Dew? That's jest the question." +</P> + +<P> +"Can we go on?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal—without wind—I don't exactly see how. In a fog a wind is not +without its advantages. That's one of the times when the old Antelope +likes to have her sails up; but as we hain't got no wind, I don't think +we'll do much." +</P> + +<P> +"Will you stay here at anchor?" +</P> + +<P> +"At anchor? Course not. No, sir. Moment the tide falls again, I'll +drift down so as to clear that pint there,—Cape Chignecto,—then +anchor; then hold on till tide rises; and then drift up. Mebbe before +that the wind 'll spring up, an give us a lift somehow up the bay." +</P> + +<P> +"How long before the tide will turn?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, it'll be high tide at about a quarter to eight this evenin, I +calc'late." +</P> + +<P> +"You'll drift in the night, I suppose." +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, I didn't know but what the fog and the night together might be too +much for you." +</P> + +<P> +"Too much? Not a bit of it. Fog, and night, and snow-storms, an tide +dead agin me, an a lee shore, are circumstances that the Antelope has +met over an over, an fit down. As to foggy nights, when it's as calm +as this, why, they're not wuth considerin." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet's prognostication as to the fog proved to be correct. +It was only for a short time that they were allowed to stare at the +magnified proportions of the Nova Scotia coast and Ile Haute. Then a +change took place which attracted all their attention. +</P> + +<P> +The change was first perceptible down the bay. It was first made +manifest by the rapid appearance of a thin gray cloud along the +horizon, which seemed to take in both sea and sky, and absorbed into +itself the outlines of both. At the same time, the coast of Nova +Scotia grew more obscure, though it lost none of its magnified +proportions, while the slaty blue of Ile Haute changed to a grayer +shade. +</P> + +<P> +This change was rapid, and was followed by other changes. The thin +gray cloud, along the south-west horizon, down the bay, gradually +enlarged itself; till it grew to larger and loftier proportions. In a +quarter of an hour it had risen to the dimensions of the Nova Scotia +coast. In a half an hour it was towering to double that height. In an +hour its lofty crest had ascended far up into the sky. +</P> + +<P> +"It's a comin," said Captain Corbet. "I knowed it. Grind away, you +old fog mill! Pile on the steam, you Grand Mananers!" +</P> + +<P> +"Is there any wind down there?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not a hooter." +</P> + +<P> +"Is the fog coming up without any wind?" +</P> + +<P> +"Course it is. What does the fog want of wind?" +</P> + +<P> +"I thought it was the wind that brought it along." +</P> + +<P> +"Bless your heart, the fog takes care of itself. The wind isn't a bit +necessary. It kine o' pervades the hull atmosphere, an rolls itself on +an on till all creation is overspread. Why, I've seen everything +changed from bright sunshine to the thickest kind of fog in fifteen +minutes,—yea, more,—and in five minutes." +</P> + +<P> +Even while they were speaking the fog rolled on, the vast accumulation +of mist rose higher and yet higher, and appeared to draw nearer with +immense rapidity. It seemed as though the whole atmosphere was +gradually becoming condensed, and precipitating its invisible watery +vapor so as to make it visible in far-extending fog banks. It was not +wind, therefore, that brought on the clouds, for the surface of the +water was smooth and unruffled, but it was the character of the +atmosphere itself from which this change was wrought. And still, as +they looked at the approaching mist, the sky overhead was blue, and the +sun shone bright. But the gathering clouds seemed now to have gained a +greater headway, and came on more rapidly. In a few minutes the whole +outline of the Nova Scotia coast faded from view, and in its place +there appeared a lofty wall of dim gray cloud, which rose high in the +air, fading away into the faintest outline. Overhead, the blue sky +became rapidly more obscured; Ile Haute changed again from its grayish +blue to a lighter shade, and then became blended with the impenetrable +fog that was fast enclosing all things; and finally the clouds grew +nearer, till the land nearest them was snatched from view, and all +around was alike shrouded under the universal veil; nothing whatever +was visible. For a hundred yards, or so, around them, they could see +the surface of the water; but beyond this narrow circle, nothing more +could be discerned. +</P> + +<P> +"It's a very pooty fog," said Captain Corbet, "an I only wonder that +there ain't any wind. If it should come, it'll be all right." +</P> + +<P> +"You intend, then, to go on just the same." +</P> + +<P> +"Jest the same as ef the sky was clear. I will up anchor as the tide +begins to fall, an git a good piece down, so as to dodge Cape +Chegnecto, an there wait for the rising tide, an jest the same as ef +the sun was shinin. But we can't start till eight o'clock this evenin. +Anyhow, you needn't trouble yourselves a mite. You may all go to +sleep, an dream that the silver moon is guidin the traveller on the +briny deep." +</P> + +<P> +The scene now was too monotonous to attract attention, and the boys +once more sought for some mode of passing the time. Nothing appeared +so enticing as their former occupation of fishing, and to this they +again turned their attention. In this employment the time passed away +rapidly until the summons was given for tea. Around the festive board, +which was again prepared by Solomon with his usual success, they +lingered long, and at length, when they arose, the tide was high. It +was now about eight o'clock in the evening, and Captain Corbet was all +ready to start. As the tide was now beginning to turn, and was on the +ebb, the anchor was raised, and the schooner, yielding to the pressure +of the current, moved away from her anchorage ground. It was still +thick, and darkness also was coming on. Not a thing could be +discerned, and by looking at the water, which moved with the schooner, +it did not seem as though any motion was made. +</P> + +<P> +"That's all your blindness," said the captain, as they mentioned it to +him. "You can't see anything but the water, an as it is movin with us, +it doesn't seem as though we were movin. But we air, notwithstandin, +an pooty quick too. I'll take two hours' drift before stoppin, so as +to make sure. I calc'late about that time to get to a place whar I can +hit the current that'll take me, with the risin tide, up to old +Petticoat Jack." +</P> + +<P> +"By the way, captain," said Phil, "what do you seafaring men believe +about the origin of that name—Petitcodiac? Is it Indian or French?" +</P> + +<P> +"'Tain't neither," said Captain Corbet, decidedly. "It's good English; +it's 'Petticoat Jack;' an I've hearn tell a hundred times about its +original deryvation. You see, in the old French war, there was an +English spy among the French, that dressed hisself up as a woman, an +was familiarly known, among the British generals an others that emply'd +him, as 'Petticoat Jack.' He did much to contriboot to the defeat of +the French; an arter they were licked, the first settlers that went up +thar called the place, in honor of their benefacture, 'Petticoat Jack;' +an it's bore that name ever sence. An people that think it's French, +or Injine, or Greek, or Hebrew, or any other outlandish tongue, don't +know what they're talkin about. Now, I KNOW, an I assure you what I've +ben a sayin's the gospel terewth, for I had it of an old seafarin man +that's sailed this bay for more'n forty year, an if he ain't good +authority, then I'd like to know who is—that's all." +</P> + +<P> +At this explanation of the etymology of the disputed term, the boys +were silent, and exchanged glances of admiration. +</P> + +<P> +It was some minutes after eight when they left their anchorage, and +began to drift once more. There was no moon, and the night would have +been dark in any case, but now the fog rendered all things still more +obscure. It had also grown much thicker than it had been. At first it +was composed of light vapors, which surrounded them on all sides, it is +true, but yet did not have that dampness which might have been +expected. It was a light, dry fog, and for two or three hours the +deck, and rigging, and the clothes of those on board remained quite +dry. But now, as the darkness increased, the fog became denser, and +was more surcharged with heavy vapors. Soon the deck looked as though +it had received a shower of rain, and the clothes of those on board +began to be penetrated with the chill damp. +</P> + +<P> +"It's very dark, captain," said Bruce, at last, as the boys stood near +the stern. +</P> + +<P> +"Dradful dark," said the captain, thoughtfully. +</P> + +<P> +"Have you really a good idea of where we are?" +</P> + +<P> +"An idee? Why, if I had a chart,—which I haven't, cos I've got it all +mapped out in my head,—but if I had one, I could take my finger an +pint the exact spot where we are a driftin this blessed minute." +</P> + +<P> +"You're going straight down the bay, I suppose." +</P> + +<P> +"Right—yea, I am; I'm goin straight down; but I hope an trust, an +what's more, I believe, I am taking a kine o' cant over nigher the New +Brunswick shore." +</P> + +<P> +"How long will we drift?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, for about two hours—darsn't drift longer; an besides, don't want +to." +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Darsn't. Thar's a place down thar that every vessel on this here bay +steers clear of, an every navigator feels dreadful shy of." +</P> + +<P> +"What place is that?" +</P> + +<P> +"Quaco Ledge," said Captain Corbet, in a solemn tone. "We'll get as +near it as is safe this night, an p'aps a leetle nearer; but, then, the +water's so calm and still, that it won't make any difference—in fact, +it wouldn't matter a great deal if we came up close to it." +</P> + +<P> +"Quaco Ledge?" said Bruce. "I've heard of that." +</P> + +<P> +"Heard of it? I should rayther hope you had. Who hasn't? It's the +one great, gen'ral, an standin terror of this dangerous and iron-bound +bay. There's no jokin, no nonsense about Quaco Ledge; mind I tell you." +</P> + +<P> +"Where does it lie?" asked Phil, after a pause. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, do you know whar Quaco settlement is?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, Quaco Ledge is nigh about half way between Quaco settlement and +Ile Haute, bein a'most in the middle of the bay, an in a terrible +dangerous place for coasters, especially in a fog, or in a snow-storm. +Many's the vessel that's gone an never heard of, that Quaco Ledge could +tell all about, if it could speak. You take a good snowstorm in this +Bay of Fundy, an let a schooner get lost in it, an not know whar she +is, an if Quaco Ledge don't bring her up all standin, then I'm a +Injine." +</P> + +<P> +"Is it a large place?" +</P> + +<P> +"Considerably too large for comfort," said the captain. "They've +sounded it, an found the whole shoal about three an a half mile long, +an a half a mile broad. It's all kivered over with water at high tide, +but at half tide it begins to show its nose, an at low tide you see as +pooty a shoal for shipwrecking as you may want; rayther low with +pleasant jagged rocks at the nothe-east side, an about a hundred yards +or so in extent. I've been nigh on to it in clear weather, but don't +want to be within five miles of it in a fog or in a storm. In a thick +night like this, I'll pull up before I get close." +</P> + +<P> +"You've never met with any accident there, I suppose." +</P> + +<P> +"Me? No, not me. I always calc'late to give Quaco Ledge the widest +kine o' berth. An I hope you'll never know anythin more about that +same place than what I'm tellin you now. The knowlege which one has +about that place, an places ginrally of that kine, comes better by +hearsay than from actool observation." +</P> + +<P> +Time passed on, and they still drifted, and at length ten o'clock came; +but before that time the boys had gone below, and retired for the +night. Shortly after, the rattle of the chains waked them all, and +informed them that the Antelope had anchored once more. +</P> + +<P> +After this they all fell asleep. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap04"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +IV. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +In Clouds and Darkness.—A terrible Warning.—Nearly run down.—A +lively Place.—Bart encounters an old Acquaintance.—Launched into the +Deep.—Through the Country.—The Swift Tide.—The lost Boy. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +The boys had not been asleep for more than two hours, when they were +awakened by an uproar on deck, and rousing themselves from sleep, they +heard the rattle of the chains and the crank of the windlass. As their +night attire was singularly simple, and consisted largely of the dress +which they wore by day, being the same, in fact, with the exception of +the hat, it was not long before they were up on deck, and making +inquiries as to the unusual noise. That the anchor was being hoisted +they already knew, but why it was they did not. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "thar's a good sou-wester started up, an as +I had a few winks o' sleep, I jest thought I'd try to push on up the +bay, an get as far as I could. If I'd ben in any other place than +this, I wouldn't hev minded, but I'd hev taken my snooze out; but I'm +too near Quaco Ledge by a good sight, an would rayther get further off. +The sou-wester'll take us up a considerable distance, an if it holds on +till arter the tide turns, I ask no more." +</P> + +<P> +Soon the anchor was up, and the Antelope spread her sails, and catching +the sou-wester, dashed through the water like a thing of life. +</P> + +<P> +"We're going along at a great rate, captain," said Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"Beggin your pardon, young sir, we're not doin much. The tide here +runs four knots agin us—dead, an the wind can't take us more'n six, +which leaves a balance to our favor of two knots an hour, an that is +our present rate of progression. You see, at that rate we won't gain +more'n four or five miles before the turn o' tide. After that, we'll go +faster without any wind than we do now with a wind. O, there's nothin +like navigatin the Bay o' Fundy to make a man feel contempt for the +wind. Give me tides an anchors, I say, an I'll push along." +</P> + +<P> +The wind was blowing fresh, and the sea was rising, yet the fog seemed +thicker than ever. The boys thought that the wind might blow the fog +away, and hinted this to the captain. +</P> + +<P> +His only response was a long and emphatic whistle. +</P> + +<P> +"Whe-e-e-ew! what! Blow the fog away? This wind? Why, this wind +brings the fog. The sou-wester is the one wind that seafarin men dread +in the Bay of Fundy. About the wust kine of a storm is that thar very +identical wind blowin in these here very identical waters." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet's words were confirmed by the appearance of sea and sky. +Outside was the very blackness of darkness. Nothing whatever was +visible. Sea and sky were alike hidden from view. The waves were +rising, and though they were not yet of any size, still they made noise +enough to suggest the idea of a considerable storm, and the wind, as it +whistled through the rigging, carried in its sound a menace which would +have been altogether wanting in a bright night. The boys all felt +convinced that a storm was rising, and looked forward to a dismal +experience of the pangs of seasickness. To fight this off now became +their chief aim, and with this intention they all hurried below once +more to their beds. +</P> + +<P> +But the water was not rough, the motion of the schooner was gentle, and +though there was much noise above, yet they did not notice any approach +of the dreaded sea-sickness, and so in a short time they all fell +asleep once more. +</P> + +<P> +But they were destined to have further interruptions. The interruption +came this time in a loud cry from Solomon, which waked them all at once. +</P> + +<P> +"Get up, chil'en! get up! It's all over!" +</P> + +<P> +"What, what!" cried the boys; "what's the matter?" and springing up in +the first moment of alarm, they stood listening. +</P> + +<P> +As they stood, there came to their ears the roaring of the wind through +the rigging, the flapping of the sails, the dashing and roaring of the +waters, in the midst of which there came also a shrill, penetrating +sound, which seemed almost overhead—the sound of some steam whistle. +</P> + +<P> +"Dar, dar!" cried Solomon, in a tone of deadly fear. "It's a comin! I +knowed it. We're all lost an gone. It's a steamer. We're all run down +an drownded." +</P> + +<P> +Without a word of response, the boys once more clambered on deck. All +was as dark as before, the fog as thick, the scene around as +impenetrable, the wind as strong. From a distance there came over the +water, as they listened, the rapid beat of a steamboat's paddles, and +soon there arose again the long, shrill yell of the steam whistle. +They looked all around, but saw no sign of any steamer; nor could they +tell exactly in which direction the sound arose. One thought it came +from one side, another thought it came from the opposite quarter, while +the others differed from these. As for Captain Corbet, he said nothing, +while the boys were expressing their opinions loudly and confidently. +</P> + +<P> +At last Bart appealed to Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Where is the steamer?" +</P> + +<P> +"Down thar," said the captain, waving his hand over the stern. +</P> + +<P> +"What steamer is it? the revenue steamer?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not her. That revenoo steamer is up to Windsor by this time. No; this +is the St. John steamer coming up the bay, an I ony wish she'd take us +an give us a tow up." +</P> + +<P> +"She seems to be close by." +</P> + +<P> +"She is close by." +</P> + +<P> +"Isn't there some danger that we'll be run down?" +</P> + +<P> +As those words were spoken, another yell, louder, shriller, and nearer +than before, burst upon their ears. It seemed to be close astern. The +beat of the paddles was also near them. +</P> + +<P> +"Pooty close!" said the captain. +</P> + +<P> +"Isn't there some danger that we'll be run down?" +</P> + +<P> +To this question, thus anxiously repeated, the captain answered +slowly,— +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, thar may be, an then again thar mayn't. Ef a man tries to dodge +every possible danger in life, he'll have a precious hard time of it. +Why, men air killed in walkin the streets, or knocked over by +sun-strokes, as well as run down at sea. So what air we to do? Do? +Why, I jest do what I've allus ben a doin; I jest keep right straight +on my own course, and mind my own biz. Ten chances to one they'll +never come nigh us. I've heard steamers howlin round me like all +possessed, but I've never ben run down yet, an I ain't goin to be at my +time o' life. I don't blieve you'll see a sign o' that thar steamer. +You'll only hear her yellin—that's all." +</P> + +<P> +As he spoke another yell sounded. +</P> + +<P> +"She's a passin us, over thar," said the captain, waving his hand over +the side. "Her whistle'll contenoo fainter till it stops. So you +better go below and take your sleep out." +</P> + +<P> +The boys waited a little longer, and hearing the next whistle sounding +fainter, as Captain Corbet said, they followed his advice, and were +soon asleep, as before. +</P> + +<P> +This time there was no further interruption, and they did not wake till +about eight in the morning, when they were summoned to breakfast by +Solomon. +</P> + +<P> +On reaching the deck and looking around, a cry of joy went forth from +all. The fog was no longer to be seen, no longer did there extend +around them the wall of gloomy gray, shutting out all things with its +misty folds. No longer was the broad bay visible. They found +themselves now in a wide river, whose muddy waters bore them slowly +along. On one side was a shore, close by them, well wooded in some +places, and in others well cultivated, while on the other side was +another shore, equally fertile, extending far along. +</P> + +<P> +"Here we air," cried Captain Corbet. "That wind served us well. We've +had a fust-rate run. I calc'lated we'd be three or four days, but +instead of that we've walked over in twenty-four hours. Good agin!" +</P> + +<P> +"Will we be able to land at Moncton soon?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, no; not till the next tide." +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, this tide won't last long enough to carry us up thar, an so we'll +have to wait here. This is the best place thar is." +</P> + +<P> +"What place is this?" +</P> + +<P> +"Hillsborough." +</P> + +<P> +"Hillsborough?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes. Do you see that thar pint?" and Captain Corbet waved his arm +towards a high, well-wooded promontory that jutted out into the river. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I'm goin in behind that, and I'll wait thar till the tide turns. +We'll get up to Moncton some time before evenin." +</P> + +<P> +In a few minutes the Antelope was heading towards the promontory; and +soon she passed it, and advanced towards the shore. On passing the +promontory a sight appeared which at once attracted the whole attention +of the boys. +</P> + +<P> +Immediately in front of them, in the sheltered place which was formed +by the promontory, was a little settlement, and on the bank of the +river was a ship-yard. Here there arose the stately outline of a large +ship. Her lower masts were in, she was decorated with flags and +streamers, and a large crowd was assembled in the yard around her. +</P> + +<P> +"There's going to be a launch!" cried Bart, to whom a scene like this +was familiar. +</P> + +<P> +"A launch!" cried Bruce. "Hurrah! We'll be able to see it. I've +never seen one in my life. Now's the time." +</P> + +<P> +"Can't we get ashore?" said Arthur. +</P> + +<P> +"Of course," said Phil; "and perhaps they'll let us go on board and be +launched in her." +</P> + +<P> +The very mention of such a thing increased the general excitement. +Captain Corbet was at once appealed to. +</P> + +<P> +"O, thar's lots of time," said he. "Tain't quite high tide yet. You'll +have time to get ashore before she moves. Hullo, Wade! Whar's that +oar?" +</P> + +<P> +The boys were all full of the wildest excitement, in the midst of which +Solomon appeared with the announcement that breakfast was waiting. +</P> + +<P> +To which Bart replied,— +</P> + +<P> +"O, bother breakfast!" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't want any," said Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"I have no appetite," said Arthur. +</P> + +<P> +"Nor I," said Pat. +</P> + +<P> +"I want to be on board that ship," said Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"We can easily eat breakfast afterwards," said Tom. +</P> + +<P> +At this manifest neglect of his cooking, poor Solomon looked quite +heart-broken; but Captain Corbet told him that he might bring the +things ashore, and this in some measure assuaged his grief. +</P> + +<P> +It did not take long to get ready. The oar was flung on board the +boat, which had thus far been floating behind the schooner; and though +the boat had a little too much water on board to be comfortable, yet no +complaints were made, and in a few minutes they were landed. +</P> + +<P> +"How much time have we yet?" asked Bart, "before high tide?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, you've got fifteen or twenty minutes," said Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Hurrah, boys! Come along," said Bart; and leading the way, he went +straight to the office. +</P> + +<P> +As he approached it he uttered suddenly a cry of joy. +</P> + +<P> +"What's the matter, Bart?" +</P> + +<P> +Bart said nothing, but hurried forward, and the astonished boys saw him +shaking hands very vigorously with a gentleman who seemed like the +chief man on the place. He was an old acquaintance, evidently. In a +few minutes all was explained. As the boys came up, Bart introduced +them as his friends, and they were all warmly greeted; after which the +gentleman said,— +</P> + +<P> +"Why, what a crowd of you there is! Follow me, now. There's plenty of +room for you, I imagine, in a ship of fifteen hundred tons; and you've +just come in time." +</P> + +<P> +With these words he hurried off, followed by all the boys. He led the +way up an inclined plane which ran up to the bows of the ship, and on +reaching this place they went along a staging, and finally, coming to a +ladder, they clambered up, and found themselves on the deck of the ship. +</P> + +<P> +"I must leave you now, Bart, my boy," said the gentleman; "you go to +the quarter-deck and take care of yourselves. I must go down again." +</P> + +<P> +"Who in the world is he, Bart?" asked the boys, as they all stood on +the quarter-deck. +</P> + +<P> +"Was there ever such luck!" cried Bart, joyously. "This is the ship +Sylph, and that is Mr. Watson, and he has built this ship for my +father. Isn't it odd that we should come to this place at this +particular time?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, it's as good as a play." +</P> + +<P> +"Of course it is. I've known Mr. Watson all my life, and he's one of +the best men I ever met with. He was as glad to see me as I was to see +him." +</P> + +<P> +But now the boys stopped talking, for the scene around them began to +grow exciting. In front of them was the settlement, and in the yard +below was a crowd who had assembled to see the launch. Behind them was +the broad expanse of the Petitcodiac River, beyond which lay the +opposite shore, which went back till it terminated in wooded hills. +Overhead arose the masts, adorned with a hundred flags and streamers. +The deck showed a steep slope from bow to stern. But the scene around +was nothing, compared with the excitement of suspense, and expectation. +In a few minutes the hammers were to sound. In a few minutes the +mighty fabric on which they were standing would move, and take its +plunge into the water. +</P> + +<P> +The suspense made them hold their breath, and wait in perfect silence. +</P> + +<P> +Around them were a few men, who were talking in a commonplace way. They +were accustomed to launches, and an incident like this was as nothing +in their lives, though to the boys it was sufficient to make their +hearts throb violently, and deprive them of the power of speech. +</P> + +<P> +A few minutes passed. +</P> + +<P> +"We ought to start soon," said Bart, in a whisper; for there was +something in the scene which made them feel grave and solemn. +</P> + +<P> +The other boys nodded in silence. +</P> + +<P> +A few minutes more passed. +</P> + +<P> +Then there arose a cry. +</P> + +<P> +And then suddenly there came to their excited ears the rattle of a +hundred hammers. Stroke after stroke, in quick succession, was dealt +upon the wedges, which thus raised the vast structure from her +resting-place. For a moment she stood motionless, and then— +</P> + +<P> +Then with a slow motion, at first scarce perceptible, but which every +instant grew quicker, she moved down her ways, and plunged like +lightning into the water. The stern sank deep, then rose, and then the +ship darted through the water across the river. Then suddenly the +anchor was let go, and with the loud, sharp rattle of chains, rushed to +the bed of the river. With a slight jerk the ship stopped. +</P> + +<P> +The launch was over. +</P> + +<P> +A boat now came from the shore, bringing the builder, Mr. Watson; and +at the same time a steamer appeared, rounding a point up the river, and +approaching them. +</P> + +<P> +"Do you want to go to St. John, Bart?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not just yet, sir," said Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"Because if you do you can go down in the ship. The steamer is going +to take her in tow at once. But if you don't want to go, you may go +ashore in the boat. I'm sorry I can't stay here to show you the +country, my boy; but I have to go down in the ship, and at once, for we +can't lie here in the river, unless we want to be left high and dry at +low tide. So good by. Go to the house. Mrs. Watson'll make you +comfortable as long as you like; and if you want to take a drive you +may consider my horses your own." +</P> + +<P> +With these words he shook hands with all the boys for good by, and +after seeing them safely on board the boat, he waited for the steamer +which was to tow the Sylph down the bay. The boys then were rowed +ashore. By the time they landed, the steamer had reached the ship, a +stout cable was passed on board and secured, her anchor was weighed, +and then, borne on by steam, and by the tide, too, which had already +turned, the Sylph, in tow of the steamer, passed down the river, and +was soon out of sight. +</P> + +<P> +Bart then went to see Mrs. Watson, with all the boys. That lady, like +her husband, was an old acquaintance, and in the true spirit of +hospitality insisted on every one of them taking up their abode with +her for an indefinite period. Finding that they could not do this, she +prepared for them a bounteous breakfast, and then persuaded them to go +off for a drive through the country. This invitation they eagerly +accepted. +</P> + +<P> +Before starting, they encountered Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Don't hurry back, boys," said he, "unless you very pertik'l'ry wish to +go up to Moncton by the arternoon tide. Don't mind me. I got several +things to occoopy me here." +</P> + +<P> +"What time could we start up river?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not before four." +</P> + +<P> +"O, we'll be back by that time." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal. Ony don't hurry back unless you like. I got to buy some +ship-bread, an I got to fix some things about the boat. It'll take +some time; so jest do as you like." +</P> + +<P> +Being thus left to their own devices, and feeling quite unlimited with +regard to time, the boys started off in two wagons, and took a long +drive through the country. The time passed quickly, and they enjoyed +themselves so much that they did not get back until dusk. +</P> + +<P> +"It's too late now, boys, to go up," said the captain, as he met them +on their return. "We've got to wait till next tide. It's nearly high +tide now." +</P> + +<P> +"All right, captain; it'll do just as well to go up river to-night." +</P> + +<P> +"Amen," said the captain. +</P> + +<P> +But now Mrs. Watson insisted on their staying to tea, and so it +happened that it was after nine o'clock before they were ready to go on +board the Antelope. Going down to the shore, they found the boat +ready, with some articles which Captain Corbet had procured. +</P> + +<P> +"I've been fixing the gunwales," said he; "an here's a box of +pilot-bread. We were gettin out of provisions, an I've got in a +supply, an I've bought a bit of an old sail that'll do for a jib. I'm +afeard thar won't be room for all of us. Some of you better stay +ashore, an I'll come back." +</P> + +<P> +"I'll wait," said Bart, taking his seat on a stick of timber. +</P> + +<P> +"An I'll wait, too," said Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +The other boys objected in a friendly way, but Bart and Bruce insisted +on waiting, and so the boat at length started, leaving them behind. +</P> + +<P> +In a short time it reached the schooner. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet secured the boat's painter to the stem, and threw the +oar on board. +</P> + +<P> +"Now, boys, one of you stay in the boat, an pass up them things to +me—will you?" +</P> + +<P> +"All right," said Tom. "I'll pass them up." +</P> + +<P> +On this Captain Corbet got on board the schooner, followed by Arthur, +and Phil, and Pat. Tom waited in the boat. +</P> + +<P> +"Now," said Captain Corbet, "lift up that thar box of pilot-bread fust. +'Tain't heavy. We'll get these things out afore we go ashore for the +others." +</P> + +<P> +"All right," said Tom. +</P> + +<P> +He stooped, and took the box of biscuit in his arms. +</P> + +<P> +At that time the tide was running down very fast, and the boat, caught +by the tide, was forced out from the schooner with such a pressure that +the rope was stiffened out straight. +</P> + +<P> +Tom made one step forward. The next instant he fell down in the bottom +of the boat, and those on board of the schooner who were looking at him +saw, to their horror, that the boat was sweeping away with the tide, +far down the river. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap05"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +V. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +A Cry of Horror.—What shall we do?—Hard and fast.—Bart and +Bruce.—Gloomy Intelligence.—The Promontory.—The Bore of the +Petitcodiac.—A Night of Misery.—A mournful Waking.—Taking Counsel. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +A cry of horror escaped those on board, and for some time they stood +silent in utter dismay. +</P> + +<P> +"The rope wasn't tied," groaned Arthur. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, it was," said Captain Corbet; "it bruk; catch me not tyin it. It +bruk; see here!" and he held up in the dim light the end of the rope +which still was fastened to the schooner. "I didn't know it was +rotten," he moaned; "'tain't over ten year old, that bit o' rope, an +I've had it an used it a thousand times without its ever thinkin o' +breakin." +</P> + +<P> +"What can we do?" cried Arthur. "We must do something to save him." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet shook his head. +</P> + +<P> +"We've got no boat," said he. +</P> + +<P> +"Boat! Who wants a boat?" +</P> + +<P> +"What can we do without a boat?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, up anchor, and go after him with the schooner." +</P> + +<P> +"The schooner's hard and fast," said Captain Corbet, mournfully. +</P> + +<P> +"Hard and fast?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; don't you notice how she leans? It's only a little, but that's a +sign that her keel's in the mud." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't believe it! I won't believe it!" cried Arthur. "Come, boys, +up with the anchor." +</P> + +<P> +As the boys rushed to the windlass, Captain Corbet went there, too, +followed by the mate, and they worked at it for some time, until at +last the anchor rose to the surface. +</P> + +<P> +But the Antelope did not move. On the contrary, a still greater list +to one side, which was now unmistakable, showed that the captain was +right, and that she was actually, as he said, hard and fast. This fact +had to be recognized, but Arthur would not be satisfied until he had +actually seen the anchor, and then he knew that the vessel was really +aground. +</P> + +<P> +"Do you mean to say," he cried at last, "that there is nothing to be +done?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't see," said Captain Corbet, "what thar is to be done till the +schewner muves." +</P> + +<P> +"When will that be?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not till to-morrow mornin." +</P> + +<P> +"How early?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not before eight o'clock." +</P> + +<P> +"Eight o'clock!" cried Arthur, in horror. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, eight o'clock. You see we had to come in pooty nigh to the +shore, an it'll be eight o'clock before we're floated." +</P> + +<P> +"And what'll become of poor Tom?" groaned Arthur. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said the captain, "don't look on the wust. He may get ashore." +</P> + +<P> +"He has no oar. The oar was thrown aboard of the schooner." +</P> + +<P> +"Still he may be carried ashore." +</P> + +<P> +"Is there any chance?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, not much, to tell the truth. Thar's no use of buo-oyin of +ourselves up with false hopes; not a mite. Thar's a better chance of +his bein picked up. That thar's likely now, an not unnatooral. Let's +all don't give up. If thar's no fog outside, I'd say his chances air +good." +</P> + +<P> +"But it may be foggy." +</P> + +<P> +"Then, in that case, he'll have to drift a while—sure." +</P> + +<P> +"Then there's no hope." +</P> + +<P> +"Hope? Who's a sayin thar's no hope? Why, look here; he's got +provisions on board, an needn't starve; so if he does float for a day +or two, whar's the harm? He's sure to be picked up eventooally." +</P> + +<P> +At this moment their conversation was interrupted by a loud call from +the promontory. It was the voice of Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +While these events had been taking place on board the schooner, Bruce +and Bart had been ashore. At first they had waited patiently for the +return of the boat, but finally they wondered at her delay. They had +called, but the schooner was too far off to hear them. Then they waited +for what seemed to them an unreasonably long time, wondering what kept +the boat, until at length Bruce determined to try and get nearer. Burt +was to stay behind in case the boat should come ashore in his absence. +With this in view he had walked down the promontory until he had +reached the extreme point, and there he found himself within easy hail +of the Antelope. +</P> + +<P> +"Schooner ahoy!" he cried. +</P> + +<P> +"A-ho-o-o-o-y!" cried Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Why don't you come and take us off?" he cried. +</P> + +<P> +After this there was silence for some time. At last Captain Corbet +shouted out,— +</P> + +<P> +"The boat's lost." +</P> + +<P> +"What!" +</P> + +<P> +"The boat's adrift." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet said nothing about Tom, from a desire to spare him for +the present. So Bruce thought that the empty boat had drifted off, and +as he had been prepared to hear of some accident, he was not much +surprised. +</P> + +<P> +But he was not to remain long in ignorance. In a few moments he heard +Arthur's voice. +</P> + +<P> +"Bruce!" +</P> + +<P> +"Hallo!" +</P> + +<P> +"The boat's gone." +</P> + +<P> +"All right." +</P> + +<P> +"TOM'S ADRIFT IN HER!" +</P> + +<P> +"What!" shouted Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"TOM'S ADRIFT IN HER." +</P> + +<P> +At this appalling intelligence Bruce's heart seemed to stop beating. +</P> + +<P> +"How long?" he dried, after a pause. +</P> + +<P> +"Half an hour," cried Arthur. +</P> + +<P> +"Why don't you go after him?" cried Bruce again. +</P> + +<P> +"We're aground," cried Arthur. +</P> + +<P> +The whole situation was now explained, and Bruce was filled with his +own share of that dismay which prevailed on board of the schooner; for +a long time nothing more was said. At length Arthur's voice sounded +again. +</P> + +<P> +"Bruce!" +</P> + +<P> +"Hallo!" +</P> + +<P> +"Get a boat, and come aboard as soon as you can after the tide turns." +</P> + +<P> +"All right. How early will the tide suit?" +</P> + +<P> +"Eight o'clock." +</P> + +<P> +"Not before?" +</P> + +<P> +"No." +</P> + +<P> +After this nothing more was said. Bruce could see for himself that the +tide was falling, and that he would have to wait for the returning tide +before a boat could be launched. He waited for some time, full of +despair, and hesitating to return to Bart with his mournful +intelligence. At length he turned, and walked slowly back to his +friend. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Bruce?" asked Bart, who by this time was sure that some accident +had happened. +</P> + +<P> +"The boat's adrift." +</P> + +<P> +"The boat!" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; and what's worse, poor Tom!" +</P> + +<P> +"Tom!" cried Bart, in a horror of apprehension. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, Tom's adrift in her." +</P> + +<P> +At this Bart said not a word, but stood for some time staring at Bruce +in utter dismay. +</P> + +<P> +A few words served to explain to Bart the situation of the schooner, +and the need of getting a boat. +</P> + +<P> +"Well," said Bart, "we'd better see about it at once. It's eleven +o'clock, but we'll find some people up; if not, we'll knock them up." +</P> + +<P> +And with these words the two lads walked up from the river bank. +</P> + +<P> +On reaching the houses attached to the shipyard, they found that most +of the people were up. There was a good deal of singing and laughter +going on, which the boys interpreted to arise from a desire to +celebrate the launching of the ship. They went first to Mrs. Watson's +house, where they found that good lady up. She listened to their story +with undisguised uneasiness, and afterwards called in a number of men, +to whom she told the sad news. These men listened to it with very +serious faces. +</P> + +<P> +"It's no joke," said one, shaking his head. The others said nothing, +but their faces spoke volumes. +</P> + +<P> +"What had we better do?" asked Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"Of course ye'll be off as soon as ye can get off," said one. +</P> + +<P> +"The lad might have a chance," said another. "The return tide may +drift him back, but he may be carried too far down for that." +</P> + +<P> +"He'll be carried below Cape Chignecto unless he gets to the land," +said another. +</P> + +<P> +"Isn't there a chance that he'll be picked up?" asked Bart. +</P> + +<P> +The man to whom he spoke shook his head. +</P> + +<P> +"There's a deal of fog in the bay this night," said he. +</P> + +<P> +"Fog? Why, it's clear enough here." +</P> + +<P> +"So it is; but this place and the Bay of Fundy are two different +things." +</P> + +<P> +"A regular sou-wester out there," said another man. +</P> + +<P> +"An a pooty heavy sea by this time," said another. +</P> + +<P> +And in this way they all contributed to increase the anxiety of the two +boys, until at last scarce a ray of hope was left. +</P> + +<P> +"You'd better prepare yourselves for the worst," said one of the men. +"If he had an oar he would be all right; but, as it is—well, I don't +care about sayin what I think." +</P> + +<P> +"O, you're all too despondent," said Mrs. Watson. "What is the use of +looking on the dark side? Come, Bart, cheer up. I'll look on the +bright side. Hope for the best. Set out on the search with hope, and +a good heart. I'm confident that he will be safe. You will pick him +up yourselves, or else you will hear of his escape somewhere. I +remember two men, a few years ago, that went adrift and were saved." +</P> + +<P> +"Ay," said one of the men, "I mind that well. They were Tom Furlong +and Jim Spencer. But that there boat was a good-sized fishing boat; an +such a boat as that might ride out a gale." +</P> + +<P> +"Nonsense," said Mrs. Watson. "You're all a set of confirmed croakers. +Why, Bart, you've read enough shipwreck books to know that little boats +have floated in safety for hundreds of miles. So hope for the best; +don't be down-hearted. I'll send two or three men down now to get the +boat ready for you. You can't do anything till the morning, you know. +Won't you stay here? You had better go to bed at once." +</P> + +<P> +But Bart and Bruce could not think of bed. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, come back any time, and a bed will be ready for you," said Mrs. +Watson. "If you want to see about the boat now, the men are ready to +go with you." +</P> + +<P> +With those words she led the way out to the kitchen, where a couple of +men were waiting. Bart and Bruce followed them down to a boat-house on +the river bank, and saw the boat there which Mrs. Watson had offered +them. This boat could be launched at any time, and as there was +nothing more to be done, the boys strolled disconsolately about, and +finally went to the end of the promontory, and spent a long time +looking out over the water, and conversing sadly about poor Tom's +chances. +</P> + +<P> +There they sat late in the night, until midnight came, and so on into +the morning. At last the scene before them changed from a sheet of +water to a broad expanse of mud. The water had all retired, leaving +the bed of the river exposed. +</P> + +<P> +Of all the rivers that flow into the Bay of Fundy none is more +remarkable than the Petitcodiac. At high tide it is full—a mighty +stream; at low tide it is empty—a channel of mud forty miles long; and +the intervening periods are marked by the furious flow of ascending or +descending waters. +</P> + +<P> +And now, as the boys sat there looking out upon the expanse of mud +before them, they became aware of a dull, low, booming sound, that came +up from a far distant point, and seemed like the voice of many waters +sounding from the storm-vexed bay outside. There was no moon, but the +light was sufficient to enable them to see the exposed riverbed, far +over to the shadowy outline of the opposite shore. Here, where in the +morning a mighty ship had floated, nothing could now float; but the +noise that broke upon their ears told them of the return of the waters +that now were about to pour onward with resistless might into the empty +channel, and send successive waves far along into the heart of the land. +</P> + +<P> +"What is that noise?" asked Bruce. "It grows louder and louder." +</P> + +<P> +"That," said bart, "is the Bore of the Petitcodiac." +</P> + +<P> +"Have you ever seen it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Never. I've heard of it often, but have never seen it." +</P> + +<P> +But their words were interrupted now by the deepening thunder of the +approaching waters. Towards the quarter whence the sound arose they +turned their heads involuntarily. At first they could see nothing +through the gloom of night; but at length, as they strained their eyes +looking down the river, they saw in the distance a faint, white, +phosphorescent gleam, and as it appeared the roar grew louder, and +rounder, and more all-pervading. On it came, carrying with it the +hoarse cadence of some vast surf flung ashore from the workings of a +distant storm, or the thunder of some mighty cataract tumbling over a +rocky precipice. +</P> + +<P> +And now, as they looked, the white, phosphorescent glow grew brighter, +and then whiter, like snow; every minute it approached nearer, until at +last, full before them and beneath them, there rolled a giant wave, +extending across the bed of the river, crescent-shaped, with its convex +side advancing forwards, and its ends following after within short +distance from the shore. The great wave rolled on, one mass of +snow-white foam, behind which gleamed a broad line of phosphorescent +lustre from the agitated waters, which, in the gloom of night, had a +certain baleful radiance. As it passed on its path, the roar came up +more majestically from the foremost wave; and behind that came the roar +of other billows that followed in its wake. By daylight the scene +would have been grand and impressive; but now, amid the gloom, the +grandeur became indescribable. The force of those mighty waters seemed +indeed resistless, and it was with a feeling of relief that the boys +reflected that the schooner was out of the reach of its sweep. Its +passage was swift, and soon it had passed beyond them; and afar up the +river, long after it had passed from sight, they heard the distant +thunder of its mighty march. +</P> + +<P> +By the time the wave had passed, the boys found themselves excessively +weary with their long wakefulness. +</P> + +<P> +"Bart, my boy," said Bruce, "we must get some rest, or we won't be +worth anything to-morrow. What do you say? Shall we go back to Mrs. +Watson's?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's too late—isn't it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, it's pretty late, no doubt. I dare say it's half past two; but +that's all the more reason why we should go to bed." +</P> + +<P> +"Well." +</P> + +<P> +"What do you say? Do you think we had better disturb Mrs. Watson, or +not?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, no; let's go into the barn, and lie down in the hay." +</P> + +<P> +"Very well. Hay makes a capital bed. For my part, I could sleep on +stones." +</P> + +<P> +"So could I." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm determined to hope for the best about Tom," said Bruce, rising and +walking off, followed by Bart. "Mrs. Watson was right. There's no use +letting ourselves be downcast by a lot of croakers—is there?" +</P> + +<P> +"No," said Bart. +</P> + +<P> +The boys then walked on, and in a few minutes reached the ship-yard. +</P> + +<P> +Here a man came up to them. +</P> + +<P> +"We've been looking for you everywhere," said the man. "Mrs. Watson is +anxious about you." +</P> + +<P> +"Mrs. Watson?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes. She won't go to bed till you get back to the house. There's +another man out for you, up the river." +</P> + +<P> +"O, I'm sorry we have given you all so much trouble," said Bart; "but +we didn't think that anybody would bother themselves about us." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you don't know Mrs. Watson that's all," said the man, walking +along with them. "She's been a worrytin herself to death about you; +and the sooner she sees you, the better for her and for you." +</P> + +<P> +On reaching the house the boys were received by Mrs. Watson. One look +at her was enough to show them that the man's account of her was true. +Her face was pale, her manner was agitated, and her voice trembled as +she spoke to them, and asked them where they had been. +</P> + +<P> +Bart expressed sorrow at having been the cause of so much trouble, and +assured her he thought that she had gone to bed. +</P> + +<P> +"No," said she; "I've been too excited and agitated about your friend +and about you. But I'm glad that you've been found; and as it's too +late to talk now, you had better go to bed, and try to sleep." +</P> + +<P> +With these words she gently urged them to their bedroom; and the boys, +utterly worn out, did not attempt to withstand her. They went to bed, +and scarcely had their heads touched the pillows before they were fast +asleep. +</P> + +<P> +Meanwhile the boys on board the Antelope had been no less anxious; and, +unable to sleep, they had talked solemnly with each other over the +possible fate of poor Tom. Chafing from their forced inaction, they +looked impatiently upon the ebbing water, which was leaving them +aground, when they were longing to be floating on its bosom after their +friend, and could scarcely endure the thought of the suspense to which +they would be condemned while waiting for the following morning. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet also was no less anxious, though much less agitated. He +acknowledged, with pain, that it was all his fault, but, appealed to +all the boys, one by one, asking them how he should know that the rope +was rotten. He informed them that the rope was an old favorite of his, +and that he would have willingly risked his life on it. He blamed +himself chiefly, however, for not staying in the boat himself, instead +of leaving Tom in it. To all his remarks the boys said but little, and +contented themselves with putting questions to him about the coast, the +tides, the wind, the currents, and the fog. +</P> + +<P> +The boys on board went to sleep about one o'clock, and waked at +sunrise. Then they watched the shore wistfully, and wondered why Bart +and Bruce did not make their appearance. But Bart and Bruce, worn out +by their long watch, did not wake till nearly eight o'clock. Then they +hastily dressed themselves, and after a very hurried breakfast they +bade good by to good Mrs. Watson. +</P> + +<P> +"I shall be dreadfully anxious about that poor boy," said she, sadly. +"Promise me to telegraph as soon as you can about the result." +</P> + +<P> +Bart promised. +</P> + +<P> +Then they hurried down to the beach. The tide was yet a considerable +distance out; but a half dozen stout fellows, whose sympathies were +fully enlisted in their favor, shoved the boat down over the mud, and +launched her. +</P> + +<P> +Then Bart and Bruce took the oars, and soon reached the schooner, where +the boys awaited their arrival in mournful silence. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap06"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +VI. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Tom adrift.—The receding Shores.—The Paddle.—The Roar of Surf—The +Fog Horn.—The Thunder of the unseen Breakers.—A Horror of great +Darkness.—Adrift in Fog and Night. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +When the boat in which Tom was darted down the stream, he at first felt +paralyzed by utter terror; but at length rousing himself, he looked +around. As the boat drifted on, his first impulse was to stop it; and +in order to do this it was necessary to find an oar. The oar which +Captain Corbet had used to scull the boat to the schooner had been +thrown on board of the latter, so that the contents of the boat might +be passed up the more conveniently. Tom knew this, but he thought that +there might be another oar on board. A brief examination sufficed to +show him that there was nothing of the kind. A few loose articles lay +at the bottom; over these was the sail which Captain Corbet had bought +in the ship-yard, and on this was the box of pilot-bread. That was +all. There was not a sign of an oar, or a board, or anything of the +kind. +</P> + +<P> +No sooner had he found out this than he tried to tear off one of the +seats of the boat, in the hope of using this as a paddle. But the +seats were too firmly fixed to be loosened by his hands, and, after a +few frantic but ineffectual efforts, he gave up the attempt. +</P> + +<P> +But he could not so quickly give up his efforts to save himself. There +was the box of biscuit yet. Taking his knife from his pocket, he +succeeded in detaching the cover of the box, and then, using this as a +paddle, he sought with frantic efforts to force the boat nearer to the +shore. But the tide was running very swiftly, and the cover was only a +small bit of board, so that his efforts seemed to have but little +result. He did indeed succeed in turning the boat's head around; but +this act, which was not accomplished without the severest labor, did +not seem to bring her nearer to the shore to any perceptible extent. +What he sought to do was to achieve some definite motion to the boat, +which might drag her out of the grasp of the swift current; but that +was the very thing which he could not do, for so strong was that grasp, +and so swift was that current, that even an oar would have scarcely +accomplished what he wished. The bit of board, small, and thin, and +frail, and wielded with great difficulty and at a fearful disadvantage, +was almost useless. +</P> + +<P> +But, though he saw that he was accomplishing little or nothing, he +could not bring himself to give up this work. It seemed his only hope; +and so he labored on, sometimes working with both hands at the board, +sometimes plying his frail paddle with one hand, and using the other +hand at a vain endeavor to paddle in the water. In his desperation he +kept on, and thought that if he gained ever so little, still, by +keeping hard at work, the little that he gained might finally tell upon +the direction of the boat—at any rate, so long as it might be in the +river. He knew that the river ran for some miles yet, and that some +time still remained before he would reach the bay. +</P> + +<P> +Thus Tom toiled on, half despairing, and nearly fainting with his +frenzied exertion, yet still refusing to give up, but plying his frail +paddle until his nerveless arms seemed like weights of lead, and could +scarce carry the board through the water. But the result, which at the +outset, and in the very freshness of his strength, had been but +trifling, grew less and less against the advance of his own weakness +and the force of that tremendous tide, until at last his feeble +exertions ceased to have any appreciable effect whatever. +</P> + +<P> +There was no moon, but it was light enough for him to see the +shores—to see that he was in the very centre of that rapid current, +and to perceive that he was being borne past those dim shores with +fearful velocity. The sight filled him with despair, but his arms +gained a fresh energy, from time to time, out of the very desperation +of his soul. He was one of those natures which are too obstinate to +give up even in the presence of despair itself; and which, even when +hope is dead, still forces hope to linger, and struggles on while a +particle of life or of strength remains. So, as he toiled on, and +fought on, against this fate which had suddenly fixed itself upon him, +he saw the shores on either side recede, and knew that every passing +moment was bearing him on to a wide, a cruel, and a perilous sea. He +took one hasty glance behind him, and saw what he knew to be the mouth +of the river close at hand; and beyond this a waste of waters was +hidden in the gloom of night. The sight lent new energy to his +fainting limbs. He called aloud for help. Shriek after shriek burst +from him, and rang wildly, piercingly, thrillingly upon the air of +night. But those despairing shrieks came to no human ear, and met with +no response. They died away upon the wind and the waters; and the +fierce tide, with swifter flow, bore him onward. +</P> + +<P> +The last headland swept past him; the river and the river bank were now +lost to him. Around him the expanse of water grew darker, and broader, +and more terrible. Above him the stars glimmered more faintly from the +sky. But the very habit of exertion still remained, and his faint +plunges still dipped the little board into the water; and a vague idea +of saving himself was still uppermost in his mind. Deep down in that +stout heart of his was a desperate resolution never to give up while +strength lasted; and well he sustained that determination. Over him +the mist came floating, borne along by the wind which sighed around +him; and that mist gradually overspread the scene upon which his +straining eyes were fastened. It shut out the overhanging sky. It +extinguished the glimmering stars. It threw a veil over the receding +shores. It drew its folds around him closer and closer, until at last +everything was hidden from view. Closer and still closer came the +mist, and thicker and ever thicker grew its dense folds, until at last +even the water, into which he still thrust his frail paddle, was +invisible. At length his strength failed utterly. His hands refused +any longer to perform their duty. The strong, indomitable will +remained, but the power of performing the dictates of that will was +gone. He fell back upon the sail that lay in the bottom of the boat, +and the board fell from his hands. +</P> + +<P> +And now there gathered around the prostrate figure of the lost boy all +the terrors of thickest darkness. The fog came, together with the +night, shrouding all things from view, and he was floating over a wide +sea, with an impenetrable wall of thickest darkness closing him in on +all sides. +</P> + +<P> +As he thus lay there helpless, he had leisure to reflect for the first +time upon the full bitterness of his situation. Adrift in the fog, and +in the night, and borne onward swiftly down into the Bay of Fundy—that +was his position. And what could he do? That was the one question +which he could not answer. Giving way now to the rush of despair, he +lay for some time motionless, feeling the rocking of the waves, and the +breath of the wind, and the chill damp of the fog, yet unable to do +anything against these enemies. For nearly an hour he lay thus +inactive, and at the end of that time his lost energies began to +return. He rose and looked around. The scene had not changed at all; +in fact, there was no scene to change. There was nothing but black +darkness all around. Suddenly something knocked against the boat. He +reached out his hand, and touched a piece of wood, which the next +instant slipped from his grasp. But the disappointment was not without +its alleviation, for he thought that he might come across some bits of +drift wood, with which he could do something, perhaps, for his escape. +And so buoyant was his soul, and so obstinate his courage, that this +little incident of itself served to revive his faculties. He went to +the stern of the boat, and sitting there, he tried to think upon what +might be best to be done. +</P> + +<P> +What could be done in such a situation? He could swim, but of what +avail was that? In what direction could he swim, or what progress +could he make, with such a tide? As to paddling, he thought of that no +more; paddling was exhausted, and his board was useless. Nothing +remained, apparently, but inaction. Inaction was indeed hard, and it +was the worst condition in which he could be placed, for in such a +state the mind always preys upon itself; in such a state trouble is +always magnified, and the slow time passes more slowly. Yet to this +inaction he found himself doomed. +</P> + +<P> +He floated on now for hours, motionless and filled with despair, +listening to the dash of the waves, which were the only sounds that +came to his ears. And so it came to pass, in process of time, that by +incessant attention to these monotonous sounds, they ceased to be +altogether monotonous, but seemed to assume various cadences and +intonations. His sharpened ears learned at last to distinguish between +the dash of large waves and the plash of small ones, the sighing of the +wind, the pressure of the waters against the boat's bows, and the +ripple of eddies under its stern. Worn out by excitement and fatigue, +he lay motionless, listening to sounds like these, and taking in them a +mournful interest, when suddenly, in the midst of them, his ears caught +a different cadence. It was a long, measured sound, not an unfamiliar +one, but one which he had often heard—the gathering sound which breaks +out, rising and accumulating upon the ear, as the long line of surf +falls upon some rocky shore. He knew at once what this was, and +understood by it that he was near some shore; but what shore it might +be he could not know. The sound came up from his right, and therefore +might be the New Brunswick coast, if the boat had preserved its proper +position. But the position of the boat had been constantly changing as +she drifted along, so that it was impossible to tell whether he was +drifting stern foremost or bow foremost. The water moved as the boat +moved, and there was no means by which to judge. He listened to the +surf, therefore, but made no attempt to draw nearer to it. He now knew +perfectly well that with his present resources no efforts of his could +avail anything, and that his only course would be to wait. Besides, +this shore, whatever it was, must be very different, he thought, from +the banks of the Petitcodiac. It was, as he thought, an iron-bound +shore. And the surf which he heard broke in thunder a mile away, at +the foot of giant precipices, which could only offer death to the +hapless wretch who might be thrown among them. He lay, therefore, +inactive, listening to this rolling surf for hours. At first it grew +gradually louder, as though he was approaching it; but afterwards it +grew fainter quite as gradually, until at length it could no longer be +heard. +</P> + +<P> +During all these lonely hours, one thing afforded a certain +consolation, and that was, the discovery that the sea did not grow +rougher. The wind that blew was the sou-wester, the dreaded wind of +fog and, storm; but on this occasion its strength was not put forth; it +blew but moderately, and the water was not very greatly disturbed. The +sea tossed the little boat, but was not high enough to dash over her, +or to endanger her in any way. None of its spray ever came upon the +recumbent form in the boat, nor did any moisture come near him, save +that which was deposited by the fog. At first, in his terror, he had +counted upon meeting a tempestuous sea; but, as the hours passed, he +saw that thus far there had been nothing of the kind, and, if he were +destined to be exposed to such a danger, it lay as yet in the future. +As long as the wind continued moderate, so long would he toss over the +little waves without being endangered in any way. And thus, with all +these thoughts, sometimes depressing, at other times rather +encouraging, he drifted on. +</P> + +<P> +Hours passed away. +</P> + +<P> +At length his fatigue overpowered him more and more, and as he sat +there in the stern, his eyes closed, and his head fell heavily forward. +He laid it upon the sail which was in front of him, so as to get an +easier position, and was just closing his eyes again, when a sound came +to his ears which in an instant drove every thought of sleep and of +fatigue away, and made him start up and listen with intense eagerness. +</P> + +<P> +It was the sound of a fog horn, such as is used by coasting vessels, +and blown during a fog, at intervals, to give warning of their +presence. The sound was a familiar one to a boy who had been brought +up on the fog-encircled and fish-haunted shores of Newfoundland; and +Tom's hearing, which had been almost hushed in slumber, caught it at +once. It was like the voice of a friend calling to him. But for a +moment he thought it was only a fancy, or a dream, and he sat listening +and quivering with excitement. He waited and listened for some time, +and was just about to conclude that it was a dream, when suddenly it +came again. There was no mistake this time. It was a fog horn. Some +schooner was sailing these waters. O for day-light, and O for clear +weather, so that he might see it, and make himself seen! The sound, +though clear, was faint, and the schooner was evidently at a +considerable distance; but Tom, in his eagerness, did not think of +that. He shouted with all his strength. He waited for an answer, and +then shouted again. Once more he waited, and listened, and then again +and again his screams went forth over the water. But still no response +came. At last, after some interval, the fog horn again sounded. Again +Tom screamed, and yelled, and uttered every sound that could possibly +convey to human ears an idea of his presence, and of his distress. +</P> + +<P> +The sounds of the fog horn, however, did not correspond with his cries. +It was blown at regular intervals, which seemed painfully long to Tom, +and did not seem to sound as if in answer to him. At first his hope +was sustained by the discovery that the sounds were louder, and +therefore nearer; but scarcely had he assured himself of this, when he +perceived that they were growing fainter again, as though the schooner +had approached him, and then sailed away. This discovery only +stimulated him to more frantic exertions. He yelled more and more +loudly, and was compelled, at last, to cease from pure exhaustion. But +even then he did not cease till long after the last notes of the +departing fog horn had faintly sounded in his ears. +</P> + +<P> +It was a disappointment bitter indeed, since it came after a reviving +hope. What made it all the worse was a fixed idea which he had, that +the schooner was no other than the Antelope. He felt confident that +she had come at once after him, and was now traversing the waters in +search of him, and sounding the horn so as to send it to his ears and +get his response. And his response had been given with this result! +This was the end of his hopes. He could bear it no longer. The stout +heart and the resolute obstinacy which had so long struggled against +fate now gave way utterly. He buried his face in his hands, and burst +into a passion of tears. +</P> + +<P> +He wept for a long time, and roused himself, at last, with difficulty, +to a dull despair. What was the use of hoping, or thinking, or +listening? Hope was useless. It was better to let himself go wherever +the waters might take him. He reached out his hand and drew the sail +forward, and then settling himself down in the stern of the boat, he +again shut his eyes and tried to sleep. But sleep, which a short time +before had been so easy, was now difficult. His ears took in once more +the different sounds of the sea, and soon became aware of a deeper, +drearer sound than any which had hitherto come to him. It was the +hoarse roar of a great surf, far more formidable than the one which he +had heard before. The tumult and the din grew rapidly louder, and at +length became so terrific that he sat upright, and strained his eyes in +the direction from which it came. Peering thus through the darkness, +he saw the glow of phosphorescent waves wrought out of the strife of +many waters; and they threw towards him, amid the darkness, a baleful +gleam which fascinated his eyes. A feeling came to him now that all +was over. He felt, as though he were being sucked into some vortex, +where Death lay in wait for him. He trembled. A prayer started to his +lips, and burst from him. Suddenly his boat seemed caught by some +resistless force, and jerked to one side; the next instant it rose on +some swelling wave, and was shot swiftly forward. Tom closed his eyes, +and a thrill of horror passed through every nerve. All at once a rude +shock was felt, and the boat shook, and Tom thought he was going down. +It seemed like the blow of a rock, and he could think only of the +ingulfing waters. But the waters hesitated to claim their prey; the +rushing motion ceased; and soon the boat was tossing lightly, as +before, over the waves, while the hoarse and thunderous roar of those +dread unseen breakers, from which he had been so wondrously saved, +arose wrathfully behind, as though they were howling after their +escaped victim. A cry of gratitude escaped Tom, and with trembling +lips he offered a heart-felt prayer to that divine Power whose mighty +hand had just rescued him from a terrible doom. +</P> + +<P> +Tom's agitation had been so great that it was long before he could +regain his former calm. At last, however, his trembling subsided. He +heard no longer the howling surf. All was calm and quiet. The wind +ceased, the boat's motion was less violent, the long-resisted slumber +came once more to his eyes. Still his terror kept off sleep, and as +his eyes would close, they would every moment open again, and he would +start in terror and look around. +</P> + +<P> +At length he saw that the darkness was less profound. Light was +coming, and that light was increasing. He could see the dark waters, +and the gloomy folds of the enclosing mist became apparent. He gave a +heavy sigh, partly of terror at the thought of all that he had gone +through, and partly of relief at the approach of light. +</P> + +<P> +Well might he sigh, for this light was the dawn of a new day, and +showed him that he had been a whole night upon the waters. +</P> + +<P> +And now he could no longer struggle against sleep. His eyes closed for +the last time. His head fell forward on the wet sail. +</P> + +<P> +He was sound asleep. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap07"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +VII. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Lost in the Fog.—The Shoal and its Rocks.—Is it a Reef?—The +Truth.—Hoisting Sail.—A forlorn Hope.—Wild Steering.—Where am +I?—Land, ho! +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Tom slept for many hours; and when he at length awoke, he was stiffened +in every limb, and wet to the skin. It was his constrained position +and the heavy fog which had done this. He sat up and looked around +with a bewildered air; but it did not take a long time for him to +collect his wandering faculties, and arrive at the full recollection of +his situation. Gradually it all came before him—the night of horror, +the long drift, the frantic struggles, the boom of the surf, the +shrill, penetrating tone of the fog horn, his own wild screams for +help, the thunder of the breakers, and the grasp of the giant wave; all +these, and many more, came back to his mind; and he was all too soon +enabled to connect his present situation with the desperate position of +the preceding night. +</P> + +<P> +In spite of all these gloomy thoughts, which thus rushed in one +accumulated mass over his soul, his first impulse had nothing to do +with these things, but was concerned with something very different from +useless retrospect, and something far more essential. He found himself +ravenously hungry; and his one idea was to satisfy the cravings of his +appetite. +</P> + +<P> +He thought at once of the box of biscuit. +</P> + +<P> +The sail which he had pulled forward had very fortunately covered it +up, else the contents might have been somewhat damaged. As it was, the +upper edges of the biscuits, which had been exposed before being +covered by the sail, were somewhat damp and soft, but otherwise they +were not harmed; and Tom ate his frugal repast with extreme relish. +Satisfying his appetite had the natural effect of cheering his spirits, +and led him to reflect with thankfulness on the very fortunate presence +of that box of biscuit in the boat. Had it not been for that, how +terrible would his situation be! But with that he could afford to +entertain hope, and might reasonably expect to endure the hardships of +his situation. Strange to say, he was not at all thirsty; which +probably arose from the fact that he was wet to the skin. +</P> + +<P> +Immersing one's self in water is often resorted to by shipwrecked +mariners, when they cannot get a drink, and with successful results. +As for Tom, his whole night had been one long bath, in which he had +been exposed to the penetrating effects of the sea air and the fog. +</P> + +<P> +He had no idea whatever of the time. The sun could not be seen, and so +thick was the fog that he could not even make out in what part of the +sky it might be. He had a general impression, however, that it was +midday; and this impression was not very much out of the way. His +breakfast refreshed him, and he learned now to attach so much value to +his box of biscuit, that his chief desire was to save it from further +injury. So he hunted about for the cover, and finding it underneath +the other end of the sail, he put it on the box, and then covered it +all up. In this position the precious contents of the box were safe. +</P> + +<P> +The hour of the day was a subject of uncertainty, and so was the state +of the tide. Whether he was drifting up or down the bay he could not +tell for certain. His recollection of the state of the tide at +Petitcodiac, was but vague. He reckoned, however, from the ship launch +of the preceding day, and then, allowing sufficient time for the +difference in the tide, he approximated to a correct conclusion. If it +were midday, he thought that the tide would be about half way down on +the ebb. +</P> + +<P> +These thoughts, and acts, and calculations took up some time, and he +now began to look around him. Suddenly his eye caught sight of +something not far away, dimly visible through the mist. It looked like +a rock. A farther examination showed him that such was the case. It +was a rock, and he was drifting towards it. No sooner had he +ascertained this, than all his excitement once more awakened. +Trembling from head to foot at this sudden prospect of escape, he +started to his feet, and watched most eagerly the progress of the boat. +It was drifting nearer to the rock. Soon another appeared, and then +another. The rocks were black, and covered with masses of sea-weed, as +though they were submerged at high tide. A little nearer, and he saw a +gravelly strand lying just beyond the rocks. His excitement grew +stronger and stronger, until at last it was quite uncontrollable. He +began to fear that he would drift past this place, into the deep water +again. He sprang into the bows, and grasping the rope in his hand, +stood ready to leap ashore. He saw that he was drawing nearer, and so +delayed for a while. Nearer he came and nearer. At length the boat +seemed to pass along by the gravelly beach, and move by it as though it +would go no nearer. This Tom could not endure. He determined to wait +no longer. He sprang. +</P> + +<P> +He sank into the water up to his armpits, but he did not lose his hold +of the rope. Clutching this in a convulsive grasp, he regained his +foothold, which he had almost lost, and struggled forward. For a few +moments he made no headway, for the boat, at the pressure of the +current, pulled so hard that he could not drag it nearer. A terrible +fear came to him that the rope might break. Fortunately it did not, +and, after a short but violent struggle, Tom conquered the resistance +of the tide, and pulled the boat slowly towards the shore. He then +towed it near to the rocks, dragged its bows up as far as he could, and +fastened it securely. +</P> + +<P> +Then he looked around. +</P> + +<P> +A few rocks were near him, about six feet high, jutting out of the +gravel; and beyond these were others, which rose out of the water. Most +of them were covered with sea-weed. A few sticks of timber were wedged +in the interstices of the nearest rocks. As to the rest, he saw only a +rocky ledge of small extent, which was surrounded by water. Beyond +this nothing was visible but fog. +</P> + +<P> +At first he had thought that this was a beach, but now he began to +doubt this. He walked all around, and went into the water on every +side, but found no signs of any neighboring shore. The place seemed +rather like some isolated ledge. But where was it, and how far away +was the shore? If he could only tell that! He stopped, and listened +intently; he walked all around, and listened more intently still, in +hopes of hearing the sound of some neighboring surf. In vain. Nothing +of the kind came to his ears. All was still. The water was not rough, +nor was there very much wind. There was only a brisk breeze, which +threw up light waves on the surface. +</P> + +<P> +After a time he noticed that the tide was going down, and the area of +the ledge was evidently enlarging. This inspired hope, for he thought +that perhaps some long shoal might be disclosed by the retreating tide, +which might communicate with the main land. For this he now watched +intently, and occupied himself with measuring the distance from the +rock where his boat was tied. Doing this from time to time, he found +that every little while the number of paces between the rock and the +water's edge increased. This occupation made the time pass rapidly; +and at last Tom found his stopping-place extending over an area of +about a hundred yards in length, and half as many in breadth. The +rocks at one end had increased in apparent size, and in number; but the +ledge itself remained unchanged in its general character. +</P> + +<P> +This, he saw, was its extreme limit, beyond which it did not extend. +There was no communication with any shore. There was no more +indication now of land than when he had first arrived. This discovery +was a gradual one. It had been heralded by many fears and suspicions, +so that at last, when it forced itself on his convictions, he was not +altogether unprepared. Still, the shock was terrible, and once more +poor Tom had to struggle with his despair—a despair, too, that was all +the more profound from the hopes that he had been entertaining. He +found, at length, in addition to this, that the tide was rising, that +it was advancing towards his resting-place, and that it would, no +doubt, overflow it all before long. It had been half tide when he +landed, and but a little was uncovered; at full tide he saw that it +would all be covered up by the water,—sea weed, rocks, and all,—and +concealed from human eye. +</P> + +<P> +In the midst of these painful discoveries there suddenly occurred to +him the true name and nature of this place. +</P> + +<P> +Quaco Ledge! +</P> + +<P> +That was the place which Captain Corbet had described. He recalled now +the full description. Here it lay before him; upon it he stood; and he +found that it corresponded in every respect with the description that +the captain had given. If this were indeed so, and the description +were true,—and he could not doubt this,—how desperate his situation +was, and how he had been deceived in his false hopes! Far, far away +was he from any shore!—in the middle of the bay; on a place avoided by +all—a place which he should shun above all other places if he hoped +for final escape! +</P> + +<P> +And now he was as eager to quit this ill-omened place as he had once +been to reach it. The tide was yet low. He tried to push the boat +down, but could not. He saw that he would have to wait. So he got +inside the boat, and, sitting down, he waited patiently. The time +passed slowly, and Tom looked despairingly out over the water. +Something attracted his attention. It was a long pole, which had +struck against the edge of the shoal. He got out of the boat, and, +securing it, he walked back again. It was some waif that had been +drifting about till it was thus cast at his feet. He thought of taking +it for a mast, and making use of the sail. The idea was an attractive +one. He pulled the sail out, unfolded it, and found it to be the jib +of some schooner. He cut off one end of this, and then with his knife +began to make a hole in the seat for his mast. It was very slow work, +but he succeeded at last in doing it, and inserted the pole. Then he +fastened the sail to it. He was rather ignorant of navigation, but he +had a general idea of the science, and thought he would learn by +experience. By cutting off the rope from the edge of the sail he +obtained a sheet, and taking off the cover of the biscuit box a second +time, he put this aside to use as a rudder. +</P> + +<P> +But now, in what direction ought he to steer? +</P> + +<P> +This was an insoluble problem. He could tell now by the flow of the +current the points of the compass, but could not tell in which +direction he ought to go. The New Brunswick coast he thought was +nearest, but he dreaded it. It seemed perilous and unapproachable. He +did not think much better of the Nova Scotia coast. He thought rather +of Cape d'Or, as a promising place of refuge, or the Petitcodiac. So, +after long deliberation, he decided on steering back again, especially +as the wind was blowing directly up the bay. +</P> + +<P> +By the time that he had finished these preparations and deliberations +the boat was afloat. Eagerly Tom pushed it away from the shoal; +eagerly, and with trembling hands, he let the sail unfold, and thrust +the board into the water astern. The boat followed the impulse of the +wind, and the young sailor saw with delight that his experiment was +successful, and before long the dark rocks of Quaco Ledge were lost to +view. +</P> + +<P> +Now, where there is a definite object to steer by, or a compass to +guide one, and a decent rudder, even an inexperienced hand can manage +to come somewhere near the point that he aims at. But take a boat like +Tom's, and a rude and suddenly extemporized sail, with no other rudder +than a bit of board, with no compass, and a surrounding of thick fog, +and it would puzzle even an experienced sailor to guide himself aright. +Tom soon suspected that his course was rather a wild one; his board in +particular became quite unmanageable, and he was fatigued with trying +to hold it in the water. So he threw it aside, and boldly trusted to +his sail alone. +</P> + +<P> +The boat seemed to him to be making very respectable progress. The +wind was fresh, and the sea only moderate. The little waves beat over +the bows, and there was quite a commotion astern. Tom thought he was +doing very well, and heading as near as possible towards the +Petitcodiac. Besides, in his excitement at being thus saved from mere +blind drifting, he did not much care where he went, for he felt assured +that he was now on the way out of his difficulties. +</P> + +<P> +In an hour or two after leaving the ledge it grew quite dark, and Tom +saw that it would be necessary to prepare for the night. His +preparations were simple, consisting in eating a half dozen biscuit. +He now began to feel a little thirsty, but manfully struggled against +this feeling. Gradually the darkness grew deeper, until at last it +assumed the intense character of the preceding night. But still Tom +sat up, and the boat went on. The wind did not slacken, nor did the +boat's progress cease. Hours passed by in this way. As to the tides, +Tom could not tell now very well whether they were rising or falling, +and, in fact, he was quite indifferent, being satisfied fully with his +progress. As long as the wind distended his sail, and bore the boat +onward, he cared not whether the tide favored or opposed. +</P> + +<P> +Hours passed, but such was Tom's excitement that he still bore up, and +thought nothing of rest or of sleep. His attention was needed, too, +and so he kept wide awake, and his ears were ever on the stretch to +hear the slightest sound. But at last the intense excitement and the +long fatigue began to overpower him. Still he struggled against his +weakness, and still he watched and listened. +</P> + +<P> +Hours passed on, and the wind never ceased to fill the sail, and the +boat never ceased to go onward in a course of which Tom could have no +idea. It was a course totally different from the one which be +intended—a course which depended on the chance of the wind; and one, +too, which was varied by the sweep of the tide as it rose or fell; but +the course, such as it was, continued on, and Tom watched and waited +until, at last, from sheer exhaustion, he fell sound asleep. +</P> + +<P> +His dreams were much disturbed, but he slept on soundly, and when he +awaked it was broad day. He looked around in deep disappointment. Fog +was everywhere, as before, and nothing could be seen. Whether he was +near any shore or not he could not tell. Suddenly he noticed that the +wind was blowing from an opposite direction. How to account for this +was at first a mystery, for the fog still prevailed, and the opposite +wind could not bring fog. Was it possible that the boat had turned +during his sleep? He knew that it was quite possible. Indeed, he +believed that this was the case. With this impression he determined to +act on the theory that the boat had turned, and not that the wind had +changed. The latter idea seemed impossible. The wind was the chill, +damp fog wind—the sou-wester. Convinced of this, Tom turned the boat, +and felt satisfied that he had resumed his true course. +</P> + +<P> +After a time the wind went down, and the sail flapped idly against the +mast. Tom was in a fever of impatience, but could do nothing. He felt +himself to be once more at the mercy of the tides. The wind had failed +him, and nothing was left but to drift. All that day he drifted, and +night came on. Still it continued calm. Tom was weary and worn out, +but so intense was his excitement that he could not think of sleep. At +midnight the wind sprung up a little; and now Tom determined to keep +awake, so that the boat might not again double on her track. He blamed +himself for sleeping on the previous night, and losing so much +progress. Now he was determined to keep awake. +</P> + +<P> +His resolution was carried out. His intense eagerness to reach some +shore, no matter where, and his fear of again losing what he had +gained, kept sleep from his eyes. All that night he watched his boat. +The wind blew fitfully, sometimes carrying the boat on rapidly, again +dying down. +</P> + +<P> +So the next morning came. +</P> + +<P> +It was Thursday. +</P> + +<P> +It was Monday night when he had drifted out, and all that time he had +been on the deep, lost in the fog. +</P> + +<P> +And now, wearied, dejected, and utterly worn out, he looked around in +despair, and wondered where this would end. Fog was everywhere, as +before, and, as before, not a thing could be seen. +</P> + +<P> +Hours passed on; the wind had sprang up fresh, and the boat went on +rapidly. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly Tom sprang upright, and uttered a loud cry. +</P> + +<P> +There full before him he saw a giant cliff, towering far overhead, +towards which the boat was sailing. At its base the waves were +dashing. Over its brow trees were bending. In the air far above he +heard the hoarse cries of sea-gulls. +</P> + +<P> +In his madness he let the boat drive straight on, and was close to it +before he thought of his danger. He could not avoid it now, however, +for he did not know how to turn the boat. On it went, and in a few +moments struck the beach at the base of the cliff. +</P> + +<P> +The tide was high; the breeze was moderate, and there was but little +sun. The boat was not injured by running ashore there. Tom jumped +out, and, taking the rope in his hands, walked along the rough and +stony beach for about a hundred yards, pulling the boat after him. +There the cliff was succeeded by a steep slope, beyond which was a +gentle, grass-grown declivity. Towards this he bent his now feeble +steps, still tugging at the boat, and drawing it after him. +</P> + +<P> +At length he reached the grassy slope, and found here a rough beach. +He fastened the boat securely to the trunk of a tree that grew near. +</P> + +<P> +Then he lifted out the box of biscuit, and over this he threw the sail. +</P> + +<P> +He stood for a few moments on the bank, and looked all around for signs +of some human habitation; but no signs appeared. Tom was too exhausted +to go in search of one. He had not slept for more than thirty hours. +The country that he saw was cleared. Hills were at a little distance, +but the fog which hung all around concealed everything from view. One +look was enough. +</P> + +<P> +Overwhelmed with gratitude, he fell upon his knees, and offered up a +fervent prayer of thankfulness for his astonishing escape. +</P> + +<P> +Then fatigue overpowered him, and, rolling himself up in the sail, he +went to sleep. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap08"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +VIII. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Off in Search.—Eager Outlook.—Nothing but Fog.—Speaking a +Schooner.—Pleasant Anecdotes.—Cheer up.—The Heart of Corbet. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +After the arrival of Bruce and Bart, Captain Corbet did not delay his +departure much longer. The vessel was already afloat, and though the +tide was still rising, yet the wind was sufficiently favorable to +enable her to go on her way. The sails were soon set, and, with the +new boat in tow, the Antelope weighed anchor, and took her departure. +For about two hours but little progress was made against the strong +opposing current; yet they had the satisfaction of reaching the mouth +of the river, and by ten o'clock, when the tide turned and began to +fall, they were fairly in the bay. The wind here was ahead, but the +strong tide was now in their favor, and they hoped for some hours to +make respectable progress. +</P> + +<P> +During this time they had all kept an anxious lookout, but without any +result. No floating craft of any kind appeared upon the surface of the +water. Coming down the river, the sky was unclouded, and all the +surrounding scene was fully visible; but on reaching the bay, they saw +before them, a few miles down, a lofty wall of light-gray cloud. +Captain Corbet waved his hand towards this. +</P> + +<P> +"We're in for it," said he, "or we precious soon will be." +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" asked Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"Our old friend—a fog bank. You'd ought to know it by this time, +sure." +</P> + +<P> +There it lay, a few miles off, and every minute brought them nearer. +The appearance of the fog threw an additional gloom over the minds of +all, for they saw the hopeless character of their search. Of what +avail would it be to traverse the seas if they were all covered by such +thick mists? Still nothing else was to be done, and they tried to hope +for the best. +</P> + +<P> +"Any how," said Captain Corbet, "thar's one comfort. That thar fog may +go as quick as it come. It ony needs a change of wind. Why, I've +knowed it all vanish in half an hour, an the fog as thick as it is now." +</P> + +<P> +"But sometimes it lasts long—don't it?" +</P> + +<P> +"I should think it did. I've knowed it hang on for weeks." +</P> + +<P> +At this gloomy statement the boys said not a word. +</P> + +<P> +Soon after the schooner approached the fog bank, and in a little while +it had plunged into the midst of its misty folds. The chill of the +damp clouds, as they enveloped them, struck additional chill to their +hearts. It was into the midst of this that poor Tom had drifted, they +thought, and over these seas, amidst this impenetrable atmosphere, he +might even now be drifting. In the midst of the deep dejection +consequent upon such thoughts, it was difficult for them to find any +solid ground for hope. +</P> + +<P> +The wind was moderate, yet adverse, and the schooner had to beat +against it. As she went on each tack, they came in sight of the +shores; but as time passed, the bay widened, and Captain Corbet kept +away from the land as much as possible. All the time the boys never +ceased to maintain their forlorn lookout, and watched over the sides, +and peered anxiously through the mist, in the hope that the gloomy +waters might suddenly disclose to their longing eyes the form of the +drifting boat and their lost companion. +</P> + +<P> +"I tell you what it is, boys," said Captain Corbet, after a long and +thoughtful silence; "the best plan of acting in a biz of this kind is +to pluck up sperrit an go on. Why, look at me. You mind the time when +that boat, that thar i-dentical, individdle boat, drifted away onst +afore, with youns in it. You remember all about that,—course. Well, +look at me. Did I mourn? Did I fret? Was I cast down? Nary down; +not me. I cheered up. I cheered up Mr. Long. I kep everybody in good +sperrits. An what was the result? Result was, you all turned up in +prime order and condition, a enjyin of yourselves like all possessed, +along with old O'Rafferty. +</P> + +<P> +"Again, my friends," he continued, as the boys made no remark, +"consider this life air short an full of vycissitoods. Ups an downs +air the lot of pore fallen hoomanity. But if at the fust blast of +misforten we give up an throw up the game, what's the good of us? The +question now, an the chief pint, is this—Who air we, an whar air we +goin, an what air we purposin to do? Fust, we air hooman beins; +secondly, we air a traversin the vast an briny main; and thirdly, we +hope to find a certain friend of ourn, who was borne away from us by +the swellin tide. Thar's a aim for us—a high an holy aim; an now I +ask you, as feller-critters, how had we ought to go about it? Had we +ought to peek, an pine, an fret, an whine? Had we ought to snivel, and +give it up at the fust? Or had we ought, rayther, to be up an +doin,—pluck up our sperrits like men, and go about our important work +with energy? Which of these two, my friends? I pause for a reply." +</P> + +<P> +This was quite a speech for Captain Corbet, and the effort seemed quite +an exhaustive one. He paused some time for a reply; but as no reply +was forthcoming, he continued his remarks. +</P> + +<P> +"Now, see here," said he; "this here whole business reminds me of a +story I once read in a noospaper, about a man up in this here identical +river, the Petticoat Jack, who, like a fool, pulled up his boat on the +bank, and wont off to sleep in her. Wal, as a matter of course, he +floated off,—for the tide happened to be risin,—an when he woke up +out of his cool an refreshin slumbers, he found himself afar on the +briny deep, a boundin like 'a thing of life,' o'er the deep heavin sea. +Besides, it was precious foggy,—jest as it is now,—an the man +couldn't see any more'n we can. Wal, the story went on to say, how that +thar man, in that thar boat, went a driftin in that thar fashion, in +that thar fog; an he drifted, an drifted, an derifted, for days an +days, up an down, on one side an t'other side, an round every way,—an, +mind you, he hadn't a bit to eat, or to drink either, for that +matter,—'t any rate, the paper didn't mention no such thing; an so, +you know, he drifted, an d-e-e-e-rifted,—until at last he druv ashore. +An now, whar d'ye think he druv?" +</P> + +<P> +The boys couldn't think. +</P> + +<P> +"Guess, now." +</P> + +<P> +The boys couldn't guess. +</P> + +<P> +"D'ye guv it up?" +</P> + +<P> +They did. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, the paper said, he druv ashore at Grand Manan; but I've my doubts +about it." +</P> + +<P> +The captain paused, looked all around through the fog, and stood for a +moment as though listening to some sound. +</P> + +<P> +"I kine o' thought," said he, "that I detected the dash of water on the +shore. I rayther think it's time to bring her round." +</P> + +<P> +The vessel was brought round on another tack, and the captain resumed +his conversation. +</P> + +<P> +"What I was jest sayin," he continued, "reminds me of a story I onst +heard, or read, I forget which (all the same, though), about two boys +which went adrift on a raft. It took place up in Scott's Bay, I think, +at a ship-yard in that thar locality. +</P> + +<P> +"These two unfortunate children, it seems, had made a raft in a playful +mude, an embarkin on it they had been amoosin theirselves with paddlin +about by pushin it with poles. At length they came to a pint where +poles were useless; the tide got holt of the raft, an the ferrail +structoor was speedily swept onward by the foorus current. Very well. +Time rolled on, an that thar raft rolled on too,—far over the deep +bellew sea,—beaten by the howlin storm, an acted upon by the +remorseless tides. I leave you to pictoor to yourselves the sorrow of +them thar two infant unfortunits, thus severed from their hum an +parients, an borne afar, an scarce enough close on to keep 'em from the +inclemency of the weather. So they drifted, an drifted, an +de-e-rifted, until at last they druv ashore; an now, whar do you think +it was that they druv?" +</P> + +<P> +The boys couldn't say. +</P> + +<P> +"Guess now." +</P> + +<P> +The boys declined. +</P> + +<P> +"Try." +</P> + +<P> +They couldn't. +</P> + +<P> +"Name some place." +</P> + +<P> +They couldn't think of any. +</P> + +<P> +"D'ye guv it up?" asked the captain, excitedly. +</P> + +<P> +They did. +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then," said he, in a triumphant tone, "they druv ashore on Brier +Island; an ef that thar ain't pooty tall driftin, then I'm a Injine." +</P> + +<P> +To this the boys had no reply to make. +</P> + +<P> +"From all this," continued the captain, "you must perceive that this +here driftin is very much more commoner than you hev ben inclined to +bleeve it to be. You also must see that thar's every reason for hope. +So up with your gizzards! Pluck up your sperrits! Rise and look +fortin an the footoor squar in the face. Squar off at fortin, an hav it +out with her on the spot. I don't want to hev you go mopin an whinin +about this way. Hello!" +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet suddenly interrupted his remarks by an exclamation. The +exclamation was caused by the sudden appearance of a sail immediately +to windward. She was coming up the bay before the wind, and came +swiftly through the fog towards them. In passing on her way, she came +astern of the Antelope. +</P> + +<P> +"Schooner, ahoy!" cried Captain Corbet; and some conversation took +place, in which they learned that the stranger was the schooner Wave, +from St. John, and that she had not seen any signs whatever of any +drifting boat. +</P> + +<P> +This news was received sadly by the boys, and Captain Corbet had to +exert his utmost to rouse them from their depression, but without much +effect. +</P> + +<P> +"I don't know how it is," said he, plaintively, "but somehow your blues +air contiguous, an I feel as ef I was descendin into a depression as +deep as yourn. I don't remember when I felt so depressed, cept last +May—time I had to go off in the Antelope with taters, arter I thought +I'd done with seafarin for the rest of my life. But that thar vessel +war wonderously resussutated, an the speouse of my buzzum druv me away +to traverse the sea. An I had to tar myself away from the clingin +gerasp of my weepin infant,—the tender bud an bulossum of an old man's +life—tar myself away, an feel myself a outcast. Over me hovered +contennooly the image of the pinin infant, an my heart quivered with +responsive sympathy. An I yearned—an I pined—an I groaned—an I felt +that life would be intoll'ble till I got back to the babby. An so it +was that I passed away, an had scace the heart to acknowledge your +youthful cheers. Wal, time rolled on, an what's the result? Here I +air. Do I pine now? Do I peek? Not a pine! Not a peek! As tender a +heart as ever bet still beats in this aged frame; but I am no longer a +purray to sich tender reminiscinsuz of the babby as onst used to +consume my vitals." +</P> + +<P> +Thus it was that the venerable captain talked with the boys, and it was +thus that he sought, by every possible means, to cheer them up. In this +way the day passed on, and after five or six hours they began to look +for a turn of tide. During this time the schooner had been beating; +and as the fog was as thick as ever, it was impossible for the boys to +tell where they were. Indeed, it did not seem as though they had been +making any progress. +</P> + +<P> +"We'll have to anchor soon," said the captain, closing his eyes and +turning his face meditatively to the quarter whence the wind came. +</P> + +<P> +"Anchor?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"What for?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, you see it'll soon be dead low tide, an we can't go on any +further when it turns. We'll have wind an tide both agin us." +</P> + +<P> +"How far have we come now?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, we've come a pooty considerable of a lick now—mind I tell you. +'Tain't, of course, as good as ef the wind had ben favorable, but arter +all, that thar tide was a pooty considerable of a tide, now." +</P> + +<P> +"How long will you anchor?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, till the next tarn of tide,—course." +</P> + +<P> +"When will that be?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, somewhar about eleven o'clock." +</P> + +<P> +"Eleven o'clock?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, that's almost midnight." +</P> + +<P> +"Course it is." +</P> + +<P> +"Wouldn't it be better to cruise off in the bay? It seems to me +anything is better than keeping still." +</P> + +<P> +"No, young sir; it seems to me that jest now anythin is better than +tryin to cruise in the bay, with a flood tide a comin up. Why, whar +d'ye think we'd be? It would ony take an hour or two to put us on Cape +Chignecto, or Cape d'Or, onto a place that we wouldn't git away from in +a hurry,—mind I tell you." +</P> + +<P> +To this, of course, the boys had nothing to say. So, after a half +hour's further sail, the anchor was dropped, and the Antelope stopped +her wanderings for a time. +</P> + +<P> +Tedious as the day had been, it was now worse. The fog was as thick as +ever, the scene was monotonous, and there was nothing to do. Even +Solomon's repasts had, in a great measure, lost their attractions. He +had spread a dinner for them, which at other times, and under happier +circumstances, would have been greeted with uproarious enthusiasm; but +at the present time it was viewed with comparative indifference. It +was the fog that threw this gloom over them. Had the sky been clear, +and the sun shining, they would have viewed the situation with +comparative equanimity; but the fog threw terror all its own around +Tom's position; and by shutting them in on every side, it forced them +to think of him who was imprisoned in the same way—their lost +companion, who now was drifting in the dark. Besides, as long as they +were in motion, they had the consciousness that they were doing +something, and that of itself was a comfort; but now, even that +consolation was taken away from them, and in their forced inaction they +fell back again into the same despondency which they had felt at +Petitcodiac. +</P> + +<P> +"It's all this fog, I do believe," said Captain Corbet. "If it want +for this you'd all cheer up, an be as merry as crickets." +</P> + +<P> +"Is there any prospect of its going away?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, not jest yet. You can't reckon on it. When it chooses to go +away, it does so. It may hang on for weeks, an p'aps months. Thar's no +tellin. I don't mind it, bein as I've passed my hull life in the +middle of fog banks; but I dare say it's a leetle tryin to youns." +</P> + +<P> +The repast that Solomon spread for them on that evening was scarce +tasted, and to all his coaxings and remonstrances the boys made no +reply. After the tea was over, they went on deck, and stared silently +into the surrounding gloom. The sight gave them no relief, and gave no +hope. In that dense fog twilight came on soon, and with the twilight +came the shadows of the night more rapidly. At last it grew quite dark, +and finally there arose all around them the very blackness of darkness. +</P> + +<P> +"The best thing to do," said Captain Corbet, "is to go to sleep. In all +kinds of darkness, whether intunnel or extunnel, I've allus found the +best plan to be to sleep it off. An I've knowed great men who war of +my opinion. Sleep, then, young sirs, while yet you may, while yer +young blood is warm, an life is fresh an fair, an don't put it off to +old age, like me, for you mayn't be able to do it. Look at me! How +much d'ye think I've slep sence I left Mud Creek? Precious little. I +don't know how it is, but bein alone with you, an havin the +respons'bility of you all, I kine o' don't feel altogether able to +sleep as I used to do; an sence our late loss—I—wal, I feel as though +I'd never sleep agin. I'm talkin an talkin, boys, but it's a solemn +time with me. On me, boys, rests the fate of that lad, an I'll scour +these here seas till he turns up, ef I hev to do it till I die. +Anxious? Yes, I am. I'm that anxious that the diskivery of the lost +boy is now the one idee of my life, for which I forget all else; but +allow me to say, at the same time, that I fully, furmly, an +conshuentiously bleve an affum, that my conviction is, that that thar +lad is bound to turn up all right in the end—right side up—with +care—sound in every respect, in good order an condition, jest as when +fust shipped on board the good schooner Antelope, Corbet master, for +Petticoat Jack, as per bill ladin." +</P> + +<P> +The captain's tones were mournful. He heaved a deep sigh as he +concluded, and relapsed into a profound and melancholy silence. +</P> + +<P> +The boys waited on deck for some time longer, and finally followed his +advice, and sought refuge below. They were young and strong, and the +fatigue which they felt brought on drowsiness, which, in spite of their +anxiety, soon deepened into sleep. All slept, and at length Captain +Corbet only was awake. It was true enough, as he had said, the fate of +the lost boy rested upon him, and he felt it. His exhortations to the +boys about keeping up their courage, and his stories about lost men who +had drifted to a final rescue, were all spoken more with reference to +himself than to them. He sought to keep up his own courage by these +words. Yet, in spite of his efforts, a profound depression came over +him, and well nigh subdued him. No one knew better than he the many +perils which beset the drifting boat in these dangerous waters—the +perils of storm, the perils of fog, the perils of thick darkness, the +perils of furious tides, the perils of sunken rocks, of shoals, and of +iron-bound coasts. The boys had gone to sleep, but there was no sleep +for him. He wandered restlessly about, and heavy sighs escaped him. +Thus the time passed with him until near midnight. Then he roused the +mate, and they raised the anchor and hoisted the sails. It was now the +turn of tide, and the waters were falling again, and the current once +more ran down the bay. To this current he trusted the vessel again, +beating, as before, against the head wind, which was still blowing; and +thus the Antelope worked her way onward through all that dark and +dismal night, until at last the faint streaks of light in the east +proclaimed the dawn of another day. +</P> + +<P> +Through all that night the boys slept soundly. The wind blew, the +waves dashed, but they did not awake. The anchor was hoisted, and the +sails were set, but the noise failed to rouse them. Weariness of body +and anxiety of mind both conspired to make their sleep profound. Yet +in that profound sleep the anxiety of their minds made itself manifest; +and in their dreams their thoughts turned to their lost companion. +They saw him drifting over the stormy waters, enveloped in midnight +darkness, chilled through with the damp night air, pierced to the bone +by the cold night wind; drifting on amid a thousand dangers, now swept +on by furious tides towards rocky shores, and again drawn back by +refluent currents over vast sunken sea-ledges, white with foam. Thus +through all the night they slept, and as they slept the Antelope dashed +on through the waters, whose foaming waves, as they tumbled against her +sides and over her bows, sent forth sounds that mingled with their +dreams, and became intermingled with poor Tom's mournful cries. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap09"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +IX. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Awake once more.—Where are we?—The giant cliff.—Out to +Sea.—Anchoring and Drifting.—The Harbor.—The Search.—No +Answer.—Where's Solomon? +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Scarce had the streaks of light greeted Captain Corbet's eyes, and +given him the grateful prospect of another day, when the boys awaked +and hurried up on deck. Their first act was to take a hurried look all +around. The same gloomy and dismal prospect appeared—black water and +thick, impenetrable fog. +</P> + +<P> +"Where are we now, Captain?" asked Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, a con-siderable distance down the bay." +</P> + +<P> +"What are you going to do?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal—I've about made up my mind whar to go." +</P> + +<P> +"Where?" +</P> + +<P> +"I'm thinkin of puttin into Quaco." +</P> + +<P> +"Quaco?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"How far is it from here?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not very fur, 'cordin to my calc'lations. My idee is, that the boat +may have drifted down along here and got ashore. Ef so, he may have +made for Quaco, an its jest possible that we may hear about him." +</P> + +<P> +"Is this the most likely place for a boat to go ashore?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, all things considered, a boat is more likely to go ashore on the +New Brunswick side, driftin from Petticoat Jack; but at the same time +'tain't at all certain. Thar's ony a ghost of a chance, mind. I don't +feel over certain about it." +</P> + +<P> +"Will we get to Quaco this tide?" +</P> + +<P> +"Scacely." +</P> + +<P> +"Do you intend to anchor again?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I rayther think I'll hev to do it. But we'd ought to get to +Quaco by noon, I calc'late. I'm a thinkin—Hello! Good gracious!" +</P> + +<P> +The captain's sudden exclamation interrupted his words, and made all +turn to look at the object that had called it forth. One glance showed +an object which might well have elicited even a stronger expression of +amazement and alarm. +</P> + +<P> +Immediately in front of them arose a vast cliff,—black, rocky, +frowning,—that ascended straight up from the deep water, its summit +lost in the thick fog, its base white with the foaming waves that +thundered there. A hoarse roar came up from those breaking waves, +which blended fearfully with the whistle of the wind through the +rigging, and seemed like the warning sound of some dark, drear fate. +The cliff was close by, and the schooner had been steering straight +towards it. So near was it that it seemed as though one could have +easily tossed a biscuit ashore. +</P> + +<P> +But though surprised, Captain Corbet was not in the least confused, and +did not lose his presence of mind for a moment. Putting the helm hard +up, he issued the necessary commands in a cool, quiet manner; the +vessel went round, and in a few moments the danger was passed. Yet so +close were they, that in wearing round it seemed as though one could +almost have jumped from the stern upon the rocky shelves which appeared +in the face of the lofty cliff. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet drew a long breath. +</P> + +<P> +"That's about the nighest scratch I remember ever havin had," was his +remark, as the Antelope went away from the land. "Cur'ous, too; I +don't see how it happened. I lost my reckonin a little. I'm a mile +further down than I calc'lated on bein." +</P> + +<P> +"Do you know that place?" asked Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"Course I know it." +</P> + +<P> +"It's lucky for us we didn't go there at night." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, it is rayther lucky; but then there wan't any danger o' that, +cos, you see, I kep the vessel off by night, an the danger couldn't hev +riz. I thought we were a mile further up the bay; we've been a doin +better than I thought for." +</P> + +<P> +"Shall we be able to get into Quaco any sooner?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, not much." +</P> + +<P> +"I thought from what you said that we were a mile nearer." +</P> + +<P> +"So we air, but that don't make any very great difference." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, we ought to get in all the sooner, I should think." +</P> + +<P> +"No; not much." +</P> + +<P> +"Why not? I don't understand that." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, you see it's low tide now." +</P> + +<P> +"The tides again!" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; it's allus the tides that you must consider here. Wal, it's low +tide now, an the tide's already on the turn, an risin. We've got to +anchor." +</P> + +<P> +"Anchor!" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"What, again?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, agin. Even so. Ef we didn't anchor we'd only be drifted up +again, ever so far, an lose all that we've ben a gainin. We're not +more'n a mile above Quaco Harbor, but we can't fetch it with wind an +tide agin us; so we've got to put out some distance an anchor. It's my +firm belief that we'll be in Quaco by noon. The next fallin tide will +carry us thar as slick as a whistle, an then we can pursue our +investigations." +</P> + +<P> +The schooner now held on her course for about a mile away from the +shore, and then came to anchor. The boys had for a moment lost sight +of this unpleasant necessity, and had forgotten that they had been +using up the hours of the ebb tide while asleep. There was no help for +it, however, and they found, to their disgust, another day of fog, and +of inaction. +</P> + +<P> +Time passed, and breakfast came. Solomon now had the satisfaction of +seeing them eat more, and gave manifest signs of that satisfaction by +the twinkle of his eye and the lustre of his ebony brow. After this +the time passed on slowly and heavily; but at length eleven o'clock +came, and passed, and in a short time they were once more under way. +</P> + +<P> +"We're going to Quaco now—arn't we?" asked Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; right straight on into Quaco Harbor, fair an squar." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't see how it's possible for you to know so perfectly where you +are." +</P> + +<P> +"Young sir, there ain't a nook, nor a corner, nor a hole, nor a stun, +in all the outlinin an configoortion of this here bay but what's mapped +out an laid down all c'rect in this here brain. I'd undertake to +navigate these waters from year's end to year's end, ef I was never to +see the sun at all, an even ef I was to be perpetooly surrounded by all +the fogs that ever riz. Yea, verily, and moreover, not only this here +bay, but the hull coast all along to Bosting. Why, I'm at home here on +the rollin biller. I'm the man for Mount Desert, an Quoddy Head, an +Grand Manan, an all other places that air ticklish to the ginrality of +seafarin men. Why, young sir, you see before you, in the humble an +unassumin person of the aged Corbet, a livin, muvin, and sea-goin +edition of Blunt's Coast Pilot, revised and improved to a precious +sight better condition than it's ever possible for them fellers in +Bosting to get out. By Blunt's Coast Pilot, young sir, I allude to a +celebrated book, as big as a pork bar'l, that every skipper has in his +locker, to guide him on his wanderin way—ony me. I don't have no call +to use sech, being myself a edition of useful information techin all +coastin matters." +</P> + +<P> +The Antelope now proceeded quickly on her way. Several miles were +traversed. +</P> + +<P> +"Now, boys, look sharp," said the captain; "you'll soon see the +settlement." +</P> + +<P> +They looked sharp. +</P> + +<P> +For a few moments they went onward through the water, and at length +there was visible just before them what seemed like a dark cloud +extending all along. A few minutes further progress made the dark +cloud still darker, and, advancing further, the dark cloud finally +disclosed itself as a line of coast. It was close by them, and, even +while they were recognizing it as land, they saw before them the +outline of a wharf. +</P> + +<P> +"Good agin!" cried the captain. "I didn't come to the wharf I wanted, +but this here'll do as well as any other, an I don't know but what +it'll do better. Here we air, boys. Stand by thar, mate, to let fall +the jib." +</P> + +<P> +On they went, and in a few minutes more the Antelope wore round, and +her side just grazed the wharf. The mate jumped ashore, lines were +secured, and the Antelope lay in safety. +</P> + +<P> +"An now, boys, we may all go ashore, an see if we can hear anything +about the boat." +</P> + +<P> +With these words Captain Corbet stepped upon the wharf, followed by all +the boys, and they all went up together, till they found themselves on +a road. There they saw a shop, and into this they entered. No time +was to be lost; the captain at once told his story, and asked his +question. +</P> + +<P> +The answer was soon made. +</P> + +<P> +Nothing whatever was known there about any boat. Two or three +schooners had arrived within two days, and the shopkeeper had seen the +skippers, but they had not mentioned any boat. No boat had drifted +ashore anywhere near, nor had any strange lad arrived at the settlement. +</P> + +<P> +This intelligence depressed them all. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, wal," said the captain, "I didn't have much hopes; it's jest as I +feared; but, at the same time, I'll ask further. An first and foremost +I'll go an see them schooners." +</P> + +<P> +He then went off with the boys in search of the schooners just +mentioned. These were found without difficulty. One had come from up +the bay, another from St. John, and a third from Eastport. None of +them had encountered anything like a drilling boat. The one from up +the bay afforded them the greatest puzzle. She must have come down the +very night of Tom's accident. If he did drift down the bay in his +boat, he must have been not very far from the schooner. In clear +weather he could not have escaped notice; but the skipper had seen +nothing, and heard nothing. He had to beat down against the wind, and +anchor when the tide was rising; but, though he thus traversed so great +an extent of water, nothing whatever attracted his attention. +</P> + +<P> +"This sets me thinkin," said the captain, "that, perhaps, he mayn't +have drifted down at all. He may have run ashore up thar. Thar's a +chance of it, an we must all try to think of that, and cheer up, as +long as we can." +</P> + +<P> +Leaving the schooners, the captain now went through the settlement, and +made a few inquiries, with no further result. Nothing had been heard +by any one about any drifting boat, and they were at last compelled to +see that in Quaco there was no further hope of gaining any information +whatever about Tom. +</P> + +<P> +After this, the captain informed the boys that he was going back to the +schooner to sleep. +</P> + +<P> +"I haven't slep a wink," said he, "sence we left Grand Pre, and that's +more'n human natur can ginrally stand; so now I'm bound to have my +sleep out, an prepare for the next trip. You boys had better emply +yourselves in inspectin this here village." +</P> + +<P> +"When shall we leave Quaco?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I'll think that over. I haven't yet made up my mind as to what's +best to be done next. One thing seems certain. There ain't no use +goin out in this fog, an I've half a mind to wait here till to-morrow." +</P> + +<P> +"To-morrow!" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes,—an then go down to St. John." +</P> + +<P> +"But what'll poor Tom be doing?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's my firm belief that he's all right," said Captain Corbet, +confidently. "At any rate, you'd better walk about now, an I'll try an +git some sleep." +</P> + +<P> +As there was nothing better to be done, the boys did as he proposed, +and wandered about the village. It was about two miles long, with +houses scattered at intervals along the single street of which it was +composed, with here, and there a ship-yard. At one end was a long, +projecting ledge, with a light-house; at the other there was a romantic +valley, through which a stream ran into the bay. On the other side of +this stream were cliffs of sandstone rocks, in which were deep, +cavernous hollows, worn by the waves; beyond this, again, was a long +line of a precipitous shore, in whose sides were curious shelves, along +which it was possible to walk for a great distance, with the sea +thundering on the rocks beneath. At any other time they would have +taken an intense enjoyment in a place like this, where there were so +many varied scenes; but now their sense of enjoyment was blunted, for +they carried in their minds a perpetual anxiety. None the less, +however, did they wander about, penetrating up the valley, exploring +the caverns, and traversing the cliffs. +</P> + +<P> +They did not return to the schooner till dusk. It would not be high +tide till midnight, and so they prolonged their excursion purposely, so +as to use up the time. On reaching the schooner they were welcomed by +Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"I declar, boys," said he, "I'm getting to be a leetle the biggest old +fool that ever lived. It's all this accident. It's onmanned me. I +had a nap for two or three hours, but waked at six, an ever sence I've +been a worretin an a frettin about youns. Sence that thar accident, I +can't bar to have you out of my sight, for I fear all the time that you +ar gettin into mischief. An now I've been skeart for two mortal hours, +a fancyin you all tumblin down from the cliffs, or a strugglin in the +waters." +</P> + +<P> +"O, we can take care of ourselves, captain," said Bart +</P> + +<P> +"No, you can't—not you. I wouldn't trust one of you. I'm getting to +be a feeble creetur too,—so don't go away agin." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I don't think we'll have a chance in Quaco. Arn't we going to +leave to-night?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, that thar is jest the pint that I've been moosin on. You see +it's thick; the fog's as bad as ever. What's the use of going out +to-night? Now, ef we wait till to-morrow, it may be clear, an then we +can decide what to do." +</P> + +<P> +At this proposal, the boys were silent for a time. The experience +which they had formed of the bay and its fogs showed them how useless +would be any search by night, and the prospect of a clear day, and, +possibly, a more favorable wind on the morrow, was very attractive. +The question was debated by all, and considered in all its bearings, +and the discussion went on until late, when it was finally decided that +it would be, on the whole, the wisest course to wait until the +following day. Not the least influential of the many considerations +that occurred was their regard for Captain Corbet. They saw that he +was utterly worn out for want of sleep, and perceived how much he +needed one night's rest. This finally decided them. +</P> + +<P> +Early on the following morning they were all up, and eager to see if +there was any change in the weather. The first glance around elicited +a cry of admiration from all of them. Above, all was clear and bright. +The sun was shining with dazzling lustre; the sky was of a deep blue, +and without a cloud on its whole expanse; while the wide extent of the +bay spread out before them, blue like the sky above, which it mirrored, +and throwing up its waves to catch the sunlight. A fresh north wind +was blowing, and all the air and all the sea was full of light and joy. +</P> + +<P> +The scene around was in every respect magnificent. The tide was low, +and the broad beach, which now was uncovered by the waters, spread afar +to the right and left in a long crescent that extended for miles. On +its lower extremity it was terminated by a ledge of black rocks, with +the light-house before spoken of, while its upper end was bounded by +cavernous cliffs of red sandstone, which were crowned with tufted +trees. Behind them were the white houses of the village, straggling +irregularly on the borders of the long road, with here and there the +unfinished fabric of some huge ship; while in the background were +wooded hills and green sloping fields. Out on the bay a grander scene +appeared. Far down arose a white wall, which marked the place where +the fog clouds were sullenly retreating; immediately opposite, and +forty miles away over the water, arose the long line of the Nova Scotia +coast, which bounded the horizon; while far up arose Cape Chignecto, +and beside it towered up the dark form of a lonely island, which they +knew, in spite of the evident distortion of its shape, to be no other +than Ile Haute. +</P> + +<P> +The wondrous effects which can be produced by the atmosphere were never +more visible to their eyes than now. The coast of Nova Scotia rose +high in the air, dark in color, apparently only half its actual +distance away, while the summit of that coast seemed as level as a +table. It seemed like some vast structure which had been raised out of +the water during the night by some magic power. Ile Haute arose to an +extraordinary height, its summit perfectly level, its sides perfectly +perpendicular, and its color a dark purple hue. Nor was Cape Chignecto +less changed. The rugged cliff arose with magnified proportions to a +majestic height, and took upon itself the same sombre color, which +pervaded the whole of the opposite coast. +</P> + +<P> +Another discussion was now begun as to their best plan of action. After +talking it all over, it was finally decided to go to St. John. There +they would have a better opportunity of hearing about Tom; and there, +too, if they did hear, they could send messages to him, or receive them +from him. So it was decided to leave at about eleven o'clock, without +waiting for high tide; for, as the wind was fair, they could go on +without difficulty. After coming to this conclusion, and learning that +the tide would not be high enough to float the schooner until eleven, +they all took breakfast, and stimulated by the exhilarating atmosphere +and the bright sunshine, they dispersed down the village towards the +light-house. +</P> + +<P> +By ten o'clock they were back again. The tide was not yet up, and they +waited patiently. +</P> + +<P> +"By the way, captain," asked Bart, "what's become of Solomon?" +</P> + +<P> +"Solomon? O, he took a basket an went off on a kine o' foragin tower." +</P> + +<P> +"Foraging?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes. He said he'd go along the shore, and hunt for lobsters." +</P> + +<P> +"The shore? What shore?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, away up thar," said the captain, pointing towards the headland at +the upper end of the village. +</P> + +<P> +"How long since?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, jest arter breakfast. It must hev ben afore seven." +</P> + +<P> +"It's strange that he hasn't got back." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; he'd ought to be back by this time." +</P> + +<P> +"He can't get any lobsters now; the tide is too high." +</P> + +<P> +"That's a fact." +</P> + +<P> +They waited half an hour. The rising tide already touched the +Antelope's keel. +</P> + +<P> +"Solomon ought to be back," cried Bart, starting up. +</P> + +<P> +"That's so," said Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"I'm afraid something's happened. He's been gone too long. Two hours +were enough." +</P> + +<P> +The boys all looked at one another with anxious faces. +</P> + +<P> +"If he went up that shore," said Bart, "he may have got caught by the +tide. It's a very dangerous place for anybody—let alone an old man +like him." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, he did go up thar; he said partic'lar that he wanted to find +somethin of a relish, an would hunt up thar. He said, too, he'd be +back by nine." +</P> + +<P> +"I'm certain something's happened," cried Bart, more anxiously than +before. "If he's gone up there, he's been caught by the tide." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet stared, and looked uneasy. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I must say, that thar's not onlikely. It's a bad place, a +dreadful bad place,—an him an old man,—a dreadful bad place. He'd be +down here by this time, ef he was alive." +</P> + +<P> +"I won't wait any longer," cried Bart. "I must go and see. Come +along, boys. Don't let's leave poor old Solomon in danger. Depend +upon it, he's caught up there somewhere." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I think you're right," said Captain Corbet, "an I'll go too. But +ef we do go, we'd better go with some preparations." +</P> + +<P> +"Preparations? What kind of preparations?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, ony a rope or two," said Captain Corbet; and taking a coil of rope +over his arm, he stepped ashore, and all the boys hurried after him. +</P> + +<P> +"I feel kine o' safer with a kile o' rope,—bein a seafarin man," he +remarked. "Give a seafarin man a rope, an he'll go anywhar an do +anythin. He's like a spider onto a web." +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap10"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +X. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Tom ashore.—Storm at Night.—Up in the Morning.—The Cliffs and the +Beach.—A startling Discovery.—A desert Island.—A desperate +Effort.—Afloat again. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Tom slept soundly for a long time in the spot where he had flung +himself. The sense of security came to the assistance of his wearied +limbs, and lulled him into profounder slumbers. There was nothing here +that might rudely awaken him—no sudden boat shocks, no tossings and +heavings of waves, no hoarse, menacing thunders of wrathful surges from +rocky shores; nor were there distressing dreams to harass him, or any +anxieties carried from his waking hours into the land of slumbers to +annoy and to arouse. From Monday night until this time on Thursday, he +had known but little sleep, and much fatigue and sorrow. Now the +fatigue and the sorrow were all forgotten, and the sleep was all his +own. Not a thought had he given to the land which he had reached so +strangely. It was enough for him that he felt the solid ground beneath +his feet. +</P> + +<P> +For hours he slept there, lying there like a log, wrapped in the old +sail, moving not a limb, but given up altogether to his refreshing +slumber. At length he waked, and, uncovering his head, looked around. +At first he thought that he was in the boat, then he grew bewildered, +and it was only after a persistent effort of memory that he could +recollect his position. +</P> + +<P> +He looked all around, but nothing was visible. There was nothing +around him but darkness, intense and utter. It was like the +impenetrable veil that had enshrouded him during the night of his +memorable voyage. He could not see where his boat was. A vague idea +which he had of examining its fastening was dismissed. He felt hungry, +and found the biscuit box lying under one corner of the sail. A few of +these were sufficient to gratify his hunger. Nothing more could be +done, and he saw plainly that it would be necessary for him to wait +there patiently until morning. Once more, therefore, he rolled himself +up in the sail, and tried to go to sleep. But at first his efforts +were vain. The first fatigue had passed away, and now that he had been +refreshed by sleep, his mind was too much occupied by thoughts of his +past voyage to be readily lulled to sleep again. He could not help +wondering what Captain Corbet and the boys were doing. That they were +searching for him everywhere he well knew, but which direction they had +chosen he could not tell. And what was the place whither he had +drifted? He felt confident that it was the mouth of the Petitcodiac, +and could not help wondering at the accuracy of his course; yet, while +wondering, he modestly refrained from taking the credit of it to +himself, and rather chose to attribute it to the wind and tide. It was +by committing himself so completely to their guidance, he thought, that +he had done so well. +</P> + +<P> +In the midst of such thoughts as these, Tom became aware of the howling +of the wind and the dash of the waters. Putting forth his head, he +found that there was quite a storm arising; and this only added to his +contentment. No fear had he now, on this solid ground, of rising wind +or swelling wave. Even the fog had lost its terrors. It was with +feelings like these that he once more covered up his head from the +night blast; and not long after he was once more asleep. +</P> + +<P> +When he next awaked, it was day. Starting to his feet, he looked +around him, and shouted for joy. The sky was clear. The sun was +rising, and its rays, coming from over the distant hills, were +glittering over the surface of the water. The wind had changed. The +fog had dispersed. +</P> + +<P> +No sooner had he seen this than he was filled with curiosity to know +where he was. This did not look much like the mouth of the +Petitcodiac. He stared around with a very strange sensation. +</P> + +<P> +Immediately beside him, where he was standing, the easy slope went back +for a hundred yards or so, covered with short, wild grass, with here +and there a stunted tree. Turning round, he saw the land rising by a +steep acclivity towards the heights which bordered on the sea in such +tremendous cliffs. Over the heights, and along the crest of those +cliffs, were flying great flocks of sea-gulls, which kept up one +incessant chorus of harsh, discordant screams. In front of him spread +out a broad sheet of water, on the opposite side of which arose a lofty +line of coast. Into this there penetrated a long strait, beyond which +he could see broad waters and distant shores—a bay within a bay, +approached by this strait. On each side of the strait were lofty, +towering cliffs; and on one side, in particular, the cliffs were +perpendicular, and ran on in a long and unbroken wall. The extremity +of the cliff nearest him was marked by a gigantic mass of broken rock, +detached from the main land, and standing alone in awful grandeur. +</P> + +<P> +What place was this? Was this the mouth of the Petitcodiac? Was that +broad bay a river? Was he still dreaming, or what did it all mean? +And that gigantic fragment severed from a cliff, which thus stood guard +at the entrance of a long strait, what was that? Could it be possible? +Was there indeed any other broken cape, or could it be possible that +this was Cape Split? +</P> + +<P> +He hurried up the slope, and on reaching the top, saw that it descended +on the other side towards the water. This water was a broad sheet, +which extended for seven or eight miles, and was terminated by a lofty +coast that extended down the bay as far as the eye could reach. One +comprehensive glance was sufficient. He saw it all, and understood it +all. It was not the mouth of the Petitcodiac River. It was the +entrance to the Basin of Minas that lay before him. There lay the +great landmarks, seen under new aspects, it is true, yet now +sufficiently distinguishable. There was the Nova Scotia coast. In +yonder hollow was Scott's Bay. That giant rock was Cape Split. The +long channel was the Strait of Minas, and the cliffs opposite were Cape +d'Or and Cape Chignecto. +</P> + +<P> +And now the recognition of all these places brought to him a great and +sudden shock. +</P> + +<P> +For what was this place on which he stood? Was it any part of the main +land? +</P> + +<P> +It was not. +</P> + +<P> +He looked around. +</P> + +<P> +It was an island. +</P> + +<P> +He saw its lofty cliffs, its wooded crest, its flocks of sea-gulls, its +sloping east end, where he stood, running down to a low point. He had +seen them all at a distance before; and now that he stood here, he +recognized all. +</P> + +<P> +He was on Ile Haute! +</P> + +<P> +The moment that he recognized this startling fact, he thought of his +boat. He hurried to the beach. The tide was very low. To his immense +relief he found the fastening of the boat secure, and he turned away at +once, without any further examination, to think over his situation, and +consider the best plan for reaching the main land. Making a +comfortable seat for himself on the sail, he sat down, and drawing out +the box, he took some biscuit. Then feeling thirsty, he went off in +search of fresh water. Before he had walked many paces he found a +brook. +</P> + +<P> +The brook was a small one, which ran from the lofty west end of the +island to the low land of the east, and thence into the bay. The water +was good, and Tom satisfied his thirst by a long draught. +</P> + +<P> +Judging by the position of the sun, it was now about seven o'clock in +the morning; and Tom seated himself once more, and began to try to +think how it was that he should have come in a direction so entirely +different from the one which he had believed himself to be taking. He +had fully expected to land at Petitcodiac, and he found himself far +away on the other side of the bay. Yet a little reflection showed him +how useless it was to try to recall his past voyage, and how impossible +it was for him to account for it, ignorant as he was of the true +direction of the wind and of the tide. He contented himself with +marking a rude outline of his course on his memorandum book, making +allowance for the time when he turned on that course; and having summed +it all up to his own satisfaction in a crooked line which looked like a +slip-knot, he turned his attention to more important matters. +</P> + +<P> +There was one matter of first-rate importance which now pressed itself +upon his thoughts, and that was, how to escape from his present +situation. As far as he could see, there was no inhabitant on the +island, no house, no cultivation, and no domestic animal. If there had +been anything of that kind, they would be visible, he knew, from the +point where he was standing. But all was deserted; and beyond the open +ground in his neighborhood arose the east end, wooded all over its +lofty summit. From Captain Corbet's words, and from his own +observation, he knew that it was a desert island, and that if he wished +to escape he would have to rely altogether upon his own resources. +</P> + +<P> +With this conclusion he once more turned his attention to his +surroundings. +</P> + +<P> +Nearest to him was Cape d'Or, about four miles away, and Cape Split, +which was some distance farther. Then there was the Nova Scotia shore, +which appeared to be seven or eight miles distant. On the beach and +within sight was the boat which offered a sure and easy mode of passing +over to the main land. But no sooner did he recognize this fact than a +difficulty arose. How was he to make the passage? The boat had come +ashore at high tide, and was close up to the grassy bank. The tide was +far down, and between the boat and the water was a broad beach, covered +with cobblestones, and interspersed with granite boulders. It was too +heavy a weight for him to move any distance, and to force it down to +the water over such a beach was plainly impossible. On the other hand, +he might wait until the boat floated at high tide, and then embark. +But this, again, would be attended with serious difficulties. The +tide, he saw, would turn as soon as he should get fairly afloat, and +then he would have to contend with the downward current. True, he +might use his sail, and in that case he might gain the Nova Scotia +shore; but his experience of the tides had been so terrible a one, that +he dreaded the tremendous drift which he would have to encounter, and +had no confidence in his power of navigating under such circumstances. +Besides, he knew well that although the wind was now from the north, it +was liable to change at any moment; so that even if he should be able +to guide his boat, he might yet be suddenly enveloped by a fog when but +half way over, and exposed once more to all those perils from which he +had just escaped. The more he thought of all these dangers, the more +deterred he felt from making any such attempt. Rather would he wait, +and hope for escape in some other way. +</P> + +<P> +But, as yet, he did not feel himself forced to anything so desperate as +that. There was another alternative. At high tide the boat would be +afloat, and then, as the tide fell, he could keep her afloat until it +was at its lowest. He could then embark, and be carried by the +returning water straight on to the Straits of Minas, and up into the +basin. He now made a calculation, and concluded that it would be high +tide about midday, and low tide about six in the evening. If he were +to embark at that time, he would have two hours of daylight in which to +run up with the tide. He saw now that his whole plan was perfectly +feasible, and it only remained to make preparations for the voyage. As +the whole afternoon would be taken up in floating the boat down to +low-water mark, the morning would have to be employed in making +whatever arrangements might be necessary. +</P> + +<P> +Certain things were needed which required all that time. His hastily +extemporized mast and sail had done wonderfully well, but he needed +something to steer with. If he could only procure something that would +serve the purpose of a rudder, he would feel well prepared for his +voyage. +</P> + +<P> +On the search for this he now started. He walked all about the open +ground, looking around in all directions, to see if he could find +anything, but without any success. Then he ascended the declivity +towards the woods, but nothing appeared which was at all adapted to +meet his wants. He saw a young tree, which he thought might do, and +tried to cut it down with his pocket-knife. After about an hour's hard +work he succeeded in bringing it down, and another hour was spent in +trimming the branches. The result of all this labor at length lay at +his feet in the shape of a rough pole, with jagged splinters sticking +out all over it, which promised to be of about as much utility as a +spruce bush. In utter disgust he turned away, leaving the pole on the +ground, and making up his mind to sail, as he did before, without any +rudder. In this mood he descended the declivity, and walked +disconsolately towards the shore which was on the side of the island +directly opposite to where the boat lay. He had not yet been near +enough to see the beach; but now, as he came nearer, a cry of delight +escaped him involuntarily; for there, all along the beach, and close up +to the bank, lay an immense quantity of drift-wood, which had been +brought here by the tide from all the upper waters of the bay. It was +a most heterogeneous mixture that lay before him—chips from timber +ponds, logs from ship-yards, boards from saw-mills, deals, battens, +fence posts, telegraph poles, deal ends, edgings, laths, palings, +railway sleepers, treenails, shingles, clapboards, and all the various +forms which wood assumes in a country which makes use of it as the +chief material of its manufactures. Along the countless streams that +flow into the bay, and along its far-winding shores, and along the +borders of all its subsidiary bays, and inlets, and basins, the +manufacture of wood is carried on—in saw-mills, in ship-yards, and in +timber ponds; and the currents that move to and fro are always loaded +with the fragments that are snatched away from these places, most of +which are borne afar out to sea, but many of which are thrown all along +the shores for hundreds of miles. Ile Haute, being directly in the way +of some of the swiftest currents, and close by the entrance to a basin +which is surrounded by mills and ship-yards, naturally received upon +its shores an immense quantity of these scattered and floating +fragments. Such was the sight that now met the eyes of Tom, and +presented him with a countless number of fragments of wood adapted to +his wants, at the very time when he had worked fruitlessly for two +hours at fashioning one for himself. +</P> + +<P> +Looking over the heaps of drift-wood, he found many pieces which suited +him; and out of these he chose one which was shaped a little like an +oar. Securing this prize, he walked over to where the sail was, and +deposited it there. +</P> + +<P> +Then he ate some biscuit, and, after taking a draught from the cool +brook, he rested, and waited, full of hope, for the rising of the tide. +</P> + +<P> +It was now rapidly approaching the boat. Tom watched it for some time, +and felt new happiness as he viewed the roll of every little surf. +There was not much wind, and nothing but a gentle ripple on the water. +All this was in his favor; for, if he wished for anything now, it was a +moderate breeze and a light sea. From time to time he turned his +attention to the Straits of Minas, and arranged various plans in his +mind. At one time he resolved to try and reach Pereau; again he +thought that he would be content if he could only get to Parrsboro'; +and yet again, he came to the wise conclusion that if he got to any +settlement at all he would be content. At another time he half decided +to take another course, and try to reach Scott's Bay, where he felt +sure of a warm welcome and a plenteous repast. Aiming thus at so many +different points, it mattered but little to him in what particular +direction the tide might sweep him, so long as it carried him up the +bay. +</P> + +<P> +The tide now came nearer, and Tom went down to the beach for a few +moments. He paced the distance between the boat and the water. He +noticed a few things lying in the boat. In the bow was a coil of rope +which Captain Corbet had probably obtained when he was ashore at +Petitcodiac. There was also a tin pan, used for baling. +</P> + +<P> +As the tide drew nearer, Tom began to feel more and more impatient. +Again and again he paced the intervening space between the boat and the +water, and chafed and fretted because it did not lessen more rapidly. +If the boat were once fairly afloat, he felt that the time would pass +much more rapidly; for then he would be working at some definite task, +and not standing idly waiting. +</P> + +<P> +But everything has an end; and so, at length, the end came here. The +water rose higher and higher, until, at length, it touched the keel. +Tom gave a shout of joy. +</P> + +<P> +He now untied the rope, and tried to shorten his suspense by pushing +the boat towards the water; but his strength was insufficient. He +could not move it. He would have to wait longer. +</P> + +<P> +Thus far the things which he had taken out had been lying on the grass. +It was now time to put them on board. So he carried down the sail, +folded it up, and stowed it away neatly at the bottom of the boat. On +this he stood the box of biscuit, taking care to put the cover over it, +and to spread over that again one fold of the sail. +</P> + +<P> +This took up some time, and he had the gratification of seeing that the +water had come up a few feet farther. He now tried once more to force +the boat down, using his piece of board as a lever; but the board bent, +and almost broke, without moving the boat. He stood for a moment +waiting, and suddenly thought of the pole which he had left up in the +woods. He determined to get this, and perhaps, with its help, he would +be able to accomplish his wishes. So off he started at a run, and in a +few minutes reached the place. Hurrying back again, he inserted one end +of the pole under the bow, and exerted all his force to press the boat +downward into the water. At first it did not move; but shortly after, +when the water had risen still higher, he made a new effort. This time +he succeeded; the boat moved slightly. +</P> + +<P> +Again. +</P> + +<P> +The boat moved farther. +</P> + +<P> +Once more. +</P> + +<P> +Still farther. +</P> + +<P> +And now he made a final trial. Thrusting the pole again underneath, he +exerted all his force for the last time, and pushed the boat down for +about a yard. +</P> + +<P> +It was at last afloat. +</P> + +<P> +The tide had not yet fully attained its height, but was close to it. +The wind was blowing from the north, as before, and quite moderately. +The sea sparkled and glittered in the rays of the sun. The little +wavelets tossed their heads on high, and danced far away ever the sea. +The air was bright, and stimulating, and exhilarating. All the scene +filled Tom's heart with gladness; and the approach of his deliverance +deepened and intensified this feeling. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap11"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XI. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Afloat again.—The rushing Water.—Down to the Bottom.—Desperate +Circumstances.—Can they be remedied?—New Hopes and Plans. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +The boat was at last afloat before Tom's eyes. +</P> + +<P> +At first he had thought of holding it by the painter, and patiently +standing on the beach, but the sight of it now changed his purposes. +He thought that it would be a far more sensible plan to get on board, +and keep the boat near the beach in that way. His bit of stick, which +he had found among the drift-wood, could be used as an oar, and was +good enough to enable him to move the boat as much as would be +necessary. As he would have to wait for six hours at least, it was a +matter of great importance that he should be as little fatigued as +possible, especially as he had to look forward to a voyage, after the +tide had fallen, attended with the possibility of increased labor and +exertion. All these thoughts came rapidly to his mind, but passed in +much less time than it takes to tell it, so that Tom had scarcely seen +the boat afloat than he rushed through the water, and clambered into +it. Then, taking his stick, he stood up and looked around. +</P> + +<P> +The scene around has already been described. Tom kept his stick in the +water, so as to have it ready for use. He purposed keeping the boat at +a convenient distance from the shore by pushing and paddling. By +keeping it within a distance of from three to six yards, he thought he +would, for the present at least, be able to keep afloat, and yet avoid +the sweep of the tides. He did not expect to remain in this particular +spot all the time, but expected to find some place which would be out +of the way of the tide, where he could float comfortably without being +forced to keep in too close to the land. +</P> + +<P> +But suddenly Tom's thoughts and speculations were rudely interrupted. +</P> + +<P> +It appeared to him that there was a very unusual feeling about the +boat. She did not seem as high out of the water as she ought to have +been, and her bows seemed to be lower than they had been. There was +also a slight vibration in her, which he had never noticed before, and +which struck him now as very peculiar. In the midst of this there came +to his ears a low, faint, and scarcely perceptible sound, made up of +peculiar bubbling and gurgling noises, which sounded from the boat. +</P> + +<P> +One brief examination showed him that the boat was certainly very much +deeper in the water than she had been. +</P> + +<P> +Five seconds later her bows had sunk farther. +</P> + +<P> +Two seconds more, and Tom's feet were surrounded by water up to his +ankles. +</P> + +<P> +The boat was filling! +</P> + +<P> +Scarce had he made this discovery than the water rose swiftly up, the +boat sank quickly down, the sea rolled over her sides, and the boat +went to the bottom. +</P> + +<P> +Very fortunate was it for Tom, at that moment, that he had not pushed +out farther from the shore. When the boat went down he was not more +than three or four yards off, and he did not sink lower than up to his +neck. But the shock was a sudden one, and for a moment almost +paralyzed him. The next instant, however, he recovered from it; and +looking round, he saw the box of biscuit floating within his reach. +Making a wild dash at this, he secured it, and waded ashore with it in +safety. He then turned mournfully to look after the boat, and found +that it was visible, floating on the surface. As he left it, it had +floated up, his weight being the only thing that had sent it below. +The tide was still coming in, so that it did not float away. Tom flung +off his coat and waistcoat, and hurrying into the water, soon caught +and dragged it as near as he could to the beach. Then he secured it +once more, and waited. Standing there, he looked gloomily at the +vessel, wherein such precious hopes had been freighted only to be lost. +What had happened? Why could not the boat float? What was the matter +with her? These were the wondering questions which occurred to him +without his being able to give any answer. +</P> + +<P> +One thing he saw plainly, and that was, that he had lost this tide. The +next high tide would be after midnight, and the next would be between +one and two on the following day. If he could find out what was the +matter with the boat, and fix it, he would have to wait till the next +day, unless he chose to watch for his chance after midnight, and make +the journey then. +</P> + +<P> +He was not a boy who could be long inactive; so now, after a brief +period, in which he gave up to the natural despondency of his soul, he +stirred himself up once more, and sought comfort in occupation. The box +of biscuit did not seem much injured, it had not floated long enough +for the sea-water to penetrate it. Assuring himself of this, he next +turned to the boat and took out its contents. These were the old sail, +the coil of rope, and the baling dipper. +</P> + +<P> +By this time the tide had reached its height, and after the usual time +of delay, began to fall once more. The boat was secured to the shore, +and after a time the water began to leave her. Tom sat at a little +distance, wondering what could be the matter with her, and deferring +his examination until the boat should be left aground. It was a +mystery to him how this sudden change had occurred, and why the boat, +which had floated so well during his long drift, should now, all of a +sudden, begin to leak with such astonishing rapidity. Something must +have happened—something serious, too; but what it was, or how it had +happened, he could not, for the life of him, conjecture. +</P> + +<P> +As Tom sat there, the tide gradually left the boat; and as the tide +left, the water ran out, keeping at just the same level inside as the +water outside. This showed, even to his inexperienced eyes, that the +leak must be a very large one, since it admitted of such a ready flow +of water in and out. The water descended lower and lower as he sat, +until, at last, the boat was left by the retreating waves. The water +had all run out. +</P> + +<P> +Tom now advanced, and proceeded to examine her. When he was arranging +her cargo before, the coil of rope had been in the bows. This had +prevented him from detecting anything wrong in the boat. But now, since +everything had been taken out, one glance only was quite sufficient to +make known to him instantly the whole difficulty. There, in the bows, +underneath the very place where the coil of rope had lain, was a huge +aperture. The planks had been beaten in, and one side of the bow was +destroyed beyond hope of remedy. +</P> + +<P> +The sight of such an irremediable calamity as this renewed for a time +the despondency which he had felt at the first sinking of the boat. +Full of depression, he turned away, and tried to account for it all. +It was on the previous day that he had landed—about twenty-four hours +ago. How had he passed the time since then, and what had happened? +This he tried to remember. +</P> + +<P> +In the first place, up to the moment of landing the boat was perfectly +sound, and far from all injury. It had not been hurt during the drift. +It had struck at one place, but the long voyage that had followed +showed that no damage had resulted. Finally, it had not been harmed by +landing on Quaco Ledge. Since that time he had drifted in safety far +across the bay, without meeting with any accident. All this proved +clearly that the damage must have been done to the boat since his +landing on the island. +</P> + +<P> +He found it very difficult to recall anything that had happened since +then. On his first arrival he was worn out and exhausted. He +remembered vaguely how he came in sight of the giant cliff, how he +dragged the boat along, how he secured it to a tree, and then how he +flung himself down on the grass and fell asleep. After that all was +obscure to his memory; but he could recall his waking at midnight and +listening to the roar of the wind and the dash of the surf. Evidently +there must have been a heavier sea on the beach at that time than when +he landed, and this was sufficient to account for the accident to the +boat. She had been beating on the rough rocks at high tide, exposed to +the full sweep of the surf, and her bows had been stove in. +</P> + +<P> +The melancholy spectacle of the ruined boat made Tom see that his stay +on the island might be prolonged even beyond the following day. No +sooner had this thought occurred to him than he went over to the +articles which he had taken out of the boat, and passed them all in +review before him, as though he were anxious to know the full extent of +his resources. He spread out the wet sail in the sun. He spread out +his coat and waistcoat. In the pocket of the latter he found a card of +matches, which were a little damp. These he seized eagerly and laid on +the top of a stone, exposed to the rays of the sun, so as to dry them. +The clothes which he kept on were wet through, of course, but he +allowed them to dry on him. +</P> + +<P> +He had been working now pretty industriously all the morning, first at +searching after a piece of wood, then in cutting down the pole, then in +searching among the drift-wood, and finally at the boat. He felt, at +length, hungry; and as he could not yet decide upon what was to be done +next, he determined to satisfy his desires, and kill the time by taking +his dinner. The repast was a frugal one, consisting as before, of +biscuit, which were washed down by cold water; but Tom did not +complain. The presence of food of any sort was a cause for +thankfulness to one in his position, and it was with a feeling of this +sort, in spite of his general depression of spirits, that he ate his +meal. +</P> + +<P> +After this he felt much more refreshed, and began to consider what he +had better do next. Of course, the centre of interest to him was the +boat, and he could not give up that hope of escape without a struggle. +As long as there was a hope of making his way from the island by means +of that, so long might he keep up his heart; but if the damage that had +been done should prove irreparable, how would he be able to endure his +situation? Whatever it was, it would be best to know the worst once +for all. Perhaps he might stop the leak. He had material around which +seemed to be the right sort of thing to stop a leak with. He had the +piece of sail, which could be cut up into small pieces, and used to +stop the leak. If he had possessed a hatchet and some nails, he would +have made an effort to repair the fracture in the planks of the boat; +but as he had nothing of that sort, he tried to devise some method by +which the water might be kept out. As he thought, there gradually grew +up in his mind the rude outline of a plan which promised something, and +seemed to him to be certainly worth trying. At any rate, he thought, +it will serve to give me an occupation; and any occupation, even if it +proves to be of no practical value, is better than sitting here doing +nothing at all. +</P> + +<P> +Having something to do once more quickened Tom's energies anew, and +starting to his feet, he prepared to put his plan into execution. First +of all, in order to carry out that plan, it was necessary for him to +get a number of blocks and boards of different sizes. These, he knew, +could easily be found among the driftwood on the beach. Over there he +hurried, and after a moderate search he succeeded, at length, in +finding bits of wood that seemed suited to the purpose which he had in +view. With these he came back to the boat; but as there was a large +number of them, he had to make several journeys before the whole +collection was brought over. +</P> + +<P> +Then he took his pole, and, putting a block under it, used it as a +lever to raise up the boat. By dexterous management he succeeded in +doing this, and at the same time he ran a board underneath the bow of +the boat as it was slightly raised. This manoeuvre he repeated several +times, each time raising his lever higher, by means of a higher +fulcrum, and thus constantly raising the bow of the boat; while after +each elevation the bow was secured in its new position by running an +additional board underneath it, over the other preceding boards. By +carefully and perseveringly pursuing this course, he at length +succeeded in raising the bow of the boat about a foot in the air. This +gave him an opportunity to examine it thoroughly outside as well as +inside, and to see the whole extent of the damage that had been done. +</P> + +<P> +It has already been said that the damage was serious. Tom's +examination now convinced him that it was in every respect as serious +as he had supposed, if not still more so. Even if he did possess a +hatchet and nails, or a whole box full of tools, he doubted whether it +would be in his power to do anything whatever in the way of repairing +it. No less than three of the lower planks of the bows, down to the +very keel, were beaten in and broken so badly that they seemed actually +crushed and mangled. It must have been a fearful beating, and +pounding, and grinding on the rocks which had caused this. The planks, +though thus broken, still held together; but it seemed to Tom that with +a blow of his fist he could easily beat it all in; and as he looked at +it he could not help wondering how it had happened that the work which +the rocks had thus so nearly effected had not been completely finished. +However, the planks did hold together yet; and now the question was, +Could any thing be done? +</P> + +<P> +In answer to this question, Tom thought of the old sail and the coil of +rope. Already he had conceived the rude outline of a plan whereby the +entrance of the water might be checked. The plan was worth trying, and +he determined to set about it at once, and use up the hours before him +as long as he could, without any further delay. If by any possibility +he could stop that leak, he determined to start off at the next high +tide, that very night, and run the risk. It was a daring, even a +foolhardy thought; but Tom was desperate, and the only idea which he +had was, to escape as soon as possible. +</P> + +<P> +He now made some measurements, after which he went to the old sail, and +cut a piece from the end of it. This he divided into smaller pieces, +each about a yard square. Each of these pieces he folded up in three +folds, so as to make them about a foot wide and eighteen inches long. +Others he folded into six folds, making them about half the size of the +larger pieces. All this took up much time, for he measured and planned +very carefully, and his calculations and measurements had to be done +slowly and cautiously. Returning to the boat with these bits of folded +canvas, he put one of the larger pieces on the inside, against the bow, +right over the broken place. Another large piece was placed carefully +over this, and then the smaller pieces were laid against these. In +this way he adjusted all the pieces of canvas in such a way as to cover +up the whole place where the leak was. +</P> + +<P> +Then he went over to the drift-wood, and spent a long time searching +after some bits of wood. He at length found a half dozen pieces of +board, about a foot long, and from six to eight inches in width. He +also found some bits of scantling, and palings, which were only a foot +or so in length. All these he brought back, and laid them down on the +beach near the boat. +</P> + +<P> +He now proceeded to place these bits of wood in the bows, in such a way +as to keep the canvas in a firm position. His idea was, that the +canvas, by being pressed against the opening, might keep out the water, +and the wood, by being properly arranged, might keep the canvas secure +in its place. The arrangement of the wood required the greatest care. +First of all, he took the smallest bits, and stood these up against the +canvas, so that they might correspond as nearly as possible with the +curve of the bows. A few more pieces were placed in the hollow part of +this curve, and outside these the larger pieces were placed. Between +the outside pieces and the inner ones he thrust some of the smallest +pieces which he could find. After thus arranging all his boards, he +found that there lay between the outside board and the first seat of +the boat a space of about one foot. Selecting a piece of wood of about +that length, he put one end against the board, and the other against +the seat, and pressed it into a position where it served to keep the +board tight in its place. Then he took other pieces of about the same +length, and arranged them in the same way, so that, by being fixed +between the board and the seat, they might keep the whole mass of +boards and canvas pressed tight against the opening in the bows. After +placing as many blocks in position as he conveniently could, his next +work was to secure them all. In order to effect this, another journey +to the drift-wood was necessary, and another search. This time he +selected carefully a number of sticks, not more than half an inch in +thickness, some of them being much thinner. He found pieces of paling, +and laths, and shingles which suited his ideas. Returning with these to +the boat, he proceeded to thrust them, one by one, into the interstices +of the boards, using a stone to drive them into their places. +</P> + +<P> +At last the work was finished as far as he could accomplish it, and +there remained nothing more to be done. As far as he could see, by +shaking, and pulling, and pushing at the collection of sticks and +canvas, it was very firm and secure. Every stick seemed to be tight, +and the pressure which they maintained against the aperture was so +strong that the wood-work now was forced out a little distance beyond +the outline of the boat. He examined most carefully all about the bows +on the outside, but saw no place which did not seem to be fully +protected. It seemed to him now as though that piled-up canvas ought +to resist the entrance of the water, or, if not, at least that it ought +not to allow it to enter so rapidly but that he could easily keep the +boat baled out. +</P> + +<P> +He was not altogether confident, yet he was hopeful, and as determined +as ever to make a trial. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap12"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XII. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Waiting for high Water.—A Trial.—A new Discovery.—Total +Failure.—Down again.—Overboard.—A Struggle for Life. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Tom's work was thus, at length, accomplished, and it remained now to +get the boat in readiness and wait. Slowly and carefully he raised the +bow by means of the lever, and one by one he withdrew the boards which +held it up. At last the boat lay on the beach, ready to receive the +uplifting arms of the returning tide whenever it should make its +appearance again. Tom saw with satisfaction that the boat was about +three yards down below high-water mark, on the spot to which he had +dragged it after the failure of his last experiment. This, of course, +would be so much in his favor, for it would thus be able to float +before the water should reach its height. +</P> + +<P> +He had worked hard all the afternoon, and it was already dark. The +tide, which had been falling, had some time ago reached its lowest +point, and was now returning. Between him and the lowest point was a +great distance, for the tides here rise to a perpendicular height of +over forty feet; but Tom knew that the time required to traverse the +long space that here intervened between high and low-water mark was +precisely the same as if it had only to rise a few feet. +</P> + +<P> +He was very hungry, but some things had yet to be done. He had to put +on board the boat the articles that he had taken ashore. His matches +were now quite dry, and he put them in his pocket with a deep sense of +their value to him in his present position. His clothes also were dry, +and these he put on. The sail, the coil of rope, and the box of +biscuit were put on board the boat. Tom had still to make his frugal +repast; but this was soon accomplished, and he felt again a sense of +exceeding thankfulness at the possession of the box of biscuit. At +length his evening meal was over, and by the time that he had finished +it, it had grown quite dark. He now went to the boat, and tied up the +sail around the mast. There was nothing to which he could fasten the +boat; but it was not necessary, as he was on the watch. The water +continued smooth, the wind was from the north, as before, and there was +no sign of fog. Overhead the sky was free from clouds, and the stars +twinkled pleasantly to his upturned eyes, as if to encourage him. There +was no moon, however, and though it was not very dark, yet it was +sufficiently so to veil the nearest shores in gloom, and finally to +withdraw them altogether from his view. Still it was not a matter of +necessity that he should see the opposite shores, for he knew that his +chief, and indeed his only reliance must be upon the tide; and this +would bear him in its upward course on the morrow. The night was only +needed to float the boat down as far as low-water mark. The process of +floating her would serve to test the security of the fastenings, and +show whether he could venture to make the attempt. +</P> + +<P> +For hours Tom waited, sometimes seated in the boat, at other times +walking along the beach down to the water. He found it difficult to +keep himself awake, and therefore did not venture to sit down long. +Wearied with his long work through the day, the necessity of constant +exertion wearied him still more, until at length he could scarce draw +his legs after him. But all things have an end, and so it was with +Tom's dreary watch; for at length the waters came up, and touched the +boat, and surrounded it, until at last, to his great joy, Tom found +himself afloat. He seized his stick, and pushed the boat into deeper +water, a few yards off, with the intention of keeping her at about that +distance from the shore. +</P> + +<P> +The one thought that was now in his mind referred exclusively to his +work in the boat. Was it firm? Would it hold? Did it leak? The boat +was floating, certainly. How long would if continue to do so? For a +few minutes he waited anxiously, as he floated there in deep water, +with his eyes fixed on the work in the bow, and his ears listening +intently to detect any sign of that warning, gurgling sound, which had +struck terror to his heart on his last embarkation. But no sign came +of any sound of that sort, and he heard nothing but the gentle dash of +the water against the sides of the boat. Thus about five minutes +passed. At the end of that time, he raised the sail, which he had laid +along the bottom of the boat, and examined underneath it. The first +touch of his fingers at the bottom lessened very largely the hope that +was in him, and at once chased away the feeling of exultation that was +rising. For there, in the bottom of the boat, he felt as much as an +inch of water. After the first shock, he tried to believe that it was +only the water that was in the boat before; and so, taking comfort in +this thought, he waited for further developments, but at the same time +took the dipper, so as to be ready to bale out the water, and have a +struggle for it in case the worst should happen. +</P> + +<P> +Another minute assured him that this was not the water which had been +in the boat before. A new supply was entering, and in the space of +that short time of waiting it had risen to the height of another inch. +Tom felt a sudden pang of dismay, but his stout heart did not quail, +nor did his obstinate resolution falter. Since it was the sea water +that was coming in, he determined to have a fight with it for the +possession of the boat. So he set to work bravely, and began to bale. +He pulled up the sail, so as to have plenty of elbow-room, and worked +away, dipping out the water; but, as he dipped, he perceived that it +was gradually getting deeper. He dipped faster, but without any +visible improvement, indeed, his efforts seemed to have but very little +effect in retarding the entrance of the water. It grew deeper and +deeper. One inch of water soon deepened to two inches, and thence to +three. Soon after four inches were felt. +</P> + +<P> +And now the water came in more rapidly. It seemed to Tom as though it +had been delayed at first, for a little time, in finding an entrance, +but that now, after the entrance was found, it came pouring in with +ever-accelerated speed. Tom struggled on, hoping against hope, and +keeping up his efforts long after they were proved to be useless. But +the water came in faster and faster, until at length Tom began to see +that he must seek his safety in another way. Flinging down his dipper, +then, with a cry of vexation, he started up, and, seizing his bit of +board, he looked around for the shore. +</P> + +<P> +He had been caught by some side current, and had been carried along in +such a way that he was about a hundred yards from the island, and +seemed to be drifting up the bay. The dark, shadowy shores were much +farther away than he had suspected. While struggling to bale out the +boat, he had forgotten how necessary it was to keep near to the shore. +He now saw his mistake, and strove to paddle the boat back again. With +such a clumsy oar it is not likely that he could have achieved his +desire at all, had the flood tide been stronger; but now it was about +at its height, and would soon turn, if it was not turning already. The +current, therefore, was but a weak one, and Tom found himself able to +move slowly back; but his progress was very slow, and working at such a +disadvantage was excessively fatiguing. At last he saw that if he +trusted to paddling he could never reach the shore. In a moment +another idea suggested itself; there was no time to lose, and he at +once acted on it. Darting forward, he loosed the sail. The wind was +still blowing from the north; at once the sail was filled, and, +yielding to this new power, the boat began to move more rapidly. Tom +tied the sheet astern, and, seizing his paddle, tried to scull the +boat. For some minutes he kept up this work, and the boat moved +steadily forward, nearer and still nearer, until the land was at length +not more than thirty or forty yards off. +</P> + +<P> +But by this time the danger had come nearer, and the boat was already +half full of water. Tom began to see that it could not float as far as +the shore. What was he to do? He waited a little longer. He looked +around. The boat was drawing nearer, yet soon it must go down. To +ease it, it would be necessary to relieve it of his own weight. He did +not lose his presence of mind for a moment, but determined at once to +jump overboard. In his perfect coolness he thought of one or two +things which were of importance to him, and performed them swiftly and +promptly. First he took the box of biscuit, and placed it on the heap +of boards and canvas in the bows, so that it might remain as long as +possible out of reach of the water. Then he took the card of matches +out of his waistcoat pocket, and put them in his hat, which he replaced +on his head. To secure thus from damage the two necessaries of food +and fire was but the work of a few seconds. To throw off his coat, +waistcoat, and trousers, and hang them over the top of the short mast, +was the work of a few seconds more. By the time this had been done, +the water was nearly up to the gunwales. In five seconds more the boat +would have gone down; but, so well had Tom's work been done, and so +promptly, that these five seconds were saved. Having done what he +wished, he let himself down into the water; and, holding on by the +stern of the boat, he allowed himself to float after it, kicking out at +the same time, so as to assist, rather than retard, its progress. +</P> + +<P> +By this time the land was not more than twenty yards away. The boat +did not sink so rapidly now, but kept afloat much better; still the +water rose to a level with the gunwales, and Tom was too much rejoiced +to find that it kept afloat at all to find fault with this. The wind +still blew, and the sail was still up; so that the water-logged vessel +went on at a very respectable rate, until at length half the distance +which Tom had noticed on going overboard was traversed. The boat +seemed to float now, though full of water, and Tom saw that his +precious biscuit, at any rate, would not be very much harmed. Nearer +and nearer now he came until at last, letting himself down, his feet +touched bottom. A cry of delight escaped him; and now, bracing himself +firmly against the solid land below, he urged the boat on faster, until +at length her deep-sunk bows grated against the gravel of the beach. +</P> + +<P> +He hurried up to the box of biscuit, and put this ashore in a safe +place; after which he secured the boat to a jagged rock on the bank. +He found now that he had come to a different part of the beach +altogether, for his boat was lying at the spot where the little brook +ran into the sea. Well was it for him, in that rash and hazardous +experiment, that he had floated off before the tide was high. It had +led to his drifting up the bay, instead of down, and by a weak current, +instead of a strong one. The wind had thus brought him back. Had it +been full tide, he would have drifted out from the shore, and then have +been carried down the bay by the falling water to swift and sure +destruction. +</P> + +<P> +Tom now took off his wet shirt, and put on the dry clothes which he had +so prudently hung on the top of the mast. He perceived that he had not +a very pleasant lookout for the night, for the sail which he had +formerly used to envelop himself with was now completely saturated. It +was also too dark to go to the woods in search of ferns or mosses on +which to sleep. However, the night was a pleasant one, and the grass +around would not be so bad a resting-place as he had been forced to use +while drifting in the boat. He had now become accustomed to hardship +by bitter experience, and so he looked forward to the night without +care. +</P> + +<P> +The day had been an eventful one, indeed, for him, and his last +adventure had been full of peril, from which he had been most +wonderfully rescued. +</P> + +<P> +These thoughts were in his mind, and he did not fail to offer up +prayers of heartfelt gratitude to that good and merciful Being who had +thus far so wonderfully preserved him. With such feelings in his +heart, he sought out a sleeping-place, and after some search he found a +mossy knoll. Seating himself here, he reclined his back against it, +and in a few minutes the worn-out boy was buried in a deep sleep. +</P> + +<P> +He slept until late on the following day, and on waking looked around +to see if there were any sails in view. None were visible. The tide +was about half way up, and the wide waters spread before him without +any vessel in sight. He then began his preparations for the day. He +hung his shirt upon a bush, and spread out the wet sail on the grass. +An examination of the biscuit showed him that they had scarcely been +injured at all, the water having penetrated only the lower part of the +box. He removed the lower layer of biscuit, and spread them out on a +rock in the sun to dry. After this he breakfasted, and wandered about +for a time. He then took a swim, and felt much refreshed. By the time +that his swim was over, he found that the hot sun had dried his shirt, +so that he could once more assume that very important article of +clothing. +</P> + +<P> +The sun climbed high towards the zenith, and the tide came up higher, +as Tom sat there alone on his desert island, looking out upon the sea. +The boat from which he had hoped so much had proved false to those +hopes, and all the labors of the previous day had proved useless. His +attempt to escape had nearly resulted in his destruction. He had +learned from that experiment that no efforts of his could now effect +his rescue. He had done the very best he could, and it would not be +possible for him, with his present resources, to contrive anything +better than that which had so miserably failed. If he could only +procure some tar, he might then stop up the interstices; but as it was, +nothing of his construction would avail to keep back the treacherous +entrance of the water. It seemed now to him that his stay on the +island was destined to be prolonged to a much greater extent than he +had first thought of, and there did not seem any longer a hope of +saving himself by his own exertions. +</P> + +<P> +Alone on a desert island! +</P> + +<P> +It was a dreadful fact which now forced itself more and more upon Tom's +mind, until at length he could think of nothing else. Hitherto he had +fought off the idea whenever it presented itself, and so long as he had +been able to indulge in any hope of freeing himself by his own +exertions, he prevented himself from sinking into the gloom of utter +despair. But now he could no longer save himself from that gloom, and +the thought grew darker and drearier before him—the one fact of his +present situation. +</P> + +<P> +Alone on a desert island! +</P> + +<P> +A very interesting thing to read about, no doubt; and Tom, like all +boys, had revelled in the portrayals of such a situation which he had +encountered in his reading. No one had entered with more zest than he +into the pages of Robinson Crusoe, and no one had enjoyed more than he +the talks which boys love to have about their possible doings under +such circumstances. But now, to be here, and find himself in such a +place,—to be brought face to face with the hard, stern, dismal +fact,—was another thing altogether. What oppressed him most was not +the hardships of his position. These he could have withstood if there +had been nothing worse. The worst part of his present life was its +solitude. If Bart had been here with him, or Bruce, or Arthur, or +Phil, or Pat, how different it would have been! Even old Solomon would +have enabled him to pass the time contentedly. But to be alone,—all +alone,—without a soul to speak to,—that was terrible. +</P> + +<P> +Tom soon found that the very way to deepen his misery was to sit still +and brood over it. He was not inclined to give way to trouble. It has +already been seen that he was a boy of obstinate courage, resolute +will, and invincible determination. He was capable of struggling to +the last against any adversity; and even if he had to lose, he knew how +to lose without sinking into complete despair. These moods of +depression, or even of despair, which now and then did come, were not +permanent. In time he shook them off, and looked about for some new +way of carrying on the struggle with evil fortune. +</P> + +<P> +So now he shook off this fit of depression, and starting up he +determined not to sit idle any longer. +</P> + +<P> +"I won't stand it," he muttered. "There's lots of things to be seen, +and to be done. And first of all I've got to explore this island. +Come, Tom, my boy; cheer up, old fellow. You've pretended to admire +Robinson Crusoe; act up to your profession. And first of all, my boy, +you've got to explore Juan Fernandez." +</P> + +<P> +The sound of his own voice had the effect of encouraging and +inspiriting him, while the purpose which he thus assigned to himself +was sufficient to awaken his prostrated energies. There was something +in the plan which roused all his curiosity, and turned his thoughts and +feelings into a totally new direction. No sooner, then, had this +thought occurred to him, than he at once set out to put it into +execution. +</P> + +<P> +First of all he took one parting look at the scene around him. The sun +had now passed its meridian, and it seemed to be one o'clock or after. +The tide was high. The boat, which had at first floated, was now +nearly full of water. Tom threw a melancholy glance at this fresh +proof of the utter futility of all his labor, and then examined the +fastenings, so that it might not drift away during his absence. Then +he searched among the drift-wood until he found a stout stick to assist +him in climbing, and to serve as a companion in his walk, after which +he started. +</P> + +<P> +The sun was bright, but over the sky some clouds were gathering, and +the opposite shores seemed to have grown darker than they were a few +hours ago, having assumed a hue like olive green. The wind had also +died away, and the water was as smooth as glass. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap13"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XIII. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Where's Solomon?—An anxious Search.—The Beach.—The cavernous +Cliffs.—Up the Precipice.—Along the Shore.—Back for Boats. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +The loss of Solomon had filled the boys with anxiety, and even Captain +Corbet shared in the common feeling. He had preferred to set out, as +he said, with a coil of rope; but the sight of this seemed to make +Solomon's fate appear darker, and looked as though he might have fallen +over a precipice, or into a deep pool of water. They all knew that a +serious accident was not at all improbable. They had seen the lofty +and rugged cliffs that lined the bay shore, and knew that the rising +waters, as they dashed over them, might form the grave of a man far +younger and more active than the aged Solomon. He was weak and +rheumatic; he was also timid and easily confused. If the water had +overtaken him anywhere, he might easily fall a prey. In his efforts to +escape, he would soon become so terrified that his limbs would be +paralyzed. He might then stumble over the rocks, and break some of his +bones, or he might be intrapped in some recess of the cliffs, from +which escape might be impossible without external help. +</P> + +<P> +Full of thoughts like these, the boys went on, with Captain Corbet, up +through the village, looking carefully around as they went on, and +making inquiries of every one whom they met. No one, however, could +give them any information. At last they reached the end of the +village. Here, on the left, there arose a high hill. The road wound +round this, and descended into a valley, through which a stream ran to +the bay. In this valley there was a ship-yard, where the half-finished +fabric of a large ship stood before them, and from which the rattle of +a hundred axes rose into the air. The valley itself was a beautiful +place, running up among steep hills, till it was lost to view among a +mass of evergreen trees and rich foliage. Below the shipyard was a +cove of no very great depth, but of extreme beauty. Beyond this was a +broad beach, which, at the farthest end, was bounded by the projecting +headland before alluded to. The headland was a precipitous cliff of +red sandstone, crowned at the summit with a fringe of forest trees, +white at its base were two or three hollow caverns, worn into the solid +rock by the action of the surf. One of these was about thirty feet in +height at its mouth, and ran back for sixty or seventy feet, narrowing +all the way, like a funnel, from its entrance to its farthest extremity. +</P> + +<P> +The tide was now nearly at its height, and progress down the beach and +along the cliff was impossible. The caves were cut off also, and the +water penetrated them for some distance. At low tide one could easily +walk down to the extreme point of the headland, and rounding this, he +would find it possible to go along in front of the cliffs for an +immense distance, either by walking along the rough beach at their +foot, or, if the water should rise again, by going along rocky shelves, +which projected for miles from the surface of the cliff. +</P> + +<P> +Reaching the head of the beach, Captain Corbet paused, and looked +around. +</P> + +<P> +"Before goin any further," said he, "we'd better ask the folks at this +ship-yard. It ain't possible to tell whether he's gone by the beach or +not. He may have gone up the valley." +</P> + +<P> +"O," said Bart, dolefully, "he must have gone by the beach." +</P> + +<P> +"I rayther think I'll ask, at any rate," said the captain. +</P> + +<P> +So saying, he walked up towards a house that was not far off, and +accosted some men who were standing there. On hearing his question, +they were silent for a few moments; and at last one of them recollected +seeing an aged colored man passing by early in the morning. He had a +basket on his arm, and in every way corresponded to the description of +Solomon. He was on his way up the shore. +</P> + +<P> +"Did he go down to the pint," asked Captain Corbet, "or up to the top +of the cliff?" +</P> + +<P> +The man couldn't say for certain; but as far as he could recollect, it +seemed to him that he went down to the pint. +</P> + +<P> +"About what time?" +</P> + +<P> +"Between eight and nine o'clock—in fact, about eight—not much later." +</P> + +<P> +"Did he speak to any one here?" +</P> + +<P> +"No; he walked past without stoppin. An do you say he ain't got back?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not yet." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said the man, "for an old feller, an a feller what don't know +the country hereabouts, he's gone on a dangerous journey; an ef he's +tried to get back, he's found it a pooty hard road to travel." +</P> + +<P> +"Isn't there any chance of his gettin back by the cliff?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not with the water risin onto his path." +</P> + +<P> +"Is there any way of gettin up to the top of the cliff?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, fur a active young feller it wouldn't be hard, but for a pore old +critter like that thar, it couldn't be done—no how." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, boys," said Captain Corbet, sorrowfully, "I guess we'd better get +on, an not lose any more time." +</P> + +<P> +They walked away in silence for some time, until at last they reached +the foot of the cliff. A path here ran up in a winding direction so as +to reach the top. +</P> + +<P> +"It seems too bad," said Captain Corbet, "not to be able to get to the +beach. I wish I'd come in the boat. What a fool I was not to think of +it!" +</P> + +<P> +"O, I dare say the top of the cliff will do," said Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, it'll have to do. At any rate I've got the kile of rope." +</P> + +<P> +"We shall be able to see him from the top just as well, and perhaps +better." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I hope so; but we'll be a leetle too far above him for my +fancy,—ony we can use the rope, I s'pose. Can any of you youngsters +climb?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, yes," said Bart, "all of us." +</P> + +<P> +"What kind of heads have you got—stiddy?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, good enough," said Bruce. "I'll engage to go anywhere that I can +find a foothold; and here's Bart, that'll go certainly as far, and +perhaps farther. And here's Phil, that can do his share. As for Pat, +he can beat us all; he can travel like a fly, upside down, or in any +direction." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I'm glad to hear that, boys, for it's likely you'll be wanted to +do some climbin afore we get back. I used to do somethin in that way; +but since I've growed old, an rheumatic, I've got kine o' out o' the +way of it, an don't scacely feel sech confidence in myself as I used to +onst. But come, we mustn't be waitin here all day." +</P> + +<P> +At this they started up the path, and soon reached the top of the cliff. +</P> + +<P> +Arriving here, they found themselves in a cultivated meadow, passing +through which they reached a pasture field. After a walk of about a +quarter of a mile, they came to the cliff that ran along the shore of +the bay, and on reaching this, the whole bay burst upon their view. +</P> + +<P> +It was still a beautiful day; the sun was shining brilliantly, and his +rays were reflected in a path of dazzling lustre from the face of the +sea. The wind was fresh, and the little waves tossed up their heads +across where the sunlight fell, flashing back the rays of the sun in +perpetually changing light, and presenting to the eye the appearance of +innumerable dazzling stars. Far away rose the Nova Scotia shore as +they had seen it in the morning, while up the bay, in the distance, +abrupt, dark, and precipitous, arose the solitary Ile Haute. +</P> + +<P> +Beneath them the waters of the bay foamed and splashed; and though +there was not much surf, yet the waters came rolling among the rocks, +seething and boiling, and extending as far as the eye could reach, up +and down, in a long line of foam. +</P> + +<P> +Reaching the edge, they all looked down. At the bottom there were +visible the heads of black rocks, which arose above the waves at times, +but which, however, at intervals, were covered with the rolling waters +that tossed around them in foam and spray. Nearer and higher up there +were rocks which projected like shelves from the face of the cliff, and +seemed capable of affording a foothold to any climber; but their +projection served also to conceal from view what lay immediately +beneath. +</P> + +<P> +Along the whole beach, however, up and down, there appeared no sign of +human life. Anxiously they looked, hoping to see some human form, in +some part of that long line of rock; but none was visible, and they +looked at one another in silence. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, he don't turn up yet; that's clar," said Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"We can see a great deal from here, too," said Bart, in a despondent +tone. +</P> + +<P> +"Ay, an that's jest what makes the wust of it. I thought that one look +from a commandin pint would reveal the wanderer to our eyes." +</P> + +<P> +"Perhaps he is crouching in among the rocks down there." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I rayther think he'd manage to git up a leetle further out of the +reach of the surf than all that." +</P> + +<P> +"He may be farther on." +</P> + +<P> +"True; an I dare say he is, too." +</P> + +<P> +"There don't seem to be any place below these rocks, where he would be +likely to be." +</P> + +<P> +"No; I think that jest here he could climb up, as fur as that thar +shelf, certain. He may be old an rheumatic, but he's able enough to +climb that fur." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't think anything could have happened to him here, or we should +see some signs of him." +</P> + +<P> +"Course we would—we'd see his remains—we'd see his basket, or his +hat, floatin and driftin about. But thar's not a basket or a hat +anywhar to be seen." +</P> + +<P> +"The cliff is long here, and runs in so from that point, that if he +went up any distance, it would be easy for him to be caught by the +rising tide." +</P> + +<P> +"Course it would. O, yes, course. That's the very thing that struck +me. It's very dangerous for an ole inexperienced man. But come, we +mustn't stand talkin, we must hurry on, or we may as well go back agin, +at onst." +</P> + +<P> +Starting forward, they walked on for some time in silence. For about a +hundred yards they were able to keep close to the edge of the cliff, so +as to look over; but after that they encountered a dense alder thicket. +In order to traverse this, they had to go farther inland, where there +was some sort of an opening. There they came to a wood where the +underbrush was thick, and the walking difficult. This they traversed, +and at length worked their way once more to the edge of the cliff. +Looking down here, they found the scene very much like what it had been +farther back. The waves were dashing beneath them among rocks whose +black crests were at times visible among the foam, while from the +cliffs there were the same projecting shelves which they had noticed +before. +</P> + +<P> +"See there!" cried Bart, pointing to a place behind them. "Do you see +how the cliff seems to go in there—just where the alder bushes grow? +That looks like a place where a man might be caught. I wonder if he +isn't there." +</P> + +<P> +"Can't we go and see?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't think you can git thar." +</P> + +<P> +"O, it isn't far," said Bart. "I'll run back and look down. The rest +of you had better go on; I'll join you soon." +</P> + +<P> +"I'll go with you," said Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"Very well." +</P> + +<P> +Bruce and Bart then set out, and forced their way through the dense +alder bushes, until at length they found themselves near the place. +Here there was a chasm in the line of cliff, reaching from the top to +the bottom. The sides were precipitous, and they could see perfectly +well all the way down. At the bottom the water was rolling and +tossing; and this, together with the precipitous cliffs, showed them +plainly that no one could have found shelter here. +</P> + +<P> +Sadly and silently they returned, and rejoined the others, who had been +walking along in advance. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal?" said Captain Corbet, interrogatively. +</P> + +<P> +Bart shook his head. +</P> + +<P> +They then walked on for some time in silence. "Come," said Captain +Corbet; "we've been makin one mistake ever sence we started." +</P> + +<P> +"What's that?" +</P> + +<P> +"We've kep altogether too still. How do we know but we've passed him +somewhar along down thar. We can't see behind all them corners." +</P> + +<P> +"Let's shout now—the rest of the way." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; that's it; yell like all possessed." +</P> + +<P> +The cries of the boys now burst forth in shrill screams and yells, +which were echoed among the woods and rocks around. +</P> + +<P> +"Now," cried Captain Corbet, "all together!" +</P> + +<P> +The boys shouted all together. +</P> + +<P> +"That'll fetch him," said the captain, "ef anythin doos. It's a pity +we didn't think of this afore. What an ole fool I must ha ben to +forgit that!" +</P> + +<P> +The boys now walked on shouting, and screaming, and yelling +incessantly, and waiting, from time to time, to listen for an answer. +</P> + +<P> +But no answer came. +</P> + +<P> +At times Captain Corbet's voice sounded forth. His cry was a very +peculiar one. It was high pitched, shrill, and penetrating, and seemed +as though it ought to be heard for miles. But the united voices of the +boys, and the far-piercing yell of the captain, all sounded equally in +vain. No response came, and at last, after standing still and +listening for a longer time than usual, they all looked despondingly at +one another, as though each were waiting for the other to suggest some +new plan of action. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet stood and looked musingly out upon the sea, as though +the sight of the rolling waters assisted his meditations. It was some +time before he spoke. +</P> + +<P> +"I tell you what it is, boys," said he at last. "We've ben makin +another mistake." +</P> + +<P> +"How so?" +</P> + +<P> +"We've gone to work wrong." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, what can we do now?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, fust an foremost, I muve we go back on our tracks." +</P> + +<P> +"Go back?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yas." +</P> + +<P> +"Why?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, you see, one thing,—Solomon can't hev come further than this by +no possibility, onless he started straight off to walk all the way up +the bay agin, back to Petticoat Jack by the shore route,—an as that's +too rough a route for an ole man, why, I calc'late it's not to be +thought of. Ef, on the contrairy, he only kem out to hunt for fish, +'tain't likely he come as fur as this, an in my pinion he didn't come +nigh as fur. You see we're a good piece on, and Solomon wouldn't hev +come so fur if he'd cal'lated to get back to the schewner. What d'ye +say to that?" +</P> + +<P> +"I've thought of that already," said Bruce, sadly. "We've certainly +gone as far as he could possibly have gone." +</P> + +<P> +"Terrew," said Captain Corbet, solemnly. +</P> + +<P> +"But what can we do now?" asked Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"Fust of all, go back." +</P> + +<P> +"What! give him up?" +</P> + +<P> +"I didn't say that. I said to go back, an keep a good lookout along +the shore." +</P> + +<P> +"But we've done that already." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, I know; but then we didn't begin to yell till quite lately, +whereas we'd ought to hev yelled from the time of fust startin. Now, I +think ef we went back yellin all the way, we'd have a chance of turnin +him up somewhar back thar whar we fust came in sight of the cliff. +Very likely, if he ain't already drownded, he's a twisted himself up in +some holler in the cliff back thar. He couldn't hev got this fur, +certain,—unless he'd ben a runnin away." +</P> + +<P> +All this seemed so certain to the boys that they had nothing to say in +opposition to it. In fact, as Bruce said, they had already gone as far +as Solomon could possibly have gone, and this thought had occurred to +them all. Captain Corbet's proposition, therefore, seemed to them the +only course to follow. So they all turned and went back again. +</P> + +<P> +"What I was a goin to say," remarked Captain Corbet, after walking a +few paces,—"what I was a goin to say was this. The mistake I made was +in not gettin a boat." +</P> + +<P> +"A boat? Why we've traced the coast from the cliff well +enough—haven't we?" +</P> + +<P> +"No, not well enough. We'd ought to have planned this here expedition +more kerfully. It wan't enough to go along the top of the cliff this +here way. You see, we've not been able to take in the lower part of +the cliff underneath. We'd ought to hev got a boat. Some of us could +hev gone along the cliff, jest as we hev ben doin, and the others could +have pulled along the shore an kep up a sharp lookout that way. We've +lost any quantity o' time that way, but that's no reason why we should +lose any more; so I muve that some of us go back, right straight off, +an get a boat at the ship-yard, an come back. I'll go, unless some o' +youns think yourselfes smarter, which ain't onlikely." +</P> + +<P> +"O, you can't run, captain," said Bart. "Bruce and I will go, and +we'll run all the way." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, that's the very best thing that you could do. You're both young, +an actyve. As for me, my days of youth an actyvity air over, an I'm in +the sere an yaller leaf, with spells o' rheumatics. So you start off as +quick as your legs can carry you, an ef you run all the way, so much +the better." +</P> + +<P> +The boys started off at this, and going on the full run, they hurried, +as fast as possible, back over the path they had traversed, and through +the woods, and over the fields, and down the cliff towards the +ship-yard. +</P> + +<P> +Phil and Pat, however, remained with Captain Corbet; and these three +walked back along the edge of the cliff; still looking down carefully +for signs of Solomon, and keeping up constantly their loud, shrill +cries. +</P> + +<P> +Thus they walked back, till, at length, they reached the place where +the alders were growing. Here they were compelled to make a detour as +before, after which they returned to the cliff, and walked along, +shouting and yelling as when they came. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap14"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XIV. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Back again.—Calls and Cries.—Captain Corbet's Yell.—A significant +Sign.—The old Hat.—The return Cry.—The Boat rounds the Point. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Captain Corbet, with Phil and Pat, walked along the top of the cliff in +this way, narrowly scrutinizing the rocks below, and calling and +shouting, until, at length, they reached the place at which they had +first come out upon the shore. +</P> + +<P> +"Now, boys," said the captain, "from here to the pint down thar is all +new ground. We must go along here, an keep a good lookout. If we hev +any chance left of findin anythin, it's thar. I'm ony sorry we didn't +examine this here fust an foremost, before wanderin away off up thar, +whar 'tain't at all likely that Solomon ever dreamed of goin. I hope +the boys won't be long gettin off that thar boat." +</P> + +<P> +"Perhaps they can't get one." +</P> + +<P> +"O, yes, they can. I saw two or three down thar." +</P> + +<P> +They now walked on a little farther. +</P> + +<P> +At this place the cliff was as steep as it had been behind; but the +rocky shelves were more numerous, and down near the shore they +projected, one beyond another, so that they looked like natural steps. +</P> + +<P> +"If Solomon was caught by the tide anywhar hereabouts," said Captain +Corbet, "thar's no uthly reason why he shouldn't save himself. He +could walk up them rocks jest like goin up stairs, an git out of the +way of the heaviest surf an the highest tide that these shores ever +saw." +</P> + +<P> +"It all depends," said Phil, "on whether he staid about here, or went +farther up." +</P> + +<P> +"Course—an it's my opinion that he did stay about here. He was never +such an old fool as to go so far up as we did. Why, ef he'd a done so +over them rocks, he'd never have got the use of his legs agin." +</P> + +<P> +"Strange we don't see any signs of him." +</P> + +<P> +"O, wal, thar's places yet we hevn't tried." +</P> + +<P> +"One thing is certain—we haven't found any signs of him. If anything +had happened, we'd have seen his basket floating." +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, or his old hat." +</P> + +<P> +"I should think, if he were anywhere hereabouts, he'd hear the noise; +we are shouting loud enough, I'm sure. As for your voice, why, he +ought to hear it a mile away; and the point down there doesn't seem to +be a quarter that distance." +</P> + +<P> +"O, it's further than that; besides, my voice can't penetrate so easily +down thar. It gits kine o' lost among the rocks. It can go very easy +in a straight line; but when it's got to turn corners an go kine o' +round the edges o' sharp rocks, it don't get on so well by a long +chalk. But I think I'll try an divarsify these here proceedins by +yellin a leetle lower down." +</P> + +<P> +So saying, Captain Corbet knelt down, and putting his head over the +cliff, he uttered the loudest, and sharpest, and shrillest yell that he +could give. Then he listened in silence, and the boys also listened in +breathless expectation for some time. But there was no response +whatever. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet arose with a sigh. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, boys," said he, in a mournful tone, "we must git on to the pint. +We'd ought to know the wust pooty soon. But, at any rate, I'm bound to +hope for the best till hope air over." +</P> + +<P> +The little party now resumed their progress, and walked on towards the +point, shouting at intervals, as before. +</P> + +<P> +From this place on as far as the point, the ground was clear, and there +was nothing to bar their way. They could go along without being +compelled to make any further detour, and could keep near enough to the +edge to command a view of the rocks below. They walked on, and shouted +without ceasing, and thus traversed a portion of the way. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly Captain Corbet's eye caught sight of something in the water. +It was round in shape, and was floating within a few feet of the shore, +on the top of a wave. As Captain Corbet looked, the wave rolled from +underneath it, and dashed itself upon the rocks, while the floating +object seemed to be thrown farther out. The tide had turned already, +and was now on the ebb, so that floating articles, such as this, were +carried away from the shore, rather than towards it. +</P> + +<P> +Upon this Captain Corbet fastened his gaze, and stood in silence +looking at it. At length he put his hand on Phil's shoulder, and +directed the attention of the boys to the floating object. +</P> + +<P> +"Do you see that?" said he. +</P> + +<P> +"What?" +</P> + +<P> +"That thing." +</P> + +<P> +"What—that round thing?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, that round thing. Look sharp at it now. What doos it look like +to your young eyes?" +</P> + +<P> +Phil and Pat looked at it very carefully, and in silence. Then Phil +looked up into Captain Corbet's face without saying a word. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal?" +</P> + +<P> +"What is it, do you think?" asked Phil, in a low voice. +</P> + +<P> +"What do YOU think?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure an it's a hat—a sthraw hat," said Pat. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet exchanged a meaning glance with Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"Do you think it's HIS hat?" asked Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"Whose else can it be?" +</P> + +<P> +Phil was silent, and his gaze was once more directed to the floating +object. As it rose and fell on the waves, it showed the unmistakable +outline of a straw hat, and was quite near enough for them to recognize +its general character and color. It was dark, with the edges rather +ragged, a broad brim, and a roomy crown, not by any means of a +fashionable or graceful shape, but coarse, and big, and roomy, and +shabby—just such a hat as Solomon had put on his head when he left +Grand Pre with them on this memorable and ill-fated voyage. +</P> + +<P> +They looked at it for a long time in silence, and none of them moved. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet heaved a deep sigh. +</P> + +<P> +"This here," said he, "has been a eventfool vyge. I felt a derred +persentment afore I started. Long ago I told you how the finger of +destiny seemed to warn me away from the ocean main. I kem to the +conclusion, you remember, that henceforth I was to dwell under my own +vine an fig tree, engaged in the tender emplymint of nussin the infant. +But from this I was forced agin my own inclynations. An what's the +result? Why, this—that thar hat! See here, boys;" and the venerable +seaman's tone grew deeper, and more solemn, and more impressive; "see +here, boys," he repeated; "for mor'n forty year hev I follered the +seas, an traversed the briny deep; but, though I've hed my share of +storms an accydints, though I've ben shipwrecked onst or twiste, yet +never has it ben my lot to experience any loss of human life. But now, +but now, boys, call to mind the startlin events of this here vyge! +Think of your companion an playmate a driftin off in that startlin +manner from Petticoat Jack! An now look here—gaze upon that thar! +Words air footil!" +</P> + +<P> +"Do you give him up, then?" cried Phil. "Poor, poor old Solomon!" +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet shook his head. +</P> + +<P> +"'Deed, thin, an I don't!" cried Pat. "What's a hat? 'Tain't a man, +so it isn't. Many's the man that's lost his hat, an ain't lost his +life. It's a windy place here, an ole Solomon's hat's a mile too big +for him, so it is—'deed an it is." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet shook his head more gloomily than ever. +</P> + +<P> +"Ow, sure an ye needn't be shakin yer head that way. Sure an haven't +ye lost hats av yer own, over an over?" +</P> + +<P> +"Never," said the captain. "I never lost a hat." +</P> + +<P> +"Niver got one blowed off? 'Deed an ye must have." +</P> + +<P> +"I never got one blowed off. When the wind blowed hard I allus kep 'em +tied on." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Solomon hadn't any tie to his, an it cud tumble off his old pate +asy enough, so it cud. Sure he's lost it jumpin over the rocks. +Besides, where's his basket?" +</P> + +<P> +"At the bottom, no doubt." +</P> + +<P> +"Sure an it cud float." +</P> + +<P> +"No; I dar say it was full of lobsters." +</P> + +<P> +"Any how, I'll not believe he's gone till I see him," cried Pat, +earnestly. "Seein's believin." +</P> + +<P> +"Ef he's gone," said Captain Corbet, more solemnly than ever, "ye'll +never see him. These waters take too good care of a man for that." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, yer all givin up too soon," said Pat. "Come along now; there's +lots of places yet to examin. Give one of yer loudest yells." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet did so. In spite of his despondency as to poor old +Solomon's fate, he was not at all unwilling to try any further chances. +On this occasion he seemed to gain unusual energy out of his very +despair; and the yell that burst from him was so high, so shrill, so +piercing, and so far penetrating, that the former cries were nothing +compared to it. +</P> + +<P> +"Well done!" cried Pat. "Sure an you bet yerself that time, out an +out." +</P> + +<P> +"Stop!" cried Phil. "Listen. What's that?" +</P> + +<P> +Far away, as they listened, they heard a faint cry, that seemed like a +response. +</P> + +<P> +"Is that the echo?" asked Phil, anxiously. +</P> + +<P> +"Niver an echo!" cried Pat, excitedly. "Shout agin, captain, darlin." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet gave another shout as loud and as shrill as the +preceding one. +</P> + +<P> +They listened anxiously. +</P> + +<P> +Again they heard the cry. It was faint and far off; yet it was +unmistakably a human cry. Their excitement now grew intense. +</P> + +<P> +"Where did it come from?" cried Phil. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, it kine o' seemed to me that it came back thar," said the +captain, pointing to the woods. +</P> + +<P> +"'Deed an it didn't," cried Pat; "not a bit of it. It was from the +shore, jest ahead; from the pint, so it was, or I'm a nagur." +</P> + +<P> +"I think it came from the shore, too," said Phil; "but it seemed to be +behind us." +</P> + +<P> +"Niver a bit," cried Pat; "not back there. We've been there, an +whoever it was wud have shouted afore, so he wud. No, it's ahead at +the pint. He's jest heard us, an he's shoutin afther us. Hooray! +Hurry up, an we'll be there in time to save him." +</P> + +<P> +Pat's confidence was not without its effect on the others. Without +waiting any longer, they at once set off at a run, stopping at +intervals to yell, and then listening for a response. To their +delight, that response came over and over again; and to their still +greater joy, the sound each time was evidently louder. +</P> + +<P> +Beyond a doubt, they were drawing nearer to the place from which the +sounds came. +</P> + +<P> +This stimulated them all the more, so that they hurried on faster. +</P> + +<P> +The edge of the cliff was not covered by any trees, but the ground at +its summit had been cleared, so that progress was not at all difficult. +They therefore did not take much time in traversing the space that +intervened between the spot where they had first heard the cry, and the +point where the cliff terminated. The cry grew steadily louder, all +the way, until at last, when they approached the point, it seemed to +come directly from beneath. +</P> + +<P> +The cliff here was perpendicular for about forty feet down, and below +this it seemed to retreat, so that nothing could be seen. The tide was +on the ebb; but it was still so high that its waves beat below them, +and seemed to strike the base of the rock. Beyond, on the right, there +was a sloping ledge, which descended from the cliffs into the sea, over +which the waves were now playing. +</P> + +<P> +It was from the hollow and unseen recess down at the foot of the cliff +that the cry seemed to arise, which had come in response to the calls +of those on the summit. On reaching the place above, they knelt down, +and looked over, but were not able to distinguish any human being, or +any sign of the presence of one. But as they looked anxiously over, +the cry arose, not very loud, but quite distinct now, and assured them +that this was the place which sheltered the one who had uttered that +cry. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet now thrust his head over as far as he could, and gave a +call in his loudest voice. +</P> + +<P> +"Hal-lo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o!" +</P> + +<P> +To which there came up in answer a cry that sounded like— +</P> + +<P> +"Hi-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-i!" +</P> + +<P> +"Solomo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-on!" +</P> + +<P> +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-ey!" +</P> + +<P> +"Is that yo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ou?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's me-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e!" +</P> + +<P> +"Where are y-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ou?" +</P> + +<P> +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-re!" +</P> + +<P> +"Come u-u-u-u-u-u-u-up!" +</P> + +<P> +"Ca-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-n't!" +</P> + +<P> +"Why no-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ot?" +</P> + +<P> +"Too hi-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-gh!" +</P> + +<P> +"Go round the pi-i-i-i-i-i-nt!" +</P> + +<P> +"Too high ti-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-de!" +</P> + +<P> +"Wa-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-it!" +</P> + +<P> +"All ri-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-ght!" +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet now sprang up as nimbly as a young lad, and looked at +Phil and Pat with an expression of such exceeding triumph, that his +face seemed fairly to shine. +</P> + +<P> +"It IS Solomon!" he cried. But it was of no use for him to convey that +piece of information to the boys, who already knew that fact quite as +well as he did. +</P> + +<P> +"It IS Solomon," he repeated; "an now the pint is, how air we to git +him up?" +</P> + +<P> +"Let me go down," said Pat. +</P> + +<P> +"How?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure an I can git down wid that bit o' rope you have." +</P> + +<P> +"Mebbe you can, an then agin mebbe you can't; but s'posin you was to +git down, how upon airth would that help the matter?" +</P> + +<P> +"Sure an we cud give him a pull up." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't think we could manage that," said Captain Corbet, "and you +couldn't, at any rate, if you were down thar with him. As far as I +see, we'll hev to wait till the tide falls." +</P> + +<P> +"Wouldn't it be better," said Phil, "for us to go around, so as to come +nearer?" +</P> + +<P> +"How? Whar?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why, down to the beach, and then we could walk around the point." +</P> + +<P> +"Walk? Why, it's high water." +</P> + +<P> +"So it is—I forgot that." +</P> + +<P> +"The fact is, we can't git any nearer than we air now. Then, agin, the +boys'll be along in a boat soon. They ought to be here by this time; +so let's sit down here, an wait till they heave in sight." +</P> + +<P> +With a call of encouragement to Solomon which elicited a reply of +satisfaction, Captain Corbet sat down upon the grass, and the boys +followed his example. In this position they waited quietly for the +boat to come. +</P> + +<P> +Meanwhile, Bart and Bruce had hurried on as rapidly as their legs could +carry them, and at length reached the path which went down to the +beach. Down this they scrambled, and not long afterwards they reached +the ship-yard. Here they obtained a boat without any difficulty, which +the workmen launched for them; and then they pushed off, and pulled for +the point, with the intention of rowing along opposite the shore, and +narrowly inspecting it. +</P> + +<P> +Scarcely had they reached the point, however, when a loud and +well-known voice sounded from on high. They both turned and looked up, +still pulling. There they saw Captain Corbet, and Phil, and Pat, all +of whom were shouting and making furious gestures at them. +</P> + +<P> +"We've found him! Come in closer!" cried Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Whe-e-e-re?" cried Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +But before any answer could come, a loud, shrill scream, followed by a +yell of delight, burst forth from some place still nearer. +</P> + +<P> +Burt and Bruce both started, and looked towards the place from which +this last cry came. +</P> + +<P> +There a very singular and pleasing sight met their eyes. +</P> + +<P> +About six feet above the water was a shelf of rock, that ran down +sloping to the beach, and over this there projected a great mass of the +cliff. In this recess there crouched a familiar figure. He had no +hat, but between his legs, as he sat there, he held a basket, to which +he clung with his knees and his hands. As he sat there his eyes were +fixed upon them, and their whites seemed enlarged to twice their +ordinary dimensions, while yell after yell came from him. +</P> + +<P> +"Help, he-e-e-e-e-lp! Mas'r Ba-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-art! O, Mas'r +Ba-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-art! He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-lp! +Sa-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-ave me!" +</P> + +<P> +"Hurrah! hurrah!" cried Bart and Bruce, in a burst of heartfelt joy. +</P> + +<P> +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-lp!" came forth once more from Solomon. +</P> + +<P> +"All right," cried Bart; and at once the boat pointed towards the place +where Solomon was sitting. The water nearer the shore was somewhat +rough, but fortunately there were no rocks just there, and they were +able to bring the boat in close to the place where Solomon was +confined. At their approach Solomon moved slowly down the incline of +the rock, on his hands and knees, for there was not room for him to +stand upright; and as he moved he pushed the basket before him, as +though there was something inside of uncommon value. Reaching, at +length, a spot where the rock was about the level of the boat, he +waited for them to approach. Soon the boat touched the rock. +</P> + +<P> +"Come, old Sol," cried Bart, "jump in!" +</P> + +<P> +"Hyah, take hole ob dis yar," said Solomon, even in that moment of +rescue refusing to move till his precious basket should be safe. +</P> + +<P> +Bart grasped it, and put it into the boat, noticing, as he did so, that +it was full of lobsters. +</P> + +<P> +"Come, Solomon, hurry up. I don't like the boat to be knocking here +this way." +</P> + +<P> +"All right, sah," said Solomon, crawling along rather stiffly; "ben +tied up in a knot all day, an feel so stiff dat I don't know as I'll +git untied agin fur ebber mo. Was jest makin my will, any way, as you +came along." +</P> + +<P> +By this time Solomon had tumbled into the boat, and worked his way aft, +though not without many groans. +</P> + +<P> +"It's de cold rocks, an de wet," he groaned. "Sech an attack o' +rheumaticses as dis ole nigga's gwine to hab beats all! Any how, I ben +an sabed de lobsta. Loss me ole hat, but didn't car a mite fer dat so +long as I sabed de lobsta." +</P> + +<P> +"All right," cried Bart; and at this the two boys pulled away from the +rocks and rounded the point. As they came into the sight of those who +were waiting on the top of the cliff, a shout of joy arose. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap15"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XV. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Exploring Juan Fernandez.—The Cliffs.—The tangled Underbrush.—The +Fog Bank.—Is it coming or going?—The Steamer.—Vain Appeals.—New +Plans. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Starting off, as we have seen, to explore the island, Tom first +directed his steps towards the elevated land which has before been +mentioned. At first his path was easy, and the descent very gradual; +but at length it became more difficult, and he had to ascend a steep +hill, which was over-strewn with stones and interspersed with trees and +mounds. Up among these he worked his way, and at length the ascent +ceased. He was on the summit of the island. Here he walked to the +edge of the area on which he stood, and found himself on the edge of a +precipice that went sheer down to a beach, which was apparently two +hundred feet beneath him. The precipice seemed actually to lean +forward out of the perpendicular, and so tremendous was the view +beneath, that Tom, although not by any means inclined to be nervous, +found his head grow giddy as he looked down. Looking forth thus from +his dizzy elevation, he could see across the bay to the New Brunswick +shore, and could mark the general course which his drifting boat must +have taken over those deep, dark, and treacherous waters. +</P> + +<P> +The sea was broad, and blue, and tranquil, and desolate, for even from +this commanding height not a sail was visible. There was nothing here +which could attract Tom's attention for any long period; so he prepared +to continue his progress. In front of him lay a wood, before plunging +in which he turned to see if there were any vessels coming through the +Straits of Minas. None were visible; so, turning back once more, he +resumed his journey, and went forward among the trees. +</P> + +<P> +His path now became a difficult one. It was necessary to keep away +from the edge of the cliff, but still not to go out of sight of it. The +trees were principally spruce and fir, but there were also birch and +maple. He also noticed mountain ash and willow. Beneath him all the +ground was covered with soft moss, in which he sank to his ankles, +while on every side were luxuriant ferns and evergreen trailers. Tom +recognized all these with great satisfaction, for they showed him the +means of furnishing for himself a soft couch, that might be envied by +many a man in better circumstances. Progress soon grew more difficult, +for there were numerous mounds, and dense underbrush, through which he +could only force his way by extreme effort. Windfalls also lay around +in all directions, and no sooner would he have fairly surmounted one of +them, than another would appear. Thus his progress was exceedingly +slow and laborious. +</P> + +<P> +After about a half an hour of strenuous exertion, Tom found himself in +the midst of an almost impassable jungle of tangled, stunted fir trees. +He tried to avoid these by making a detour, but found that they +extended so far that he could only pass them by going along close to +the edge of the cliff. This last path he chose, and clinging to the +branches, he passed for more than a hundred yards along the crest of a +frightful precipice, where far down there yawned an abyss, at whose +bottom was the sea; while abreast of him in the air there floated great +flocks of gulls, uttering their hoarse yells, and fluttering fiercely +about, as though trying to drive back this intruder upon their domains. +Once or twice Tom was compelled to stop, and turn away his face from +the abyss, and thrust himself in among the trees; but each time he +regained his courage, after a little rest, and went on as before. +</P> + +<P> +At length he passed the thick spruce underbrush, and found the woods +less dense. He could now work his way among them without being +compelled to go so close to the edge of the cliff; and the dizzy height +and the shrieks of the gulls no longer disturbed his senses. The trees +here were not so high as those at the other end of the island, but were +of much smaller size, and seemed stunted. There were no maples or other +forest trees, but only scraggy fir, that seemed too exposed to the +winds from the sea to have much health or verdure. The underbrush was +wanting to a great extent, but moss was here in large quantities, and +thick clusters of alder bushes. Wild shrubs also—such as raspberries +and blueberries—were frequently met with; while ledges of +weather-beaten rock jutted out from amid thick coverings of moss. +</P> + +<P> +Walking here was not at all difficult, and he went on without any +interruption, until, at last, he found any farther progress barred by a +precipice. He was at the lower or western end of the island. +</P> + +<P> +He looked down, and found beneath him a great precipice, while rocks +jutted out from the sea, and ledges projected beyond. The gulls were +present here, as elsewhere, in great flocks, and still kept up their +noisy screams. +</P> + +<P> +Tom looked out over the sea, and saw its waters spread far away till it +was lost in the horizon. On the line of that horizon he saw a faint +gray cloud, that looked like a fog bank. It had, to his eyes, a +certain gloomy menace, and seemed to say to him that he had not seen +the last of it yet. On the left of the broad sea, the Nova Scotia +Coast ran along till it was lost in the distance; and on the right was +the long line of the New Brunswick shore, both of which had now that +dark hue of olive green which he had noticed on the land opposite +before he had started. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly, while he was looking, his eyes caught sight of something +white that glistened brightly from the blue water. It was about midway +between the two coasts, and he knew it at once to be some sailing +vessel. He could not make out more than one sail, and that showed that +the vessel was either coming up the bay or going down; for if it had +been crossing, she would, of course, have lain broadside on to his +present locality, and would have thus displayed two sails to his view. +The sight of this vessel agitated him exceedingly; and the question +about her probable course now entered his mind, and drove away all +other thoughts. Whether that vessel were going up or down became of +exclusive importance to him now, if she were coming up, she might +approach him, and hear his hail, or catch sight of his signals. +Suddenly he reflected that he had no way of attracting attention, and a +wild desire of running back and setting up the longest pole or board +that he could find came into his mind; but such was the intensity of +his curiosity, and the weight of his suspense, that he could not move +from the spot where he was until he had satisfied himself as to the +vessel's course. +</P> + +<P> +He sat down not far from the edge of the precipice, and, leaning +forward with his hands supporting his chin, he strained his eyes over +the intervening distance, as he tried to make out in which way the +vessel was going. It seemed fully ten miles away, and her hull was not +visible. It was only the white of her sails that he saw; and as the +sunlight played on these from time to time, or fell off from the angle +of reflection, the vessel was alternately more or less visible, and +thus seemed by turns to draw nearer and depart farther from his sight. +</P> + +<P> +Thus for a long time he sat, alternately hoping and desponding, at +every play of those sails in the sunlight. The calm of the water +showed him that, even if the vessel were coming up, he could not expect +any very rapid progress. There was now no wind, and the surface of the +water was perfectly unruffled. Besides, he knew that the tide was +falling rapidly. How, then, could he expect that the vessel could come +any nearer, even if she were trying to? Thoughts like these at last +made him only anxious to keep the vessel in sight. If her destination +lay up the bay, she would probably anchor; if it lay down the bay, she +would drift with the tide. He thought, then, that if she only would +remain in sight, it would be a sufficient proof of her course. +</P> + +<P> +Thus he sat, watching and waiting, with all his soul intent upon those +flashing sails, and all his thoughts taken up with the question as to +the course of that solitary bark. It seemed a long time to him, in his +suspense; but suspense always makes time seem long. At last, however, +even though he hoped so persistently for the best, his hope began to +die within him. Fainter and fainter grew those sails; at intervals +rarer and rarer did their flash come to his eyes, until at length the +sight of them was lost altogether, and nothing met his eyes but the +gloomy gray of the fog cloud on the far horizon. +</P> + +<P> +Even after he had lost hope, and become convinced that she was gone, +Tom sat there for a long time, in a fixed attitude, looking at that one +spot. He would have sat there longer, but suddenly there came to his +ears a peculiar sound, which made him start to his feet in a moment, +and filled him with a new excitement. +</P> + +<P> +He listened. +</P> + +<P> +The sound came again. +</P> + +<P> +A flush of joy spread over his face, his heart beat faster and faster, +and he listened as though he could scarce believe his senses. +</P> + +<P> +As he listened, the sounds came again, and this time much louder. +</P> + +<P> +There was now no mistake about it. It was a regular boat, which Tom +knew well to be the peculiar sound made by the floats of a steamer's +paddles. He had often heard it. He had but recently heard it, when +the revenue steamer was approaching the Antelope, and again during the +foggy night, when the whistle roused them, and the same beat of the +paddles came over the midnight waters. +</P> + +<P> +And now, too, he heard it. +</P> + +<P> +He gave a shout of joy, and started off to catch sight of her. +</P> + +<P> +For a few paces only he ran, and then stopped. +</P> + +<P> +He was puzzled. He did not know in which direction it was best to go. +He was at the west end of the island, but could not make out very well +the direction of the sounds. He tried to think whether the steamer +would pass the island on the north side or the south. He did not know, +but it seemed to him that she would certainly go to the north of it. +There was no time to be lost, and standing there to listen did not seem +to be of any use, even if his impatience had allowed him to do so. +Accordingly he hurried back by the way that he had come along the north +side of the island. +</P> + +<P> +For some time he ran along through the trees, and at length, in about +fifteen or twenty minutes, he reached the place where the dense +underbrush was, by the edge of the cliff. From this point a wide view +was commanded. On reaching it he looked out, and then up the bay, +towards the Straits of Minas. He could see almost up to the straits, +but no steamer appeared. For a moment he stood bewildered, and then +the thought came to him, that he had mistaken altogether the steamer's +course. She could not be coming down on the north side of the island, +but on the south side. With a cry of grief he started back again, +mourning over his error, and the time that he had lost. On reaching +the more open wood, he thought that it would be better to hurry across +the island to the south side, and proceeded at once to do so. The way +was rough and tedious. Once or twice he had to burst through thickets +of alder, and several times he had to climb over windfalls. At length, +in his confusion, he lost his way altogether; he had to stop and think. +The shadows of the trees showed him where the south lay, and he resumed +his journey. At length, after most exhaustive efforts, he reached a +part of the cliff, where a fringe of alders grew so thick, that he was +scarce aware that he was at his destination, until the precipice opened +beneath him. Here he stood, and, pressing apart the dense branches, he +looked out. +</P> + +<P> +There was the steamer, about two miles off, already below where he was +standing, and going rapidly down the bay with the falling tide. +</P> + +<P> +Another cry of grief burst from Tom. Where he was standing he could +see the vessel, but he himself was completely concealed by the +clustering bushes. He now lamented that he had left his first +position, and saw that his only chance was to have remained there. +</P> + +<P> +To stay where he was could not be thought of. There was scarce a +chance now of doing anything, since the steamer was so far away; but +what chance there was certainly depended on his being in some +conspicuous position. He started off, therefore, to the west point, +where he had watched the schooner for so long a time. He hurried on +with undiminished energy, and bounded over windfalls, and burst through +thickets, as before. But in spite of his efforts, his progress could +not be more rapid than it had formerly been. His route was necessarily +circuitous, and before he could find the desired point, many more +minutes had elapsed. +</P> + +<P> +But he reached it at last, and there, on the bare rock, springing +forward, he waved his hat in the air, and sent forth a piercing cry for +help. But the steamer was now as much as four or five miles away—too +far altogether for his loudest cry to go. His screams and his gestures +did not appear to attract the slightest attention. She moved on her way +right under the eyes of the frantic and despairing boy, nor did she +change her course in the slightest degree, nor did her paddles cease to +revolve, but went rolling round, tossing up the foam, and bearing far, +far away that boat on which poor Tom had rested his last hope. +</P> + +<P> +As for Tom, he kept up his screams as long as he could utter a sound. +He tore off his coat, and shook it up and down, and waved it backward +and forward. But none of these things were heard or seen. The +steamboat passed on, until, at length, even Tom became convinced that +further efforts were useless. +</P> + +<P> +This last blow was too much. Tom sank under it, and, falling on his +face, he burst into a flood of tears. +</P> + +<P> +Struggling up at length from this last affliction, Tom roused himself, +and his buoyancy of soul began once more to assert itself. +</P> + +<P> +"Come now, Thomas, my son," said he, as he dried his eyes, "this sort +of thing will never do, you know. You're not a baby, my boy; you've +never been given to blubbering, I think. Cheer up, then, like a man, +and don't make me feel ashamed of you." +</P> + +<P> +This little address to himself had, as before, the effect of restoring +his equanimity, and he thought with calmness upon his recent +disappointments. +</P> + +<P> +He saw, by the passage of these vessels, what he had for a time lost +sight of, namely, that this island, though uninhabited, was still in +the middle of a bay which was constantly traversed by sailing vessels +and steamboats. The latter ran regularly up to the Basin of Minas from +St. John. As to the former, they were constantly passing to and fro, +from the large ship down to the small fishing vessel. Inhabited +countries surrounded him on every side, between the coasts of which +there was a constant communication. If he only kept patient, the time +must come, and that, too, before very long, when he would be delivered. +</P> + +<P> +In order to secure this delivery, however, he saw that it would be +necessary to arrange some way by which he might attract the notice of +passing vessels. On this subject he meditated for a long time. It +would be necessary, he thought, to have some sort of a signal in some +conspicuous place. Among the drift-wood he might, perhaps, be able to +find some sort of a pole or staff which he could set up. One might not +be enough, but in that case he could put up two, or three, or half a +dozen. +</P> + +<P> +The next thing to decide about was the choice of a place. There was +the east end, and the west end—which was the better? The west end, +where he was standing, was high; but then it was surrounded by trees, +and unless he could set up a very tall staff, it could scarcely be +noticed. The east end, on the contrary, was lower; but then it was +bare, and any kind of a signal which might be set up there could hardly +fail to attract attention. He could also pile up a heap of drift-wood, +and set fire to it, and, by this means, if a vessel were passing by, he +could be certain of securing attention. It did not make much +difference which end the signals were placed upon, as far as referred +to the passing of vessels; for all that passed by would go along the +island, so that both ends would be visible to them. +</P> + +<P> +As to the signals, he felt confident that he could find a staff, or, if +one would not be long enough, several could be fastened together. The +coil of rope in the boat would enable him to do this. The sail would +afford material for a flag. +</P> + +<P> +All these plans came to his mind as he stood there; and the prospect of +once more doing something which was to help him to escape from his +prison drove away the last vestige of his grief. His courage again +arose, hope revived, and he burst forth into a light and joyous song. +Very different was he now from the despairing lad who, but a short time +before, had been pouring forth his tears of sorrow; and yet but a few +minutes had passed since then. The steamer was yet in sight down the +bay, but Tom, who had lately been so frantic in his efforts to attract +her attention, now cast a glance after her of perfect indifference. +</P> + +<P> +And now it was necessary for him to return to the east end of the +island, and look about for the means of putting into execution his plan +for making a signal. +</P> + +<P> +He started off on his return without any further delay. The path back +was as rough and toilsome as the way down had been; but Tom was now +full of hope, and his elastic spirits had revived so thoroughly that he +cared but little for the fatigue of the journey. It was traversed at +last, and he descended the slope to the place from which he had started. +</P> + +<P> +His exploration of the island had been quite complete. It seemed to +him to be about a mile and a half in length, and a half a mile or so in +width. The east end, where he had first arrived, was the only place +where it was at all desirable to stay. +</P> + +<P> +Immediately on his arrival he examined the boat, and found it secure. +To his surprise it was now about sunset. He had forgotten the lapse of +time. He was hungry; so he sat down, ate his biscuit, drank his water, +and rested from the toils of the day. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap16"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XVI. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +A Sign for the outer World.—A Shelter for the Outcast's Head.—Tom's +Camp and Camp-bed.—A Search after Something to vary a too monotonous +Diet.—Brilliant Success. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Tom sat down after his eventful day, and took his evening meal, as has +been said. He rested then for some time. His excessive labors had +fatigued him less than the great excitement which he had undergone, and +now he felt disinclined to exert himself. But the sun had set, and +darkness was coming on rapidly; so he rose, at last, and went over to +the drift-wood. Here, after a search of about half an hour, he found +something which was very well suited to his purpose. It was a piece of +scantling about twenty feet long, and not very thick; and to this he +saw that he could fasten the pole that he had made up in the woods. +These two pieces would make, when joined, a very good flag-staff. +These he brought up to the bank. Then he collected an armful of dry +chips and sticks, which he carried over to a spot near where the boat +lay. A rock was there, and against one side of this he built a pile of +the chips. He then tried a match, and found that it was quite dry, and +lighted it without any difficulty. With this he kindled the fire, and +soon saw, with great satisfaction, a bright and cheerful blaze. +</P> + +<P> +He was so delighted with the fire that he brought up a dozen more loads +of wood, which he laid near. Then he drew up the bit of scantling, and +bringing the coil of rope, he cut a piece off, and proceeded to fasten +to the scantling the pole which he had procured in the woods. He did +this by winding the rope around in a close and even wind; and, finally, +on concluding his task, he found that it was bound firmly enough to +stand any breeze. It took a long time to finish this; but Tom had +slept late in the morning, and, though fatigued, he was not sleepy. +After this he sat down in front of the fire, and enjoyed its friendly +light and its genial glow. He kept heaping on the fuel, and the bright +flames danced up, giving to him the first approach to anything like the +feeling of comfort that he had known since he had drifted away from the +Antelope. Nor was it comfort only that he was mindful of while he +watched and fed the fire. He saw in this fire, as it shone out over +the water, the best kind of a signal, and had some hope of being seen +and hailed by some passing vessel. In this hope he sat up till +midnight, looking out from time to time over the water, and expecting +every instant to see the shadow of some approaching vessel. +</P> + +<P> +But midnight came, and Tom at length thought of sleep. The sail had +dried thoroughly through the day; so now he used it once more as a +coverlet, and, folding himself in it, he reclined, as before, against +the mossy bank, and slept. +</P> + +<P> +On awaking the next day, he arose and looked around. To his deep +disappointment, he could see nothing. There was a fog over all the +scene. The wind had changed, and his old enemy was once more besieging +him. It was not so thick, indeed, as it had been, being light and dry, +so that the ground was not at all moistened; but still the view was +obscured, so that no vessel could be seen unless it came within half a +mile; and that was rather closer than most vessels would care to come +to his island. +</P> + +<P> +This day was Sunday, and all Tom's plans had to be deferred until the +following day. However, it was not at all disagreeable to him to get +rid of the necessity of work; and, indeed, never before did he fully +appreciate the nature of the Day of Rest. The rest was sweet indeed to +his exhausted and overworn frame, and he did not go far away from his +fire. He had found some embers still glowing in the morning, and had +kindled the fire anew from these, without drawing any more upon his +precious store of matches. He resolved now to keep the coals alive all +the time, by feeding the fire during the day, and covering it up with +ashes by night. +</P> + +<P> +It was Sunday,—the Day of Rest,—and Tom felt all the blessedness of +rest. On the whole, it turned out to be the pleasantest day which he +had known since he left the schooner. Left now to quiet reflection, he +recalled the events of the last week, and had more leisure to feel +thankful over the wonderful safety which he had met with. Even now on +the island he was not without his comforts. He had food and warmth. +So, on the whole, though he had his moments of sadness, yet the sadness +was driven out by cheerfulness. It was not all dismal. The words of +that poem which is familiar to every school-boy rang in his ears:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "O, Solitude, where are the charms<BR> + That sages have seen in thy face?<BR> + Better dwell in the midst of alarms<BR> + Than reign in this horrible place."<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Yet these words were accompanied and counterbalanced by the more +pleasing and consoling sentiments of others, which on this day accorded +better with Tom's mood:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> + "There's mercy in every place;<BR> + And mercy—encouraging thought!—<BR> + Gives even affliction a grace,<BR> + And reconciles man to his lot."<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Nothing occurred during the day to disturb the quiet of the island, and +Tom went to bed early that night, so as to have a long sleep, and +fortify himself for the labors of the morrow. The ashes were raked +carefully round the coals, which, when Tom waked in the morning, were +easily kindled again. +</P> + +<P> +He was up early on that Monday morning. He saw, with deep +disappointment, that the fog still covered every thing, and that the +wind was blowing quite brisk from the south-west, and raising rather a +heavy sea. But he had a great deal to do now, and to this he turned +his attention. +</P> + +<P> +First of all, he had to finish his signal-staff and set it up. He was +very much troubled about the proper material for a flag. The canvas +was rather too heavy; but as he had nothing else, he had to take this. +He fastened a bit of the rope to the head of the staff, so as to form a +loop, and through this he ran a piece which was long enough to serve +for halyards. Thus far he had not used up more than a quarter of the +coil of rope; but he needed all that was left for other purposes. The +next thing was to set up his staff. To do this required much labor. He +had already selected the place which seemed most suitable. It was at +the extreme point of a tongue of land which projected beside the brook, +and only a little distance from his resting-place. Here the ground was +soft; and choosing a sharp stone, he worked diligently for about a +couple of hours, until at length he succeeded in digging a hole which +was about eighteen inches in depth. Then he fastened ropes to the +staff, where the pole joined it, so that four lines came down far +enough to serve as stays. Having done this, he inserted the end of the +staff in the hole, and thrust in the earth all around it, trampling it +in, and beating it down as tight as he could with a stone. After this +he procured some sticks from the drift-wood, and, sharpening the ends, +he secured the stays by fastening them to these sticks, which he drove +into the ground. The staff then seemed to be as secure as was +necessary. It only remained now to hoist up his flag; and this he did +without any difficulty, securing it at half mast, so that it might +serve unmistakably as a signal of distress. +</P> + +<P> +Upon completing this, Tom rested on the mound, and from that distance +he contemplated the signal with a great deal of calm and quiet +satisfaction. It was his own device, and his own handiwork, and he was +very proud of it. But he did not allow himself a long rest. There yet +remained much to be done, and to this he now directed his attention. +</P> + +<P> +He had been thinking, during his last employment, upon the necessity +which he had of some shelter. A plan had suggested itself which he +felt confident that he could carry into execution without any very +great trouble. The fog that now prevailed, and which was far different +from the light mist of the previous day, accompanied also, as it was, +by the damp south-west wind, made some sort of a shelter imperatively +necessary, and that, too, before another night. To pass this night in +the fog would be bad enough; but if it should happen to rain also, his +situation would be miserable indeed. +</P> + +<P> +He now set out for the beach, and found, without much difficulty, some +pieces of wood which were necessary to his purpose. Bringing these +back, he next looked about for a good situation. There was a rock not +far from the fire, and in front of this was a smooth spot, where the +land was flat, and covered with short grass. On the left it sloped to +the brook. This seemed to him to be the best place on the island. It +was sufficiently sheltered. It was dry, and in case of rain the water +would not be likely to flood it. With all these it also possessed the +advantage of being sufficiently conspicuous to any passing vessel which +might be attracted by the signal-staff. Here, then, Tom determined to +erect his place of residence. +</P> + +<P> +His first work was to select two long and slender pieces of wood, and +sharpen the ends of them. Then he drove each of them into the ground +in such a way that their tops crossed one another. These he bound fast +together. Two other stakes were driven into the ground, and secured in +the same way, about six or seven feet off. Another long piece of +scantling was then placed so as to pass from one to the other of the +two crossed sticks, so that it rested upon them. This last was bound +tight to the crossed sticks, and thus the whole structure formed a +camp-shaped frame. +</P> + +<P> +Over this Tom now threw the sail, and brought it down to the ground on +either side, securing it there with pegs. At the back of the camp a +piece of the sail was folded over and secured so as to cover it in; +while in front another piece of the sail hung down until it nearly +reached the ground. This could hang down at night, and be folded over +the top by day. Tom now tore up some sods, and laid them over the edge +of the canvas on each side, where it touched the ground, and placed on +these heavy stones, until at length it seemed sufficiently protected +from the entrance of any rain that might flow down the roof. His last +task consisted in collecting a large quantity of moss and ferns from +the woods, which he strewed over the ground inside, and heaped up at +one end, so as to form a soft and fragrant bed. When this was +accomplished the camp was finished. +</P> + +<P> +It had taken a long time, and when at last the work was done, it began +to grow dark. Tom noticed this with surprise. He had been working so +incessantly that he was not mindful of the flight of time, and now the +day was done, and the evening was upon him before he was aware. But +there were other things still for him to do before he could rest from +his labors. His fire was just flickering around its last embers, and +if he wished to have a pleasant light to cheer the solitude and the +darkness of his evening hours, it would be necessary to prepare a +supply of fuel. To this he attended at once, and brought up several +armfuls of drift-wood from the beach. Placing these near the fire, he +kindled it up afresh, and flung upon the rising flames a generous +supply of fuel. The fires caught at it, and crackled as they spread +through the dry wood, and tossed up their forked tongues on high, till +in the dusk of evening they illuminated the surrounding scene with a +pleasant light. A few more armfuls were added, and then the work for +the day was over. That work had been very extensive and very +important. It had secured a means of communication with the outer +world, and had also formed a shelter from the chill night air, the fog, +and the storm. It was with a very natural pride that Tom cast his eyes +around, and surveyed the results of his ingenuity and his industry. +</P> + +<P> +The camp opened towards the fire, from which it was not so far distant +but that Tom could attend to it without any very great inconvenience. +The fire shone pleasantly before him as he sat down at his evening +repast. As the darkness increased, it threw a ruddier glow upon all +the scene around, lighting up field and hill, and sending long streams +of radiance into the fog that overhung the sea. Tom had prepared an +unusually large supply of fuel, this evening, for the express purpose +of burning it all up; partly for his own amusement, and partly in the +hope that it might meet the eyes of some passing navigator. It was his +only hope. To keep his signals going by night and day was the surest +plan of effecting a speedy escape. Who could tell what might be out on +the neighboring sea? How did he know but that the Antelope might be +somewhere near at hand, with his companions on board, cruising +anxiously about in search after the missing boat? He never ceased to +think that they were following after him somewhere, and to believe +that, in the course of their wanderings, they might come somewhere +within sight of him. He knew that they would never give him up till +they assuredly knew his fate, but would follow after him, and set other +vessels on the search, till the whole bay, with all its shores and +islands, should be thoroughly ransacked. +</P> + +<P> +Fortunate was it for him, he thought, that there was so large a supply +of drift-wood at hand on the beach, dry, portable, and in every way +convenient for use. Thanks to this, he might now disperse the gloom of +dark and foggy nights, and keep up a better signal in the dark than he +could do in the light. Thus the fuel was heaped on, and the fire +flamed up, and Tom sat near, looking complacently upon the brilliant +glow. +</P> + +<P> +Thus far, for nearly a week, he had fed on biscuit only; but now, as he +ate his repast, he began to think that it was a very monotonous fare, +and to wonder whether it might not be possible to find something which +could give a zest to his repasts. The biscuit were holding out well, +but still he felt a desire to husband his resources, and if any +additional food could in any way be procured, it would not only be a +relish, but would also lessen his demand upon his one sole source of +supply. He thought earnestly upon the subject of fish. He turned his +thoughts very seriously to the subject of fish-hooks, and tried to +think of some way by which he could capture some of the fish with which +these waters abounded. But this idea did not seem to promise much. In +the first place, he could think of no possible way in which he could +procure any serviceable hook; in the second place, even if he had a +hook and line all ready and baited, he did not see how he would be able +to cast it within reach of any fish. His boat would not float him even +for the little distance that was required to get into the places where +fish might be. He could only stand upon the beach out of their reach. +</P> + +<P> +But, in the course of his thoughts, he soon perceived that other +sources of food were possible to him besides the fish that were caught +by hook and line. His mind reverted to the populous realm of +shell-fish. These were all before him. Round the rocks and amid the +sea-weed there certainly must be mussels. At low tide, amid the ledges +and the sand, there surely must be some lobsters. Before him there was +an extensive mud flat, where there ought to be clams. Here was his +fire, always ready, by night and by day. Why should he not be able to +make use of that fire, not only for cheering his mind, and giving him +warmth, and signaling to passers-by, but also for cooking his meals? +</P> + +<P> +This was the question that he asked himself as he ate his biscuit. He +could not see why he should not be able to accomplish this. As far as +he could see, there ought to be plenty of shell-fish of various kinds +on these shores. The more he thought of it, the more probable it +seemed. He determined to solve the difficulty as soon as possible. On +former occasions he had arranged his work on the evening for the +succeeding day. On this evening he marked out this work for the +morrow, and arranged in his mind a comprehensive and most diligent +search for shell-fish, which should embrace the whole circuit of the +island. +</P> + +<P> +With this in his mind, he arranged the fire as usual, so as to keep it +alive, and then retired to his camp for the night. The presence of a +roof over his head was grateful in the extreme. He let down the canvas +folds over the entrance, and felt a peculiar sense of security and +comfort. The moss and ferns which he had heaped up were luxuriously +soft and deliciously fragrant. Over these he stretched his wearied +limbs with a sigh of relief, and soon was asleep. +</P> + +<P> +So comfortable was his bed, and so secure his shelter, that he slept +longer than usual. It was late when he awaked. He hurried forth and +looked around. The fog still rested over everything. If possible it +was thicker and more dismal than even on the preceding day. To his +surprise, he soon noticed that it had been raining quite heavily +through the night. Around, in many places, he saw pools of water, and +in the hollows of the rocks he saw the same. This could only have been +done by the rain. Going back to his camp, he saw that the canvas was +quite wet. And yet the rain had all rolled off. Not a drop had +entered. The moss and the fern inside were perfectly dry, and he had +not the slightest feeling of dampness about him. His camp was a +complete success. +</P> + +<P> +He now went off to search for clams. The tide had been high at about +six in the morning. It was now, as he judged, about ten or eleven, and +the water was quite low. Selecting a piece of shingle from his +wood-pile, he walked down over the mud flat that extended from the +point, and, after going a little distance, he noticed the holes that +give indications of the presence of clams beneath. Turning up the sand, +he soon threw out some of them. He now dug in several different +places, and obtained sufficient for the day. These he carried back to +the bank in triumph. Then he stirred up his fire, heaped on plenty of +wood, and arranged his clams in front so as to roast them. +</P> + +<P> +In spite of Mrs. Pratt's theories, the clams were found by Tom to be +delicious, and gave such relish to the biscuit, that he began to think +whether he could not make use of the baling dipper, and make a clam +chowder. +</P> + +<P> +This breakfast was a great success, and Tom now confidently expected to +find other shell-fish, by means of which his resources might be +enlarged and improved. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap17"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XVII. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Solomon's solemn Tale.—A costly Lobster.—Off again.—Steam Whistles +of all Sizes.—A noisy Harbor.—Arrival Home.—No News. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +The shout of joy uttered by those on the top of the cliff at seeing old +Solomon safe was responded to by those in the boat; and then, as the +latter went on her way, Captain Corbet set out to return to the beach, +followed by Phil and Pat. Soon they were all reunited, and, the boat +being landed, they returned in triumph to the Antelope. +</P> + +<P> +On their way back, Solomon told them the story of his adventures. +</P> + +<P> +"Went out," said he, "on a splorin scursion, cos I was termined to try +an skewer somethin to make a dinnah to keep up de sperrit ob dis yah +party. Ben trouble nuff, an dat's no reason why we should all starb. +I tought by de looks ob tings dar was lobstas somewhar long dis yah +sho, an if I got a chance, I knowed I could get 'em. Dar was lots ob +time too, ef it hadn't ben fur dat ar pint; dat's what knocked me. +Lots o' lobstas—could hab picked up a barl full, ony hadn't any barl +to pick up." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, but how did you happen to get caught?" +</P> + +<P> +"Dat ar's jes what I'm a comin to. You see, I didn't tink ob dat ar +pint when I went up de sho,—but knowed I had lots ob time; so I jes +tought I'd make sure ob de best ob de lobstas. Wan't goin to take back +any common lobstas,—bet you dat,—notin for me but de best,—de bery +best ones dar. Dat ar's what kep me. It takes a heap ob time an car +to get de best ones, when dar's a crowd lyin about ob all sizes, an de +water comin in too." +</P> + +<P> +"But didn't you see that the tide was coming up to the point?" +</P> + +<P> +"Nebber see a see,—not a see; lookin ober de lobstas all de time, an +mos stracted wid plexity cos I couldn't cide bout de best ones. Dar was +lots an lots up dar at one place, dough I didn't go fur,—but ef I'd +gone fur, I'd hab got better ones." +</P> + +<P> +"How far did you go?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not fur,—ony short distance,—didn't want to go too fur away for feah +ob not gittin back in time. An so I started to come back pooty soon, +an walked, an walked. Las, jes as I got to de pint, I rose my ole +head, an looked straight afore me, an thar, clar ef I didn't fine +myself shut in,—reglar prison,—mind I tell you,—an all round me a +reglar cumferince ob water an rock, widout any way ob scape. Tell you +what, if dar ebber was a ole rat in a trap, I was at dat ar casion." +</P> + +<P> +"Couldn't you have waded through it before it got too high?" +</P> + +<P> +"Waded? Not a wade; de water was rough an deep, an de bottom was +stones dat I'd slipped oba an almost broke my ole head, sides bein +drownded as dead as a herrin. Why, what you tink dis ole nigga's made +ob? I'm not a steam injine, nor a mowin machine, nor a life boat. I'm +ony a ole man, an shaky in de legs too,—mind I tell you." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, how did you manage it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Manage! Why, I didn't manage at all." +</P> + +<P> +"How did you find that place where you were sitting?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wasn't settin. I was tied up in a knot, or rolled up into a ball. Any +way, I wasn't settin." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, how did you find the place?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I jes got up dar. I stood on de sho till de water drobe me, an I +kep out ob its way till at las I found myself tied up de way you saw +me." +</P> + +<P> +"Why didn't you halloo?" +</P> + +<P> +"Hollar? Didn't I hollar like all possessed?" +</P> + +<P> +"We didn't hear you." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, dat ar's dredful sterious. An me a hollarin an a yellin like +mad. Tell you what, I felt as ef I'd bust my ole head open, I did yell +that hard." +</P> + +<P> +"Couldn't you manage to climb up that cliff?" +</P> + +<P> +"Dat cliff? Climb up? Me? What! me climb up a cliff? an dat cliff? +Why, I couldn't no more climb up dat ar cliff dan I could fly to de +moon. No, sah. Much as I could do to keep whar I was, out ob de +water. Dat was enough." +</P> + +<P> +"Don't you know that we walked two miles up the shore?" +</P> + +<P> +"Two miles! Two! De sakes, now, chil'en! did you, railly? Ef I'd a +ony knowed you war a comin so near, wouldn't I a yelled? I bet I +would." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, you didn't think we'd have left you." +</P> + +<P> +"Lef me? Nebber. But den I didn't tink you'd magine anyting was wrong +till too late. What I wanted was help, den an dar. De trouble was, +when you did come, you all made dat ar circumbendibus, an trabelled +clean an clar away from me." +</P> + +<P> +"We thought at first you could not be so near the point." +</P> + +<P> +"But de pint was de whole difficulty. Dat's de pint." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, at any rate, you've saved the lobsters." +</P> + +<P> +"Yah! yah! yah! Yes. Bound to sabe dem dar. Loss my ole hat, an +nearly loss my ole self; but still I hung on to dem dar lobstas. Tell +you what it is now, dey come nigh onto bein de dearest lobstas you +ebber eat. I'be done a good deal in de way ob puttin myself out to get +a dinna at odd times for you, chil'en; but dis time I almost put myself +out ob dis mortial life. So when you get your dinnas to-day, you may +tink on what dat ar dinna come nigh to costin." +</P> + +<P> +"I wonder that you held on to them so tight, when they brought you into +such danger." +</P> + +<P> +"Hole on? Why, dat ar's de berry reason why I did hole on. What, let +go ob dem arter all my trouble on dat count? No. I was bound to hab +somethin to show whenebber I got back, if I ebber did get back; and so +here I am, all alibe, an a bringin my lobstas wid me." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, Solomon," said Bart, in a kindly tone, "old man, the lobsters +have come near costing us pretty dear, and we felt bad enough, I can +tell you, when we went up there along the shore calling for you and +getting no answer." +</P> + +<P> +"What, you did car for de ole man, Mas'r Bart—did you?" said Solomon, +in a tremulous voice. Tears started to his eyes as he said it, and all +power of saying anything more seemed to depart from him. He fell back +behind the others, and walked on for the rest of the way in silence, +but at times casting upon Bart glances that spoke volumes, and talking +to himself in inaudible tones. +</P> + +<P> +In this way they soon reached the wharf where the schooner was lying. +</P> + +<P> +The first thing that they noticed was, that the schooner was aground. +The tide had gone out too far for her to float away, and consequently +there was no hope of resuming their voyage for that day. +</P> + +<P> +"We're in for it, captain," said Bruce +</P> + +<P> +"Yes; I felt afeard of it," said the captain. "We've got to wait here +till the next tide." +</P> + +<P> +"We'll leave to-night, of course." +</P> + +<P> +"O, yes. We must get off at the night's tide, and drop down the bay." +</P> + +<P> +"How far had we better go?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I ben a thinkin it all over, an it's my opinion that we'd better +go to St. John next. We may hear of him there, an ef he don't turn up +we can send out some more vessels, an give warnin that he's astray on +the briny biller." +</P> + +<P> +"At what time will we be able to leave?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, it'll not be high tide till near one o'clock, but we can git off +ef thar's a wind a leetle before midnight." +</P> + +<P> +"Do you think the wind will hold on?" +</P> + +<P> +The captain raised his head, and looked at the sky; then he looked out +to sea, and then he remained silent for a few minutes. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said he, at last, slowly and thoughtfully, "it'll take a man +with a head as long as a hoss to answer that thar. It mought hold on, +an then agin it moughtn't." +</P> + +<P> +"At any rate, I suppose we can drift." +</P> + +<P> +"O, yes; an of the wind doosn't come round too strong, we can git nigh +down pooty close to St. John by mornin." +</P> + +<P> +"We'll run down with the tide." +</P> + +<P> +"Percisely." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, I suppose we'll have to put the time through the best way we +can, and try to be patient. Only it seems hard to be delayed so much. +First there was the fog, which made our search useless; and now, when +there comes a bright day, when we can see where we're going, here we +are tied up in Quaco all day and all night." +</P> + +<P> +"It doos seem hard," said Captain Corbet, gravely, "terrible hard; an +ef I owned a balloon that could rise this here vessel off the ground, +an convey her through the air to her nat'ral element, I'd hev it done +in five minutes, an we'd all proceed to walk the waters like things of +life. But I don't happen to own a balloon, an so thar you air. +</P> + +<P> +"But, boys," continued the captain, in a solemn voice, elevating his +venerable chin, and regarding them with a patriarchal smile,—"boys, +don't begin to go on in that thar old despondent strain. Methinks I +hear some on you a repinin, an a frettin, cos we're stuck here hard an +fast. Don't do it, boys; take my advice, an don't do it. Bear in mind +the stirrin an memiorable events of this here mornin. See what a +calamity was a threatenin us. Why, I declare to you all, thar was a +time when I expected to see our aged friend Solomon no more in the +flesh. You could not tell it by my manner, for I presarved a calm an +collected dumeanour; but yet, I tell you, underneath all that icy calm +an startlin good-natur of my attitood, I concealed a heart that bet +with dark despair. At that moment, when we in our wanderins had +reached the furthest extremity that we attained onto, I tell you my +blood friz, an my har riz in horror! Methought it were all up with +Solomon; and when I see his hat, it seemed to me jest as though I was a +regardin with despairin eye his tumestun whereon war graven by no +mortial hand the solemn an despairin epigram, 'Hic jacet!' +</P> + +<P> +"So now, my friends," continued the captain, as he brushed a tear-drop +from his eye, "let us conterrol our feelins. Let us be calm, and hope +for the best. When Solomon took his departoor, an was among the +missin, I thought that an evil fortin was a berroodin over us, and +about to consume us. But that derream air past. Solomon is onst more +among the eatables. He cooks agin the mortial repast. He lives! So +it will be with our young friend who has so mysteriously drifted away +from our midst. Cheer up, I say! Them's my sentiment. He'll come to, +an turn up, all alive—right side up—with care,—C. O. D.,—O. K.,—to +be shaken before taken,—marked and numbered as per margin,—jest as +when shipped, in good order an condition, on board the schooner +Antelope, Corbet master, of Grand Pre." +</P> + +<P> +These words of Captain Corbet had a very good effect upon the boys. +They had already felt very much cheered by the escape of Solomon, and +it seemed to them to be a good omen. If Solomon had escaped, so also +might Tom. And, as their anxiety on Solomon's account had all been +dispelled by his restoration, so also might they hope that their +anxiety about Tom would be dispelled. True, he had been lost to them +for a much longer time, and his absence was certainly surrounded by a +more terrible obscurity than any which had been connected with that of +Solomon. Yet this one favorable circumstance served to show them that +all might not be so dark as they had feared. Thus, therefore, they +began to be more sanguine, and to hope that when they reached St. John, +some tidings of the lost boy might be brought to them. +</P> + +<P> +Solomon's exertions towards giving them a dinner were on this day +crowned with greater success than had been experienced for some days +past. Their exertions had given them an appetite, and they were able +to eat heartily for the first time since Tom's departure. +</P> + +<P> +The rest of the day passed very slowly with them. They retired early, +and slept until midnight. At that time they waked, and went on deck, +when they had the extreme satisfaction of seeing the vessel get under +way. A moderate breeze was blowing, which was favorable, and though +the tide was not yet in their favor, yet the wind was sufficient to +bear them out into the bay. Then the boys all went below again, full +of hope. The night passed away quietly, and without any incident +whatever. They all slept soundly, and the dreams that came to them +were pleasant rather than otherwise. +</P> + +<P> +Awaking in the morning by daylight, they all hurried up on deck, and +encountered there a new disappointment; for all around them they saw +again the hated presence of the fog. The wind also had died away, and +the vessel's sails flapped idly against her masts. +</P> + +<P> +"Where are we now?" asked Bruce, in a despondent tone. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "as nigh as I can reckon, we're two or +three miles outside of St. John harbor." +</P> + +<P> +"How is the tide?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, it's kine o' agin us, jest now." +</P> + +<P> +"There doesn't seem to be any wind." +</P> + +<P> +"Not much." +</P> + +<P> +"Shall we get into St. John to-day?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I kine o' think we'll manage it." +</P> + +<P> +"How soon?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, not much afore midday. You see we're driftin away jest now." +</P> + +<P> +"Don't you intend to anchor till the next rise of tide?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, yes; in about ten minutes we'd ought to be about whar I want to +anchor." +</P> + +<P> +At this disheartening condition of affairs the boys sank once more into +a state of gloom. In about ten minutes, as Captain Corbet said, the +schooner was at anchor, and there was nothing to do but to wait. +</P> + +<P> +"We'll run in at turn o' tide," said he. +</P> + +<P> +Breakfast came, and passed. The meal was eaten in silence. Then they +went on deck again, fretting and chafing at the long delay. Not much +was said, but the boys stood in silence, trying to see through the +thick fog. +</P> + +<P> +"It was so fine when we left," said Bart, "that I thought we'd have it +all the way." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, so we did—pooty much all; but then, you see, about four this +mornin we run straight into a fog bank." +</P> + +<P> +"Has the wind changed?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, thar don't seem jest now to be any wind to speak of, but it kine +o' strikes me that it's somethin like southerly weather. Hence this +here fog." +</P> + +<P> +After a few hours the vessel began to get under way again; and now, +too, there arose a light breeze, which favored them. As they went on +they heard the long, regular blast of a steam whistle, which howled out +a mournful note from time to time. Together with this, they heard, +occasionally, the blasts of fog horns from unseen schooners in their +neighborhood, and several times they could distinguish the rush of some +steamer past them, whose whistle sounded sharply in their ears. +</P> + +<P> +As they drew nearer, these varied sounds became louder, and at length +the yell of one giant whistle sounded close beside them. +</P> + +<P> +"We're a enterin o' the harbure," said Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +Hours passed away from the time the Antelope raised anchor until she +reached the wharf. In passing up the harbor, the shadowy forms of +vessels at anchor became distinguishable amid the gloom, and in front +of them, as they neared the wharf, there arose a forest of masts +belonging to schooners. It was now midday. Suddenly there arose a +fearful din all around. It was the shriek of a large number of steam +whistles, and seemed to come up from every side. +</P> + +<P> +"Is that for the fog?" asked Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"O, no," said Bart; "those are the saw-mills whistling for twelve +o'clock." +</P> + +<P> +The boys had already completed their preparations for landing, and had +changed their eccentric clothing for apparel which was more suited to +making their appearance in society. Bart had insisted that they should +go to his house, and wait until they might decide what to do; and the +boys had accepted his hospitable invitation. +</P> + +<P> +They stepped on shore full of hope, not doubting that they would hear +news of Tom. They had persuaded themselves that he had been picked up +by some vessel which was coming down the bay, and had probably been put +ashore here; in which case they knew that he would at once communicate +with Bart's people. They even thought that Tom would be there to +receive them. +</P> + +<P> +"Of course he will be," said Bart; "if he did turn up, they'd make him +stay at the house, you know; and he'd know that we fellows would come +down here in the hope of hearing about him. So we'll find him there +all right, after all. Hurrah!" +</P> + +<P> +But, on reaching his home, Bart's joyous meeting with his family was +very much marred by the deep, dark, and bitter disappointment that +awaited him and his companions. +</P> + +<P> +They knew nothing whatever about Tom. Bart's father was shocked at the +story. He knew that no boy had been picked up adrift in the bay during +the past week. Such an event would have been known. He felt +exceedingly anxious, and at once instituted a search among the coasting +vessels. The search was a thorough one, but resulted in nothing. +There was no one who had seen anything of a drifting boat. All +reported thick fog in the bay. +</P> + +<P> +The result of this search plunged Bart and his friends into their +former gloom. +</P> + +<P> +Other searches were made. Inquiries were sent by telegraph to +different places, but without result. +</P> + +<P> +The fate of the missing boy now became a serious question +</P> + +<P> +As for Bart and his friends, they were inconsolable. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap18"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XVIII. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Down the Bay.—Drifting and Anchoring.—In the Dark, morally and +physically.—Eastport, the jumping-off Place.—Grand Manan.—Wonderful +Skill.—Navigating in the Fog.—A Plunge from Darkness into Light, and +from Light into Darkness. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +It was Saturday when Bart reached home. As much was done on that day +as possible. Bart was in the extreme of wretchedness, and so eager was +he to resume the search for his friend, that his father gave his +permission for him to start off again in the Antelope. The other boys +also were to go with him. They determined to scour the seas till they +found Tom, or had learned his fate. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Damer also assured Bart that he would take the matter in hand +himself, and would send out two schooners to go about the bay. In +addition to this, he would telegraph to different places, so that the +most extensive search possible might be instituted. Every part of the +coast should be explored, and even the islands should be visited. +</P> + +<P> +All this gave as much consolation to Bart and his friends as it was +possible for them to feel under the circumstances. +</P> + +<P> +As much as possible was done on Saturday, but the next day was an idle +one, as far as the search was concerned. Bart and the boys waited with +great impatience, and finally on Monday morning they left once more in +the Antelope. It was about five o'clock in the morning, the tide was +in their favor, and, though there was a head wind, yet be fore the turn +of tide they were anchored a good distance down the bay. +</P> + +<P> +"My idee is this," said Captain Corbet. "I'll explore the hull bay in +search of that driftin boy. I'll go down this side, cross over, and +come up on t'other. We'll go down here first, an not cross over till +we get as fur as Quoddy Head. I think, while we air down thar, I'll +call at Eastport an ask a few questions. But I must say it seems a +leetle too bad to have the fog go on this way. If this here had ony +happened a fortnight ago, we'd have had clear weather an fair winds. +It's too bad, I declar." +</P> + +<P> +They took advantage of the next tide to go down still farther, and by +twelve o'clock on Monday night they were far down. Since leaving St. +John they had seen nothing whatever, but they had heard occasionally +the fog horns of wandering schooners, and once they had listened to the +yell of a steamer's whistle. +</P> + +<P> +"I've allus said," remarked Captain Corbet, "that in navigatin this +here bay, tides is more important than winds, and anchors is more +important than sails. That's odd to seafarin men that ain't acquainted +with these waters, but it air a oncontrovartible fact. Most of the +distressin casooalties that happen hereabouts occur from a ignorance of +this on the part of navigators. They WILL pile on sail. Now, in clar +weather an open sea, pile it on, I say; but in waters like these, +whar's the use? Why, it's flyin clar in the face of Providence. Now +look at me—do I pile on sail? Not me. Catch me at it! When I can git +along without, why, I git. At the same time, I don't think you'll find +it altogether for the good of your precious health, boys, to be a movin +about here in the fog at midnight. Better go below. You can't do no +good a settin or a standin up here, squintin through a darkness that +might be felt, an that's as thick as any felt I ever saw. So take my +advice, an go below, and sleep it off." +</P> + +<P> +It was impossible to gainsay the truth of Captain Corbet's remarks, and +as it was really midnight, and the darkness almost as thick as he said, +the boys did go below, and managed to get to sleep in about a minute +and a half after their heads touched the pillows. +</P> + +<P> +Before they were awake on the following day the anchor was hoisted, and +the Antelope was on her way again. +</P> + +<P> +"Here we air, boys," said the captain, as they came on deck, "under +way—the Antelope on her windin way over the mounting wave, a +bereasting of the foamin biller like all possessed. I prophesy for +this day a good time as long as the tide lasts." +</P> + +<P> +"Do you think we'll get to Eastport harbor with this tide?" +</P> + +<P> +"Do I think so?—I know it. I feel it down to my butes. Eastport +harbure? Yea! An arter that we hev all plain-sailin." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, won't the fog last?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't car for the fog. Arter we get to Eastport harbure we cease +goin down the bay. We then cross over an steal up the other side. +Then it's all our own. If the fog lasts, why, the wind'll last too, an +we can go up flyin, all sails set; an I'll remuve from my mind, for the +time bein, any prejudyce that I have agin wind at sails." +</P> + +<P> +"Do you intend to go ashore at Eastport?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes, for a short time—jest to make inquiries. It will be a +consolation, you know." +</P> + +<P> +"Of course." +</P> + +<P> +"Then I'll up sail, an away we'll go, irrewspective of tides, across +the bay." +</P> + +<P> +By midday the captain informed them that they were in Eastport harbor. +</P> + +<P> +"See thar," said he, as he pointed to a headland with a light-house. +"That thar is the entrance. They do call this a pootyish place; but as +it's this thick, you won't hev much chance to see it. Don't you want to +go ashore an walk about?" +</P> + +<P> +"Not if we can help it. Of course we'll have to ask after poor Tom, +but we haven't any curiosity." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, p'aps not—ony thar is people that find this a dreadful cur'ous +place. It's got, as I said, a pootyish harbure; but that ain't the +grand attraction. The grand attraction centres in a rock that's said +to be the eastest place in the neighborin republic,—in short, as they +call it, the 'jumpin-off place.' You'd better go an see it; ony you +needn't jump off, unless you like." +</P> + +<P> +Sailing up the harbor, the fog grew light enough for them to see the +shore. The town lay in rather an imposing situation, on the side of a +hill, which was crowned by a fort. A large number of vessels lay about +at the wharves and at anchor. Here they went ashore in a boat, but on +making inquiries could gain no information about Tom; nor could they +learn anything which gave them the slightest encouragement. +</P> + +<P> +"We've got to wait here a while so as to devarsefy the time. Suppose we +go an jump off?" said the captain. +</P> + +<P> +The boys assented to this in a melancholy manner, and the captain led +the way through the town, till at last he halted at the extreme east +end. +</P> + +<P> +"Here," said he, "you behold the last extremity of a great an mighty +nation, that spreads from the Atlantic to the Pacific, an from the Gulf +of Mexiky to the very identical spot that you air now a occypyin of. +It air a celebrated spot, an this here air a memorable momient in your +youthful lives, if you did but know it!" +</P> + +<P> +There was nothing very striking about this place, except the fact which +Captain Corbet had stated. Its appearance was not very imposing, yet, +on the other hand, it was not without a certain wild beauty. Before +them spread the waters of the bay, with islands half concealed in mist; +while immediately in front, a steep, rocky bank went sheer down for +some thirty or forty feet to the beach below. +</P> + +<P> +"I suppose," said the captain, "that bein Pilgrims, it air our dooty to +jump; but as it looks a leetle rocky down thar, I think we'd best defer +that to another opportoonity." +</P> + +<P> +Returning to the schooner, they weighed anchor, set sail, and left the +harbor. On leaving it, they did not go back the way they had come, but +passed through a narrow and very picturesque channel, which led them by +a much shorter route into the bay. On their left were wooded hills, +and on their right a little village on the slope of a hill, upon whose +crest stood a church. +</P> + +<P> +Outside the fog lay as thick as ever, and into this they plunged. Soon +the monotonous gray veil of mist closed all around them. But now their +progress was more satisfactory, for they were crossing the bay, and the +wind was abeam. +</P> + +<P> +"Are you going straight across to Nova Scotia now?" asked Bart. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, yes; kine o' straight across," was the reply; "ony on our way +we've got to call at a certain place, an contenoo our investergations." +</P> + +<P> +"What place is that?" +</P> + +<P> +"It's the Island of Grand Manan—a place that I allers feel the +greatest respect for. On that thar island is that celebrated fog mill +that I told you of, whar they keep grindin night an day, in southerly +weather, so as to keep up the supply of fog for old Fundy. Whatever +we'd do without Grand Manan is more'n I can say." +</P> + +<P> +"Is the island inhabited?" asked Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"Inhabited? O, dear, yas. Thar's a heap o' people thar. It's jest +possible that a driftin boat might git ashore thar, an ef so we'll know +pooty soon." +</P> + +<P> +"How far is it?" +</P> + +<P> +"O, ony about seven or eight mile." +</P> + +<P> +"We'll be there in an hour or so, then?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, not so soon. You see, we've got to go round it." +</P> + +<P> +"Around it?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes" +</P> + +<P> +"Why?" +</P> + +<P> +"Cos thar ain't any poppylation on this side, an we've got to land on +t'other." +</P> + +<P> +"Why are there no people on this side?" +</P> + +<P> +"Cos thar ain't no harbures. The cliffs air six hundred feet high, and +the hull shore runs straight on for ever so fur without a break, except +two triflin coves." +</P> + +<P> +"How is it on the other side?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, the east side ain't a bad place. The shore is easier, an thar's +harbures an anchorages. Thar's a place they call Whale Cove, whar I'm +goin to land, an see if I can hear anythin. The people air ony +fishers, an they ain't got much cultivation; but it's mor'en likely +that a driftin boat might touch thar somewhar." +</P> + +<P> +The Antelope pursued her course, but it was as much as three hours +before she reached her destination. They dropped anchor then, and +landed. The boys had already learned not to indulge too readily in +hope; but when they made their inquiries, and found the same answer +meeting them here which they had received in other places, they could +not avoid feeling a fresh pang of disappointment and discouragement. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, we didn't git much good out of this place," said Captain Corbet. +"I'm sorry that we have sech a arrand as ourn. Ef it warn't for that +we could spend to-night here, an to-morry I'd take you all to see the +fog mill; but, as it is, I rayther think I won't linger here, but +perceed on our way." +</P> + +<P> +"Where do we go next—to Nova Scotia?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, not jest straight across, but kine o' slantin. We head now for +Digby; that's about straight opposite to St. John, an it's as likely a +place as any to make inquiries at." +</P> + +<P> +"How long will it be before we get there?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, some time to-morry mornin. To-night we've got nothin at all to +do but to sweep through the deep while the stormy tempests blow in the +shape of a mild sou-wester; so don't you begin your usual game of +settin up. You ain't a mite of good to me, nor to yourselves, a stayin +here. You'd ought all to be abed, and, ef you'll take my advice, +you'll go to sleep as soon as you can, an stay asleep as long as you +can. It'll be a foggy night, an we won't see a mite o' sunshine till +we git into Digby harbure. See now, it's already dark; so take my +advice, an go to bed, like civilized humane beings." +</P> + +<P> +It did not need much persuasion to send them off to their beds. Night +was coming on, another night of fog and thick darkness. This time, +however, they had the consolation of making some progress, if it were +any consolation when they had no definite course before them; for, in +such a cruise as this, when they were roaming about from one place to +another, without any fixed course, or fixed time, the progress that +they made was, after all, a secondary consideration. The matter of +first importance was to hear news of Tom, and, until they did hear +something, all other things were of little moment. +</P> + +<P> +The Antelope continued on her way all that night, and on the next +morning the boys found the weather unchanged. Breakfast passed, and +two or three hours went on. The boys were scattered about the decks, +in a languid way, looking out over the water, when suddenly a cry from +Pat, who was in the bows, aroused all of them. Immediately before them +rose a lofty shore, covered in the distance with dark trees, but +terminating at the water's edge in frowning rocks. A light-house stood +here, upon which they had come so suddenly that, before they were over +their first surprise, they were almost near enough to toss a biscuit +ashore. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, now, I call that thar pooty slick sailin," exclaimed Captain +Corbet, glancing at the lighthouse with sparkling eyes. "I tell you +what it is, boys, you don't find many men in this here day an age that +can leave Manan at dusk, when the old fog mill is hard at work, and +travel all night in the thickest fog ever seen, with tide agin him half +the time, an steer through that thar fog, an agin that thar tide, so as +to hit the light-house as slick as that. Talk about your scientific +navigation—wouldn't I like to see what one of them thar scientific +captings would do with his vessel last night on sech a track as I run +over! Wouldn't I like to run a race with him? an ef I did, wouldn't I +make a pile to leave and bequeath to the infant when his aged parient +air buried beneath the cold ground?" +</P> + +<P> +While Captain Corbet was speaking, the schooner sailed past the +light-house, and the thick fog closed around her once more. On one +side, however, they could see the dim outline of the shore on their +right. On they sailed for about a quarter of a mile, when suddenly the +fog vanished, and, with scarce a moment's notice, there burst upon them +a blaze of sunlight, while overhead appeared the glory of the blue sky. +The suddenness of that transition forced a cry of astonishment from +all. They had shot forth so quickly from the fog into the sunlight +that it seemed like magic. +</P> + +<P> +They found themselves sailing along a strait about a mile in width, +with shores on each side that were as high as Blomidon. On the right +the heights sloped up steep, and were covered with trees of rich dark +verdure, while on the other side the slope was bolder and wilder. +Houses appeared upon the shore, and roads, and cultivated trees. This +strait was several miles in length, and led into a broad and +magnificent basin. +</P> + +<P> +Here, in this basin, appeared an enchanting view. A sheet of water +extended before their eyes about sixteen miles in length and five in +breadth. All around were lofty shores, fertile, well tilled, covered +with verdurous trees and luxuriant vegetation. The green of the shores +was dotted with white houses, while the blue of the water was flecked +with snowy sails. Immediately on the right there appeared a circular +sweep of shore, on which arose a village whose houses were intermingled +with green trees. +</P> + +<P> +Into this beautiful basin came the old French navigators more than two +centuries ago, and at its head they found a place which seemed to them +the best spot in Acadie to become the capital of the new colony which +they were going to found here. So they established their little town, +and these placid waters became the scene of commercial activity and of +warlike enterprise, till generations passed away, and the little French +town of Port Royal, after many strange vicissitudes, with its wonderful +basin, remained in the possession of the English conqueror. +</P> + +<P> +"Now," said Captain Corbet, "boys, look round on that thar, an tell me +of you ever see a beautifuller place than this. Thar's ony one place +that can be compared with this here, an that's Grand Pre. But for the +life o' me, I never can tell which o' the two is the pootiest. It's +strange, too, how them French fellers managed to pick out the best +places in the hull province. But it shows their taste an judgment—it +doos, railly." +</P> + +<P> +It was not long before the Antelope had dropped anchor in front of the +town of Digby, and Captain Corbet landed with the boys as soon as +possible. There was as good a chance of Tom being heard of here as +anywhere; since this place lay down the bay, in one sense, and if by +any chance Tom had drifted over to the Nova Scotia shore, as now seemed +probable, he would be not unlikely to go to Digby, so as to resume his +journey, so rudely interrupted, and make his way thence to his friends. +</P> + +<P> +Digby is a quiet little place, that was finished long ago. It was +first settled by the Tory refugees, who came here after the +revolutionary war, and received land grants from the British +government. At first it had some activity, but its business soon +languished. The first settlers had such bright hopes of its future +that they regularly laid out a town, with streets and squares. But +these have never been used to any extent, and now appear grown over +with grass. Digby, however, has so much beauty of scenery around it, +that it may yet attract a large population. On landing here, Captain +Corbet pursued the same course as at other places. He went first to +one of the principal shops, or the post office, and told his story, and +afterwards went to the schooners at the wharves. But at Digby there was +precisely the same result to their inquiries as there had been at other +places. No news had come to the place of any one adrift, nor had any +skipper of any schooner noticed anything of the kind during his last +trip. +</P> + +<P> +"What had we better do next?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "we can ony finish our cruise." +</P> + +<P> +"Shall we go on?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"Up the bay?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes. I'll keep on past Ile Haute, an I'll cruise around Minas. You +see these drifts may take him in a'most any direction. I don't see why +he shouldn't hev drifted up thar as well as down here." +</P> + +<P> +It was Wednesday when they reached Digby. +</P> + +<P> +On the evening of that day the Antelope weighed anchor, and sailed out +into the Bay of Fundy. +</P> + +<P> +It was bright sunshine, with a perfectly cloudless sky inside, but +outside the Antelope plunged into the midst of a dense and heavy fog. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap19"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XIX. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Tom's Devices.—Rising superior to Circumstances.—Roast Clams.—Baked +Lobster.—Boiled Mussels.—Boiled Shrimps.—Roast +Eggs.—Dandelions.—Ditto, with Eggs.—Roast +Dulse.—Strawberries.—Pilot-bread.—Strawberry Cordial. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Meanwhile another day had passed away on Ile Haute. +</P> + +<P> +When we last saw Tom he had succeeded in finding some clams, which he +roasted in front of his fire, and made thus a very acceptable relish. +This not only gratified his palate for the time, but it also stimulated +him to fresh exertions, since it showed him that his resources were +much more extensive than he had supposed them to be. If he had ever +dreaded getting out of all his provisions, he saw now that the fear was +an unfounded one. Here, before his eyes, and close beside his +dwelling-place, there extended a broad field full of food. In that mud +flat there were clams enough to feed him for all the rest of his life, +if that were necessary. But what was more, he saw by this the +possibility that other articles of food might be reckoned on, by means +of which he would be able to relieve his diet from that monotony which +had thus far been its chief characteristic. If he could find something +else besides clams and biscuit, the tedium of his existence here would +be alleviated to a still greater degree. +</P> + +<P> +He spent some time in considering this subject, and in thinking over +all the possible kinds of food which he might hope to obtain. Sea and +land might both be relied on to furnish food for his table in the +desert. The sea, he knew, ought to supply the following:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> + 1. Clams,<BR> + 2. Lobsters,<BR> + 3. Mussels,<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +in addition to other things which he had in his mind. The land, on the +other hand, ought to furnish something. Now that his attention was +fairly directed to this important subject, he could think of several +things which would be likely to be found even on this island, and the +search for which would afford an agreeable amusement. +</P> + +<P> +The more he thought of all this, the more astonished he was at the +number of things which he could think of as being likely to exist here +around him. It was not so much for the sake of gratifying his +appetite, as to find some occupation, that he now entered eagerly upon +putting this new project into execution. Fish, flesh, and fowl now +offered themselves to his endeavors, and these were to be supplied by +land, sea, and sky. This sudden enlargement of his resources, and also +of his sphere of operations, caused him to feel additional +satisfaction, together with a natural self-complacency. To the ordinary +mind Ile Haute appeared utterly deserted and forlorn—a place where one +might starve to death, if he had to remain for any length of time; but +Tom now determined to test to the utmost the actual resources of the +island, so as to prove, to himself what one unaided boy could do, when +thus thrown upon his own intelligent efforts, with dire necessity to +act as a stimulus to his ingenuity. +</P> + +<P> +First of all, then, there was his box of biscuit, which he had brought +with him. +</P> + +<P> +To this must be added his first discovery on the island, namely, the +clams. Nothing could be of greater importance than this, since it +afforded not merely a relish, but also actual food. +</P> + +<P> +The next thing that he sought after was lobsters, and he went off in +search of these as soon as he could on the following day. +</P> + +<P> +He waited till the tide was low, which was at about twelve o'clock, and +then went down along the beach. At high tide, the water came close up +to the foot of the lofty cliff; but at ebb, it descended for some +distance, so that there was some sort of a beach even in places that +did not promise any. +</P> + +<P> +The beach nearest to where Tom had taken up his abode was an expanse of +mud and sand; but passing along beyond this, on the north side, it +became gravelly. About a hundred yards to the west, on this side of +the island, he came to the place where he had tied his boat, on that +eventful time when he had drifted here. Below this, the beach extended +down for a long distance, and at the lowest point there were rocks, and +sharp stones, and pebbles of every size. Here Tom began his search, +and before he had looked five minutes, he found several lobsters of +good size. A little farther search showed him that there was a large +supply of these, so that, in fact, sufficient support might have been +obtained for a whole ship's company. By the time that he had found a +half dozen of these, and had brought them back to his hearth-stone, it +had grown too dark to search for any more. Tom's search, however, had +been so successful, that he felt quite satisfied; and though the day +had passed without any change in the weather or any lifting of the fog, +though he had listened in vain for any sound over the waters which +might tell of passers by, though his signal had not been seen, and his +bright burning fire had not been noticed, yet the occupation of thought +and of action which he had found for himself, had been sufficient to +make the time pass not unpleasantly. +</P> + +<P> +His evening repast was now a decided improvement on that of the +preceding day. First of all, he spread some clams in the hot ashes to +roast; and then, taking the dipper which had been used for baling, he +filled it with water, and placing this on the fire, it soon began to +boil. Into this he thrust the smallest lobster, and watched it as the +water bubbled around it, and its scaly covering turned slowly from its +original dark hue to a bright red color. +</P> + +<P> +His success thus far stimulated him to make some attempts at actual +cookery. Removing some of the lobster from its shell, he poured out +most of the water from the pan, and into what remained he again put the +lobster, cutting it up as fine as he could with his knife. Into this he +crumbled some biscuit, and stirred it up all together. He then placed +it over the fire till it was well baked. On removing it and tasting +it, he found it most palatable. It was already sufficiently salt, and +only needed a little pepper to make it quite equal to any scolloped +lobster that he had ever tasted. +</P> + +<P> +His repast consisted of this, followed by the roast clams, which formed +an agreeable variety. +</P> + +<P> +Tom now felt like a giant refreshed; and while sitting in front of the +evening fire, he occupied his mind with plans for the morrow, which +were all directed towards enlarging his supply of provisions. +</P> + +<P> +He awaked late on the next morning, and found the weather unchanged. +He tried to quell his impatience and disappointment, and feeling that +idleness would never do, he determined to go to work at once, and carry +out the plans of the preceding day. It was now Thursday, the middle of +the second week, and the fog had clung pertinaciously around him almost +all that time. It was indeed disheartening, and idleness under such +circumstances would have ended in misery and despair; but Tom's +perseverance, and obstinate courage, and buoyant spirits enabled him +still to rise above circumstances, and struggle with the gloom around +him. +</P> + +<P> +"O, go on, go on," he muttered, looking around upon the fog. "Let's see +who can stand it longest. And now for my foraging expedition." +</P> + +<P> +Making a hearty repast out of the remnants of the supper of the +preceding evening, he went first to the shore, so as to complete his +search there while the tide should be low. It was going down now, and +the beach was all before him. He wandered on till he came to where +there was an immense ledge of sharp rocks, that went from the foot of +the precipice down into the bay. Over these he clambered, looking +carefully around, until at last he reached the very lowest point. Here +he soon found some articles of diet, which were quite as valuable in +their way as the clams and lobsters. First of all, he found an immense +quantity of large mussels. These were entangled among the thick masses +of sea-weed. He knew that the flavor of mussels was much more delicate +than that of clams or lobsters, and that by many connoisseurs these, +when good and fresh, were ranked next to oysters. This discovery, +therefore, gave him great joy, and he filled his pan, which he had +carried down, and took them back to the shore. He also took an armful +of sea-weed, and, reaching his camping-place, he threw the mussels in a +hollow place in the sand, placing the sea-weed around them. In this +way he knew that they would keep fresh and sweet for any reasonable +length of time. +</P> + +<P> +Returning to the ledges of rock, he walked about among them, and found +a number of pools, some of which were of considerable size. These had +been left by the retreating water; and in these hollows he soon saw a +number of small objects moving about. Some of them he caught without +much difficulty, and saw that they were shrimps. He had hoped to find +some of these, but the discovery came to him like some unexpected +pleasure, and seemed more than he had any right to count on. Beside +the shrimps his other discoveries seemed inferior. There was a large +number, and they could be caught without much trouble. He soon filled +his pan, and brought these also to his camping-place. These he +deposited in a little pool, which was on the surface of some rocks that +lay not far from the shore. Over these he also laid some sea-weed. +</P> + +<P> +The tide was now coming up, but Tom made a further journey to the +beach, so as to secure something which he had noticed during his +previous expedition. This was a marine plant called dulse, which, in +these waters, grows very plentifully, and is gathered and dried by the +people in large quantities. It was a substance of which Tom was very +fond, and he determined to gather some, and dry it in the sun. +Collecting an armful of this, he took it to the shore, and spread it +out over the grass, though, in that damp and foggy atmosphere, there +was not much prospect of its drying. +</P> + +<P> +It was now about three o'clock in the afternoon, and Tom's researches +along the shore were successfully terminated. He had found all the +different articles that he had thought of and his new acquisitions were +now lying about him. +</P> + +<P> +These were,— +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> + Clams,<BR> + Lobsters,<BR> + Mussels,<BR> + Shrimps,<BR> + Dulse.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +As he murmured to himself the list of things, he smiled triumphantly. +</P> + +<P> +But still there was work to be done. Tom intended to keep fashionable +hours, and dine late, with only a lunch in the middle of the day. His +explorations of the afternoon were to be important, and he hoped that +they would be crowned with a portion of that success which had attended +the work of the morning. He took, therefore, a hasty lunch of biscuit +and cold lobster, washed down with water, and then set forth. +</P> + +<P> +This time he turned away from the shore, and went to the top of the +island. He carried in his hand a bit of rope, about a dozen feet in +length, and went along the edge of the cliff as far as he could, +turning aside at times to avoid any clumps of trees or bushes that grew +too thickly. In front of him the line of cliff extended for some +distance, and he walked along, until, at last, he came to a place where +the gulls flew about in larger flocks than usual, almost on a line with +the top of the rock. He had not noticed them particularly on his +former walk along here; but now he watched them very attentively, and +finally stood still, so as to see their actions to better advantage. +</P> + +<P> +Tom, in fact, had made up his mind to procure some gulls' eggs, +thinking that these would make an addition to his repast of great +importance; and he now watched the motions of these birds, so as to +detect the most accessible of their nests. He did not have to watch +long. A little observation showed him a place, just under the cliff, +not far away from him. Hastening forward, he bent over, and, looking +down, he saw a large number of nests. They had been constructed on a +shelf of rock immediately below the edge of the cliff, and the eggs +were within easy reach. The gulls flew about wildly, as the intruder +reached down his hands towards their nests, and screamed and shrieked, +while some of them rushed towards him, within a few feet of his head, +as though they would assail him and beat him off. But Tom's +determination did not falter. He cared no more for the gulls than if +they were so many pigeons, but secured as many eggs as he could carry. +These he took with him back to his camp. +</P> + +<P> +But he was not yet satisfied. He was anxious to have some vegetables; +and over the open ground, among the grass, he had seen plants which +were very familiar to him. There were dandelions; and Tom saw in them +something that seemed worth more than any of his other acquisitions. +Going forth in search of these, he managed to get his pan full of them. +These he washed, and after cutting off the roots, he put them in the +pan with water, and then set them over the fire to boil. +</P> + +<P> +While they were boiling Tom went off once more, and found some wild +strawberries. They were quite plentiful about here, and this was the +season for them. He stripped a piece of bark from a birch tree, as the +country people do, and formed from this a dish which would hold about a +quart. This he filled after a moderate search. +</P> + +<P> +He took the strawberries to his camp, and then, going back to the +woods, he procured some more birch bark, out of which he made a half +dozen dishes. It was now about five o'clock, and Tom thought it was +time for him to begin to cook his dinner. +</P> + +<P> +The dandelions were not quite cooked as yet; so Tom had to wait; but +while doing so, he heated some stones in the fire. By the time they +were heated, the dandelions were cooked; and Tom, removing the pan, put +some shrimps and mussels in it, to boil over the fire. He then removed +the stones, and placed one of the lobsters among them in such a way, +that it was surrounded on every side in a hot oven. He then buried a +few clams among the hot ashes, and did the same with three or four of +the gulls' eggs. +</P> + +<P> +One of the hot stones was reserved for another purpose. It was the +largest of them, and was red hot when he drew it from the fire, but +soon cooled down enough to resume its natural color, although it +retained an intense heat. +</P> + +<P> +Over this he spread some of the wet dulse, which soon crackled and +shrivelled up, sending forth a rich and fragrant steam. In roasting +this dulse, a large piece would shrink to very small proportions, so +that half of Tom's armful, when thus roasted, was reduced to but a +small handful. +</P> + +<P> +After finishing this, he drew the gulls' eggs from the fire, and taking +off the shells, he cut them in slices, and put them with the +dandelions. Then he took the shrimps and mussels from the fire, and +removing them from the pan, he separated them, and put them into +different bark dishes. The clams were next drawn forth, and though +rather overdone, they were, nevertheless, of tempting appearance and +appetizing odor. Finally, the lobster was removed, and Tom contented +himself with one of the claws, which he placed on a dish, reserving the +remainder for another time. +</P> + +<P> +And now the articles were all cooked, and Tom's repast was ready. He +looked with a smile of gratification upon the various dishes which his +ingenuity and industry had drawn forth from the rocks, and cliffs, and +mud, and sand of a desert island, and wondered whether other islands, +in tropical climates, could yield a more varied or more nutritious +supply. He thought of other plants which might be found here, and +determined to try some that seemed to be nutritious. +</P> + +<P> +Here is the repast which Tom, on that occasion, spread before himself:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> + 1. Roast clams,<BR> + 2. Baked lobster,<BR> + 3. Boiled mussels,<BR> + 4. Boiled shrimps,<BR> + 5. Roast eggs,<BR> + 6. Dandelions,<BR> + 7. Dandelions with eggs,<BR> + 8. Roast dulse,<BR> + 9. Strawberries,<BR> + 10. Pilot-bread.<BR> +</P> + +<P> +In one thing only did Tom fall short of his wishes, and that was in the +way of drinks. But before that dinner was finished, even this was +remedied; for necessity, the great mother of invention, instigated Tom +to squeeze about half of his strawberries into a little water. Out of +this he formed a drink with a flavor that seemed to him to be quite +delicious. And that made what Tom called,— +</P> + +<P> + 11. Strawberry cordial.<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap20"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XX. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +New Discoveries.—The Boat.—A great Swell.—Meditations and Plans.—A +new, and wonderful, and before unheard-of Application of Spruce +Gum.—I'm afloat! I'm afloat! +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +Tom sat there over his banquet until late. He then went down to the +beach, and brought up a vast collection of driftwood, and throwing a +plenteous supply upon the fire, he lay down beside it, and looked out +over the water, trying, as usual, to see something through the thick +mist. The flames shot up with a crackle and a great blaze, and the +bright light shone brilliantly upon the water. The tide was now up, and +the boat was full before him. Tom fixed his eyes upon this boat, and +was mournfully recalling his unsuccessful experiment at making her +sea-worthy, and was waiting to see her sink down to her gunwales as she +filled, when the thought occurred to him that she was not filling so +rapidly as she might, but was floating much better than usual. A +steady observation served to show him that this was no fancy, but an +actual fact; and the confirmation of this first impression at once +drove away all other thoughts, and brought back all the ideas of escape +which he once had cherished. +</P> + +<P> +The boat was admitting the water, certainly, yet she certainly did not +leak quite so badly as before, but was floating far better than she had +done on the night of his trial. What was the meaning of this? +</P> + +<P> +Now, the fact is, he had not noticed the boat particularly during the +last few days. He had given it up so completely, that it ceased to +have any interest in his eyes. Raising his signal, building his house, +and exploring the island had taken up all his thoughts. Latterly he +had thought of nothing but his dinner. But now the change in the boat +was unmistakable, and it seemed to him that the change might have been +going on gradually all this time without his noticing it until it had +become so marked. +</P> + +<P> +What was the cause of this change? That was the question which he now +sought to answer. After some thought he found a satisfactory +explanation. +</P> + +<P> +For a number of days the boat had been admitting the water till she was +full. This water had remained in for an hour or more, and this process +of filling and emptying had been repeated every tide. The atmosphere +also had been wet, and the wood, thus saturated with water so +frequently, had no chance of getting dry. Tom thought, therefore, that +the wooden framework, which he had constructed so as to tighten the +leak, had been gradually swelling from the action of the water; and the +planks of the boat had been tightening their cracks from the same +cause, so that now the opening was not nearly so bad as it had been. +Thus the boat, which once had been able to float him for a quarter of +an hour or more, ought now to be able to float him for at least double +that time. +</P> + +<P> +Tom watched the boat very attentively while the tide was up; and, when +at length it began to retreat, and leave it once more aground, he +noticed that it was not more than half full of water. If any +confirmation had been needed to the conclusions which he had drawn from +seeing the improved buoyancy of the boat, it would have been afforded +by this. Tom accepted this with delight, as an additional circumstance +in his favor; and now, having become convinced of this much, he set his +wits to work to see if some plan could not be hit upon by means of +which the boat could once more be made sea-worthy. +</P> + +<P> +Tom's indefatigable perseverance must have been noticed by this time. +To make the best of circumstances; to stand face to face with +misfortune, and shrink not; to meet the worst with equanimity, and +grasp eagerly at the slightest favorable change,—such was the +character that Tom had shown during his experience of the past. Now, +once more, he grasped at this slight circumstance that appeared to +favor his hopes, and sought to find some way by which that +half-floating boat could be made to float wholly, and bear him away to +those shores that were so near by. Too long had he been submitting to +this imprisonment; too long had he been waiting for schooners to pass +and to bring him help; too long had he been shut in by a fog that +seemed destined never to lift so long as he was here. If he could only +form some kind of a boat that would float long enough to land him on +the nearest coast, all that he wished would be gratified. +</P> + +<P> +As he thought over this subject, he saw plainly what he had felt very +strongly before—that the boat could not be sea-worthy unless he had +some tar with which to plaster over the broken bow, and fill in the +gaping seams; but there was no tar. Still, did it follow that there +was nothing else? Might not something be found upon the island which +would serve the purpose of tar? There must be some such substance and +perhaps it might be found here. +</P> + +<P> +Tom now thought over all the substances that he could bring before his +mind. Would clay do? No; clay would not. Would putty? No, and +besides, he could not get any. What, then, would serve this important +purpose? +</P> + +<P> +Tar was produced from trees. Were there no trees here that produced +some sticky and glutinous substance like tar? There was the resin of +pine trees, but there were no pines on the island. What then? These +fir trees had a sort of sticky, balsamic juice that exuded plentifully +from them wherever they were cut. Might he not make some use of that? +Suddenly, in the midst of reflections like these, he thought of the gum +that is found on spruce trees—spruce gum! It was an idea that +deserved to be followed up and carried out. Thus far he had never +thought of spruce gum, except as something which he, like most boys, +was fond of chewing; but now it appeared before his mind as affording a +possible solution of his difficulty. The more he thought of it, the +more did it seem that this would be adapted to his purpose. The only +question was, whether he could obtain enough of it. He thought that he +might easily obtain enough if he only took the proper time and care. +</P> + +<P> +With this new plan in his mind, Tom retired for the night, and awaked +the next morning by the dawn of day. It was still foggy; but he was +now so resigned, and was so full of his new plan, that it did not +trouble him in the slightest degree. In fact, he was so anxious to try +this, that the sight of a boat landing on the beach, all ready to take +him off, would not have afforded him an unmixed satisfaction. +</P> + +<P> +He took his tin dipper, and went up at once into the woods. Here he +looked around very carefully, and soon found what he wanted. He knew +perfectly well, of course, how to distinguish spruce trees from fir, by +the sharp, prickly spires of the former, and so he was never at a loss +which trees to search. No sooner had he begun, than he was surprised +at the quantities that he found. To an ordinary observer the trunk of +the spruce tree seems like any other tree trunk—no rougher, and +perhaps somewhat smoother than many; but Tom now found that on every +tree almost there were little round excrescences, which, on being +picked at with the knife, came off readily, and proved to be gum. Vast +quantities of a substance which goes by the name of spruce gum are +manufactured and sold; but the pure gum is a very different article, +having a rich, balsamic odor, and a delicate yet delicious flavor; and +Tom, as he filled his pan, and inhaled the fragrance that was emitted +by its contents, lamented that his necessities compelled him to use it +for such a purpose as that to which this was destined. After four or +five hours' work, he found that he had gathered enough. He had filled +his pan no less than six times, and had secured a supply which was +amply sufficient to give a coating of thick gum over all the fractured +place. The tide, which had already risen, was now falling, and, as +soon as the boat was aground, and the water out of her, Tom proceeded +to raise her bows, in precisely the same manner as he had raised the +boat on a former occasion. +</P> + +<P> +The next thing was to bring the gum into a fit condition for use. This +he did by kindling the fire, and melting it in his tin pan. This would +rather interfere with the use of that article as a cooking utensil, but +now that Tom's mind was full of this new purpose, cooking and things of +that sort had lost all attractions for him. As for food, there was no +fear about that. He had his biscuit, and the lobster and shell-fish +which he had cooked on the preceding day were but partially consumed. +Enough remained to supply many more meals. +</P> + +<P> +The gum soon melted, and then a brush was needed to apply it to the +boat. This was procured by cutting off a little strip of canvas, about +a yard long and six inches wide. By picking out some of the threads, +and rolling it up, a very serviceable brush was formed. +</P> + +<P> +Taking the gum now in its melted state, Tom dipped his brush into it, +and applied it all over the broken surface of the bow, pressing the hot +liquid in close, and allowing it to harden in the cracks. His first +coating of gum was very satisfactorily applied, and it seemed as though +a few more coatings ought to secure the boat from the entrance of the +water. The gum was tenacious, and its only bad quality was its +brittleness; but, as it would not be exposed to the blows of any hard +substances, it seemed quite able to serve Tom's wants. +</P> + +<P> +Tom now went down to the drift-wood and brought up a fresh supply of +fuel, after which he melted a second panful of gum, and applied this to +the boat. He endeavored to secure an entrance for it into all the +cracks that did not seem to be sufficiently filled at the first +application, and now had the satisfaction of seeing all of those deep +marks filled up and effaced by the gum. +</P> + +<P> +One place still remained which had not yet been made secure against the +entrance of the water, and that was where the planks gaped open from +the blow that had crushed in the bows. Here the canvas that was inside +protruded slightly. Torn ripped up some of the canvas that was on the +tent, and taking the threads, stuffed them in the opening, mixing them +with gum as he did so, until it was filled; and then over this he put a +coating of the gum. After this another pan, and yet another, were +melted, and the hot gum each time was applied. This gave the whole +surface a smooth appearance, that promised to be impenetrable to the +water. +</P> + +<P> +The gum which he had collected was enough to fill two more pans. This +he melted as before, and applied to the bows. Each new application +clung to the one that had preceded it, in a thick and quickly hardening +layer, until at last, when the work was done, there appeared a coating +of this gum formed from six successive layers, that was smooth, and +hard, and without any crack whatever. It seemed absolutely water-tight; +and Tom, as he looked at it now, could not imagine where the water +could penetrate. Yet, in order to make assurance doubly sure, he +collected two more panfuls, and melting this he applied it as before. +After this was over, he made a torch of birch bark, and lighting this, +he held the flame against the gum till the whole outer surface began to +melt and run together. This served to secure any crevices that his +brush might have passed by without properly filling. +</P> + +<P> +The work was now complete as far as Tom could do it; and on examining +it, he regretted that he had not thought of this before. He felt an +exultation that he had never known in his life. If he, by his own +efforts, could thus rescue himself, what a cause it would be always +after to struggle against misfortune, and rise superior to +circumstances! +</P> + +<P> +As to the voyage, Tom's plan was the same that it had been on a former +occasion. He would float the boat at high tide, and then push off, +keeping her near the shore, yet afloat until ebb tide. Then, when the +tide should turn, and the current run up the bay, he would put off, and +float along with the stream until he reached land. +</P> + +<P> +According to his calculations it would be high tide about two hours +after dark, which would be some time after ten. He would have to be up +all night; for the tide would not turn until after four in the morning. +But that did not trouble him. He would have too much on his mind to +allow him to feel sleepy, and, besides, the hope which lay before him +would prevent him from feeling fatigue. +</P> + +<P> +One thing more remained, and that was, to bring up a fresh supply of +fuel. The night would be dark, and while floating in the boat, he +would need the light of the fire. So he brought up from the beach an +ample supply of drift-wood, and laid it with the rest. +</P> + +<P> +When Tom's work was ended, it was late in the day, and he determined to +secure some sleep before he began his long night's work. He knew that +he could waken at the right time; so he laid himself down in his tent, +and soon slept the sleep of the weary. +</P> + +<P> +By ten o'clock he was awake. He found the water already up to the +boat. There was no time to lose. He carried his box of biscuit on +board, and filled his pan with water from the brook, so as to secure +himself against thirst in case the boat should float away farther than +he anticipated. Then he took his paddle, and got into the boat. +</P> + +<P> +The water came up higher. Most anxiously Tom watched it as it rose. +The fire was burning low, and in order to make more light, Tom went +ashore and heaped an immense quantity of wood upon it. The flames now +blazed up bright, and on going back again to the boat, the water was +plainly visible as it closed around the bows. +</P> + +<P> +Most anxiously he now awaited, with his eyes fastened upon the bottom +of the boat. He had not brought the old sail this time, but left it +over his tent, and he could see plainly. Higher came the water, and +still higher, yet none came into the boat, and Tom could scarce believe +in his good fortune. +</P> + +<P> +At last the boat floated! +</P> + +<P> +Yes, the crisis had come and passed, and the boat floated! +</P> + +<P> +There was now no longer any doubt. His work was successful; his +deliverance was sure. The way over the waters was open. Farewell to +his island prison! Welcome once more the great world! Welcome home, +and friends, and happiness! +</P> + +<P> +In that moment of joy his heart seemed almost ready to burst. It was +with difficulty that he calmed himself; and then, offering up a prayer +of thanksgiving, he pushed off from the shore. +</P> + +<P> +The boat floated! +</P> + +<P> +The tide rose, and lingered, and fell. +</P> + +<P> +The boat floated still. +</P> + +<P> +There was not the slightest sign of a leak. Every hour, as it passed, +served to give Tom a greater assurance that the boat was sea-worthy. +</P> + +<P> +He found no difficulty in keeping her afloat, even while retaining her +near the shore, so that she might be out of the way of the currents. +</P> + +<P> +At length, when the tide was about half way down, he found the fire +burning too low, and determined to go ashore and replenish it. A rock +jutted above the water not far off. To this he secured the boat, and +then landing, he walked up the beach. Reaching the fire, he threw upon +it all the remaining wood. Returning then to the boat, he boarded her +without difficulty. +</P> + +<P> +The tide fell lower and lower. +</P> + +<P> +And now Tom found it more and more difficult to keep the boat afloat, +without allowing her to be caught by the current. He did not dare to +keep her bows near the shore, but turned her about, so that her stem +should rest from time to time on the gravel. At last the tide was so +low that rocks appeared above the surface, and the boat occasionally +struck them in a very unpleasant manner. To stay so near the shore any +longer was not possible. A slight blow against a rock might rub off +all the brittle gum, and then his chances would be destroyed. He +determined to put out farther, and trust himself to Providence. +</P> + +<P> +Slowly and cautiously he let his boat move out into deeper water. +</P> + +<P> +But slowness and caution were of little avail. In the deeper water +there was a strong current, which at once caught the boat and bore her +along. Tom struggled bravely against it, but without avail. He thought +for a moment of seeking the shore again, but the fear that the boat +would be ruined deterred him. +</P> + +<P> +There was a little wind blowing from the southwest, and he determined +to trust to the sail. He loosened this, and, sitting down, waited for +further developments. +</P> + +<P> +The wind filled the sail, and the boat's progress was checked somewhat, +yet still she drifted down the bay. +</P> + +<P> +She was drifting down past the north shore of the island. Tom could +see, amid the gloom, the frowning cliffs as he drifted past. The +firelight was lost to view; then he looked for some time upon the dark +form of the island. +</P> + +<P> +At last even that was lost to view. +</P> + +<P> +He was drifting down the bay, and was already below Ile Haute. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap21"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XXI. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Scott's Bay and Old Bennie.—His two Theories.—Off to the desert +Island.—Landing.—A Picnic Ground.—Gloom and Despair of the +Explorers.—All over.—Sudden Summons. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +It was on Wednesday evening that the Antelope passed from the sunshine +and beauty of Digby Basin out into the fog and darkness of the Bay of +Fundy. The tide was falling, and, though the wind was in their favor, +yet their progress was somewhat slow. But the fact that they were +moving was of itself a consolation. In spite of Captain Corbet's +declared preference for tides and anchors, and professed contempt for +wind and sails, the boys looked upon these last as of chief importance, +and preferred a slow progress with the wind to even a more rapid one by +means of so unsatisfactory a method of travel as drifting. +</P> + +<P> +At about nine on the following morning, the Antelope reached a little +place called Wilmot Landing, where they went on shore and made the +usual inquiries with the usual result. Embarking again, they sailed on +for the remainder of that day, and stopped at one or two places along +the coast. +</P> + +<P> +On the next morning (Friday) they dropped anchor in front of Hall's +Harbor—a little place whose name had become familiar to them during +their memorable excursion to Blomidon. Here they met with the same +discouraging answer to their question. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "we don't seem to meet with much success to +speak of—do we?" +</P> + +<P> +"No," said Bart, gloomily. +</P> + +<P> +"I suppose your pa'll be sendin schooners over this here same ground. +'Tain't no use, though." +</P> + +<P> +"Where shall we go next?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, we've ben over the hull bay mostly; but thar's one place, yet, an +that we'll go to next." +</P> + +<P> +"What place is that?" +</P> + +<P> +"Scott's Bay. +</P> + +<P> +"My idee is this," continued Captain Corbet: "We'll finish our tower +of inspection round the Bay of Fundy at Scott's Bay. Thar won't be +nothin more to do; thar won't remain one single settlement but what +we've called at, 'cept one or two triflin places of no 'count. So, +after Scott's Bay, my idee is to go right straight off to old Minas. +Who knows but what he's got on thar somewhar?" +</P> + +<P> +"I don't see much chance of that." +</P> + +<P> +"Why not?" +</P> + +<P> +"Because, if he had drifted into the Straits of Minas, he'd manage to +get ashore." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't see that." +</P> + +<P> +"Why, it's so narrow." +</P> + +<P> +"Narrer? O, it's wider'n you think for; besides, ef he got stuck into +the middle of that thar curn't, how's he to get to the shore? an him +without any oars? Answer me that. No, sir; the boat that'll drift +down Petticoat Jack into the bay, without gettin ashore, 'll drift up +them straits into Minas jest the same." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, there does seem something in that. I didn't think of his +drifting down the Petitcodiac." +</P> + +<P> +"Somethin? Bless your heart! ain't that everythin?" +</P> + +<P> +"But do you think there's really a chance yet?" +</P> + +<P> +"A chance? Course thar is. While thar's life thar's hope." +</P> + +<P> +"But how could he live so long?" +</P> + +<P> +"Why shouldn't he?" +</P> + +<P> +"He might starve." +</P> + +<P> +"Not he. Didn't he carry off my box o' biscuit?" +</P> + +<P> +"Think of this fog." +</P> + +<P> +"O, fog ain't much. It's snow an cold that tries a man. He's tough, +too." +</P> + +<P> +"But he's been so exposed." +</P> + +<P> +"Exposed? What to? Not he. Didn't he go an carry off that ole sail?" +</P> + +<P> +"I cannot help thinking that it's all over with him?" +</P> + +<P> +"Don't give him up; keep up; cheer up. Think how we got hold of ole +Solomon after givin him up. I tell you that thar was a good sign." +</P> + +<P> +"He's been gone too long. Why, it's going on a fortnight?" +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, what o' that ef he's goin to turn up all right in the end? I +tell you he's somewhar. Ef he ain't in the Bay of Fundy, he may be +driftin off the coast o' Maine, an picked up long ago, an on his way +home now per steamer." +</P> + +<P> +Bart shook his head, and turned away in deep despondency, in which +feeling all the other boys joined him. They had but little hope now. +The time that had elapsed seemed to be too long, and their +disappointments had been too many. The sadness which they had felt all +along was now deeper than ever, and they looked forward without a ray +of hope. +</P> + +<P> +On Friday evening they landed at Scott's Bay, and, as old Bennie +Griggs's house was nearest, they went there. They found both the old +people at home, and were received with an outburst of welcome. Captain +Corbet was an old acquaintance, and made himself at home at once. Soon +his errand was announced. +</P> + +<P> +Bennie had the usual answer, and that was, that nothing whatever had +been heard of any drifting boat. But he listened with intense interest +to Captain Corbet's story, and made him tell it over and over again, +down to the smallest particular. He also questioned all the boys very +closely. +</P> + +<P> +After the questioning was over, he sat in silence for a long time. At +last he looked keenly at Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"He's not ben heard tell of for about twelve days?" +</P> + +<P> +"No." +</P> + +<P> +"An it's ben ony moderate weather?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ony moderate, but foggy." +</P> + +<P> +"O, of course. Wal, in my 'pinion, fust an foremust, he ain't likely +to hev gone down." +</P> + +<P> +"That thar's jest what I say." +</P> + +<P> +"An he had them biscuit?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes—a hull box." +</P> + +<P> +"An the sail for shelter?" +</P> + +<P> +"Yes." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal; it's queer. He can't hev got down by the State o' Maine; for, ef +he'd got thar, he'd hev sent word home before this." +</P> + +<P> +"Course he would." +</P> + +<P> +Old Bennie thought over this for a long time again, and the boys +watched him closely, as though some result of vital importance hung +upon his final decision. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said Bennie at last, "s'posin that he's alive,—an it's very +likely,—thar's ony two ways to account for his onnat'ral silence. Them +air these:— +</P> + +<P> +"Fust, he may hev got picked up by a timber ship, outward bound to the +old country. In that case he may be carried the hull way acrost. I've +knowed one or two sech cases, an hev heerd of severial more. +</P> + +<P> +"Second. He may hev drifted onto a oninhabited island." +</P> + +<P> +"An oninhabited island?" repeated Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Yea." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal," said Captain Corbet; after a pause, "I've knowed things stranger +than that." +</P> + +<P> +"So hev I." +</P> + +<P> +"Air thar any isle of the ocean in particular that you happen to hev in +your mind's eye now?" +</P> + +<P> +"Thar air." +</P> + +<P> +"Which?" +</P> + +<P> +"Ile Haute." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, now, railly, I declar—ef I wan't thinkin o' that very spot +myself. An I war thinkin, as I war a comin up the bay, that that thar +isle of the ocean was about the only spot belongin to this here bay +that hadn't been heerd from. An it ain't onlikely that them shores +could a tale onfold that mought astonish some on us. I shouldn't wonder +a mite." +</P> + +<P> +"Nor me," said Bennie, gravely. +</P> + +<P> +"It's either a timber ship, or a desert island, as you say,—that's +sartin," said Captain Corbet, after further thought, speaking with +strong emphasis. "Thar ain't a mite o' doubt about it; an which o' +them it is air a very even question. For my part, I'd as soon bet on +one as t'other." +</P> + +<P> +"I've heerd tell o' several seafarin men that's got adrift, an lit on +that thar isle," said Bennie, solemnly. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, so hev I; an though our lad went all the way from Petticoat Jack, +yet the currents in thar wandorins to an fro could effectooate that +thar pooty mighty quick, an in the course of two or three days it could +land him high an dry on them thar sequestrated shores." +</P> + +<P> +"Do you think there is any chance of it?" asked Bruce, eagerly, +directing his question to Bennie. +</P> + +<P> +"Do I think? Why, sartin," said Bennie, regarding Bruce's anxious face +with a calm smile. "Hain't I ben a expoundin to you the actool facts?" +</P> + +<P> +"Well, then," cried Bart, starting to his feet, "let's go at once." +</P> + +<P> +"Let's what?" asked Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +"Why, hurry off at once, and get to him as soon as we can." +</P> + +<P> +"An pray, young sir, how could we get to him by leavin here jest now?" +</P> + +<P> +"Can't we go straight to Ile Haute?" +</P> + +<P> +"Scacely. The tide'll be agin us, an the wind too, till nigh eleven." +</P> + +<P> +Bart gave a deep sigh. +</P> + +<P> +"But don't be alarmed. We'll go thar next, an as soon as we can. You +see we've got to go on into Minas Basin. Now we want to leave here so +as to drop down with the tide, an then drop up with the flood tide into +Minas Bay. I've about concluded to wait here till about three in the +mornin. We'll drop down to the island in about a couple of hours, +and'll hev time to run ashore, look round, and catch the flood tide." +</P> + +<P> +"Well, you know best," said Bart, sadly. +</P> + +<P> +"I think that's the only true an rational idee," said Bennie. "I do, +railly; an meantime you can all get beds here with me, an you can hev a +good bit o' sleep before startin." +</P> + +<P> +This conversation took place not long after their arrival. The company +were sitting in the big old kitchen, and Mrs. Bennie was spreading her +most generous repast on the table. +</P> + +<P> +After a bounteous supper the two old men talked over the situation +until bedtime. They told many stories about drifting boats and rafts, +compared notes about the direction of certain currents, and argued +about the best course to pursue under certain very difficult +circumstances, such, for example, as a thick snow-storm, midnight, a +heavy sea, and a strong current setting upon a lee shore, the ship's +anchor being broken also. It was generally considered that the +situation was likely to be unpleasant. +</P> + +<P> +At ten o'clock Bennie hurried his guests to their beds, where they +slept soundly in spite of their anxiety. Before three in the morning +he awaked them, and they were soon ready to reembark. +</P> + +<P> +It was dim morning twilight as they bade adieu to their hospitable +entertainers, and but little could be seen. Captain Corbet raised his +head, and peered into the sky above, and sniffed the sea air. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, railly," said he, "I do declar ef it don't railly seem as ef it +railly is a change o' weather—it railly doos. Why, ain't this rich? +We're ben favored at last. We're agoin to hev a clar day. Hooray!" +</P> + +<P> +The boys could not make out whether the captain's words were justified +or not by the facts, but thought that they detected in the air rather +the fragrance of the land than the savor of the salt sea. There was no +wind, however, and they could not see far enough out on the water to +know whether there was any fog or not. +</P> + +<P> +Bennie accompanied them to the boat, and urged them to come back if +they found the boys and let him rest in Scott's Bay. But the fate of +that boy was so uncertain, that they could not make any promise about +it. +</P> + +<P> +It was a little after three when the Antelope weighed anchor, and +dropped down the bay. +</P> + +<P> +There was no wind whatever. It was the tide only that carried them +down to their destination. Soon it began to grow lighter, and by the +time that they were half way, they saw before them the dark outline of +the island, as it rose from the black water with its frowning cliffs. +</P> + +<P> +The boys looked at it in silence. It seemed, indeed, a hopeless place +to search in for signs of poor Tom. How could he ever get ashore in +such a place as this, so far out of the line of his drift; or if he had +gone ashore there, how could he have lived till now? Such were the +gloomy and despondent thoughts that filled the minds of all, as they +saw the vessel drawing nearer and still nearer to those frowning cliffs. +</P> + +<P> +As they went on the wind grew stronger, and they found that it was +their old friend—the sou-wester. The light increased, and they saw a +fog cloud on the horizon, a little beyond Ile Haute. Captain Corbet +would not acknowledge that he had been mistaken in his impressions +about a change of weather, but assured the boys that this was only the +last gasp of the sou-wester, and that a change was bound to take place +before evening. But though the fog was visible below Ile Haute, it did +not seem to come any nearer, and at length the schooner approached the +island, and dropped anchor. +</P> + +<P> +It was about half past four in the morning, and the light of day was +beginning to be diffused around, when they reached their destination. +As it was low tide, they could not approach very near, but kept well +off the precipitous shores on the south side of the island. In the +course of her drift, while letting go the anchor, she went off to a +point about half way down, opposite the shore. Scarce had her anchor +touched bottom, than the impatient boys were all in the boat, calling +on Captain Corbet to come along. The captain and Wade took the oars. +</P> + +<P> +It was a long pull to the shore, and, when they reached it, the tide +was so low that there remained a long walk over the beach. They had +landed about half way down the island, and, as they directed their +steps to the open ground at the east end, they had a much greater +distance to traverse than they had anticipated. As they walked on, +they did not speak a word. But already they began to doubt whether +there was any hope left. They had been bitterly disappointed as they +came near and saw no sign of life. They had half expected to see some +figure on the beach waiting to receive them. But there was no figure +and no shout of joy. +</P> + +<P> +At length, as they drew nearer to the east end, and the light grew +brighter, Bart, who was in advance, gave a shout. +</P> + +<P> +They all hurried forward. +</P> + +<P> +Bart was pointing towards something. +</P> + +<P> +It was a signal-staff, with something that looked like a flag hoisted +half mast high. +</P> + +<P> +Every heart beat faster, and at once the wildest hopes arose. They +hurried on over the rough beach as fast as possible. They clambered +over rocks, and sea-weed, and drift-wood, and at length reached the +bank. And still, as they drew nearer, the signal-staff rose before +them, and the flag at half mast became more and more visible. +</P> + +<P> +Rushing up the bank towards this place, each trying to outstrip the +others, they hurried forward, full of hope now that some signs of Tom +might be here. At length they reached the place where Tom had been so +long, and here their steps were arrested by the scene before them. +</P> + +<P> +On the point arose the signal-staff, with its heavy flag hanging down. +The wind was now blowing, but it needed almost a gale to hold out that +cumbrous canvas. Close by were the smouldering remains of what had +been a huge fire, and all around this were chips and sticks. In the +immediate neighborhood were some bark dishes, in some of which were +shrimps and mussels. Clams and lobsters lay around, with shells of +both. +</P> + +<P> +Not far off was a canvas tent, which looked singularly comfortable and +cosy. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet looked at all this, and shook his head. +</P> + +<P> +"Bad—bad—bad," he murmured, in a doleful tone. "My last hope, or, +rayther, one of my last hopes, dies away inside of me. This is wuss +than findin' a desert place." +</P> + +<P> +"Why? Hasn't he been here? He must have been here," cried Bart. +"These are his marks. I dare say he's here now—perhaps asleep—in the +camp. I'll go—" +</P> + +<P> +"Don't go—don't—you needn't," said Captain Corbet, with a groan. "You +don't understand. It's ben no pore castaway that's come here—no pore +driftin lad that fell upon these lone and desolate coasts. No—never +did he set foot here. All this is not the work o' shipwracked people. +It's some festive picnickers, engaged in whilin away a few pleasant +summer days. All around you may perceive the signs of luxoorious +feastin. Here you may see all the different kind o' shellfish that the +sea produces. Yonder is a luxoorious camp. But don't mind what I say. +Go an call the occoopant, an satisfy yourselves." +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet walked with the boys over to the tent. His words had +thrown a fresh dejection over all. They felt the truth of what he +said. These remains spoke not of shipwreck, but of pleasure, and of +picnicking. It now only remained to rouse the slumbering owner of the +tent, and put the usual questions. +</P> + +<P> +Bart was there first, and tapped at the post. +</P> + +<P> +No answer. +</P> + +<P> +He tapped again. +</P> + +<P> +Still there was no answer. +</P> + +<P> +He raised the canvas and looked in. He saw the mossy interior, but +perceived that it was empty. All the others looked in. On learning +this they turned away puzzled. +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, I thought so," said Captain Corbet. "They jest come an go as the +fancy takes 'em. They're off on Cape d'Or to-day, an back here +to-morrer." +</P> + +<P> +As he said this he seated himself near the tent, and the boys looked +around with sad and sombre faces. +</P> + +<P> +It was now about half past five, and the day had dawned for some time. +In the east the fog had lifted, and the sun was shining brightly. +</P> + +<P> +"I told you thar'd be a change, boys," said the captain. +</P> + +<P> +As he spoke there came a long succession of sharp, shrill blasts from +the fog horn of the Antelope, which started every one, and made them +run to the rising ground to find out the cause. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap22"></A> +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +XXII. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="intro"> +Astounding Discovery.—The whole Party of Explorers +overwhelmed.—Meeting with the Lost.—Captain Corbet improves the +Occasion.—Conclusion. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +At the sound from the Antelope they had all started for the rising +ground, to see what it might mean. None of them had any idea what +might be the cause, but all of them felt startled and excited at +hearing it under such peculiar circumstances. Nor was their excitement +lessened by the sight that met their eyes as they reached the rising +ground and looked towards the schooner. +</P> + +<P> +A change had taken place. When they had left, Solomon only had +remained behind. But now there were two figures on the deck. One was +amidships. The schooner was too far away for them to see distinctly, +but this one was undoubtedly Solomon; yet his gestures were so +extraordinary that it was difficult to identify him. He it was by whom +the blasts on the fog horn were produced. Standing amidships, he held +the fog horn in one hand, and in the other he held a battered old cap +which supplied the place of the old straw hat lost at Quaco. After +letting off a series of blasts from the horn, he brandished his cap +wildly in the air, and then proceeded to dance a sort of complex +double-shuffle, diversified by wild leaps in the air, and accompanied +by brandishings of his hat and fresh blasts of the horn. But if +Solomon's appearance was somewhat bewildering, still more so was that +of the other one. This one stood astern. Suddenly as they looked they +saw him hoist a flag, and, wonder of wonders, a black flag,—no other, +in short, than the well-known flag of the "B. O. W. C." That flag had +been mournfully lowered and put away on Tom's disappearance, but now it +was hoisted once more; and as they looked, the new comer hoisted it and +lowered it, causing it to rise and fall rapidly before their eyes. +</P> + +<P> +Nor did the wonder end here. They had taken away the only boat that +the schooner possessed in order to come ashore, leaving Solomon alone. +They had noticed no boat whatever as they rowed to land. But now they +saw a boat floating astern of the Antelope, with a small and peculiarly +shaped sail, that now was flapping in the breeze. Evidently this boat +belonged to the new comer. But who was he? How had he come there? +What was the meaning of those signals with that peculiar flag, and what +could be the reason of Solomon's joy? +</P> + +<P> +They stood dumb with astonishment, confused, and almost afraid to think +of the one cause that each one felt to be the real explanation of all +this. Too long had they searched in vain for Tom,—too often had they +sunk from hope to despair,—too confident and sanguine had they been; +and now, at this unexpected sight, in spite of the assurance which it +must have given them that this could be no other than Tom, they scarce +dared to believe in such great happiness, and were afraid that even +this might end in a disappointment like the others. +</P> + +<P> +But, though they stood motionless and mute, the two figures on board +the Antelope were neither one nor the other. Solomon danced more and +more madly, and brandished his arms more and more excitedly, and there +came forth from his fog horn wilder and still wilder peals, and the +flag rose and fell more and more quickly, until at last the spectators +on the shore could resist no longer. +</P> + +<P> +"G-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-d ger-ra-a-a-cious!" +</P> + +<P> +This cry burst from Captain Corbet. +</P> + +<P> +It was enough. The spell was broken. A wild cry burst forth from the +boys, and with loud, long shouts of joy they rushed down the bank, and +over the beach, back to their boat. The captain was as quick as any of +them. In his enthusiasm he forgot his rheumatism. There was a race, +and though he was not even with Bruce and Bart, he kept ahead of Pat, +and Arthur, and Phil, and old Wade. +</P> + +<P> +Hurrah! +</P> + +<P> +And hurrah again! +</P> + +<P> +Yes, and hurrah over and over; and many were the hurrahs that burst +from them as they raced over the rocky beach. +</P> + +<P> +Then to tumble into the boat, one after another, to grasp the oars, to +push her off, to head her for the schooner, and to dash through the +water on their way back, was but the work of a few minutes. +</P> + +<P> +The row to the schooner was a tedious one to those impatient young +hearts. But as they drew nearer, they feasted their eyes on the figure +of the new comer, and the last particle of doubt and fear died away. +First, they recognized the dress—the familiar red shirt. Tom had worn +a coat and waistcoat ashore at Hillsborough on that eventful day; but +on reaching the schooner, he had flung them off, and appeared now in +the costume of the "B. O. W. C." This they recognized first, and then +his face was revealed—a face that bore no particular indication of +suffering or privation, which seemed certainly more sunburnt than +formerly, but no thinner. +</P> + +<P> +Soon they reached the vessel, and clambered up; and then with what +shouts and almost shrieks of joy they seized Tom! With what cries and +cheers of delight they welcomed him back again, by turns overwhelming +him with questions, and then pouring forth a torrent of description of +their own long search! +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet stood a little aloof. His face was not so radiant as +the faces of the boys. His features were twitching, and his hands were +clasped tight behind his back. He stood leaning against the mainmast, +his eyes fixed on Tom. It was thus that he stood when Tom caught sight +of him, and rushed up to shake hands. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Corbet grasped Tom's hand in both of his. He trembled, and Tom +felt that his hands were cold and clammy. +</P> + +<P> +"My dear boys," he faltered, "let us rejice—and—be glad—for this my +son—that was dead—is alive agin—" +</P> + +<P> +A shudder passed through him, and he stopped, and pressed Tom's hand +convulsively. +</P> + +<P> +Then he gave a great gasp, and, "Thar, thar," he murmured, "it's too +much! I'm onmanned. I've suffered—an agonized—an this—air—too +much!" +</P> + +<P> +And with these words he burst into tears. +</P> + +<P> +Then he dropped Tom's hand, and retreated into the cabin, where he +remained for a long time, but at last reappeared, restored to calmness, +and with a smile of sweet and inexpressible peace wreathing his +venerable countenance. +</P> + +<P> +By this time the boys had told Tom all about their long search; and +when Captain Corbet reappeared, Tom had completed the story of his +adventures, and had just reached that part, in his wanderings, where he +had left the island, and found himself drifting down the bay. As that +was the point at which Tom was last lost sight of in these pages, his +story may be given here in his own words. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said he, "you see I found myself drifting down. There was no +help for it. The wind was slight, and the tide was strong. I was +swept down into a fog bank, and lost sight of Ile Haute altogether. +Well, it didn't matter very much, and I wasn't a bit anxious. I knew +that the tide would turn soon, and then I'd come up, and fetch the land +somewhere; so I waited patiently. At last, after about—well, nearly +an hour, the tide must have turned, and I drifted back, and there was +wind enough to give me quite a lift; and so all of a sudden I shot out +of the fog, and saw Ile Haute before me. I was coming in such a way +that my course lay on the south side of the island, and in a short time +I came in sight of the schooner. I tell you what it is, I nearly went +into fits—I knew her at once. A little farther on, and I saw you all +cutting like mad over the beach to my camp. I was going to put after +you at first; but the fact is, I hated the island so that I couldn't +bear to touch it again, and so I concluded I'd go on board and signal. +So I came up alongside, and got on board. Solomon was down below; so I +just stepped forward, and put my head over the hatchway, and spoke to +him. I declare I thought he'd explode. He didn't think I was a ghost +at all. It wasn't fear, you know—it was nothing but delight, and all +that sort of thing, you know. Well, you know, then we went to work +signaling to you, and he took the fog horn, and I went to the flag, and +so it was." +</P> + +<P> +"I don't know how we happened not to see your boat," said Bruce. +</P> + +<P> +"O, that's easy enough to account for," said Tom. "I was hid by the +east point of the island. I didn't see the schooner till I got round, +and you must have been just getting ashore at that time." +</P> + +<P> +During all this time Solomon had been wandering about in a mysterious +manner; now diving below into the hold, and rattling the pots and pans; +again emerging upon deck, and standing to listen to Tom and look at +him. His face shone like a polished boot; there was a grin on his face +that showed every tooth in his head, and his little twinkling black +beads of eyes shone, and sparkled, and rolled about till the winking +black pupils were eclipsed by the whites. At times he would stand +still, and whisper solemnly and mysteriously to himself, and then, +without a moment's warning, he would bring his hands down on his +thighs, and burst into a loud, long, obstreperous, and deafening peal +of uncontrollable laughter. +</P> + +<P> +"Solomon," said Tom, at last, "Solomon, my son, won't you burst if you +go on so? I'm afraid you may." +</P> + +<P> +At this Solomon went off again, and dived into the hold. But in a +minute or two he was back again, and giggling, and glancing, and +whispering to himself, as before. Solomon and Captain Corbet thus had +each a different way of exhibiting the same emotion, for the feeling +that was thus variously displayed was nothing but the purest and most +unfeigned joy. +</P> + +<P> +"See yah, Mas'r Tom—and chil'n all," said Solomon, at last. "Ise +gwine to pose dat we all go an tend to sometin ob de fust portance. +Hyah's Mas'r Tom habn't had notin to eat more'n a mont; an hyah's de +res ob de blubbed breddern ob de Bee see double what been a fastin +since dey riz at free clock dis shinin and spicious morn. Dis yah's +great an shinin casium, an should be honnad by great and strorny +stivities. Now, dar ain't no stivity dat can begin to hole a can'l to +a good dinna, or suppa, or sometin in de eatin line. So Ise gwine to +pose to honna de cobbery ob de Probable Son by a rale ole-fashioned, +stunnin breakfuss. Don't be fraid dar'll be any ficiency hyah. I got +tings aboard dat I ben a savin for dis spicious an lightful cobbery. +Ben no eatin in dis vessel ebber sence de loss chile took his parter an +drifted off. Couldn't get no pusson to tetch nuffin. Got 'em all now; +an so, blubbed breddern, let's sem'l once more, an ole Solomon'll now +ficiate in de pressive pacity ob Gran Pandledrum. An I pose dat we +rect a tent on de sho oh dis yah island, and hab de banket come off in +fust chop style." +</P> + +<P> +"The island!" cried Tom, in horror. "What! the island? Breakfast on +the island? What a horrible proposal! Look here, captain. Can't we +get away from this?" +</P> + +<P> +"Get away from this?" repeated the captain, in mild surprise. +</P> + +<P> +"Yes," said Tom. "You see, the fact is, when a fellow's gone through +what I have, he isn't over fond of the place where he's had that to go +through. And so this island is a horrible place to me, and I can't +feel comfortable till I get away out of sight of it. Breakfast! Why, +the very thought of eating is abominable as long as that island is in +sight." +</P> + +<P> +"Wal, railly, now," said Captain Corbet, "I shouldn't wonder if thar +was a good deal in that, though I didn't think of it afore. Course it's +natral you shouldn't be over fond of sech, when you've had sech an +oncommon tough time. An now, bein' as thar's no uthly occasion for the +Antelope to be a lingerin' round this here isle of the ocean, I muve +that we histe anchor an resume our vyge. It's nigh onto a fortnight +sence we fust started for Petticoat Jack, and sence that time we've had +rare and strikin vycissitoods. It may jest happen that some on ye may +be tired of the briny deep, an may wish no more to see the billers +bound and scatter their foamin spray; some on ye likewise may be out o' +sperrits about the fog. In sech a case, all I got to say is, that this +here schooner'll be very happy to land you at the nighest port, Scott's +Bay, frincense, from which you may work your way by land to your +desired haven. Sorry would I be to part with ye, specially in this here +moment of jy; but ef ye've got tired of the Antelope, tain't no +more'n's natral. Wal, now,—what d'ye say—shall we go up to Scott's +Bay, or will ye contenoo on to Petticoat Jack, an accomplitch the +riginal vyge as per charter party?" +</P> + +<P> +The boys said nothing, but looked at Tom as though referring the +question to him. +</P> + +<P> +"As far as I am concerned," said Tom, who noticed this reference to +him, "it's a matter of indifference where we go, so long as we go out +of sight of this island. If the rest prefer landing at Scott's Bay, +I'm agreed; at the same time, I'd just as soon go on to Petitcodiac." +</P> + +<P> +"An what do the rest o' ye say?" asked the captain, somewhat anxiously. +</P> + +<P> +"For my part," said Bruce, "I think it's about the best thing we can +do." +</P> + +<P> +The others all expressed similar sentiments, and Captain Corbet +listened to this with evident delight. +</P> + +<P> +"All right," said he, "and hooray! Solomon, my aged friend, we will +have our breakfast on board, as we glide past them thar historic +shores. Pile on what you have, and make haste." +</P> + +<P> +In a few minutes more the anchor was up, and the Antelope was under way. +</P> + +<P> +In about half an hour Solomon summoned them below, where he laid before +them a breakfast that cast into the shade Tom's most elaborate meal on +the island. With appetites that seemed to have been growing during the +whole period of Tom's absence, the joyous company sat down to that +repast, while Solomon moved around, his eyes glistening, his face +shining, his teeth grinning, and his hips moving, as, after his +fashion, he whispered little Solomonian pleasantries to his own +affectionate heart. At this repast the boys began a fresh series of +questions, and drew from Tom a full, complete, and exhaustive history +of his island life, more particularly with regard to his experience in +house-building, and housekeeping; and with each one, without exception, +it was a matter of sincere regret that it had not been his lot to be +Tom's companion in the boat and on the island. +</P> + +<P> +After breakfast they came up on deck. The wind had at length changed, +as Captain Corbet had prophesied in the morning, and the sky overhead +was clear. Down the bay still might be seen the fog banks, but near at +hand all was bright. Behind them Ile Haute was already at a respectful +distance, and Cape Chignecto was near. +</P> + +<P> +"My Christian friends," said Captain Corbet, solemnly,—"my Christian +friends, an dear boys. Agin we resoom the thread of our eventfool +vyge, that was brok of a suddent in so onparld a manner. Agin we +gullide o'er the foamin biller like a arrer shot from a cross-bow, an +culleave the briny main. We have lived, an we have suffered, but now +our sufferins seem to be over. At last we have a fair wind, with a +tide to favor us, an we'll be off Hillsborough before daybreak +to-morrer. An now I ask you all, young sirs, do you feel any regretses +over the eventfool past? I answer, no. An wan't I right? Didn't I +say that that thar lad would onst more show his shinin face amongst us, +right side up, with care, in good order an condition, as when shipped +on board the Antelope, Corbet master, from Grand Pre, an bound for +Petticoat Jack? Methinks I did. Hence the vally of a lofty sperrit in +the face of difficulties. An now, young sirs, in after life take +warnin by this here vyge. Never say die. Don't give up the ship. No +surrender. England expects every man to do his dooty. For him that +rises superior to succumstances is terewly great; an by presarvin a +magnanumous mind you'll be able to hold up your heads and smile amid +the kerrash of misfortin. Now look at me. I affum, solemn, that all +the sufferins I've suffered have ben for my good; an so this here vyge +has eventooated one of the luckiest vyges that you've ever had. An +thus," he concluded, stretching out his venerable hands with the air of +one giving a benediction,—"thus may it be with the vyge of life. May +all its storms end in calms, an funnish matter in the footoor for balmy +rettuspect. Amen!" +</P> + +<P> +It was a close approach to a sermon; and though the words were a little +incoherent, yet the tone was solemn, and the intention good. After this +the captain dropped the lofty part of a Mentor, and mingled with the +boys as an equal. +</P> + +<P> +This time the voyage passed without any accident. Before daybreak on +the following morning they reached Hillsborough, where Mrs. Watson +received them with the utmost joy. In a few days more the boys had +scattered, and Bart arrived home with the story of Tom's rescue. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR><BR> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LOST IN THE FOG *** + +***** This file should be named 4506-h.htm or 4506-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/5/0/4506/ + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</BODY> + +</HTML> + + diff --git a/4506.txt b/4506.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19bdd56 --- /dev/null +++ b/4506.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8651 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Lost in the Fog + +Author: James De Mille + +Posting Date: August 11, 2009 [EBook #4506] +Release Date: October, 2003 +First Posted: January 27, 2002 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LOST IN THE FOG *** + + + + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + +LOST IN THE FOG + + +by + +JAMES DE MILLE + + + +1870 + + + + + + +I. + +Old Acquaintances gather around old Scenes.--Antelope, ahoy!--How are +you, Solomon?--Round-about Plan of a round about Voyage.--The Doctor +warns, rebukes, and remonstrates, but, alas! in vain.--It must be +done.--Beginning of a highly eventful Voyage. + + +It was a beautiful morning, in the month of July, when a crowd of boys +assembled on the wharf of Grand Pre. The tide was high, the turbid +waters of Mud Creek flowed around, a fresh breeze blew, and if any +craft was going to sea she could not have found a better time. The +crowd consisted chiefly of boys, though a few men were mingled with +them. These boys were from Grand Pre School, and are all old +acquaintances. There was the stalwart frame of Bruce, the Roman face +of Arthur, the bright eyes of Bart, the slender frame of Phil, and the +earnest glance of Tom. There, too, was Pat's merry smile, and the +stolid look of Bogud, and the meditative solemnity of Jiggins, not to +speak of others whose names need not be mentioned. Amid the crowd the +face of Captain Corbet was conspicuous, and the dark visage of Solomon, +while that of the mate was distinguishable in the distance. To all +these the good schooner Antelope formed the centre of attraction, and +also of action. It was on board of her that the chief bustle took +place, and towards her that all eyes were turned. + +The good schooner Antelope had made several voyages during the past few +months, and now presented herself to the eye of the spectator not much +changed from her former self. A fine fresh coat of coal tar had but +recently ornamented her fair exterior, while a coat of whitewash inside +the hold had done much to drive away the odor of the fragrant potato. +Rigging and sails had been repaired as well as circumstances would +permit, and in the opinion of her gallant captain she was eminently +seaworthy. + +On the present occasion things bore the appearance of a voyage. Trunks +were passed on board and put below, together with coats, cloaks, +bedding, and baskets of provisions. The deck was strewn about with the +multifarious requisites of a ship's company. The Antelope, at that +time, seemed in part an emigrant vessel, with a dash of the yacht and +the coasting schooner. + +In the midst of all this, two gentlemen worked their way through the +crowd to the edge of the wharf. + +"Well, boys," said one, "well, captain, what's the meaning of all this?" + +Captain Corbet started at this, and looked up from a desperate effort +to secure the end of one of the sails. + +"Why, Dr. Porter!" said he; "why, doctor!--how d'ye do?--and Mr. Long, +too!--why, railly!" + +The boys also stopped their work, and looked towards their teachers +with a little uneasiness. + +"What's all this?" said Dr. Porter, looking around with a smile; "are +you getting up another expedition?" + +"Wal, no," said Captain Corbet, "not 'xactly; fact is, we're kine o' +goin to take a vyge deoun the bay." + +"Down the bay?" + +"Yes. You see the boys kine o' want to go home by water, rayther than +by land." + +"By water! Home by water!" repeated Mr. Long, doubtfully. + +"Yes," said Captain Corbet; "an bein as the schewner was in good +repair, an corked, an coal-tarred, an whitewashed up fust rate, I kine +o' thought it would redound to our mootooil benefit if we went off on +sich a excursion,--bein pleasanter, cheaper, comfortabler, an every way +preferable to a land tower." + +"Hem," said Dr. Porter, looking uneasily about. "I don't altogether +like it. Boys, what does it all mean?" + +Thus appealed to, Bart became spokesman for the boys. + +"Why, sir," said he, "we thought we'd like to go home by water--that's +all." + +"Go home by water!" repeated the doctor once more, with a curious smile. + +"Yes, sir." + +"What? by the Bay of Fundy?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Who are going?" + +"Well, sir, there are only a few of us. Bruce, and Arthur, and Tom, +and Phil, and Pat, besides myself." + +"Bruce and Arthur?" said the doctor; "are they going home by the Bay of +Fundy?" + +"Yes, sir," said Bart, with a smile. + +"I don't see how they can get to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Prince +Edward's Island from the Bay of Fundy," said the doctor, "without going +round Nova Scotia, and that will be a journey of many hundred miles." + +"O, no, sir," said Bruce; "we are going first to Moncton." + +"O, is that the idea?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"And where will you go from Moncton?" + +"To Shediac, and then home." + +"And are you going to Newfoundland by that route, Tom?" asked the +doctor. + +"Yes, sir," said Tom, gravely. + +"From Shediac?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I never knew before that there were vessels going from Shediac to +Newfoundland." + +"O, I'm going to Prince Edward's Island first, sir, with Bruce and +Arthur," said Tom. "I'll find my way home from there." + +The doctor smiled. + +"I'm afraid you'll find it a long journey before you reach home. Won't +your friends be anxious?" + +"O, no, sir. I wrote that I wanted to visit Bruce and Arthur, and they +gave me leave." + +"And you, Phil, are you going home by the Antelope?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"You are going exactly in a straight line away from it." + +"Am I, sir?" + +"Of course you are. This isn't the way to Chester." + +"Well, sir, you see I'm going to visit Bart at St. John." + +"O, I understand. And that is your plan, then?" + +"Yes, sir," said Bart. "Pat is going too." + +"Where are you going first?" + +"First, sir, we will sail to the Petitcodiac River, and go up it as far +as Moncton, where Bruce, and Arthur, and Tom will leave us." + +"And then?" + +"Then we will go to St. John, where Phil, and Pat, and I will leave +her. Solomon, too, will leave her there." + +"Solomon!" cried the doctor. "What! Solomon! Is Solomon going? Why, +what can I do without Solomon? Here! Hallo!--Solomon! What in the +world's the meaning of all this?" + +Thus summoned, Solomon came forth from the cabin, into which he had +dived at the first appearance of the doctor. His eyes were downcast, +his face was demure, his attitude and manner were abject. + +"Solomon," said the doctor, "what's this I hear? Are you going to St. +John?" + +"Ony temp'ly, sah--jist a leetle visit, sah," said Solomon, very +humbly, stealing looks at the boys from his downcast eyes. + +"But what makes you go off this way without asking, or letting me know?" + +"Did I, sah?" said Solomon, rolling his eyes up as though horrified at +his own wickedness; "the sakes now! Declar, I clean forgot it." + +"What are you going away for?" + +"Why, sah, for de good oh my helf. Docta vises sea vyge; sides, I got +frens in St. John, an business dar, what muss be tended to." + +"Well, well," said the doctor, "I suppose if you want to go you'll find +reasons enough; but at the same time you ought to have let me known +before." + +"Darsn't, sah," said Solomon. + +"Why not?" + +"Fraid you'd not let me go," said Solomon, with a broad grin, that +instantly was suppressed by a demure cough. + +"Nonsense," said the doctor; and then turning away, he spoke a few +words apart with Mr. Long. + +"Well, boys," said the doctor, at last, "this project of yours doesn't +seem to me to be altogether safe, and I don't like to trust you in this +way without anybody as a responsible guardian." + +Bart smiled. + +"O, sir," said he, "you need not be at all uneasy. All of us are +accustomed to take care of ourselves; and besides, if you wanted a +responsible guardian for us, what better one could be found than +Captain Corbet?" + +The doctor and Mr. Long both shook their heads. Evidently neither of +them attached any great importance to Captain Corbet's guardianship. + +"Did you tell your father how you were going?" asked the doctor, after +a few further words with Mr. Long. + +"O, yes, sir; and he told me I might go. What's more, he promised to +charter a schooner for me to cruise about with Phil and Pat after I +arrived home." + +"And we got permission, too," said Bruce. + +"Indeed!" said the doctor. "That changes the appearance of things. I +was afraid that it was a whim of your own. And now, one thing +more,--how are you off for provisions?" + +"Wal, sir," said Captain Corbet, "I've made my calculations, an I think +I've got enough. What I might fail in, the boys and Solomon have made +up." + +"How is it, Solomon?" asked the doctor. + +Solomon grinned. + +"You sleep in the hold, I see," continued the doctor. + +"Yes, sir," said Bruce. "It's whitewashed, and quite sweet now. We'll +only be on board two or three days at the farthest, and so it really +doesn't much matter how we go." + +"Well, boys, I have no more to say; only take care of yourselves." + +With these words the doctor and Mr. Long bade them good by, and then +walked away. + +The other boys, however, stood on the wharf waiting to see the vessel +off. They themselves were all going to start for home in a few +minutes, and were only waiting for the departure of the Antelope. + +This could not now be long delayed. The tide was high. The wind fresh +and fair. The luggage, and provisions, and stores were all on board. +Captain Corbet was at the helm. All was ready. At length the word was +given, the lines were cast off; and the Antelope moved slowly round, +and left the wharf amid the cheers of the boys. Farther and farther it +moved away, then down the tortuous channel of Mud Creek, until at last +the broad expanse of Minas Basin received them. + +For this voyage the preparations had been complete. It had first been +thought of several weeks before, and then the plan and the details had +been slowly elaborated. It was thought to be an excellent idea, and +one which was in every respect worthy of the "B. O. W. C." Captain +Corbet embraced the proposal with enthusiasm. Letters home, requesting +permission, received favorable answers. Solomon at first resisted, but +finally, on being solemnly appealed to as Grand Panjandrum, he found +himself unable to withstand, and thus everything was gradually +prepared. Other details were satisfactorily arranged, though not +without much serious and earnest debate. The question of costume +received very careful attention, and it was decided to adopt and wear +the weather-beaten uniforms that had done service amidst mud and water +on a former occasion. Solomon's presence was felt to be a security +against any menacing famine; and that assurance was made doubly sure by +the presence of a cooking stove, which Captain Corbet, mindful of +former hardships, had thoughtfully procured and set up in the hold. +Finally, it was decided that the flag which had formerly flaunted the +breeze should again wave over them; and so it was, that as the Antelope +moved through Mud Creek, like a thing of life, the black flag of the +"B. O. W. C." floated on high, with its blazonry of a skull, which now, +worn by time, looked more than ever like the face of some mild, +venerable, and paternal monitor. + +Some time was taken up in arranging the hold. Considerable confusion +was manifest in that important locality. Tin pans were intermingled +with bedding, provisions with wearing apparel, books with knives and +forks, while amid the scene the cooking stove towered aloft prominent. +To tell the truth, the scene was rather free and easy than elegant; nor +could an unprejudiced observer have called it altogether comfortable. +In fact, to one who looked at it with a philosophic mind, an air of +squalor might possibly have been detected. Yet what of that? The +philosophic mind just alluded to would have overlooked the squalor, and +regarded rather the health, the buoyant animal spirits, and the +determined habit of enjoyment, which all the ship's company evinced, +without exception. The first thing which they did in the way of +preparation for the voyage was to doff the garments of civilized life, +and to don the costume of the "B. O. W. C." Those red shirts, +decorated with a huge white cross on the back, had been washed and +mended, and completely reconstructed, so that the rents and patches +which were here and there visible on their fair exteriors, served as +mementos of former exploits, and called up associations of the past +without at all deteriorating from the striking effect of the present. +Glengary bonnets adorned their heads, and served to complete the +costume. + +The labor of dressing was followed by a hurried arrangement of the +trunks and bedding; after which they all emerged from the hold and +ascending to the deck, looked around upon the scene. Above, the sky +was blue and cloudless, and between them and the blue sky floated the +flag, from whose folds the face looked benignantly down. The tide was +now on the ebb, and as the wind was fair, both wind and tide united to +bear them rapidly onward. Before them was Blomidon, while all around +was the circling sweep of the shores of Minas Bay. A better day for a +start could not have been found, and everything promised a rapid and +pleasant run. + +"I must say," remarked Captain Corbet, who had for some time been +standing buried in his own meditations at the helm,--"I must say, boys, +that I don't altogether regret bein once more on the briny deep. There +was a time," he continued, meditatively, "when I kine o' anticipated +givin up this here occypation, an stayin to hum a nourishin of the +infant. But man proposes, an woman disposes, as the sayin is,--an you +see what I'm druv to. It's a great thing for a man to have a companion +of sperrit, same as I have, that keeps a' drivin an a drivin at him, +and makes him be up an doin. An now, I declar, if I ain't gittin to be +a confirmed wanderer agin, same as I was in the days of my halcyon an +shinin youth. Besides, I have a kine o' feelin as if I'd be a +continewin this here the rest of all my born days." + +"I hope you won't feel homesick," remarked Bart, sympathetically. + +"Homesick," repeated the captain. "Wal, you see thar's a good deal to +be said about it. In my hum thar's a attraction, but thar's also a +repulsion. The infant drors me hum, the wife of my buzzum drives me +away, an so thar it is, an I've got to knock under to the strongest +power. An that's the identical individool thing that makes the aged +Corbet a foogitive an a vagabond on the face of the mighty deep. Still +I have my consolations." + +The captain paused for a few moments, and then resumed. + +"Yes," he continued, "I have my consolations. Surroundins like these +here air a consolation. I like your young faces, an gay an airy ways, +boys. I like to see you enjoy life. So, go in. Pitch in. Go ahead. +Sing. Shout. Go on like mad. Carry on like all possessed, an you'll +find the aged Corbet smilin amid the din, an a flutterin of his +venerable locks triumphant amid the ragin an riotin elements." + +"It's a comfort to know that, at any rate," said Tom. "We'll give you +enough of that before we leave, especially as we know it don't annoy +you." + +"I don't know how it is," said the captain, solemnly, "but I begin to +feel a sort of somethin towards you youngsters that's very absorbin. +It's a kine o' anxious fondness, with a mixtoor of indulgent +tenderness. How ever I got to contract sech a feelin beats me. I +s'pose it's bein deprived of my babby, an exiled from home, an so my +vacant buzzom craves to be filled. I've got a dreadful talent for doin +the pariential, an what's more, not only for doin the pariential, but +for feelin of it. So you boys, ef ever you see me a doin of the +pariential towards youns, please remember that when I act like an +anxious an too indulgent parient towards youns, it's because I feel +like one." + +For some hours they traversed the waters, carried swiftly on by the +united forces of the wind and tide. At last they found themselves +close by Blomidon, and under his mighty shadow they sailed for some +time. Then they doubled the cape, and there, before them, lay a long +channel--the Straits of Minas, through which the waters pour at every +ebb and flood. Their course now lay through this to the Bay of Fundy +outside; and as it was within two hours of the low tide, the current +ran swiftly, hurrying them rapidly past the land. Here the scene was +grand and impressive in the extreme. On one side arose a lofty, +precipitous cliff, which extended for miles, its sides scarred and +tempest-torn, its crest fringed with trees, towering overhead many +hundreds of feet, black, and menacing, and formidable. At its base was +a steep beach, disclosed by the retreating tide, which had been formed +by the accumulated masses of rock that had fallen in past ages from the +cliffs above. These now, from the margin of the water up to high-water +mark, were covered with a vast growth of sea-weed, which luxuriated +here, and ran parallel to the line of vegetation on the summit of the +cliff. On the other side of the strait the scene was different. Here +the shores were more varied; in one place, rising high on steep +precipices, in others, thrusting forth black, rocky promontories into +the deep channel; in others again, retreating far back, and forming +bays, round whose sloping shores appeared places fit for human +habitation, and in whose still waters the storm-tossed bark might find +a secure haven. + +As they drifted on, borne along by the impetuous tide, the shores on +either side changed, and new vistas opened before them. At last they +reached the termination of the strait, the outer portal of this long +avenue, which here was marked by the mighty hand of Nature in +conspicuous characters. For here was the termination of that long +extent of precipitous cliff which forms the outline of Blomidon; and +this termination, abrupt, and stern, and black, shows, in a +concentrated form, the power of wind and wave. The cliff ends abrupt, +broken off short, and beyond this arise from the water several giant +fragments of rock, the first of which, shaped like an irregular +pyramid, rivals the cliff itself in height, and is surrounded by other +rocky fragments, all of which form a colossal group, whose aggregated +effect never fails to overawe the mind of the spectator. Such is Cape +Split, the terminus of Cape Blomidon, on the side of the Bay of Fundy. +Over its shaggy summits now fluttered hundreds of sea-gulls; round its +black base the waves foamed and thundered, while the swift tide poured +between the interstices of the rugged rocks. + +"Behind that thar rock," said Captain Corbet, pointing to Cape Split, +"is a place they call Scott's Bay. Perhaps some of you have heard tell +of it." + +"I have a faint recollection of such a place," said Bart. "Scott's +Bay, do you call it? Yes, that must be the place that I've heard of; +and is it behind this cape?" + +"It's a bay that runs up thar," said the captain. "We'll see it soon +arter we get further down. It's a fishin and ship-buildin place. They +catch a dreadful lot of shad thar sometimes." + +Swiftly the Antelope passed on, hurried on by the tide, and no longer +feeling much of the wind; swiftly she passed by the cliffs, and by the +cape, and onward by the sloping shores, till at length the broad bosom +of the Bay of Fundy extended before their eyes. Here the wind ceased +altogether, the water was smooth and calm, but the tide still swept +them along, and the shores on each side receded, until at length they +were fairly in the bay. Here, on one side, the coast of Nova Scotia +spread away, until it faded from view in the distance, while on the +other side the coast of New Brunswick extended. Between the schooner +and this latter coast a long cape projected, while immediately in front +arose a lofty island of rock, whose summit was crowned with trees. + +"What island is that?" asked Tom. + +"That," said Captain Corbet, "is Isle o' Holt." + +"I think I've heard it called Ile Haute," said Bart. + +"All the same," said Captain Corbet, "ony I believe it was named after +the man that diskivered it fust, an his name was Holt." + +"But it's a French name," said Tom; "Ile Haute means high island." + +"Wal, mebbe he was a Frenchman," said Captain Corbet. "I won't +argufy--I dare say he was. There used to be a heap o' Frenchmen about +these parts, afore we got red of 'em." + +"It's a black, gloomy, dismal, and wretched-looking place," said Tom, +after some minutes of silent survey. + + + + +II. + +First Sight of a Place destined to be better known.--A Fog +Mill.--Navigation without Wind.--Fishing.--Boarding.--Under +Arrest.--Captain Corbet defiant.--The Revenue Officials frowned +down.--Corbet triumphant. + + +The Antelope had left the wharf at about seven in the morning. It was +now one o'clock. For the last two or three hours there had been but +little wind, and it was the tide which had carried her along. Drifting +on in this way, they had come to within a mile of Ile Haute, and had an +opportunity of inspecting the place which Tom had declared to be so +gloomy. In truth, Tom's judgment was not undeserved. Ile Haute arose +like a solid, unbroken rock out of the deep waters of the Bay of Fundy, +its sides precipitous, and scarred by tempest, and shattered by frost. +On its summit were trees, at its base lay masses of rock that had +fallen. The low tide disclosed here, as at the base of Blomidon, a +vast growth of black sea-weed, which covered all that rocky shore. The +upper end of the island, which was nearest them, was lower, however, +and went down sloping to the shore, forming a place where a landing +could easily be effected. From this shore mud flats extended into the +water. + +"This end looks as though it had been cleared," said Bart. + +"I believe it was," said the captain. + +"Does anybody live here?" + +"No." + +"Did any one ever live here?" + +"Yes, once, some one tried it, I believe, but gave it up." + +"Does it belong to anybody, or is it public property?" + +"O, I dare say it belongs to somebody, if you could only get him to +claim it." + +"I say, captain," said Bruce, "how much longer are we going to drift?" + +"O, not much longer. The tide's about on the turn, and we'll have a +leetle change." + +"What! will we drift back again?" + +"O, I shouldn't wonder if we had a leetle wind afore long." + +"But if we don't, will we drift back again into the Basin of Minas?" + +"O, dear, no. We can anchor hereabouts somewhar." + +"You won't anchor by this island,--will you?" + +"O, dear, no. We'll have a leetle driftin first." As the captain +spoke, he looked earnestly out upon the water. + +"Thar she comes," he cried at last, pointing over the water. The boys +looked, and saw the surface of the bay all rippled over. They knew the +signs of wind, and waited for the result. Soon a faint puff came up +the bay, which filled the languid sails, and another puff came up more +strongly, and yet another, until at length a moderate breeze was +blowing. The tide no longer dragged them on. It was on the turn; and +as the vessel caught the wind, it yielded to the impetus, and moved +through the water, heading across the bay towards the New Brunswick +shore, in such a line as to pass near to that cape which has already +been spoken of. + +"If the wind holds out," said Captain Corbet, "so as to carry us past +Cape d'Or, we can drift up with this tide." + +"Where's Cape d'Or?" + +"That there," said Captain Corbet, pointing to the long cape which +stretched between them and the New Brunswick shore. "An if it goes +down, an we can't get by the cape, we'll be able, at any rate, to drop +anchor there, an hold on till the next tide." + +The returning tide, and the fresh breeze that blew now, bore them +onward rapidly, and they soon approached Cape d'Or. They saw that it +terminated in a rocky cliff, with rocky edges jutting forth, and that +all the country adjoining was wild and rugged. But the wind, having +done this much for them, now began to seem tired of favoring them, and +once more fell off. + +"I don't like this," said Captain Corbet, looking around. + +"What?" + +"All this here," said he, pointing to the shore. + +It was about a mile away, and the schooner, borne along now by the +tide, was slowly drifting on to an unpleasant proximity to the rocky +shore. + +"I guess we've got to anchor," said Captain Corbet; "there's no help +for it." + +"To anchor?" said Bruce, in a tone of disappointment. + +"Yes, anchor; we've got to do it," repeated the captain, in a decided +tone. The boys saw that there was no help for it, for the vessel was +every moment drawing in closer to the rocks; and though it would not +have been very dangerous for her to run ashore in that calm water, yet +it would not have been pleasant. So they suppressed their +disappointment, and in a few minutes the anchor was down, and the +schooner's progress was stopped. + +"Thar's one secret," said the captain, "of navigatin in these here +waters, an that is, to use your anchor. My last anchor I used for nigh +on thirty year, till it got cracked. I mayn't be much on land, but put +me anywhars on old Fundy, an I'm to hum. I know every current on these +here waters, an can foller my nose through the thickest fog that they +ever ground out at old Manan." + +"What's that?" asked Bart. "What did you say about grinding out fog?" + +"O, nothin, ony thar's an island down the bay, you know, called Grand +Manan, an seafarin men say that they've got a fog mill down thar, whar +they grind out all the fog for the Bay of Fundy. I can't say as ever +I've seen that thar mill, but I've allus found the fog so mighty thick +down thar that I think thar's a good deal in the story." + +"I suppose we'll lose this tide," said Phil. + +"Yes, I'm afeard so," said the captain, looking around over the water. +"This here wind ain't much, any way; you never can reckon on winds in +this bay. I don't care much about them. I'd a most just as soon go +about the bay without sails as with them. What I brag on is the tides, +an a jodgmatical use of the anchor." + +"You're not in earnest?" + +"Course I am." + +"Could you get to St. John from Grand Pre without sails?" + +"Course I could." + +"I don't see how you could manage to do it." + +"Do it? Easy enough," said the captain. "You see I'd leave with the +ebb tide, and get out into the bay. Then I'd anchor an wait till the +next ebb, an so on. Bless your hearts, I've often done it." + +"But you couldn't get across the bay by drifting." + +"Course I could. I'd work my way by short drifts over as far as this, +an then I'd gradually move along till I kine o' canted over to the New +Brunswick shore. It takes time to do it, course it does; but what I +mean to say is this--it CAN be done." + +"Well, I wouldn't like to be on board while you were trying to do it." + +"Mebbe not. I ain't invitin you to do it, either. All I was sayin is, +it CAN be done. Sails air very good in their way, course they air, an +who's objectin to 'em? I'm only sayin that in this here bay thar's +things that's more important than sails, by a long chalk--such as +tides, an anchors in particular. Give me them thar, an I don't care a +hooter what wind thar is." + +Lying thus at anchor, under the hot sun, was soon found to be rather +dull, and the boys sought in vain for some way of passing the time. +Different amusements were invented for the occasion. The first +amusement consisted in paper boats, with which they ran races, and the +drift of these frail vessels over the water afforded some excitement. +Then they made wooden boats with huge paper sails. In this last Bart +showed a superiority to the others; for, by means of a piece of iron +hoop, which he inserted as a keel, he produced a boat which was able to +carry an immense press of sail, and in the faint and scarce perceptible +breeze, easily distanced the others. This accomplishment Bart owed to +his training in a seaport town. + +At length one of them proposed that they should try to catch fish. +Captain Corbet, in answer to their eager inquiries, informed them that +there were fish everywhere about the bay; on learning which they became +eager to try their skill. Some herring were on board, forming part of +the stores, and these were taken for bait. Among the miscellaneous +contents of the cabin a few hooks were found, which were somewhat +rusty, it is true, yet still good enough for the purpose before them. +Lines, of course, were easily procured, and soon a half dozen baited +hooks were down in the water, while a half dozen boys, eager with +suspense, watched the surface of the water. + +For a half hour they held their lines suspended without any result; but +at the end of that time, a cry from Phil roused them, and on looking +round they saw him clinging with all his might to his line, which was +tugged at tightly by something in the water. Bruce ran to help him, +and soon their united efforts succeeded in landing on the deck of the +vessel a codfish of very respectable size. The sight of this was +greeted with cheers by the others, and served to stimulate them to +their work. + +After this others were caught, and before half an hour more some twenty +codfish, of various sizes, lay about the deck, as trophies of their +piscatory skill. They were now more excited than ever, and all had +their hooks in the water, and were waiting eagerly for a bite, when an +exclamation from Captain Corbet roused them. + +On turning their heads, and looking in the direction where he was +pointing, they saw a steamboat approaching them. It was coming from +the head of the bay on the New Brunswick side, and had hitherto been +concealed by the projecting cape. + +"What's that?" said Bart. "Is it the St. John steamer?" + +"No, SIR," said the captain. "She's a man-o'-war steamer--the revenoo +cutter, I do believe." + +"How do you know?" + +"Why, by her shape." + +"She seems to be coming this way." + +"Yes, bound to Minas Bay, I s'pose. Wal, wal, wal! strange too,--how +singoolarly calm an onterrified I feel in'ardly. Why, boys, I've seen +the time when the sight of a approachin revenoo vessel would make me +shiver an shake from stem to starn. But now how changed! Such, my +friends, is the mootability of human life!" + +The boys looked at the steamer for a few moments, but at length went +back to their fishing. The approaching steamer had nothing in it to +excite curiosity: such an object was too familiar to withdraw their +thoughts from the excitement of their lines and hooks, and the hope +which each had of surpassing the other in the number of catches +animated them to new trials. So they soon forgot all about the +approaching steamer. + +But Captain Corbet had nothing else to do, and so, whether it was on +account of his lack of employment, or because of the sake of old +associations, he kept his eyes fixed on the steamer. Time passed on, +and in the space of another half hour she had drawn very near to the +Antelope. + +Suddenly Captain Corbet slapped his hand against his thigh. + +"Declar, if they ain't a goin to overhaul us!" he cried. + +At this the boys all turned again to look at the steamer. + +"Declar, if that fellow in the gold hat ain't a squintin at us through +his spy-glass!" cried the captain. + +As the boys looked, they saw that the Antelope had become an object of +singular attention and interest to those on board of the steamer. Men +were on the forecastle, others on the main deck, the officers were on +the quarter-deck, and all were earnestly scrutinizing the Antelope. +One of them was looking at her through his glass. The Antelope, as she +lay at anchor, was now turned with her stern towards the steamer, and +her sails flapping idly against the masts. In a few moments the +paddles of the steamer stopped, and at the same instant a gun was fired. + +"Highly honored, kind sir," said Captain Corbet, with a grin. + +"What's the matter?" asked Bart. + +"Matter? Why that thar steamer feels kine o' interested in us, an that +thar gun means, HEAVE TO." + +"Are you going to heave to?" + +"Nary heave." + +"Why not?" + +"Can't come it no how; cos why, I'm hove to, with the anchor hard and +fast, ony they can't see that we're anchored." + +Suddenly a cry came over the water from a man on the quarter-deck. + +"Ship aho-o-o-o-o-oy!" + +"Hel-lo-o-o-o-o!" + +Such was the informal reply of Captain Corbet. + +"Heave to-o-o-o, till I send a boat aboard." + +"Hoo-r-a-a-a-a-ay!" + +Such was again Captain Corbet's cheerful and informal answer. + +"Wal! wal wal!" he exclaimed, "it does beat my grandmother--they're +goin to send a boat aboard." + +"What for?" + +Captain Corbet grinned, and shook his head, and chuckled very +vehemently, but said nothing. He appeared to be excessively amused +with his own thoughts. The boys looked at the steamer, and then at +Captain Corbet, in some wonder; but as he said nothing, they were +silent, and waited to see what was going to happen. Meanwhile Solomon, +roused from some mysterious culinary duties by the report of the gun, +had scrambled upon the deck, and stood with the others looking out over +the water at the steamer. + +In a few moments the steamer's boat was launched, and a half dozen +sailors got in, followed by an officer. Then they put off, and rowed +with vigorous strokes towards the schooner. + +Captain Corbet watched the boat for some time in silence. + +"Cur'ouser an cur'ouser," he said, at length. "I've knowed the time, +boys, when sech an incident as this, on the briny deep, would have +fairly keeled me over, an made me moot, an riz every har o' my head; +but look at me now. Do I tremble? do I shake? Here, feel my pulse." + +Phil, who stood nearest, put his finger on the outstretched wrist of +the captain. + +"Doos it beat?" + +"No," said Phil. + +"Course it beats; but then it ony beats nateral. You ain't feelin the +right spot--the humane pulse not bein sitooated on the BACK of the +hand," he added mildly, "but here;" and he removed Phil's inexperienced +finger to the place where the pulse lies. "Thar, now," he added, "as +that pulse beats now, even so it beat a half hour ago, before that thar +steamer hev in sight. Why, boys, I've knowed the time when this humane +pulse bet like all possessed. You see, I've lived a life of adventoor, +in spite of my meek and quiet natoor, an hev dabbled at odd times in +the smugglin business. But they don't catch me this time--I've retired +from that thar, an the Antelope lets the revenoo rest in peace." + +The boat drew nearer and nearer, and the officer at the stern looked +scrutinizingly at the Antelope. There was an air of perplexity about +his face, which was very visible to those on board, and the perplexity +deepened and intensified as his eyes rested on the flag of the "B. O. +W. C." + +"Leave him to me," said Captain Corbet. "Leave that thar young man to +me. I enjy havin to do with a revenoo officer jest now; so don't go an +put in your oars, but jest leave him to me." + +"All right, captain; we won't say a word," said Bruce. "We'll go on +with our fishing quietly. Come, boys--look sharp, and down with your +lines." + +The interest which they had felt in these new proceedings had caused +the boys to pull up their hooks; but now, at Bruce's word, they put +them in the water once more, and resumed their fishing, only casting +sidelong glances at the approaching boat. + +In a few minutes the boat was alongside, and the officer leaped on +board. He looked all around, at the fish lying about the deck, at the +boys engaged in fishing, at Captain Corbet, at Solomon, at the +mysterious flag aloft, and finally at the boys. These all took no +notice of him, but appeared to be intent on their task. + +"What schooner is this?" he asked, abruptly. + +"The schooner Antelope, Corbet master," replied the captain. + +"Are you the master?" + +"I am." + +"Where do you belong?" + +"Grand Pre." + +"Grand Pre? + +"Yes." + +"Hm," he replied, with a stare around--"Grand Pre--ah---hm." + +"Yes, jest so." + +"What's that?" + +"I briefly remarked that it was jest so." + +"What's the reason you didn't lie to, when you were hailed?" + +"Lay to?" + +"Yes." + +"Couldn't do it." + +"What do you mean by that?" asked the officer, who was rather ireful, +and somewhat insulting in his manner. + +"Wal bein as I was anchored here hard an fast, I don't exactly see how +I could manage to go through that thar manoeuvre, unless you'd kindly +lend me the loan of your steam ingine to do it on." + +"Look here, old man; you'd better look out." + +"Wal, I dew try to keep a good lookout. How much'll you take for the +loan o' that spy-glass o' yourn?" + +"Let me see your papers." + +"Papers?" + +"Yes, your papers." + +"Hain't got none." + +"What's that?" + +"Hain't got none." + +"You--haven't--any--papers?" + +"Nary paper." + +The officer's brow grew dark. He looked around the vessel once more, +and then looked frowningly at Captain Corbet, who encountered his +glance with a serene smile. + +"Look here, old man," said he; "you can't come it over me. Your little +game's up, old fellow. This schooner's seized." + +"Seized? What for?" + +"For violation of the law, by fishing within the limits." + +"Limits? What limits?" + +"No foreign vessel can come within three miles of the shore." + +"Foreign vessel? Do you mean to call me a foreigner?" + +"Of course I do. You're a Yankee fisherman." + +"Am I?" + +"Of course you are; and what do you mean by that confounded rag up +there?" cried the officer, pointing to the flag of the "B. O. W. C." +"If you think you can fish in this style, you'll find yourself +mistaken. I know too much about this business." + +"Do you? Well, then, kind sir, allow me to mention that you've got +somethin to larn yet--spite o' your steam injines an spy-glasses." + +"What's that?" cried the officer, furious. "I'll let you know. I +arrest you, and this vessel is seized." + +"Wait a minute, young sir," cried Captain Corbet; "not QUITE so fast, +EF you please. You'll get YOURSELF arrested. What do you mean by this +here? Do you know who I am? I, sir, am a subject of Queen Victory. +My home is here. I'm now on my own natyve shore. A foreigner, am I? +Let me tell you, sir, that I was born, brung up, nourished, married, an +settled in this here province, an I've got an infant born here, an I'm +not a fisherman, an this ain't a fishin vessel. You arrest me ef you +dar. You'll see who'll get the wust of it in the long run. I'd like +precious well to get damages--yea, swingin damages--out of one of you +revenoo fellers." + +The officer looked around again. It would not do to make a mistake. +Captain Corbet's words were not without effect. + +"Yea!" cried Captain Corbet. "Yea, naval sir! I'm a free Nova Scotian +as free as a bird. I cruise about my natyve coasts whar I please. +Who's to hender? Seize me if you dar, an it'll be the dearest job you +ever tried. This here is my own private pleasure yacht. These are my +young friends, natyves, an amatoor fishermen. Cast your eye down into +yonder hold, and see if this here's a fishin craft." + +The officer looked down, and saw a cooking stove, trunks, and bedding. +He looked around in doubt. + +But this scene had lasted long enough. + +"O, nonsense!" said Bart, suddenly pulling up his line, and coming +forward; "see here--it's all right," said he to the officer. "We're not +fishermen. It's as he says. We're only out on a short cruise, you +know, for pleasure, and that sort of thing." + +As Bart turned, the others did the same. Bruce lounged up, dragging +his line, followed by Arthur and the others. + +"We're responsible for the schooner," said Bruce, quietly. "It's ours +for the time being. We don't look like foreign fishermen--do we?" + +The officer looked at the boys, and saw his mistake at once. He was +afraid that he had made himself ridiculous. The faces and manners of +the boys, as they stood confronting him in an easy and self-possessed +manner, showed most plainly the absurdity of his position. Even the +mysterious flag became intelligible, when he looked at the faces of +those over whom it floated. + +"I suppose it's all right," he muttered, in a vexed tone, and descended +into the boat without another word. + +"Sorry to have troubled you, captain," said Corbet, looking blandly +after the officer; "but it wan't my fault. I didn't have charge of +that thar injine." + +The officer turned his back without a word, and the men pulled off to +the steamer. + +The captain looked after the boat in silence for some time. + +"I'm sorry," said he, at length, as he heaved a gentle sigh,--"I'm +sorry that you put in your oars--I do SO like to sass a revonoo +officer." + + + + +III. + +Solomon surpasses himself.--A Period of Joy is generally followed by a +Time of Sorrow.--Gloomy Forebodings.--The Legend of Petticoat +Jack.--Captain Corbet discourses of the Dangers of the Deep, and puts +in Practice a new and original Mode of Navigation. + + +This interruption put an end to their attempts at fishing, and was +succeeded by another interruption of a more pleasing character, in the +shape of dinner, which was now loudly announced by Solomon. For some +time a savory steam had been issuing from the lower regions, and had +been wafted to their nostrils in successive puffs, until at last their +impatient appetite had been roused to the keenest point, and the +enticing fragrance had suggested all sorts of dishes. When at length +the summons came, and they went below, they found the dinner in every +way worthy of the occasion. Solomon's skill never was manifested more +conspicuously than on this occasion; and whether the repast was judged +of by the quantity or the quality of the dishes, it equally deserved to +be considered as one of the masterpieces of the distinguished artist +who had prepared it. + +"Dar, chil'en," he exclaimed, as they took their places, "dar, cap'en, +jes tas dem ar trout, to begin on, an see if you ever saw anythin to +beat 'em in all your born days. Den try de stew, den de meat pie, den +de calf's head; but dat ar pie down dar mustn't be touched, nor eben so +much as looked at, till de las ob all." + +And with these words Solomon stepped back, leaning both hands on his +hips, and surveyed the banquet and the company with a smile of serene +and ineffable complacency. + +"All right, Solomon, my son," said Bart. "Your dinner is like +yourself--unequalled and unapproachable." + +"Bless you, bless you, my friend," murmured Bruce, in the intervals of +eating; "if there is any contrast between this present voyage and +former ones, it is all due to our unequalled caterer." + +"How did you get the trout, Solomon?" said Phil. + +"De trout? O, I picked 'em up last night down in de village," said +Solomon. "Met little boy from Gaspereaux, an got 'em from him." + +"What's this?" cried Tom, opening a dish--"not lobster!" + +"Lobster!" exclaimed Phil. + +"So it is." + +"Why, Solomon, where did you get lobster?" + +"Is this the season for them?" + +"Think of the words of the poet, boys," said Bart, warningly,-- + + "In the months without the R, + Clams and lobsters pison are." + + +Solomon meanwhile stood apart, grinning from ear to ear, with his +little black beads of eyes twinkling with merriment. + +"Halo, Solomon! What do you say to lobsters in July?" + +Solomon's head wagged up and down, as though he were indulging in some +quiet, unobtrusive laughter, and it was some time before he replied. + +"O, neber you fear, chil'en," he said; "ef you're only goin to get sick +from lobsters, you'll live a long day. You may go in for clams, an +lobsters, an oysters any time ob de yeah you like,--ony dey mus be +cooked up proper." + +"I'm gratified to hear that," said Bruce, gravely, "but at the same +time puzzled. For Mrs. Pratt says the exact opposite; and so here we +have two great authorities in direct opposition. So what are we to +think?" + +"O, there's no difficulty," said Arthur, "for the doctors are not of +equal authority. Mrs. Pratt is a quack, but Solomon is a +professional--a regular, natural, artistic, and scientific cook, which +at sea is the same as doctor." + +The dinner was prolonged to an extent commensurate with its own +inherent excellence and the capacity of the boys to appreciate it; but +at length, like all things mortal, it came to a termination, and the +company went up once more to the deck. On looking round it was evident +to all that a change had taken place. + +Four miles away lay Ile Haute, and eight or ten miles beyond this lay +the long line of Nova Scotia. It was now about four o'clock, and the +tide had been rising for three hours, and was flowing up rapidly, and +in a full, strong current. As yet there was no wind, and the broad +surface of the bay was quite smooth and unruffled. In the distance and +far down the bay, where its waters joined the horizon, there was a kind +of haze, that rendered the line of separation between sea and sky very +indistinct. The coast of Nova Scotia was at once enlarged and +obscured. It seemed now elevated to an unusual height above the sea +line, as though it had been suddenly brought several miles nearer, and +yet, instead of being more distinct, was actually more obscure. Even +Ile Haute, though so near, did not escape. Four miles of distance were +not sufficient to give it that grand indistinctness which was now flung +over the Nova Scotia coast; yet much of the mysterious effect of the +haze had gathered about the island; its lofty cliffs seemed to tower on +high more majestically, and to lean over more frowningly; its fringe of +black sea-weed below seemed blacker, while the general hue of the +island had changed from a reddish color to one of a dull slaty blue. + +"I don't like this," said Captain Corbet, looking down the bay and +twisting up his face as he looked. + +"Why not?" + +Captain Corbet shook his head. + +"What's the matter?" + +"Bad, bad, bad!" said the captain. + +"Is there going to be a storm?" + +"Wuss!" + +"Worse? What?" + +"Fog." + +"Fog?" + +"Yes, hot an heavy, thick as puddin, an no mistake. I tell you what it +is, boys: judgin from what I see, they've got a bran-new steam injine +into that thar fog mill at Grand Manan; an the way they're goin to +grind out the fog this here night is a caution to mariners." + +Saying this, he took off his hat, and holding it in one hand, he +scratched his venerable head long and thoughtfully with the other. + +"But I don't see any fog as yet," said Bart. + +"Don't see it? Wal, what d'ye call all that?" said the captain, giving +a grand comprehensive sweep with his arm, so as to take in the entire +scene. + +"Why, it's clear enough." + +"Clear? Then let me tell you that when you see a atmosphere like this +here, then you may expect to see it any moment changed into deep, thick +fog. Any moment--five minutes 'll be enough to snatch everything from +sight, and bury us all in the middle of a unyversal fog bank." + +"What'll we do?" + +"Dew? That's jest the question." + +"Can we go on?" + +"Wal--without wind--I don't exactly see how. In a fog a wind is not +without its advantages. That's one of the times when the old Antelope +likes to have her sails up; but as we hain't got no wind, I don't think +we'll do much." + +"Will you stay here at anchor?" + +"At anchor? Course not. No, sir. Moment the tide falls again, I'll +drift down so as to clear that pint there,--Cape Chignecto,--then +anchor; then hold on till tide rises; and then drift up. Mebbe before +that the wind 'll spring up, an give us a lift somehow up the bay." + +"How long before the tide will turn?" + +"Wal, it'll be high tide at about a quarter to eight this evenin, I +calc'late." + +"You'll drift in the night, I suppose." + +"Why not?" + +"O, I didn't know but what the fog and the night together might be too +much for you." + +"Too much? Not a bit of it. Fog, and night, and snow-storms, an tide +dead agin me, an a lee shore, are circumstances that the Antelope has +met over an over, an fit down. As to foggy nights, when it's as calm +as this, why, they're not wuth considerin." + +Captain Corbet's prognostication as to the fog proved to be correct. +It was only for a short time that they were allowed to stare at the +magnified proportions of the Nova Scotia coast and Ile Haute. Then a +change took place which attracted all their attention. + +The change was first perceptible down the bay. It was first made +manifest by the rapid appearance of a thin gray cloud along the +horizon, which seemed to take in both sea and sky, and absorbed into +itself the outlines of both. At the same time, the coast of Nova +Scotia grew more obscure, though it lost none of its magnified +proportions, while the slaty blue of Ile Haute changed to a grayer +shade. + +This change was rapid, and was followed by other changes. The thin +gray cloud, along the south-west horizon, down the bay, gradually +enlarged itself; till it grew to larger and loftier proportions. In a +quarter of an hour it had risen to the dimensions of the Nova Scotia +coast. In a half an hour it was towering to double that height. In an +hour its lofty crest had ascended far up into the sky. + +"It's a comin," said Captain Corbet. "I knowed it. Grind away, you +old fog mill! Pile on the steam, you Grand Mananers!" + +"Is there any wind down there?" + +"Not a hooter." + +"Is the fog coming up without any wind?" + +"Course it is. What does the fog want of wind?" + +"I thought it was the wind that brought it along." + +"Bless your heart, the fog takes care of itself. The wind isn't a bit +necessary. It kine o' pervades the hull atmosphere, an rolls itself on +an on till all creation is overspread. Why, I've seen everything +changed from bright sunshine to the thickest kind of fog in fifteen +minutes,--yea, more,--and in five minutes." + +Even while they were speaking the fog rolled on, the vast accumulation +of mist rose higher and yet higher, and appeared to draw nearer with +immense rapidity. It seemed as though the whole atmosphere was +gradually becoming condensed, and precipitating its invisible watery +vapor so as to make it visible in far-extending fog banks. It was not +wind, therefore, that brought on the clouds, for the surface of the +water was smooth and unruffled, but it was the character of the +atmosphere itself from which this change was wrought. And still, as +they looked at the approaching mist, the sky overhead was blue, and the +sun shone bright. But the gathering clouds seemed now to have gained a +greater headway, and came on more rapidly. In a few minutes the whole +outline of the Nova Scotia coast faded from view, and in its place +there appeared a lofty wall of dim gray cloud, which rose high in the +air, fading away into the faintest outline. Overhead, the blue sky +became rapidly more obscured; Ile Haute changed again from its grayish +blue to a lighter shade, and then became blended with the impenetrable +fog that was fast enclosing all things; and finally the clouds grew +nearer, till the land nearest them was snatched from view, and all +around was alike shrouded under the universal veil; nothing whatever +was visible. For a hundred yards, or so, around them, they could see +the surface of the water; but beyond this narrow circle, nothing more +could be discerned. + +"It's a very pooty fog," said Captain Corbet, "an I only wonder that +there ain't any wind. If it should come, it'll be all right." + +"You intend, then, to go on just the same." + +"Jest the same as ef the sky was clear. I will up anchor as the tide +begins to fall, an git a good piece down, so as to dodge Cape +Chegnecto, an there wait for the rising tide, an jest the same as ef +the sun was shinin. But we can't start till eight o'clock this evenin. +Anyhow, you needn't trouble yourselves a mite. You may all go to +sleep, an dream that the silver moon is guidin the traveller on the +briny deep." + +The scene now was too monotonous to attract attention, and the boys +once more sought for some mode of passing the time. Nothing appeared +so enticing as their former occupation of fishing, and to this they +again turned their attention. In this employment the time passed away +rapidly until the summons was given for tea. Around the festive board, +which was again prepared by Solomon with his usual success, they +lingered long, and at length, when they arose, the tide was high. It +was now about eight o'clock in the evening, and Captain Corbet was all +ready to start. As the tide was now beginning to turn, and was on the +ebb, the anchor was raised, and the schooner, yielding to the pressure +of the current, moved away from her anchorage ground. It was still +thick, and darkness also was coming on. Not a thing could be +discerned, and by looking at the water, which moved with the schooner, +it did not seem as though any motion was made. + +"That's all your blindness," said the captain, as they mentioned it to +him. "You can't see anything but the water, an as it is movin with us, +it doesn't seem as though we were movin. But we air, notwithstandin, +an pooty quick too. I'll take two hours' drift before stoppin, so as +to make sure. I calc'late about that time to get to a place whar I can +hit the current that'll take me, with the risin tide, up to old +Petticoat Jack." + +"By the way, captain," said Phil, "what do you seafaring men believe +about the origin of that name--Petitcodiac? Is it Indian or French?" + +"'Tain't neither," said Captain Corbet, decidedly. "It's good English; +it's 'Petticoat Jack;' an I've hearn tell a hundred times about its +original deryvation. You see, in the old French war, there was an +English spy among the French, that dressed hisself up as a woman, an +was familiarly known, among the British generals an others that emply'd +him, as 'Petticoat Jack.' He did much to contriboot to the defeat of +the French; an arter they were licked, the first settlers that went up +thar called the place, in honor of their benefacture, 'Petticoat Jack;' +an it's bore that name ever sence. An people that think it's French, +or Injine, or Greek, or Hebrew, or any other outlandish tongue, don't +know what they're talkin about. Now, I KNOW, an I assure you what I've +ben a sayin's the gospel terewth, for I had it of an old seafarin man +that's sailed this bay for more'n forty year, an if he ain't good +authority, then I'd like to know who is--that's all." + +At this explanation of the etymology of the disputed term, the boys +were silent, and exchanged glances of admiration. + +It was some minutes after eight when they left their anchorage, and +began to drift once more. There was no moon, and the night would have +been dark in any case, but now the fog rendered all things still more +obscure. It had also grown much thicker than it had been. At first it +was composed of light vapors, which surrounded them on all sides, it is +true, but yet did not have that dampness which might have been +expected. It was a light, dry fog, and for two or three hours the +deck, and rigging, and the clothes of those on board remained quite +dry. But now, as the darkness increased, the fog became denser, and +was more surcharged with heavy vapors. Soon the deck looked as though +it had received a shower of rain, and the clothes of those on board +began to be penetrated with the chill damp. + +"It's very dark, captain," said Bruce, at last, as the boys stood near +the stern. + +"Dradful dark," said the captain, thoughtfully. + +"Have you really a good idea of where we are?" + +"An idee? Why, if I had a chart,--which I haven't, cos I've got it all +mapped out in my head,--but if I had one, I could take my finger an +pint the exact spot where we are a driftin this blessed minute." + +"You're going straight down the bay, I suppose." + +"Right--yea, I am; I'm goin straight down; but I hope an trust, an +what's more, I believe, I am taking a kine o' cant over nigher the New +Brunswick shore." + +"How long will we drift?" + +"Wal, for about two hours--darsn't drift longer; an besides, don't want +to." + +"Why not?" + +"Darsn't. Thar's a place down thar that every vessel on this here bay +steers clear of, an every navigator feels dreadful shy of." + +"What place is that?" + +"Quaco Ledge," said Captain Corbet, in a solemn tone. "We'll get as +near it as is safe this night, an p'aps a leetle nearer; but, then, the +water's so calm and still, that it won't make any difference--in fact, +it wouldn't matter a great deal if we came up close to it." + +"Quaco Ledge?" said Bruce. "I've heard of that." + +"Heard of it? I should rayther hope you had. Who hasn't? It's the +one great, gen'ral, an standin terror of this dangerous and iron-bound +bay. There's no jokin, no nonsense about Quaco Ledge; mind I tell you." + +"Where does it lie?" asked Phil, after a pause. + +"Wal, do you know whar Quaco settlement is?" + +"Yes." + +"Wal, Quaco Ledge is nigh about half way between Quaco settlement and +Ile Haute, bein a'most in the middle of the bay, an in a terrible +dangerous place for coasters, especially in a fog, or in a snow-storm. +Many's the vessel that's gone an never heard of, that Quaco Ledge could +tell all about, if it could speak. You take a good snowstorm in this +Bay of Fundy, an let a schooner get lost in it, an not know whar she +is, an if Quaco Ledge don't bring her up all standin, then I'm a +Injine." + +"Is it a large place?" + +"Considerably too large for comfort," said the captain. "They've +sounded it, an found the whole shoal about three an a half mile long, +an a half a mile broad. It's all kivered over with water at high tide, +but at half tide it begins to show its nose, an at low tide you see as +pooty a shoal for shipwrecking as you may want; rayther low with +pleasant jagged rocks at the nothe-east side, an about a hundred yards +or so in extent. I've been nigh on to it in clear weather, but don't +want to be within five miles of it in a fog or in a storm. In a thick +night like this, I'll pull up before I get close." + +"You've never met with any accident there, I suppose." + +"Me? No, not me. I always calc'late to give Quaco Ledge the widest +kine o' berth. An I hope you'll never know anythin more about that +same place than what I'm tellin you now. The knowlege which one has +about that place, an places ginrally of that kine, comes better by +hearsay than from actool observation." + +Time passed on, and they still drifted, and at length ten o'clock came; +but before that time the boys had gone below, and retired for the +night. Shortly after, the rattle of the chains waked them all, and +informed them that the Antelope had anchored once more. + +After this they all fell asleep. + + + + +IV. + +In Clouds and Darkness.--A terrible Warning.--Nearly run down.--A +lively Place.--Bart encounters an old Acquaintance.--Launched into the +Deep.--Through the Country.--The Swift Tide.--The lost Boy. + + +The boys had not been asleep for more than two hours, when they were +awakened by an uproar on deck, and rousing themselves from sleep, they +heard the rattle of the chains and the crank of the windlass. As their +night attire was singularly simple, and consisted largely of the dress +which they wore by day, being the same, in fact, with the exception of +the hat, it was not long before they were up on deck, and making +inquiries as to the unusual noise. That the anchor was being hoisted +they already knew, but why it was they did not. + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "thar's a good sou-wester started up, an as +I had a few winks o' sleep, I jest thought I'd try to push on up the +bay, an get as far as I could. If I'd ben in any other place than +this, I wouldn't hev minded, but I'd hev taken my snooze out; but I'm +too near Quaco Ledge by a good sight, an would rayther get further off. +The sou-wester'll take us up a considerable distance, an if it holds on +till arter the tide turns, I ask no more." + +Soon the anchor was up, and the Antelope spread her sails, and catching +the sou-wester, dashed through the water like a thing of life. + +"We're going along at a great rate, captain," said Bart. + +"Beggin your pardon, young sir, we're not doin much. The tide here +runs four knots agin us--dead, an the wind can't take us more'n six, +which leaves a balance to our favor of two knots an hour, an that is +our present rate of progression. You see, at that rate we won't gain +more'n four or five miles before the turn o' tide. After that, we'll go +faster without any wind than we do now with a wind. O, there's nothin +like navigatin the Bay o' Fundy to make a man feel contempt for the +wind. Give me tides an anchors, I say, an I'll push along." + +The wind was blowing fresh, and the sea was rising, yet the fog seemed +thicker than ever. The boys thought that the wind might blow the fog +away, and hinted this to the captain. + +His only response was a long and emphatic whistle. + +"Whe-e-e-ew! what! Blow the fog away? This wind? Why, this wind +brings the fog. The sou-wester is the one wind that seafarin men dread +in the Bay of Fundy. About the wust kine of a storm is that thar very +identical wind blowin in these here very identical waters." + +Captain Corbet's words were confirmed by the appearance of sea and sky. +Outside was the very blackness of darkness. Nothing whatever was +visible. Sea and sky were alike hidden from view. The waves were +rising, and though they were not yet of any size, still they made noise +enough to suggest the idea of a considerable storm, and the wind, as it +whistled through the rigging, carried in its sound a menace which would +have been altogether wanting in a bright night. The boys all felt +convinced that a storm was rising, and looked forward to a dismal +experience of the pangs of seasickness. To fight this off now became +their chief aim, and with this intention they all hurried below once +more to their beds. + +But the water was not rough, the motion of the schooner was gentle, and +though there was much noise above, yet they did not notice any approach +of the dreaded sea-sickness, and so in a short time they all fell +asleep once more. + +But they were destined to have further interruptions. The interruption +came this time in a loud cry from Solomon, which waked them all at once. + +"Get up, chil'en! get up! It's all over!" + +"What, what!" cried the boys; "what's the matter?" and springing up in +the first moment of alarm, they stood listening. + +As they stood, there came to their ears the roaring of the wind through +the rigging, the flapping of the sails, the dashing and roaring of the +waters, in the midst of which there came also a shrill, penetrating +sound, which seemed almost overhead--the sound of some steam whistle. + +"Dar, dar!" cried Solomon, in a tone of deadly fear. "It's a comin! I +knowed it. We're all lost an gone. It's a steamer. We're all run down +an drownded." + +Without a word of response, the boys once more clambered on deck. All +was as dark as before, the fog as thick, the scene around as +impenetrable, the wind as strong. From a distance there came over the +water, as they listened, the rapid beat of a steamboat's paddles, and +soon there arose again the long, shrill yell of the steam whistle. +They looked all around, but saw no sign of any steamer; nor could they +tell exactly in which direction the sound arose. One thought it came +from one side, another thought it came from the opposite quarter, while +the others differed from these. As for Captain Corbet, he said nothing, +while the boys were expressing their opinions loudly and confidently. + +At last Bart appealed to Captain Corbet. + +"Where is the steamer?" + +"Down thar," said the captain, waving his hand over the stern. + +"What steamer is it? the revenue steamer?" + +"Not her. That revenoo steamer is up to Windsor by this time. No; this +is the St. John steamer coming up the bay, an I ony wish she'd take us +an give us a tow up." + +"She seems to be close by." + +"She is close by." + +"Isn't there some danger that we'll be run down?" + +As those words were spoken, another yell, louder, shriller, and nearer +than before, burst upon their ears. It seemed to be close astern. The +beat of the paddles was also near them. + +"Pooty close!" said the captain. + +"Isn't there some danger that we'll be run down?" + +To this question, thus anxiously repeated, the captain answered +slowly,-- + +"Wal, thar may be, an then again thar mayn't. Ef a man tries to dodge +every possible danger in life, he'll have a precious hard time of it. +Why, men air killed in walkin the streets, or knocked over by +sun-strokes, as well as run down at sea. So what air we to do? Do? +Why, I jest do what I've allus ben a doin; I jest keep right straight +on my own course, and mind my own biz. Ten chances to one they'll +never come nigh us. I've heard steamers howlin round me like all +possessed, but I've never ben run down yet, an I ain't goin to be at my +time o' life. I don't blieve you'll see a sign o' that thar steamer. +You'll only hear her yellin--that's all." + +As he spoke another yell sounded. + +"She's a passin us, over thar," said the captain, waving his hand over +the side. "Her whistle'll contenoo fainter till it stops. So you +better go below and take your sleep out." + +The boys waited a little longer, and hearing the next whistle sounding +fainter, as Captain Corbet said, they followed his advice, and were +soon asleep, as before. + +This time there was no further interruption, and they did not wake till +about eight in the morning, when they were summoned to breakfast by +Solomon. + +On reaching the deck and looking around, a cry of joy went forth from +all. The fog was no longer to be seen, no longer did there extend +around them the wall of gloomy gray, shutting out all things with its +misty folds. No longer was the broad bay visible. They found +themselves now in a wide river, whose muddy waters bore them slowly +along. On one side was a shore, close by them, well wooded in some +places, and in others well cultivated, while on the other side was +another shore, equally fertile, extending far along. + +"Here we air," cried Captain Corbet. "That wind served us well. We've +had a fust-rate run. I calc'lated we'd be three or four days, but +instead of that we've walked over in twenty-four hours. Good agin!" + +"Will we be able to land at Moncton soon?" + +"Wal, no; not till the next tide." + +"Why not?" + +"Wal, this tide won't last long enough to carry us up thar, an so we'll +have to wait here. This is the best place thar is." + +"What place is this?" + +"Hillsborough." + +"Hillsborough?" + +"Yes. Do you see that thar pint?" and Captain Corbet waved his arm +towards a high, well-wooded promontory that jutted out into the river. + +"Yes." + +"Wal, I'm goin in behind that, and I'll wait thar till the tide turns. +We'll get up to Moncton some time before evenin." + +In a few minutes the Antelope was heading towards the promontory; and +soon she passed it, and advanced towards the shore. On passing the +promontory a sight appeared which at once attracted the whole attention +of the boys. + +Immediately in front of them, in the sheltered place which was formed +by the promontory, was a little settlement, and on the bank of the +river was a ship-yard. Here there arose the stately outline of a large +ship. Her lower masts were in, she was decorated with flags and +streamers, and a large crowd was assembled in the yard around her. + +"There's going to be a launch!" cried Bart, to whom a scene like this +was familiar. + +"A launch!" cried Bruce. "Hurrah! We'll be able to see it. I've +never seen one in my life. Now's the time." + +"Can't we get ashore?" said Arthur. + +"Of course," said Phil; "and perhaps they'll let us go on board and be +launched in her." + +The very mention of such a thing increased the general excitement. +Captain Corbet was at once appealed to. + +"O, thar's lots of time," said he. "Tain't quite high tide yet. You'll +have time to get ashore before she moves. Hullo, Wade! Whar's that +oar?" + +The boys were all full of the wildest excitement, in the midst of which +Solomon appeared with the announcement that breakfast was waiting. + +To which Bart replied,-- + +"O, bother breakfast!" + +"I don't want any," said Bruce. + +"I have no appetite," said Arthur. + +"Nor I," said Pat. + +"I want to be on board that ship," said Phil. + +"We can easily eat breakfast afterwards," said Tom. + +At this manifest neglect of his cooking, poor Solomon looked quite +heart-broken; but Captain Corbet told him that he might bring the +things ashore, and this in some measure assuaged his grief. + +It did not take long to get ready. The oar was flung on board the +boat, which had thus far been floating behind the schooner; and though +the boat had a little too much water on board to be comfortable, yet no +complaints were made, and in a few minutes they were landed. + +"How much time have we yet?" asked Bart, "before high tide?" + +"O, you've got fifteen or twenty minutes," said Captain Corbet. + +"Hurrah, boys! Come along," said Bart; and leading the way, he went +straight to the office. + +As he approached it he uttered suddenly a cry of joy. + +"What's the matter, Bart?" + +Bart said nothing, but hurried forward, and the astonished boys saw him +shaking hands very vigorously with a gentleman who seemed like the +chief man on the place. He was an old acquaintance, evidently. In a +few minutes all was explained. As the boys came up, Bart introduced +them as his friends, and they were all warmly greeted; after which the +gentleman said,-- + +"Why, what a crowd of you there is! Follow me, now. There's plenty of +room for you, I imagine, in a ship of fifteen hundred tons; and you've +just come in time." + +With these words he hurried off, followed by all the boys. He led the +way up an inclined plane which ran up to the bows of the ship, and on +reaching this place they went along a staging, and finally, coming to a +ladder, they clambered up, and found themselves on the deck of the ship. + +"I must leave you now, Bart, my boy," said the gentleman; "you go to +the quarter-deck and take care of yourselves. I must go down again." + +"Who in the world is he, Bart?" asked the boys, as they all stood on +the quarter-deck. + +"Was there ever such luck!" cried Bart, joyously. "This is the ship +Sylph, and that is Mr. Watson, and he has built this ship for my +father. Isn't it odd that we should come to this place at this +particular time?" + +"Why, it's as good as a play." + +"Of course it is. I've known Mr. Watson all my life, and he's one of +the best men I ever met with. He was as glad to see me as I was to see +him." + +But now the boys stopped talking, for the scene around them began to +grow exciting. In front of them was the settlement, and in the yard +below was a crowd who had assembled to see the launch. Behind them was +the broad expanse of the Petitcodiac River, beyond which lay the +opposite shore, which went back till it terminated in wooded hills. +Overhead arose the masts, adorned with a hundred flags and streamers. +The deck showed a steep slope from bow to stern. But the scene around +was nothing, compared with the excitement of suspense, and expectation. +In a few minutes the hammers were to sound. In a few minutes the +mighty fabric on which they were standing would move, and take its +plunge into the water. + +The suspense made them hold their breath, and wait in perfect silence. + +Around them were a few men, who were talking in a commonplace way. They +were accustomed to launches, and an incident like this was as nothing +in their lives, though to the boys it was sufficient to make their +hearts throb violently, and deprive them of the power of speech. + +A few minutes passed. + +"We ought to start soon," said Bart, in a whisper; for there was +something in the scene which made them feel grave and solemn. + +The other boys nodded in silence. + +A few minutes more passed. + +Then there arose a cry. + +And then suddenly there came to their excited ears the rattle of a +hundred hammers. Stroke after stroke, in quick succession, was dealt +upon the wedges, which thus raised the vast structure from her +resting-place. For a moment she stood motionless, and then-- + +Then with a slow motion, at first scarce perceptible, but which every +instant grew quicker, she moved down her ways, and plunged like +lightning into the water. The stern sank deep, then rose, and then the +ship darted through the water across the river. Then suddenly the +anchor was let go, and with the loud, sharp rattle of chains, rushed to +the bed of the river. With a slight jerk the ship stopped. + +The launch was over. + +A boat now came from the shore, bringing the builder, Mr. Watson; and +at the same time a steamer appeared, rounding a point up the river, and +approaching them. + +"Do you want to go to St. John, Bart?" + +"Not just yet, sir," said Bart. + +"Because if you do you can go down in the ship. The steamer is going +to take her in tow at once. But if you don't want to go, you may go +ashore in the boat. I'm sorry I can't stay here to show you the +country, my boy; but I have to go down in the ship, and at once, for we +can't lie here in the river, unless we want to be left high and dry at +low tide. So good by. Go to the house. Mrs. Watson'll make you +comfortable as long as you like; and if you want to take a drive you +may consider my horses your own." + +With these words he shook hands with all the boys for good by, and +after seeing them safely on board the boat, he waited for the steamer +which was to tow the Sylph down the bay. The boys then were rowed +ashore. By the time they landed, the steamer had reached the ship, a +stout cable was passed on board and secured, her anchor was weighed, +and then, borne on by steam, and by the tide, too, which had already +turned, the Sylph, in tow of the steamer, passed down the river, and +was soon out of sight. + +Bart then went to see Mrs. Watson, with all the boys. That lady, like +her husband, was an old acquaintance, and in the true spirit of +hospitality insisted on every one of them taking up their abode with +her for an indefinite period. Finding that they could not do this, she +prepared for them a bounteous breakfast, and then persuaded them to go +off for a drive through the country. This invitation they eagerly +accepted. + +Before starting, they encountered Captain Corbet. + +"Don't hurry back, boys," said he, "unless you very pertik'l'ry wish to +go up to Moncton by the arternoon tide. Don't mind me. I got several +things to occoopy me here." + +"What time could we start up river?" + +"Not before four." + +"O, we'll be back by that time." + +"Wal. Ony don't hurry back unless you like. I got to buy some +ship-bread, an I got to fix some things about the boat. It'll take +some time; so jest do as you like." + +Being thus left to their own devices, and feeling quite unlimited with +regard to time, the boys started off in two wagons, and took a long +drive through the country. The time passed quickly, and they enjoyed +themselves so much that they did not get back until dusk. + +"It's too late now, boys, to go up," said the captain, as he met them +on their return. "We've got to wait till next tide. It's nearly high +tide now." + +"All right, captain; it'll do just as well to go up river to-night." + +"Amen," said the captain. + +But now Mrs. Watson insisted on their staying to tea, and so it +happened that it was after nine o'clock before they were ready to go on +board the Antelope. Going down to the shore, they found the boat +ready, with some articles which Captain Corbet had procured. + +"I've been fixing the gunwales," said he; "an here's a box of +pilot-bread. We were gettin out of provisions, an I've got in a +supply, an I've bought a bit of an old sail that'll do for a jib. I'm +afeard thar won't be room for all of us. Some of you better stay +ashore, an I'll come back." + +"I'll wait," said Bart, taking his seat on a stick of timber. + +"An I'll wait, too," said Bruce. + +The other boys objected in a friendly way, but Bart and Bruce insisted +on waiting, and so the boat at length started, leaving them behind. + +In a short time it reached the schooner. + +Captain Corbet secured the boat's painter to the stem, and threw the +oar on board. + +"Now, boys, one of you stay in the boat, an pass up them things to +me--will you?" + +"All right," said Tom. "I'll pass them up." + +On this Captain Corbet got on board the schooner, followed by Arthur, +and Phil, and Pat. Tom waited in the boat. + +"Now," said Captain Corbet, "lift up that thar box of pilot-bread fust. +'Tain't heavy. We'll get these things out afore we go ashore for the +others." + +"All right," said Tom. + +He stooped, and took the box of biscuit in his arms. + +At that time the tide was running down very fast, and the boat, caught +by the tide, was forced out from the schooner with such a pressure that +the rope was stiffened out straight. + +Tom made one step forward. The next instant he fell down in the bottom +of the boat, and those on board of the schooner who were looking at him +saw, to their horror, that the boat was sweeping away with the tide, +far down the river. + + + + +V. + +A Cry of Horror.--What shall we do?--Hard and fast.--Bart and +Bruce.--Gloomy Intelligence.--The Promontory.--The Bore of the +Petitcodiac.--A Night of Misery.--A mournful Waking.--Taking Counsel. + + +A cry of horror escaped those on board, and for some time they stood +silent in utter dismay. + +"The rope wasn't tied," groaned Arthur. + +"Yes, it was," said Captain Corbet; "it bruk; catch me not tyin it. It +bruk; see here!" and he held up in the dim light the end of the rope +which still was fastened to the schooner. "I didn't know it was +rotten," he moaned; "'tain't over ten year old, that bit o' rope, an +I've had it an used it a thousand times without its ever thinkin o' +breakin." + +"What can we do?" cried Arthur. "We must do something to save him." + +Captain Corbet shook his head. + +"We've got no boat," said he. + +"Boat! Who wants a boat?" + +"What can we do without a boat?" + +"Why, up anchor, and go after him with the schooner." + +"The schooner's hard and fast," said Captain Corbet, mournfully. + +"Hard and fast?" + +"Yes; don't you notice how she leans? It's only a little, but that's a +sign that her keel's in the mud." + +"I don't believe it! I won't believe it!" cried Arthur. "Come, boys, +up with the anchor." + +As the boys rushed to the windlass, Captain Corbet went there, too, +followed by the mate, and they worked at it for some time, until at +last the anchor rose to the surface. + +But the Antelope did not move. On the contrary, a still greater list +to one side, which was now unmistakable, showed that the captain was +right, and that she was actually, as he said, hard and fast. This fact +had to be recognized, but Arthur would not be satisfied until he had +actually seen the anchor, and then he knew that the vessel was really +aground. + +"Do you mean to say," he cried at last, "that there is nothing to be +done?" + +"I don't see," said Captain Corbet, "what thar is to be done till the +schewner muves." + +"When will that be?" + +"Not till to-morrow mornin." + +"How early?" + +"Not before eight o'clock." + +"Eight o'clock!" cried Arthur, in horror. + +"Yes, eight o'clock. You see we had to come in pooty nigh to the +shore, an it'll be eight o'clock before we're floated." + +"And what'll become of poor Tom?" groaned Arthur. + +"Wal," said the captain, "don't look on the wust. He may get ashore." + +"He has no oar. The oar was thrown aboard of the schooner." + +"Still he may be carried ashore." + +"Is there any chance?" + +"Wal, not much, to tell the truth. Thar's no use of buo-oyin of +ourselves up with false hopes; not a mite. Thar's a better chance of +his bein picked up. That thar's likely now, an not unnatooral. Let's +all don't give up. If thar's no fog outside, I'd say his chances air +good." + +"But it may be foggy." + +"Then, in that case, he'll have to drift a while--sure." + +"Then there's no hope." + +"Hope? Who's a sayin thar's no hope? Why, look here; he's got +provisions on board, an needn't starve; so if he does float for a day +or two, whar's the harm? He's sure to be picked up eventooally." + +At this moment their conversation was interrupted by a loud call from +the promontory. It was the voice of Bruce. + +While these events had been taking place on board the schooner, Bruce +and Bart had been ashore. At first they had waited patiently for the +return of the boat, but finally they wondered at her delay. They had +called, but the schooner was too far off to hear them. Then they waited +for what seemed to them an unreasonably long time, wondering what kept +the boat, until at length Bruce determined to try and get nearer. Burt +was to stay behind in case the boat should come ashore in his absence. +With this in view he had walked down the promontory until he had +reached the extreme point, and there he found himself within easy hail +of the Antelope. + +"Schooner ahoy!" he cried. + +"A-ho-o-o-o-y!" cried Captain Corbet. + +"Why don't you come and take us off?" he cried. + +After this there was silence for some time. At last Captain Corbet +shouted out,-- + +"The boat's lost." + +"What!" + +"The boat's adrift." + +Captain Corbet said nothing about Tom, from a desire to spare him for +the present. So Bruce thought that the empty boat had drifted off, and +as he had been prepared to hear of some accident, he was not much +surprised. + +But he was not to remain long in ignorance. In a few moments he heard +Arthur's voice. + +"Bruce!" + +"Hallo!" + +"The boat's gone." + +"All right." + +"TOM'S ADRIFT IN HER!" + +"What!" shouted Bruce. + +"TOM'S ADRIFT IN HER." + +At this appalling intelligence Bruce's heart seemed to stop beating. + +"How long?" he dried, after a pause. + +"Half an hour," cried Arthur. + +"Why don't you go after him?" cried Bruce again. + +"We're aground," cried Arthur. + +The whole situation was now explained, and Bruce was filled with his +own share of that dismay which prevailed on board of the schooner; for +a long time nothing more was said. At length Arthur's voice sounded +again. + +"Bruce!" + +"Hallo!" + +"Get a boat, and come aboard as soon as you can after the tide turns." + +"All right. How early will the tide suit?" + +"Eight o'clock." + +"Not before?" + +"No." + +After this nothing more was said. Bruce could see for himself that the +tide was falling, and that he would have to wait for the returning tide +before a boat could be launched. He waited for some time, full of +despair, and hesitating to return to Bart with his mournful +intelligence. At length he turned, and walked slowly back to his +friend. + +"Well, Bruce?" asked Bart, who by this time was sure that some accident +had happened. + +"The boat's adrift." + +"The boat!" + +"Yes; and what's worse, poor Tom!" + +"Tom!" cried Bart, in a horror of apprehension. + +"Yes, Tom's adrift in her." + +At this Bart said not a word, but stood for some time staring at Bruce +in utter dismay. + +A few words served to explain to Bart the situation of the schooner, +and the need of getting a boat. + +"Well," said Bart, "we'd better see about it at once. It's eleven +o'clock, but we'll find some people up; if not, we'll knock them up." + +And with these words the two lads walked up from the river bank. + +On reaching the houses attached to the shipyard, they found that most +of the people were up. There was a good deal of singing and laughter +going on, which the boys interpreted to arise from a desire to +celebrate the launching of the ship. They went first to Mrs. Watson's +house, where they found that good lady up. She listened to their story +with undisguised uneasiness, and afterwards called in a number of men, +to whom she told the sad news. These men listened to it with very +serious faces. + +"It's no joke," said one, shaking his head. The others said nothing, +but their faces spoke volumes. + +"What had we better do?" asked Bruce. + +"Of course ye'll be off as soon as ye can get off," said one. + +"The lad might have a chance," said another. "The return tide may +drift him back, but he may be carried too far down for that." + +"He'll be carried below Cape Chignecto unless he gets to the land," +said another. + +"Isn't there a chance that he'll be picked up?" asked Bart. + +The man to whom he spoke shook his head. + +"There's a deal of fog in the bay this night," said he. + +"Fog? Why, it's clear enough here." + +"So it is; but this place and the Bay of Fundy are two different +things." + +"A regular sou-wester out there," said another man. + +"An a pooty heavy sea by this time," said another. + +And in this way they all contributed to increase the anxiety of the two +boys, until at last scarce a ray of hope was left. + +"You'd better prepare yourselves for the worst," said one of the men. +"If he had an oar he would be all right; but, as it is--well, I don't +care about sayin what I think." + +"O, you're all too despondent," said Mrs. Watson. "What is the use of +looking on the dark side? Come, Bart, cheer up. I'll look on the +bright side. Hope for the best. Set out on the search with hope, and +a good heart. I'm confident that he will be safe. You will pick him +up yourselves, or else you will hear of his escape somewhere. I +remember two men, a few years ago, that went adrift and were saved." + +"Ay," said one of the men, "I mind that well. They were Tom Furlong +and Jim Spencer. But that there boat was a good-sized fishing boat; an +such a boat as that might ride out a gale." + +"Nonsense," said Mrs. Watson. "You're all a set of confirmed croakers. +Why, Bart, you've read enough shipwreck books to know that little boats +have floated in safety for hundreds of miles. So hope for the best; +don't be down-hearted. I'll send two or three men down now to get the +boat ready for you. You can't do anything till the morning, you know. +Won't you stay here? You had better go to bed at once." + +But Bart and Bruce could not think of bed. + +"Well, come back any time, and a bed will be ready for you," said Mrs. +Watson. "If you want to see about the boat now, the men are ready to +go with you." + +With those words she led the way out to the kitchen, where a couple of +men were waiting. Bart and Bruce followed them down to a boat-house on +the river bank, and saw the boat there which Mrs. Watson had offered +them. This boat could be launched at any time, and as there was +nothing more to be done, the boys strolled disconsolately about, and +finally went to the end of the promontory, and spent a long time +looking out over the water, and conversing sadly about poor Tom's +chances. + +There they sat late in the night, until midnight came, and so on into +the morning. At last the scene before them changed from a sheet of +water to a broad expanse of mud. The water had all retired, leaving +the bed of the river exposed. + +Of all the rivers that flow into the Bay of Fundy none is more +remarkable than the Petitcodiac. At high tide it is full--a mighty +stream; at low tide it is empty--a channel of mud forty miles long; and +the intervening periods are marked by the furious flow of ascending or +descending waters. + +And now, as the boys sat there looking out upon the expanse of mud +before them, they became aware of a dull, low, booming sound, that came +up from a far distant point, and seemed like the voice of many waters +sounding from the storm-vexed bay outside. There was no moon, but the +light was sufficient to enable them to see the exposed riverbed, far +over to the shadowy outline of the opposite shore. Here, where in the +morning a mighty ship had floated, nothing could now float; but the +noise that broke upon their ears told them of the return of the waters +that now were about to pour onward with resistless might into the empty +channel, and send successive waves far along into the heart of the land. + +"What is that noise?" asked Bruce. "It grows louder and louder." + +"That," said bart, "is the Bore of the Petitcodiac." + +"Have you ever seen it?" + +"Never. I've heard of it often, but have never seen it." + +But their words were interrupted now by the deepening thunder of the +approaching waters. Towards the quarter whence the sound arose they +turned their heads involuntarily. At first they could see nothing +through the gloom of night; but at length, as they strained their eyes +looking down the river, they saw in the distance a faint, white, +phosphorescent gleam, and as it appeared the roar grew louder, and +rounder, and more all-pervading. On it came, carrying with it the +hoarse cadence of some vast surf flung ashore from the workings of a +distant storm, or the thunder of some mighty cataract tumbling over a +rocky precipice. + +And now, as they looked, the white, phosphorescent glow grew brighter, +and then whiter, like snow; every minute it approached nearer, until at +last, full before them and beneath them, there rolled a giant wave, +extending across the bed of the river, crescent-shaped, with its convex +side advancing forwards, and its ends following after within short +distance from the shore. The great wave rolled on, one mass of +snow-white foam, behind which gleamed a broad line of phosphorescent +lustre from the agitated waters, which, in the gloom of night, had a +certain baleful radiance. As it passed on its path, the roar came up +more majestically from the foremost wave; and behind that came the roar +of other billows that followed in its wake. By daylight the scene +would have been grand and impressive; but now, amid the gloom, the +grandeur became indescribable. The force of those mighty waters seemed +indeed resistless, and it was with a feeling of relief that the boys +reflected that the schooner was out of the reach of its sweep. Its +passage was swift, and soon it had passed beyond them; and afar up the +river, long after it had passed from sight, they heard the distant +thunder of its mighty march. + +By the time the wave had passed, the boys found themselves excessively +weary with their long wakefulness. + +"Bart, my boy," said Bruce, "we must get some rest, or we won't be +worth anything to-morrow. What do you say? Shall we go back to Mrs. +Watson's?" + +"It's too late--isn't it?" + +"Well, it's pretty late, no doubt. I dare say it's half past two; but +that's all the more reason why we should go to bed." + +"Well." + +"What do you say? Do you think we had better disturb Mrs. Watson, or +not?" + +"O, no; let's go into the barn, and lie down in the hay." + +"Very well. Hay makes a capital bed. For my part, I could sleep on +stones." + +"So could I." + +"I'm determined to hope for the best about Tom," said Bruce, rising and +walking off, followed by Bart. "Mrs. Watson was right. There's no use +letting ourselves be downcast by a lot of croakers--is there?" + +"No," said Bart. + +The boys then walked on, and in a few minutes reached the ship-yard. + +Here a man came up to them. + +"We've been looking for you everywhere," said the man. "Mrs. Watson is +anxious about you." + +"Mrs. Watson?" + +"Yes. She won't go to bed till you get back to the house. There's +another man out for you, up the river." + +"O, I'm sorry we have given you all so much trouble," said Bart; "but +we didn't think that anybody would bother themselves about us." + +"Well, you don't know Mrs. Watson that's all," said the man, walking +along with them. "She's been a worrytin herself to death about you; +and the sooner she sees you, the better for her and for you." + +On reaching the house the boys were received by Mrs. Watson. One look +at her was enough to show them that the man's account of her was true. +Her face was pale, her manner was agitated, and her voice trembled as +she spoke to them, and asked them where they had been. + +Bart expressed sorrow at having been the cause of so much trouble, and +assured her he thought that she had gone to bed. + +"No," said she; "I've been too excited and agitated about your friend +and about you. But I'm glad that you've been found; and as it's too +late to talk now, you had better go to bed, and try to sleep." + +With these words she gently urged them to their bedroom; and the boys, +utterly worn out, did not attempt to withstand her. They went to bed, +and scarcely had their heads touched the pillows before they were fast +asleep. + +Meanwhile the boys on board the Antelope had been no less anxious; and, +unable to sleep, they had talked solemnly with each other over the +possible fate of poor Tom. Chafing from their forced inaction, they +looked impatiently upon the ebbing water, which was leaving them +aground, when they were longing to be floating on its bosom after their +friend, and could scarcely endure the thought of the suspense to which +they would be condemned while waiting for the following morning. + +Captain Corbet also was no less anxious, though much less agitated. He +acknowledged, with pain, that it was all his fault, but, appealed to +all the boys, one by one, asking them how he should know that the rope +was rotten. He informed them that the rope was an old favorite of his, +and that he would have willingly risked his life on it. He blamed +himself chiefly, however, for not staying in the boat himself, instead +of leaving Tom in it. To all his remarks the boys said but little, and +contented themselves with putting questions to him about the coast, the +tides, the wind, the currents, and the fog. + +The boys on board went to sleep about one o'clock, and waked at +sunrise. Then they watched the shore wistfully, and wondered why Bart +and Bruce did not make their appearance. But Bart and Bruce, worn out +by their long watch, did not wake till nearly eight o'clock. Then they +hastily dressed themselves, and after a very hurried breakfast they +bade good by to good Mrs. Watson. + +"I shall be dreadfully anxious about that poor boy," said she, sadly. +"Promise me to telegraph as soon as you can about the result." + +Bart promised. + +Then they hurried down to the beach. The tide was yet a considerable +distance out; but a half dozen stout fellows, whose sympathies were +fully enlisted in their favor, shoved the boat down over the mud, and +launched her. + +Then Bart and Bruce took the oars, and soon reached the schooner, where +the boys awaited their arrival in mournful silence. + + + + +VI. + +Tom adrift.--The receding Shores.--The Paddle.--The Roar of Surf--The +Fog Horn.--The Thunder of the unseen Breakers.--A Horror of great +Darkness.--Adrift in Fog and Night. + + +When the boat in which Tom was darted down the stream, he at first felt +paralyzed by utter terror; but at length rousing himself, he looked +around. As the boat drifted on, his first impulse was to stop it; and +in order to do this it was necessary to find an oar. The oar which +Captain Corbet had used to scull the boat to the schooner had been +thrown on board of the latter, so that the contents of the boat might +be passed up the more conveniently. Tom knew this, but he thought that +there might be another oar on board. A brief examination sufficed to +show him that there was nothing of the kind. A few loose articles lay +at the bottom; over these was the sail which Captain Corbet had bought +in the ship-yard, and on this was the box of pilot-bread. That was +all. There was not a sign of an oar, or a board, or anything of the +kind. + +No sooner had he found out this than he tried to tear off one of the +seats of the boat, in the hope of using this as a paddle. But the +seats were too firmly fixed to be loosened by his hands, and, after a +few frantic but ineffectual efforts, he gave up the attempt. + +But he could not so quickly give up his efforts to save himself. There +was the box of biscuit yet. Taking his knife from his pocket, he +succeeded in detaching the cover of the box, and then, using this as a +paddle, he sought with frantic efforts to force the boat nearer to the +shore. But the tide was running very swiftly, and the cover was only a +small bit of board, so that his efforts seemed to have but little +result. He did indeed succeed in turning the boat's head around; but +this act, which was not accomplished without the severest labor, did +not seem to bring her nearer to the shore to any perceptible extent. +What he sought to do was to achieve some definite motion to the boat, +which might drag her out of the grasp of the swift current; but that +was the very thing which he could not do, for so strong was that grasp, +and so swift was that current, that even an oar would have scarcely +accomplished what he wished. The bit of board, small, and thin, and +frail, and wielded with great difficulty and at a fearful disadvantage, +was almost useless. + +But, though he saw that he was accomplishing little or nothing, he +could not bring himself to give up this work. It seemed his only hope; +and so he labored on, sometimes working with both hands at the board, +sometimes plying his frail paddle with one hand, and using the other +hand at a vain endeavor to paddle in the water. In his desperation he +kept on, and thought that if he gained ever so little, still, by +keeping hard at work, the little that he gained might finally tell upon +the direction of the boat--at any rate, so long as it might be in the +river. He knew that the river ran for some miles yet, and that some +time still remained before he would reach the bay. + +Thus Tom toiled on, half despairing, and nearly fainting with his +frenzied exertion, yet still refusing to give up, but plying his frail +paddle until his nerveless arms seemed like weights of lead, and could +scarce carry the board through the water. But the result, which at the +outset, and in the very freshness of his strength, had been but +trifling, grew less and less against the advance of his own weakness +and the force of that tremendous tide, until at last his feeble +exertions ceased to have any appreciable effect whatever. + +There was no moon, but it was light enough for him to see the +shores--to see that he was in the very centre of that rapid current, +and to perceive that he was being borne past those dim shores with +fearful velocity. The sight filled him with despair, but his arms +gained a fresh energy, from time to time, out of the very desperation +of his soul. He was one of those natures which are too obstinate to +give up even in the presence of despair itself; and which, even when +hope is dead, still forces hope to linger, and struggles on while a +particle of life or of strength remains. So, as he toiled on, and +fought on, against this fate which had suddenly fixed itself upon him, +he saw the shores on either side recede, and knew that every passing +moment was bearing him on to a wide, a cruel, and a perilous sea. He +took one hasty glance behind him, and saw what he knew to be the mouth +of the river close at hand; and beyond this a waste of waters was +hidden in the gloom of night. The sight lent new energy to his +fainting limbs. He called aloud for help. Shriek after shriek burst +from him, and rang wildly, piercingly, thrillingly upon the air of +night. But those despairing shrieks came to no human ear, and met with +no response. They died away upon the wind and the waters; and the +fierce tide, with swifter flow, bore him onward. + +The last headland swept past him; the river and the river bank were now +lost to him. Around him the expanse of water grew darker, and broader, +and more terrible. Above him the stars glimmered more faintly from the +sky. But the very habit of exertion still remained, and his faint +plunges still dipped the little board into the water; and a vague idea +of saving himself was still uppermost in his mind. Deep down in that +stout heart of his was a desperate resolution never to give up while +strength lasted; and well he sustained that determination. Over him +the mist came floating, borne along by the wind which sighed around +him; and that mist gradually overspread the scene upon which his +straining eyes were fastened. It shut out the overhanging sky. It +extinguished the glimmering stars. It threw a veil over the receding +shores. It drew its folds around him closer and closer, until at last +everything was hidden from view. Closer and still closer came the +mist, and thicker and ever thicker grew its dense folds, until at last +even the water, into which he still thrust his frail paddle, was +invisible. At length his strength failed utterly. His hands refused +any longer to perform their duty. The strong, indomitable will +remained, but the power of performing the dictates of that will was +gone. He fell back upon the sail that lay in the bottom of the boat, +and the board fell from his hands. + +And now there gathered around the prostrate figure of the lost boy all +the terrors of thickest darkness. The fog came, together with the +night, shrouding all things from view, and he was floating over a wide +sea, with an impenetrable wall of thickest darkness closing him in on +all sides. + +As he thus lay there helpless, he had leisure to reflect for the first +time upon the full bitterness of his situation. Adrift in the fog, and +in the night, and borne onward swiftly down into the Bay of Fundy--that +was his position. And what could he do? That was the one question +which he could not answer. Giving way now to the rush of despair, he +lay for some time motionless, feeling the rocking of the waves, and the +breath of the wind, and the chill damp of the fog, yet unable to do +anything against these enemies. For nearly an hour he lay thus +inactive, and at the end of that time his lost energies began to +return. He rose and looked around. The scene had not changed at all; +in fact, there was no scene to change. There was nothing but black +darkness all around. Suddenly something knocked against the boat. He +reached out his hand, and touched a piece of wood, which the next +instant slipped from his grasp. But the disappointment was not without +its alleviation, for he thought that he might come across some bits of +drift wood, with which he could do something, perhaps, for his escape. +And so buoyant was his soul, and so obstinate his courage, that this +little incident of itself served to revive his faculties. He went to +the stern of the boat, and sitting there, he tried to think upon what +might be best to be done. + +What could be done in such a situation? He could swim, but of what +avail was that? In what direction could he swim, or what progress +could he make, with such a tide? As to paddling, he thought of that no +more; paddling was exhausted, and his board was useless. Nothing +remained, apparently, but inaction. Inaction was indeed hard, and it +was the worst condition in which he could be placed, for in such a +state the mind always preys upon itself; in such a state trouble is +always magnified, and the slow time passes more slowly. Yet to this +inaction he found himself doomed. + +He floated on now for hours, motionless and filled with despair, +listening to the dash of the waves, which were the only sounds that +came to his ears. And so it came to pass, in process of time, that by +incessant attention to these monotonous sounds, they ceased to be +altogether monotonous, but seemed to assume various cadences and +intonations. His sharpened ears learned at last to distinguish between +the dash of large waves and the plash of small ones, the sighing of the +wind, the pressure of the waters against the boat's bows, and the +ripple of eddies under its stern. Worn out by excitement and fatigue, +he lay motionless, listening to sounds like these, and taking in them a +mournful interest, when suddenly, in the midst of them, his ears caught +a different cadence. It was a long, measured sound, not an unfamiliar +one, but one which he had often heard--the gathering sound which breaks +out, rising and accumulating upon the ear, as the long line of surf +falls upon some rocky shore. He knew at once what this was, and +understood by it that he was near some shore; but what shore it might +be he could not know. The sound came up from his right, and therefore +might be the New Brunswick coast, if the boat had preserved its proper +position. But the position of the boat had been constantly changing as +she drifted along, so that it was impossible to tell whether he was +drifting stern foremost or bow foremost. The water moved as the boat +moved, and there was no means by which to judge. He listened to the +surf, therefore, but made no attempt to draw nearer to it. He now knew +perfectly well that with his present resources no efforts of his could +avail anything, and that his only course would be to wait. Besides, +this shore, whatever it was, must be very different, he thought, from +the banks of the Petitcodiac. It was, as he thought, an iron-bound +shore. And the surf which he heard broke in thunder a mile away, at +the foot of giant precipices, which could only offer death to the +hapless wretch who might be thrown among them. He lay, therefore, +inactive, listening to this rolling surf for hours. At first it grew +gradually louder, as though he was approaching it; but afterwards it +grew fainter quite as gradually, until at length it could no longer be +heard. + +During all these lonely hours, one thing afforded a certain +consolation, and that was, the discovery that the sea did not grow +rougher. The wind that blew was the sou-wester, the dreaded wind of +fog and, storm; but on this occasion its strength was not put forth; it +blew but moderately, and the water was not very greatly disturbed. The +sea tossed the little boat, but was not high enough to dash over her, +or to endanger her in any way. None of its spray ever came upon the +recumbent form in the boat, nor did any moisture come near him, save +that which was deposited by the fog. At first, in his terror, he had +counted upon meeting a tempestuous sea; but, as the hours passed, he +saw that thus far there had been nothing of the kind, and, if he were +destined to be exposed to such a danger, it lay as yet in the future. +As long as the wind continued moderate, so long would he toss over the +little waves without being endangered in any way. And thus, with all +these thoughts, sometimes depressing, at other times rather +encouraging, he drifted on. + +Hours passed away. + +At length his fatigue overpowered him more and more, and as he sat +there in the stern, his eyes closed, and his head fell heavily forward. +He laid it upon the sail which was in front of him, so as to get an +easier position, and was just closing his eyes again, when a sound came +to his ears which in an instant drove every thought of sleep and of +fatigue away, and made him start up and listen with intense eagerness. + +It was the sound of a fog horn, such as is used by coasting vessels, +and blown during a fog, at intervals, to give warning of their +presence. The sound was a familiar one to a boy who had been brought +up on the fog-encircled and fish-haunted shores of Newfoundland; and +Tom's hearing, which had been almost hushed in slumber, caught it at +once. It was like the voice of a friend calling to him. But for a +moment he thought it was only a fancy, or a dream, and he sat listening +and quivering with excitement. He waited and listened for some time, +and was just about to conclude that it was a dream, when suddenly it +came again. There was no mistake this time. It was a fog horn. Some +schooner was sailing these waters. O for day-light, and O for clear +weather, so that he might see it, and make himself seen! The sound, +though clear, was faint, and the schooner was evidently at a +considerable distance; but Tom, in his eagerness, did not think of +that. He shouted with all his strength. He waited for an answer, and +then shouted again. Once more he waited, and listened, and then again +and again his screams went forth over the water. But still no response +came. At last, after some interval, the fog horn again sounded. Again +Tom screamed, and yelled, and uttered every sound that could possibly +convey to human ears an idea of his presence, and of his distress. + +The sounds of the fog horn, however, did not correspond with his cries. +It was blown at regular intervals, which seemed painfully long to Tom, +and did not seem to sound as if in answer to him. At first his hope +was sustained by the discovery that the sounds were louder, and +therefore nearer; but scarcely had he assured himself of this, when he +perceived that they were growing fainter again, as though the schooner +had approached him, and then sailed away. This discovery only +stimulated him to more frantic exertions. He yelled more and more +loudly, and was compelled, at last, to cease from pure exhaustion. But +even then he did not cease till long after the last notes of the +departing fog horn had faintly sounded in his ears. + +It was a disappointment bitter indeed, since it came after a reviving +hope. What made it all the worse was a fixed idea which he had, that +the schooner was no other than the Antelope. He felt confident that +she had come at once after him, and was now traversing the waters in +search of him, and sounding the horn so as to send it to his ears and +get his response. And his response had been given with this result! +This was the end of his hopes. He could bear it no longer. The stout +heart and the resolute obstinacy which had so long struggled against +fate now gave way utterly. He buried his face in his hands, and burst +into a passion of tears. + +He wept for a long time, and roused himself, at last, with difficulty, +to a dull despair. What was the use of hoping, or thinking, or +listening? Hope was useless. It was better to let himself go wherever +the waters might take him. He reached out his hand and drew the sail +forward, and then settling himself down in the stern of the boat, he +again shut his eyes and tried to sleep. But sleep, which a short time +before had been so easy, was now difficult. His ears took in once more +the different sounds of the sea, and soon became aware of a deeper, +drearer sound than any which had hitherto come to him. It was the +hoarse roar of a great surf, far more formidable than the one which he +had heard before. The tumult and the din grew rapidly louder, and at +length became so terrific that he sat upright, and strained his eyes in +the direction from which it came. Peering thus through the darkness, +he saw the glow of phosphorescent waves wrought out of the strife of +many waters; and they threw towards him, amid the darkness, a baleful +gleam which fascinated his eyes. A feeling came to him now that all +was over. He felt, as though he were being sucked into some vortex, +where Death lay in wait for him. He trembled. A prayer started to his +lips, and burst from him. Suddenly his boat seemed caught by some +resistless force, and jerked to one side; the next instant it rose on +some swelling wave, and was shot swiftly forward. Tom closed his eyes, +and a thrill of horror passed through every nerve. All at once a rude +shock was felt, and the boat shook, and Tom thought he was going down. +It seemed like the blow of a rock, and he could think only of the +ingulfing waters. But the waters hesitated to claim their prey; the +rushing motion ceased; and soon the boat was tossing lightly, as +before, over the waves, while the hoarse and thunderous roar of those +dread unseen breakers, from which he had been so wondrously saved, +arose wrathfully behind, as though they were howling after their +escaped victim. A cry of gratitude escaped Tom, and with trembling +lips he offered a heart-felt prayer to that divine Power whose mighty +hand had just rescued him from a terrible doom. + +Tom's agitation had been so great that it was long before he could +regain his former calm. At last, however, his trembling subsided. He +heard no longer the howling surf. All was calm and quiet. The wind +ceased, the boat's motion was less violent, the long-resisted slumber +came once more to his eyes. Still his terror kept off sleep, and as +his eyes would close, they would every moment open again, and he would +start in terror and look around. + +At length he saw that the darkness was less profound. Light was +coming, and that light was increasing. He could see the dark waters, +and the gloomy folds of the enclosing mist became apparent. He gave a +heavy sigh, partly of terror at the thought of all that he had gone +through, and partly of relief at the approach of light. + +Well might he sigh, for this light was the dawn of a new day, and +showed him that he had been a whole night upon the waters. + +And now he could no longer struggle against sleep. His eyes closed for +the last time. His head fell forward on the wet sail. + +He was sound asleep. + + + + +VII. + +Lost in the Fog.--The Shoal and its Rocks.--Is it a Reef?--The +Truth.--Hoisting Sail.--A forlorn Hope.--Wild Steering.--Where am +I?--Land, ho! + + +Tom slept for many hours; and when he at length awoke, he was stiffened +in every limb, and wet to the skin. It was his constrained position +and the heavy fog which had done this. He sat up and looked around +with a bewildered air; but it did not take a long time for him to +collect his wandering faculties, and arrive at the full recollection of +his situation. Gradually it all came before him--the night of horror, +the long drift, the frantic struggles, the boom of the surf, the +shrill, penetrating tone of the fog horn, his own wild screams for +help, the thunder of the breakers, and the grasp of the giant wave; all +these, and many more, came back to his mind; and he was all too soon +enabled to connect his present situation with the desperate position of +the preceding night. + +In spite of all these gloomy thoughts, which thus rushed in one +accumulated mass over his soul, his first impulse had nothing to do +with these things, but was concerned with something very different from +useless retrospect, and something far more essential. He found himself +ravenously hungry; and his one idea was to satisfy the cravings of his +appetite. + +He thought at once of the box of biscuit. + +The sail which he had pulled forward had very fortunately covered it +up, else the contents might have been somewhat damaged. As it was, the +upper edges of the biscuits, which had been exposed before being +covered by the sail, were somewhat damp and soft, but otherwise they +were not harmed; and Tom ate his frugal repast with extreme relish. +Satisfying his appetite had the natural effect of cheering his spirits, +and led him to reflect with thankfulness on the very fortunate presence +of that box of biscuit in the boat. Had it not been for that, how +terrible would his situation be! But with that he could afford to +entertain hope, and might reasonably expect to endure the hardships of +his situation. Strange to say, he was not at all thirsty; which +probably arose from the fact that he was wet to the skin. + +Immersing one's self in water is often resorted to by shipwrecked +mariners, when they cannot get a drink, and with successful results. +As for Tom, his whole night had been one long bath, in which he had +been exposed to the penetrating effects of the sea air and the fog. + +He had no idea whatever of the time. The sun could not be seen, and so +thick was the fog that he could not even make out in what part of the +sky it might be. He had a general impression, however, that it was +midday; and this impression was not very much out of the way. His +breakfast refreshed him, and he learned now to attach so much value to +his box of biscuit, that his chief desire was to save it from further +injury. So he hunted about for the cover, and finding it underneath +the other end of the sail, he put it on the box, and then covered it +all up. In this position the precious contents of the box were safe. + +The hour of the day was a subject of uncertainty, and so was the state +of the tide. Whether he was drifting up or down the bay he could not +tell for certain. His recollection of the state of the tide at +Petitcodiac, was but vague. He reckoned, however, from the ship launch +of the preceding day, and then, allowing sufficient time for the +difference in the tide, he approximated to a correct conclusion. If it +were midday, he thought that the tide would be about half way down on +the ebb. + +These thoughts, and acts, and calculations took up some time, and he +now began to look around him. Suddenly his eye caught sight of +something not far away, dimly visible through the mist. It looked like +a rock. A farther examination showed him that such was the case. It +was a rock, and he was drifting towards it. No sooner had he +ascertained this, than all his excitement once more awakened. +Trembling from head to foot at this sudden prospect of escape, he +started to his feet, and watched most eagerly the progress of the boat. +It was drifting nearer to the rock. Soon another appeared, and then +another. The rocks were black, and covered with masses of sea-weed, as +though they were submerged at high tide. A little nearer, and he saw a +gravelly strand lying just beyond the rocks. His excitement grew +stronger and stronger, until at last it was quite uncontrollable. He +began to fear that he would drift past this place, into the deep water +again. He sprang into the bows, and grasping the rope in his hand, +stood ready to leap ashore. He saw that he was drawing nearer, and so +delayed for a while. Nearer he came and nearer. At length the boat +seemed to pass along by the gravelly beach, and move by it as though it +would go no nearer. This Tom could not endure. He determined to wait +no longer. He sprang. + +He sank into the water up to his armpits, but he did not lose his hold +of the rope. Clutching this in a convulsive grasp, he regained his +foothold, which he had almost lost, and struggled forward. For a few +moments he made no headway, for the boat, at the pressure of the +current, pulled so hard that he could not drag it nearer. A terrible +fear came to him that the rope might break. Fortunately it did not, +and, after a short but violent struggle, Tom conquered the resistance +of the tide, and pulled the boat slowly towards the shore. He then +towed it near to the rocks, dragged its bows up as far as he could, and +fastened it securely. + +Then he looked around. + +A few rocks were near him, about six feet high, jutting out of the +gravel; and beyond these were others, which rose out of the water. Most +of them were covered with sea-weed. A few sticks of timber were wedged +in the interstices of the nearest rocks. As to the rest, he saw only a +rocky ledge of small extent, which was surrounded by water. Beyond +this nothing was visible but fog. + +At first he had thought that this was a beach, but now he began to +doubt this. He walked all around, and went into the water on every +side, but found no signs of any neighboring shore. The place seemed +rather like some isolated ledge. But where was it, and how far away +was the shore? If he could only tell that! He stopped, and listened +intently; he walked all around, and listened more intently still, in +hopes of hearing the sound of some neighboring surf. In vain. Nothing +of the kind came to his ears. All was still. The water was not rough, +nor was there very much wind. There was only a brisk breeze, which +threw up light waves on the surface. + +After a time he noticed that the tide was going down, and the area of +the ledge was evidently enlarging. This inspired hope, for he thought +that perhaps some long shoal might be disclosed by the retreating tide, +which might communicate with the main land. For this he now watched +intently, and occupied himself with measuring the distance from the +rock where his boat was tied. Doing this from time to time, he found +that every little while the number of paces between the rock and the +water's edge increased. This occupation made the time pass rapidly; +and at last Tom found his stopping-place extending over an area of +about a hundred yards in length, and half as many in breadth. The +rocks at one end had increased in apparent size, and in number; but the +ledge itself remained unchanged in its general character. + +This, he saw, was its extreme limit, beyond which it did not extend. +There was no communication with any shore. There was no more +indication now of land than when he had first arrived. This discovery +was a gradual one. It had been heralded by many fears and suspicions, +so that at last, when it forced itself on his convictions, he was not +altogether unprepared. Still, the shock was terrible, and once more +poor Tom had to struggle with his despair--a despair, too, that was all +the more profound from the hopes that he had been entertaining. He +found, at length, in addition to this, that the tide was rising, that +it was advancing towards his resting-place, and that it would, no +doubt, overflow it all before long. It had been half tide when he +landed, and but a little was uncovered; at full tide he saw that it +would all be covered up by the water,--sea weed, rocks, and all,--and +concealed from human eye. + +In the midst of these painful discoveries there suddenly occurred to +him the true name and nature of this place. + +Quaco Ledge! + +That was the place which Captain Corbet had described. He recalled now +the full description. Here it lay before him; upon it he stood; and he +found that it corresponded in every respect with the description that +the captain had given. If this were indeed so, and the description +were true,--and he could not doubt this,--how desperate his situation +was, and how he had been deceived in his false hopes! Far, far away +was he from any shore!--in the middle of the bay; on a place avoided by +all--a place which he should shun above all other places if he hoped +for final escape! + +And now he was as eager to quit this ill-omened place as he had once +been to reach it. The tide was yet low. He tried to push the boat +down, but could not. He saw that he would have to wait. So he got +inside the boat, and, sitting down, he waited patiently. The time +passed slowly, and Tom looked despairingly out over the water. +Something attracted his attention. It was a long pole, which had +struck against the edge of the shoal. He got out of the boat, and, +securing it, he walked back again. It was some waif that had been +drifting about till it was thus cast at his feet. He thought of taking +it for a mast, and making use of the sail. The idea was an attractive +one. He pulled the sail out, unfolded it, and found it to be the jib +of some schooner. He cut off one end of this, and then with his knife +began to make a hole in the seat for his mast. It was very slow work, +but he succeeded at last in doing it, and inserted the pole. Then he +fastened the sail to it. He was rather ignorant of navigation, but he +had a general idea of the science, and thought he would learn by +experience. By cutting off the rope from the edge of the sail he +obtained a sheet, and taking off the cover of the biscuit box a second +time, he put this aside to use as a rudder. + +But now, in what direction ought he to steer? + +This was an insoluble problem. He could tell now by the flow of the +current the points of the compass, but could not tell in which +direction he ought to go. The New Brunswick coast he thought was +nearest, but he dreaded it. It seemed perilous and unapproachable. He +did not think much better of the Nova Scotia coast. He thought rather +of Cape d'Or, as a promising place of refuge, or the Petitcodiac. So, +after long deliberation, he decided on steering back again, especially +as the wind was blowing directly up the bay. + +By the time that he had finished these preparations and deliberations +the boat was afloat. Eagerly Tom pushed it away from the shoal; +eagerly, and with trembling hands, he let the sail unfold, and thrust +the board into the water astern. The boat followed the impulse of the +wind, and the young sailor saw with delight that his experiment was +successful, and before long the dark rocks of Quaco Ledge were lost to +view. + +Now, where there is a definite object to steer by, or a compass to +guide one, and a decent rudder, even an inexperienced hand can manage +to come somewhere near the point that he aims at. But take a boat like +Tom's, and a rude and suddenly extemporized sail, with no other rudder +than a bit of board, with no compass, and a surrounding of thick fog, +and it would puzzle even an experienced sailor to guide himself aright. +Tom soon suspected that his course was rather a wild one; his board in +particular became quite unmanageable, and he was fatigued with trying +to hold it in the water. So he threw it aside, and boldly trusted to +his sail alone. + +The boat seemed to him to be making very respectable progress. The +wind was fresh, and the sea only moderate. The little waves beat over +the bows, and there was quite a commotion astern. Tom thought he was +doing very well, and heading as near as possible towards the +Petitcodiac. Besides, in his excitement at being thus saved from mere +blind drifting, he did not much care where he went, for he felt assured +that he was now on the way out of his difficulties. + +In an hour or two after leaving the ledge it grew quite dark, and Tom +saw that it would be necessary to prepare for the night. His +preparations were simple, consisting in eating a half dozen biscuit. +He now began to feel a little thirsty, but manfully struggled against +this feeling. Gradually the darkness grew deeper, until at last it +assumed the intense character of the preceding night. But still Tom +sat up, and the boat went on. The wind did not slacken, nor did the +boat's progress cease. Hours passed by in this way. As to the tides, +Tom could not tell now very well whether they were rising or falling, +and, in fact, he was quite indifferent, being satisfied fully with his +progress. As long as the wind distended his sail, and bore the boat +onward, he cared not whether the tide favored or opposed. + +Hours passed, but such was Tom's excitement that he still bore up, and +thought nothing of rest or of sleep. His attention was needed, too, +and so he kept wide awake, and his ears were ever on the stretch to +hear the slightest sound. But at last the intense excitement and the +long fatigue began to overpower him. Still he struggled against his +weakness, and still he watched and listened. + +Hours passed on, and the wind never ceased to fill the sail, and the +boat never ceased to go onward in a course of which Tom could have no +idea. It was a course totally different from the one which be +intended--a course which depended on the chance of the wind; and one, +too, which was varied by the sweep of the tide as it rose or fell; but +the course, such as it was, continued on, and Tom watched and waited +until, at last, from sheer exhaustion, he fell sound asleep. + +His dreams were much disturbed, but he slept on soundly, and when he +awaked it was broad day. He looked around in deep disappointment. Fog +was everywhere, as before, and nothing could be seen. Whether he was +near any shore or not he could not tell. Suddenly he noticed that the +wind was blowing from an opposite direction. How to account for this +was at first a mystery, for the fog still prevailed, and the opposite +wind could not bring fog. Was it possible that the boat had turned +during his sleep? He knew that it was quite possible. Indeed, he +believed that this was the case. With this impression he determined to +act on the theory that the boat had turned, and not that the wind had +changed. The latter idea seemed impossible. The wind was the chill, +damp fog wind--the sou-wester. Convinced of this, Tom turned the boat, +and felt satisfied that he had resumed his true course. + +After a time the wind went down, and the sail flapped idly against the +mast. Tom was in a fever of impatience, but could do nothing. He felt +himself to be once more at the mercy of the tides. The wind had failed +him, and nothing was left but to drift. All that day he drifted, and +night came on. Still it continued calm. Tom was weary and worn out, +but so intense was his excitement that he could not think of sleep. At +midnight the wind sprung up a little; and now Tom determined to keep +awake, so that the boat might not again double on her track. He blamed +himself for sleeping on the previous night, and losing so much +progress. Now he was determined to keep awake. + +His resolution was carried out. His intense eagerness to reach some +shore, no matter where, and his fear of again losing what he had +gained, kept sleep from his eyes. All that night he watched his boat. +The wind blew fitfully, sometimes carrying the boat on rapidly, again +dying down. + +So the next morning came. + +It was Thursday. + +It was Monday night when he had drifted out, and all that time he had +been on the deep, lost in the fog. + +And now, wearied, dejected, and utterly worn out, he looked around in +despair, and wondered where this would end. Fog was everywhere, as +before, and, as before, not a thing could be seen. + +Hours passed on; the wind had sprang up fresh, and the boat went on +rapidly. + +Suddenly Tom sprang upright, and uttered a loud cry. + +There full before him he saw a giant cliff, towering far overhead, +towards which the boat was sailing. At its base the waves were +dashing. Over its brow trees were bending. In the air far above he +heard the hoarse cries of sea-gulls. + +In his madness he let the boat drive straight on, and was close to it +before he thought of his danger. He could not avoid it now, however, +for he did not know how to turn the boat. On it went, and in a few +moments struck the beach at the base of the cliff. + +The tide was high; the breeze was moderate, and there was but little +sun. The boat was not injured by running ashore there. Tom jumped +out, and, taking the rope in his hands, walked along the rough and +stony beach for about a hundred yards, pulling the boat after him. +There the cliff was succeeded by a steep slope, beyond which was a +gentle, grass-grown declivity. Towards this he bent his now feeble +steps, still tugging at the boat, and drawing it after him. + +At length he reached the grassy slope, and found here a rough beach. +He fastened the boat securely to the trunk of a tree that grew near. + +Then he lifted out the box of biscuit, and over this he threw the sail. + +He stood for a few moments on the bank, and looked all around for signs +of some human habitation; but no signs appeared. Tom was too exhausted +to go in search of one. He had not slept for more than thirty hours. +The country that he saw was cleared. Hills were at a little distance, +but the fog which hung all around concealed everything from view. One +look was enough. + +Overwhelmed with gratitude, he fell upon his knees, and offered up a +fervent prayer of thankfulness for his astonishing escape. + +Then fatigue overpowered him, and, rolling himself up in the sail, he +went to sleep. + + + + +VIII. + +Off in Search.--Eager Outlook.--Nothing but Fog.--Speaking a +Schooner.--Pleasant Anecdotes.--Cheer up.--The Heart of Corbet. + + +After the arrival of Bruce and Bart, Captain Corbet did not delay his +departure much longer. The vessel was already afloat, and though the +tide was still rising, yet the wind was sufficiently favorable to +enable her to go on her way. The sails were soon set, and, with the +new boat in tow, the Antelope weighed anchor, and took her departure. +For about two hours but little progress was made against the strong +opposing current; yet they had the satisfaction of reaching the mouth +of the river, and by ten o'clock, when the tide turned and began to +fall, they were fairly in the bay. The wind here was ahead, but the +strong tide was now in their favor, and they hoped for some hours to +make respectable progress. + +During this time they had all kept an anxious lookout, but without any +result. No floating craft of any kind appeared upon the surface of the +water. Coming down the river, the sky was unclouded, and all the +surrounding scene was fully visible; but on reaching the bay, they saw +before them, a few miles down, a lofty wall of light-gray cloud. +Captain Corbet waved his hand towards this. + +"We're in for it," said he, "or we precious soon will be." + +"What's that?" asked Phil. + +"Our old friend--a fog bank. You'd ought to know it by this time, +sure." + +There it lay, a few miles off, and every minute brought them nearer. +The appearance of the fog threw an additional gloom over the minds of +all, for they saw the hopeless character of their search. Of what +avail would it be to traverse the seas if they were all covered by such +thick mists? Still nothing else was to be done, and they tried to hope +for the best. + +"Any how," said Captain Corbet, "thar's one comfort. That thar fog may +go as quick as it come. It ony needs a change of wind. Why, I've +knowed it all vanish in half an hour, an the fog as thick as it is now." + +"But sometimes it lasts long--don't it?" + +"I should think it did. I've knowed it hang on for weeks." + +At this gloomy statement the boys said not a word. + +Soon after the schooner approached the fog bank, and in a little while +it had plunged into the midst of its misty folds. The chill of the +damp clouds, as they enveloped them, struck additional chill to their +hearts. It was into the midst of this that poor Tom had drifted, they +thought, and over these seas, amidst this impenetrable atmosphere, he +might even now be drifting. In the midst of the deep dejection +consequent upon such thoughts, it was difficult for them to find any +solid ground for hope. + +The wind was moderate, yet adverse, and the schooner had to beat +against it. As she went on each tack, they came in sight of the +shores; but as time passed, the bay widened, and Captain Corbet kept +away from the land as much as possible. All the time the boys never +ceased to maintain their forlorn lookout, and watched over the sides, +and peered anxiously through the mist, in the hope that the gloomy +waters might suddenly disclose to their longing eyes the form of the +drifting boat and their lost companion. + +"I tell you what it is, boys," said Captain Corbet, after a long and +thoughtful silence; "the best plan of acting in a biz of this kind is +to pluck up sperrit an go on. Why, look at me. You mind the time when +that boat, that thar i-dentical, individdle boat, drifted away onst +afore, with youns in it. You remember all about that,--course. Well, +look at me. Did I mourn? Did I fret? Was I cast down? Nary down; +not me. I cheered up. I cheered up Mr. Long. I kep everybody in good +sperrits. An what was the result? Result was, you all turned up in +prime order and condition, a enjyin of yourselves like all possessed, +along with old O'Rafferty. + +"Again, my friends," he continued, as the boys made no remark, +"consider this life air short an full of vycissitoods. Ups an downs +air the lot of pore fallen hoomanity. But if at the fust blast of +misforten we give up an throw up the game, what's the good of us? The +question now, an the chief pint, is this--Who air we, an whar air we +goin, an what air we purposin to do? Fust, we air hooman beins; +secondly, we air a traversin the vast an briny main; and thirdly, we +hope to find a certain friend of ourn, who was borne away from us by +the swellin tide. Thar's a aim for us--a high an holy aim; an now I +ask you, as feller-critters, how had we ought to go about it? Had we +ought to peek, an pine, an fret, an whine? Had we ought to snivel, and +give it up at the fust? Or had we ought, rayther, to be up an +doin,--pluck up our sperrits like men, and go about our important work +with energy? Which of these two, my friends? I pause for a reply." + +This was quite a speech for Captain Corbet, and the effort seemed quite +an exhaustive one. He paused some time for a reply; but as no reply +was forthcoming, he continued his remarks. + +"Now, see here," said he; "this here whole business reminds me of a +story I once read in a noospaper, about a man up in this here identical +river, the Petticoat Jack, who, like a fool, pulled up his boat on the +bank, and wont off to sleep in her. Wal, as a matter of course, he +floated off,--for the tide happened to be risin,--an when he woke up +out of his cool an refreshin slumbers, he found himself afar on the +briny deep, a boundin like 'a thing of life,' o'er the deep heavin sea. +Besides, it was precious foggy,--jest as it is now,--an the man +couldn't see any more'n we can. Wal, the story went on to say, how that +thar man, in that thar boat, went a driftin in that thar fashion, in +that thar fog; an he drifted, an drifted, an derifted, for days an +days, up an down, on one side an t'other side, an round every way,--an, +mind you, he hadn't a bit to eat, or to drink either, for that +matter,--'t any rate, the paper didn't mention no such thing; an so, +you know, he drifted, an d-e-e-e-rifted,--until at last he druv ashore. +An now, whar d'ye think he druv?" + +The boys couldn't think. + +"Guess, now." + +The boys couldn't guess. + +"D'ye guv it up?" + +They did. + +"Wal, the paper said, he druv ashore at Grand Manan; but I've my doubts +about it." + +The captain paused, looked all around through the fog, and stood for a +moment as though listening to some sound. + +"I kine o' thought," said he, "that I detected the dash of water on the +shore. I rayther think it's time to bring her round." + +The vessel was brought round on another tack, and the captain resumed +his conversation. + +"What I was jest sayin," he continued, "reminds me of a story I onst +heard, or read, I forget which (all the same, though), about two boys +which went adrift on a raft. It took place up in Scott's Bay, I think, +at a ship-yard in that thar locality. + +"These two unfortunate children, it seems, had made a raft in a playful +mude, an embarkin on it they had been amoosin theirselves with paddlin +about by pushin it with poles. At length they came to a pint where +poles were useless; the tide got holt of the raft, an the ferrail +structoor was speedily swept onward by the foorus current. Very well. +Time rolled on, an that thar raft rolled on too,--far over the deep +bellew sea,--beaten by the howlin storm, an acted upon by the +remorseless tides. I leave you to pictoor to yourselves the sorrow of +them thar two infant unfortunits, thus severed from their hum an +parients, an borne afar, an scarce enough close on to keep 'em from the +inclemency of the weather. So they drifted, an drifted, an +de-e-rifted, until at last they druv ashore; an now, whar do you think +it was that they druv?" + +The boys couldn't say. + +"Guess now." + +The boys declined. + +"Try." + +They couldn't. + +"Name some place." + +They couldn't think of any. + +"D'ye guv it up?" asked the captain, excitedly. + +They did. + +"Well, then," said he, in a triumphant tone, "they druv ashore on Brier +Island; an ef that thar ain't pooty tall driftin, then I'm a Injine." + +To this the boys had no reply to make. + +"From all this," continued the captain, "you must perceive that this +here driftin is very much more commoner than you hev ben inclined to +bleeve it to be. You also must see that thar's every reason for hope. +So up with your gizzards! Pluck up your sperrits! Rise and look +fortin an the footoor squar in the face. Squar off at fortin, an hav it +out with her on the spot. I don't want to hev you go mopin an whinin +about this way. Hello!" + +Captain Corbet suddenly interrupted his remarks by an exclamation. The +exclamation was caused by the sudden appearance of a sail immediately +to windward. She was coming up the bay before the wind, and came +swiftly through the fog towards them. In passing on her way, she came +astern of the Antelope. + +"Schooner, ahoy!" cried Captain Corbet; and some conversation took +place, in which they learned that the stranger was the schooner Wave, +from St. John, and that she had not seen any signs whatever of any +drifting boat. + +This news was received sadly by the boys, and Captain Corbet had to +exert his utmost to rouse them from their depression, but without much +effect. + +"I don't know how it is," said he, plaintively, "but somehow your blues +air contiguous, an I feel as ef I was descendin into a depression as +deep as yourn. I don't remember when I felt so depressed, cept last +May--time I had to go off in the Antelope with taters, arter I thought +I'd done with seafarin for the rest of my life. But that thar vessel +war wonderously resussutated, an the speouse of my buzzum druv me away +to traverse the sea. An I had to tar myself away from the clingin +gerasp of my weepin infant,--the tender bud an bulossum of an old man's +life--tar myself away, an feel myself a outcast. Over me hovered +contennooly the image of the pinin infant, an my heart quivered with +responsive sympathy. An I yearned--an I pined--an I groaned--an I felt +that life would be intoll'ble till I got back to the babby. An so it +was that I passed away, an had scace the heart to acknowledge your +youthful cheers. Wal, time rolled on, an what's the result? Here I +air. Do I pine now? Do I peek? Not a pine! Not a peek! As tender a +heart as ever bet still beats in this aged frame; but I am no longer a +purray to sich tender reminiscinsuz of the babby as onst used to +consume my vitals." + +Thus it was that the venerable captain talked with the boys, and it was +thus that he sought, by every possible means, to cheer them up. In this +way the day passed on, and after five or six hours they began to look +for a turn of tide. During this time the schooner had been beating; +and as the fog was as thick as ever, it was impossible for the boys to +tell where they were. Indeed, it did not seem as though they had been +making any progress. + +"We'll have to anchor soon," said the captain, closing his eyes and +turning his face meditatively to the quarter whence the wind came. + +"Anchor?" + +"Yes." + +"What for?" + +"Wal, you see it'll soon be dead low tide, an we can't go on any +further when it turns. We'll have wind an tide both agin us." + +"How far have we come now?" + +"Wal, we've come a pooty considerable of a lick now--mind I tell you. +'Tain't, of course, as good as ef the wind had ben favorable, but arter +all, that thar tide was a pooty considerable of a tide, now." + +"How long will you anchor?" + +"Why, till the next tarn of tide,--course." + +"When will that be?" + +"Wal, somewhar about eleven o'clock." + +"Eleven o'clock?" + +"Yes." + +"Why, that's almost midnight." + +"Course it is." + +"Wouldn't it be better to cruise off in the bay? It seems to me +anything is better than keeping still." + +"No, young sir; it seems to me that jest now anythin is better than +tryin to cruise in the bay, with a flood tide a comin up. Why, whar +d'ye think we'd be? It would ony take an hour or two to put us on Cape +Chignecto, or Cape d'Or, onto a place that we wouldn't git away from in +a hurry,--mind I tell you." + +To this, of course, the boys had nothing to say. So, after a half +hour's further sail, the anchor was dropped, and the Antelope stopped +her wanderings for a time. + +Tedious as the day had been, it was now worse. The fog was as thick as +ever, the scene was monotonous, and there was nothing to do. Even +Solomon's repasts had, in a great measure, lost their attractions. He +had spread a dinner for them, which at other times, and under happier +circumstances, would have been greeted with uproarious enthusiasm; but +at the present time it was viewed with comparative indifference. It +was the fog that threw this gloom over them. Had the sky been clear, +and the sun shining, they would have viewed the situation with +comparative equanimity; but the fog threw terror all its own around +Tom's position; and by shutting them in on every side, it forced them +to think of him who was imprisoned in the same way--their lost +companion, who now was drifting in the dark. Besides, as long as they +were in motion, they had the consciousness that they were doing +something, and that of itself was a comfort; but now, even that +consolation was taken away from them, and in their forced inaction they +fell back again into the same despondency which they had felt at +Petitcodiac. + +"It's all this fog, I do believe," said Captain Corbet. "If it want +for this you'd all cheer up, an be as merry as crickets." + +"Is there any prospect of its going away?" + +"Wal, not jest yet. You can't reckon on it. When it chooses to go +away, it does so. It may hang on for weeks, an p'aps months. Thar's no +tellin. I don't mind it, bein as I've passed my hull life in the +middle of fog banks; but I dare say it's a leetle tryin to youns." + +The repast that Solomon spread for them on that evening was scarce +tasted, and to all his coaxings and remonstrances the boys made no +reply. After the tea was over, they went on deck, and stared silently +into the surrounding gloom. The sight gave them no relief, and gave no +hope. In that dense fog twilight came on soon, and with the twilight +came the shadows of the night more rapidly. At last it grew quite dark, +and finally there arose all around them the very blackness of darkness. + +"The best thing to do," said Captain Corbet, "is to go to sleep. In all +kinds of darkness, whether intunnel or extunnel, I've allus found the +best plan to be to sleep it off. An I've knowed great men who war of +my opinion. Sleep, then, young sirs, while yet you may, while yer +young blood is warm, an life is fresh an fair, an don't put it off to +old age, like me, for you mayn't be able to do it. Look at me! How +much d'ye think I've slep sence I left Mud Creek? Precious little. I +don't know how it is, but bein alone with you, an havin the +respons'bility of you all, I kine o' don't feel altogether able to +sleep as I used to do; an sence our late loss--I--wal, I feel as though +I'd never sleep agin. I'm talkin an talkin, boys, but it's a solemn +time with me. On me, boys, rests the fate of that lad, an I'll scour +these here seas till he turns up, ef I hev to do it till I die. +Anxious? Yes, I am. I'm that anxious that the diskivery of the lost +boy is now the one idee of my life, for which I forget all else; but +allow me to say, at the same time, that I fully, furmly, an +conshuentiously bleve an affum, that my conviction is, that that thar +lad is bound to turn up all right in the end--right side up--with +care--sound in every respect, in good order an condition, jest as when +fust shipped on board the good schooner Antelope, Corbet master, for +Petticoat Jack, as per bill ladin." + +The captain's tones were mournful. He heaved a deep sigh as he +concluded, and relapsed into a profound and melancholy silence. + +The boys waited on deck for some time longer, and finally followed his +advice, and sought refuge below. They were young and strong, and the +fatigue which they felt brought on drowsiness, which, in spite of their +anxiety, soon deepened into sleep. All slept, and at length Captain +Corbet only was awake. It was true enough, as he had said, the fate of +the lost boy rested upon him, and he felt it. His exhortations to the +boys about keeping up their courage, and his stories about lost men who +had drifted to a final rescue, were all spoken more with reference to +himself than to them. He sought to keep up his own courage by these +words. Yet, in spite of his efforts, a profound depression came over +him, and well nigh subdued him. No one knew better than he the many +perils which beset the drifting boat in these dangerous waters--the +perils of storm, the perils of fog, the perils of thick darkness, the +perils of furious tides, the perils of sunken rocks, of shoals, and of +iron-bound coasts. The boys had gone to sleep, but there was no sleep +for him. He wandered restlessly about, and heavy sighs escaped him. +Thus the time passed with him until near midnight. Then he roused the +mate, and they raised the anchor and hoisted the sails. It was now the +turn of tide, and the waters were falling again, and the current once +more ran down the bay. To this current he trusted the vessel again, +beating, as before, against the head wind, which was still blowing; and +thus the Antelope worked her way onward through all that dark and +dismal night, until at last the faint streaks of light in the east +proclaimed the dawn of another day. + +Through all that night the boys slept soundly. The wind blew, the +waves dashed, but they did not awake. The anchor was hoisted, and the +sails were set, but the noise failed to rouse them. Weariness of body +and anxiety of mind both conspired to make their sleep profound. Yet +in that profound sleep the anxiety of their minds made itself manifest; +and in their dreams their thoughts turned to their lost companion. +They saw him drifting over the stormy waters, enveloped in midnight +darkness, chilled through with the damp night air, pierced to the bone +by the cold night wind; drifting on amid a thousand dangers, now swept +on by furious tides towards rocky shores, and again drawn back by +refluent currents over vast sunken sea-ledges, white with foam. Thus +through all the night they slept, and as they slept the Antelope dashed +on through the waters, whose foaming waves, as they tumbled against her +sides and over her bows, sent forth sounds that mingled with their +dreams, and became intermingled with poor Tom's mournful cries. + + + + +IX. + +Awake once more.--Where are we?--The giant cliff.--Out to +Sea.--Anchoring and Drifting.--The Harbor.--The Search.--No +Answer.--Where's Solomon? + + +Scarce had the streaks of light greeted Captain Corbet's eyes, and +given him the grateful prospect of another day, when the boys awaked +and hurried up on deck. Their first act was to take a hurried look all +around. The same gloomy and dismal prospect appeared--black water and +thick, impenetrable fog. + +"Where are we now, Captain?" asked Bruce. + +"Wal, a con-siderable distance down the bay." + +"What are you going to do?" + +"Wal--I've about made up my mind whar to go." + +"Where?" + +"I'm thinkin of puttin into Quaco." + +"Quaco?" + +"Yes." + +"How far is it from here?" + +"Not very fur, 'cordin to my calc'lations. My idee is, that the boat +may have drifted down along here and got ashore. Ef so, he may have +made for Quaco, an its jest possible that we may hear about him." + +"Is this the most likely place for a boat to go ashore?" + +"Wal, all things considered, a boat is more likely to go ashore on the +New Brunswick side, driftin from Petticoat Jack; but at the same time +'tain't at all certain. Thar's ony a ghost of a chance, mind. I don't +feel over certain about it." + +"Will we get to Quaco this tide?" + +"Scacely." + +"Do you intend to anchor again?" + +"Wal, I rayther think I'll hev to do it. But we'd ought to get to +Quaco by noon, I calc'late. I'm a thinkin--Hello! Good gracious!" + +The captain's sudden exclamation interrupted his words, and made all +turn to look at the object that had called it forth. One glance showed +an object which might well have elicited even a stronger expression of +amazement and alarm. + +Immediately in front of them arose a vast cliff,--black, rocky, +frowning,--that ascended straight up from the deep water, its summit +lost in the thick fog, its base white with the foaming waves that +thundered there. A hoarse roar came up from those breaking waves, +which blended fearfully with the whistle of the wind through the +rigging, and seemed like the warning sound of some dark, drear fate. +The cliff was close by, and the schooner had been steering straight +towards it. So near was it that it seemed as though one could have +easily tossed a biscuit ashore. + +But though surprised, Captain Corbet was not in the least confused, and +did not lose his presence of mind for a moment. Putting the helm hard +up, he issued the necessary commands in a cool, quiet manner; the +vessel went round, and in a few moments the danger was passed. Yet so +close were they, that in wearing round it seemed as though one could +almost have jumped from the stern upon the rocky shelves which appeared +in the face of the lofty cliff. + +Captain Corbet drew a long breath. + +"That's about the nighest scratch I remember ever havin had," was his +remark, as the Antelope went away from the land. "Cur'ous, too; I +don't see how it happened. I lost my reckonin a little. I'm a mile +further down than I calc'lated on bein." + +"Do you know that place?" asked Bart. + +"Course I know it." + +"It's lucky for us we didn't go there at night." + +"Yes, it is rayther lucky; but then there wan't any danger o' that, +cos, you see, I kep the vessel off by night, an the danger couldn't hev +riz. I thought we were a mile further up the bay; we've been a doin +better than I thought for." + +"Shall we be able to get into Quaco any sooner?" + +"Wal, not much." + +"I thought from what you said that we were a mile nearer." + +"So we air, but that don't make any very great difference." + +"Why, we ought to get in all the sooner, I should think." + +"No; not much." + +"Why not? I don't understand that." + +"Wal, you see it's low tide now." + +"The tides again!" + +"Yes; it's allus the tides that you must consider here. Wal, it's low +tide now, an the tide's already on the turn, an risin. We've got to +anchor." + +"Anchor!" + +"Yes." + +"What, again?" + +"Yes, agin. Even so. Ef we didn't anchor we'd only be drifted up +again, ever so far, an lose all that we've ben a gainin. We're not +more'n a mile above Quaco Harbor, but we can't fetch it with wind an +tide agin us; so we've got to put out some distance an anchor. It's my +firm belief that we'll be in Quaco by noon. The next fallin tide will +carry us thar as slick as a whistle, an then we can pursue our +investigations." + +The schooner now held on her course for about a mile away from the +shore, and then came to anchor. The boys had for a moment lost sight +of this unpleasant necessity, and had forgotten that they had been +using up the hours of the ebb tide while asleep. There was no help for +it, however, and they found, to their disgust, another day of fog, and +of inaction. + +Time passed, and breakfast came. Solomon now had the satisfaction of +seeing them eat more, and gave manifest signs of that satisfaction by +the twinkle of his eye and the lustre of his ebony brow. After this +the time passed on slowly and heavily; but at length eleven o'clock +came, and passed, and in a short time they were once more under way. + +"We're going to Quaco now--arn't we?" asked Phil. + +"Yes; right straight on into Quaco Harbor, fair an squar." + +"I don't see how it's possible for you to know so perfectly where you +are." + +"Young sir, there ain't a nook, nor a corner, nor a hole, nor a stun, +in all the outlinin an configoortion of this here bay but what's mapped +out an laid down all c'rect in this here brain. I'd undertake to +navigate these waters from year's end to year's end, ef I was never to +see the sun at all, an even ef I was to be perpetooly surrounded by all +the fogs that ever riz. Yea, verily, and moreover, not only this here +bay, but the hull coast all along to Bosting. Why, I'm at home here on +the rollin biller. I'm the man for Mount Desert, an Quoddy Head, an +Grand Manan, an all other places that air ticklish to the ginrality of +seafarin men. Why, young sir, you see before you, in the humble an +unassumin person of the aged Corbet, a livin, muvin, and sea-goin +edition of Blunt's Coast Pilot, revised and improved to a precious +sight better condition than it's ever possible for them fellers in +Bosting to get out. By Blunt's Coast Pilot, young sir, I allude to a +celebrated book, as big as a pork bar'l, that every skipper has in his +locker, to guide him on his wanderin way--ony me. I don't have no call +to use sech, being myself a edition of useful information techin all +coastin matters." + +The Antelope now proceeded quickly on her way. Several miles were +traversed. + +"Now, boys, look sharp," said the captain; "you'll soon see the +settlement." + +They looked sharp. + +For a few moments they went onward through the water, and at length +there was visible just before them what seemed like a dark cloud +extending all along. A few minutes further progress made the dark +cloud still darker, and, advancing further, the dark cloud finally +disclosed itself as a line of coast. It was close by them, and, even +while they were recognizing it as land, they saw before them the +outline of a wharf. + +"Good agin!" cried the captain. "I didn't come to the wharf I wanted, +but this here'll do as well as any other, an I don't know but what +it'll do better. Here we air, boys. Stand by thar, mate, to let fall +the jib." + +On they went, and in a few minutes more the Antelope wore round, and +her side just grazed the wharf. The mate jumped ashore, lines were +secured, and the Antelope lay in safety. + +"An now, boys, we may all go ashore, an see if we can hear anything +about the boat." + +With these words Captain Corbet stepped upon the wharf, followed by all +the boys, and they all went up together, till they found themselves on +a road. There they saw a shop, and into this they entered. No time +was to be lost; the captain at once told his story, and asked his +question. + +The answer was soon made. + +Nothing whatever was known there about any boat. Two or three +schooners had arrived within two days, and the shopkeeper had seen the +skippers, but they had not mentioned any boat. No boat had drifted +ashore anywhere near, nor had any strange lad arrived at the settlement. + +This intelligence depressed them all. + +"Wal, wal," said the captain, "I didn't have much hopes; it's jest as I +feared; but, at the same time, I'll ask further. An first and foremost +I'll go an see them schooners." + +He then went off with the boys in search of the schooners just +mentioned. These were found without difficulty. One had come from up +the bay, another from St. John, and a third from Eastport. None of +them had encountered anything like a drilling boat. The one from up +the bay afforded them the greatest puzzle. She must have come down the +very night of Tom's accident. If he did drift down the bay in his +boat, he must have been not very far from the schooner. In clear +weather he could not have escaped notice; but the skipper had seen +nothing, and heard nothing. He had to beat down against the wind, and +anchor when the tide was rising; but, though he thus traversed so great +an extent of water, nothing whatever attracted his attention. + +"This sets me thinkin," said the captain, "that, perhaps, he mayn't +have drifted down at all. He may have run ashore up thar. Thar's a +chance of it, an we must all try to think of that, and cheer up, as +long as we can." + +Leaving the schooners, the captain now went through the settlement, and +made a few inquiries, with no further result. Nothing had been heard +by any one about any drifting boat, and they were at last compelled to +see that in Quaco there was no further hope of gaining any information +whatever about Tom. + +After this, the captain informed the boys that he was going back to the +schooner to sleep. + +"I haven't slep a wink," said he, "sence we left Grand Pre, and that's +more'n human natur can ginrally stand; so now I'm bound to have my +sleep out, an prepare for the next trip. You boys had better emply +yourselves in inspectin this here village." + +"When shall we leave Quaco?" + +"Wal, I'll think that over. I haven't yet made up my mind as to what's +best to be done next. One thing seems certain. There ain't no use +goin out in this fog, an I've half a mind to wait here till to-morrow." + +"To-morrow!" + +"Yes,--an then go down to St. John." + +"But what'll poor Tom be doing?" + +"It's my firm belief that he's all right," said Captain Corbet, +confidently. "At any rate, you'd better walk about now, an I'll try an +git some sleep." + +As there was nothing better to be done, the boys did as he proposed, +and wandered about the village. It was about two miles long, with +houses scattered at intervals along the single street of which it was +composed, with here, and there a ship-yard. At one end was a long, +projecting ledge, with a light-house; at the other there was a romantic +valley, through which a stream ran into the bay. On the other side of +this stream were cliffs of sandstone rocks, in which were deep, +cavernous hollows, worn by the waves; beyond this, again, was a long +line of a precipitous shore, in whose sides were curious shelves, along +which it was possible to walk for a great distance, with the sea +thundering on the rocks beneath. At any other time they would have +taken an intense enjoyment in a place like this, where there were so +many varied scenes; but now their sense of enjoyment was blunted, for +they carried in their minds a perpetual anxiety. None the less, +however, did they wander about, penetrating up the valley, exploring +the caverns, and traversing the cliffs. + +They did not return to the schooner till dusk. It would not be high +tide till midnight, and so they prolonged their excursion purposely, so +as to use up the time. On reaching the schooner they were welcomed by +Captain Corbet. + +"I declar, boys," said he, "I'm getting to be a leetle the biggest old +fool that ever lived. It's all this accident. It's onmanned me. I +had a nap for two or three hours, but waked at six, an ever sence I've +been a worretin an a frettin about youns. Sence that thar accident, I +can't bar to have you out of my sight, for I fear all the time that you +ar gettin into mischief. An now I've been skeart for two mortal hours, +a fancyin you all tumblin down from the cliffs, or a strugglin in the +waters." + +"O, we can take care of ourselves, captain," said Bart + +"No, you can't--not you. I wouldn't trust one of you. I'm getting to +be a feeble creetur too,--so don't go away agin." + +"Well, I don't think we'll have a chance in Quaco. Arn't we going to +leave to-night?" + +"Wal, that thar is jest the pint that I've been moosin on. You see +it's thick; the fog's as bad as ever. What's the use of going out +to-night? Now, ef we wait till to-morrow, it may be clear, an then we +can decide what to do." + +At this proposal, the boys were silent for a time. The experience +which they had formed of the bay and its fogs showed them how useless +would be any search by night, and the prospect of a clear day, and, +possibly, a more favorable wind on the morrow, was very attractive. +The question was debated by all, and considered in all its bearings, +and the discussion went on until late, when it was finally decided that +it would be, on the whole, the wisest course to wait until the +following day. Not the least influential of the many considerations +that occurred was their regard for Captain Corbet. They saw that he +was utterly worn out for want of sleep, and perceived how much he +needed one night's rest. This finally decided them. + +Early on the following morning they were all up, and eager to see if +there was any change in the weather. The first glance around elicited +a cry of admiration from all of them. Above, all was clear and bright. +The sun was shining with dazzling lustre; the sky was of a deep blue, +and without a cloud on its whole expanse; while the wide extent of the +bay spread out before them, blue like the sky above, which it mirrored, +and throwing up its waves to catch the sunlight. A fresh north wind +was blowing, and all the air and all the sea was full of light and joy. + +The scene around was in every respect magnificent. The tide was low, +and the broad beach, which now was uncovered by the waters, spread afar +to the right and left in a long crescent that extended for miles. On +its lower extremity it was terminated by a ledge of black rocks, with +the light-house before spoken of, while its upper end was bounded by +cavernous cliffs of red sandstone, which were crowned with tufted +trees. Behind them were the white houses of the village, straggling +irregularly on the borders of the long road, with here and there the +unfinished fabric of some huge ship; while in the background were +wooded hills and green sloping fields. Out on the bay a grander scene +appeared. Far down arose a white wall, which marked the place where +the fog clouds were sullenly retreating; immediately opposite, and +forty miles away over the water, arose the long line of the Nova Scotia +coast, which bounded the horizon; while far up arose Cape Chignecto, +and beside it towered up the dark form of a lonely island, which they +knew, in spite of the evident distortion of its shape, to be no other +than Ile Haute. + +The wondrous effects which can be produced by the atmosphere were never +more visible to their eyes than now. The coast of Nova Scotia rose +high in the air, dark in color, apparently only half its actual +distance away, while the summit of that coast seemed as level as a +table. It seemed like some vast structure which had been raised out of +the water during the night by some magic power. Ile Haute arose to an +extraordinary height, its summit perfectly level, its sides perfectly +perpendicular, and its color a dark purple hue. Nor was Cape Chignecto +less changed. The rugged cliff arose with magnified proportions to a +majestic height, and took upon itself the same sombre color, which +pervaded the whole of the opposite coast. + +Another discussion was now begun as to their best plan of action. After +talking it all over, it was finally decided to go to St. John. There +they would have a better opportunity of hearing about Tom; and there, +too, if they did hear, they could send messages to him, or receive them +from him. So it was decided to leave at about eleven o'clock, without +waiting for high tide; for, as the wind was fair, they could go on +without difficulty. After coming to this conclusion, and learning that +the tide would not be high enough to float the schooner until eleven, +they all took breakfast, and stimulated by the exhilarating atmosphere +and the bright sunshine, they dispersed down the village towards the +light-house. + +By ten o'clock they were back again. The tide was not yet up, and they +waited patiently. + +"By the way, captain," asked Bart, "what's become of Solomon?" + +"Solomon? O, he took a basket an went off on a kine o' foragin tower." + +"Foraging?" + +"Yes. He said he'd go along the shore, and hunt for lobsters." + +"The shore? What shore?" + +"Why, away up thar," said the captain, pointing towards the headland at +the upper end of the village. + +"How long since?" + +"Wal, jest arter breakfast. It must hev ben afore seven." + +"It's strange that he hasn't got back." + +"Yes; he'd ought to be back by this time." + +"He can't get any lobsters now; the tide is too high." + +"That's a fact." + +They waited half an hour. The rising tide already touched the +Antelope's keel. + +"Solomon ought to be back," cried Bart, starting up. + +"That's so," said Captain Corbet. + +"I'm afraid something's happened. He's been gone too long. Two hours +were enough." + +The boys all looked at one another with anxious faces. + +"If he went up that shore," said Bart, "he may have got caught by the +tide. It's a very dangerous place for anybody--let alone an old man +like him." + +"Wal, he did go up thar; he said partic'lar that he wanted to find +somethin of a relish, an would hunt up thar. He said, too, he'd be +back by nine." + +"I'm certain something's happened," cried Bart, more anxiously than +before. "If he's gone up there, he's been caught by the tide." + +Captain Corbet stared, and looked uneasy. + +"Wal, I must say, that thar's not onlikely. It's a bad place, a +dreadful bad place,--an him an old man,--a dreadful bad place. He'd be +down here by this time, ef he was alive." + +"I won't wait any longer," cried Bart. "I must go and see. Come +along, boys. Don't let's leave poor old Solomon in danger. Depend +upon it, he's caught up there somewhere." + +"Wal, I think you're right," said Captain Corbet, "an I'll go too. But +ef we do go, we'd better go with some preparations." + +"Preparations? What kind of preparations?" + +"O, ony a rope or two," said Captain Corbet; and taking a coil of rope +over his arm, he stepped ashore, and all the boys hurried after him. + +"I feel kine o' safer with a kile o' rope,--bein a seafarin man," he +remarked. "Give a seafarin man a rope, an he'll go anywhar an do +anythin. He's like a spider onto a web." + + + + +X. + +Tom ashore.--Storm at Night.--Up in the Morning.--The Cliffs and the +Beach.--A startling Discovery.--A desert Island.--A desperate +Effort.--Afloat again. + + +Tom slept soundly for a long time in the spot where he had flung +himself. The sense of security came to the assistance of his wearied +limbs, and lulled him into profounder slumbers. There was nothing here +that might rudely awaken him--no sudden boat shocks, no tossings and +heavings of waves, no hoarse, menacing thunders of wrathful surges from +rocky shores; nor were there distressing dreams to harass him, or any +anxieties carried from his waking hours into the land of slumbers to +annoy and to arouse. From Monday night until this time on Thursday, he +had known but little sleep, and much fatigue and sorrow. Now the +fatigue and the sorrow were all forgotten, and the sleep was all his +own. Not a thought had he given to the land which he had reached so +strangely. It was enough for him that he felt the solid ground beneath +his feet. + +For hours he slept there, lying there like a log, wrapped in the old +sail, moving not a limb, but given up altogether to his refreshing +slumber. At length he waked, and, uncovering his head, looked around. +At first he thought that he was in the boat, then he grew bewildered, +and it was only after a persistent effort of memory that he could +recollect his position. + +He looked all around, but nothing was visible. There was nothing +around him but darkness, intense and utter. It was like the +impenetrable veil that had enshrouded him during the night of his +memorable voyage. He could not see where his boat was. A vague idea +which he had of examining its fastening was dismissed. He felt hungry, +and found the biscuit box lying under one corner of the sail. A few of +these were sufficient to gratify his hunger. Nothing more could be +done, and he saw plainly that it would be necessary for him to wait +there patiently until morning. Once more, therefore, he rolled himself +up in the sail, and tried to go to sleep. But at first his efforts +were vain. The first fatigue had passed away, and now that he had been +refreshed by sleep, his mind was too much occupied by thoughts of his +past voyage to be readily lulled to sleep again. He could not help +wondering what Captain Corbet and the boys were doing. That they were +searching for him everywhere he well knew, but which direction they had +chosen he could not tell. And what was the place whither he had +drifted? He felt confident that it was the mouth of the Petitcodiac, +and could not help wondering at the accuracy of his course; yet, while +wondering, he modestly refrained from taking the credit of it to +himself, and rather chose to attribute it to the wind and tide. It was +by committing himself so completely to their guidance, he thought, that +he had done so well. + +In the midst of such thoughts as these, Tom became aware of the howling +of the wind and the dash of the waters. Putting forth his head, he +found that there was quite a storm arising; and this only added to his +contentment. No fear had he now, on this solid ground, of rising wind +or swelling wave. Even the fog had lost its terrors. It was with +feelings like these that he once more covered up his head from the +night blast; and not long after he was once more asleep. + +When he next awaked, it was day. Starting to his feet, he looked +around him, and shouted for joy. The sky was clear. The sun was +rising, and its rays, coming from over the distant hills, were +glittering over the surface of the water. The wind had changed. The +fog had dispersed. + +No sooner had he seen this than he was filled with curiosity to know +where he was. This did not look much like the mouth of the +Petitcodiac. He stared around with a very strange sensation. + +Immediately beside him, where he was standing, the easy slope went back +for a hundred yards or so, covered with short, wild grass, with here +and there a stunted tree. Turning round, he saw the land rising by a +steep acclivity towards the heights which bordered on the sea in such +tremendous cliffs. Over the heights, and along the crest of those +cliffs, were flying great flocks of sea-gulls, which kept up one +incessant chorus of harsh, discordant screams. In front of him spread +out a broad sheet of water, on the opposite side of which arose a lofty +line of coast. Into this there penetrated a long strait, beyond which +he could see broad waters and distant shores--a bay within a bay, +approached by this strait. On each side of the strait were lofty, +towering cliffs; and on one side, in particular, the cliffs were +perpendicular, and ran on in a long and unbroken wall. The extremity +of the cliff nearest him was marked by a gigantic mass of broken rock, +detached from the main land, and standing alone in awful grandeur. + +What place was this? Was this the mouth of the Petitcodiac? Was that +broad bay a river? Was he still dreaming, or what did it all mean? +And that gigantic fragment severed from a cliff, which thus stood guard +at the entrance of a long strait, what was that? Could it be possible? +Was there indeed any other broken cape, or could it be possible that +this was Cape Split? + +He hurried up the slope, and on reaching the top, saw that it descended +on the other side towards the water. This water was a broad sheet, +which extended for seven or eight miles, and was terminated by a lofty +coast that extended down the bay as far as the eye could reach. One +comprehensive glance was sufficient. He saw it all, and understood it +all. It was not the mouth of the Petitcodiac River. It was the +entrance to the Basin of Minas that lay before him. There lay the +great landmarks, seen under new aspects, it is true, yet now +sufficiently distinguishable. There was the Nova Scotia coast. In +yonder hollow was Scott's Bay. That giant rock was Cape Split. The +long channel was the Strait of Minas, and the cliffs opposite were Cape +d'Or and Cape Chignecto. + +And now the recognition of all these places brought to him a great and +sudden shock. + +For what was this place on which he stood? Was it any part of the main +land? + +It was not. + +He looked around. + +It was an island. + +He saw its lofty cliffs, its wooded crest, its flocks of sea-gulls, its +sloping east end, where he stood, running down to a low point. He had +seen them all at a distance before; and now that he stood here, he +recognized all. + +He was on Ile Haute! + +The moment that he recognized this startling fact, he thought of his +boat. He hurried to the beach. The tide was very low. To his immense +relief he found the fastening of the boat secure, and he turned away at +once, without any further examination, to think over his situation, and +consider the best plan for reaching the main land. Making a +comfortable seat for himself on the sail, he sat down, and drawing out +the box, he took some biscuit. Then feeling thirsty, he went off in +search of fresh water. Before he had walked many paces he found a +brook. + +The brook was a small one, which ran from the lofty west end of the +island to the low land of the east, and thence into the bay. The water +was good, and Tom satisfied his thirst by a long draught. + +Judging by the position of the sun, it was now about seven o'clock in +the morning; and Tom seated himself once more, and began to try to +think how it was that he should have come in a direction so entirely +different from the one which he had believed himself to be taking. He +had fully expected to land at Petitcodiac, and he found himself far +away on the other side of the bay. Yet a little reflection showed him +how useless it was to try to recall his past voyage, and how impossible +it was for him to account for it, ignorant as he was of the true +direction of the wind and of the tide. He contented himself with +marking a rude outline of his course on his memorandum book, making +allowance for the time when he turned on that course; and having summed +it all up to his own satisfaction in a crooked line which looked like a +slip-knot, he turned his attention to more important matters. + +There was one matter of first-rate importance which now pressed itself +upon his thoughts, and that was, how to escape from his present +situation. As far as he could see, there was no inhabitant on the +island, no house, no cultivation, and no domestic animal. If there had +been anything of that kind, they would be visible, he knew, from the +point where he was standing. But all was deserted; and beyond the open +ground in his neighborhood arose the east end, wooded all over its +lofty summit. From Captain Corbet's words, and from his own +observation, he knew that it was a desert island, and that if he wished +to escape he would have to rely altogether upon his own resources. + +With this conclusion he once more turned his attention to his +surroundings. + +Nearest to him was Cape d'Or, about four miles away, and Cape Split, +which was some distance farther. Then there was the Nova Scotia shore, +which appeared to be seven or eight miles distant. On the beach and +within sight was the boat which offered a sure and easy mode of passing +over to the main land. But no sooner did he recognize this fact than a +difficulty arose. How was he to make the passage? The boat had come +ashore at high tide, and was close up to the grassy bank. The tide was +far down, and between the boat and the water was a broad beach, covered +with cobblestones, and interspersed with granite boulders. It was too +heavy a weight for him to move any distance, and to force it down to +the water over such a beach was plainly impossible. On the other hand, +he might wait until the boat floated at high tide, and then embark. +But this, again, would be attended with serious difficulties. The +tide, he saw, would turn as soon as he should get fairly afloat, and +then he would have to contend with the downward current. True, he +might use his sail, and in that case he might gain the Nova Scotia +shore; but his experience of the tides had been so terrible a one, that +he dreaded the tremendous drift which he would have to encounter, and +had no confidence in his power of navigating under such circumstances. +Besides, he knew well that although the wind was now from the north, it +was liable to change at any moment; so that even if he should be able +to guide his boat, he might yet be suddenly enveloped by a fog when but +half way over, and exposed once more to all those perils from which he +had just escaped. The more he thought of all these dangers, the more +deterred he felt from making any such attempt. Rather would he wait, +and hope for escape in some other way. + +But, as yet, he did not feel himself forced to anything so desperate as +that. There was another alternative. At high tide the boat would be +afloat, and then, as the tide fell, he could keep her afloat until it +was at its lowest. He could then embark, and be carried by the +returning water straight on to the Straits of Minas, and up into the +basin. He now made a calculation, and concluded that it would be high +tide about midday, and low tide about six in the evening. If he were +to embark at that time, he would have two hours of daylight in which to +run up with the tide. He saw now that his whole plan was perfectly +feasible, and it only remained to make preparations for the voyage. As +the whole afternoon would be taken up in floating the boat down to +low-water mark, the morning would have to be employed in making +whatever arrangements might be necessary. + +Certain things were needed which required all that time. His hastily +extemporized mast and sail had done wonderfully well, but he needed +something to steer with. If he could only procure something that would +serve the purpose of a rudder, he would feel well prepared for his +voyage. + +On the search for this he now started. He walked all about the open +ground, looking around in all directions, to see if he could find +anything, but without any success. Then he ascended the declivity +towards the woods, but nothing appeared which was at all adapted to +meet his wants. He saw a young tree, which he thought might do, and +tried to cut it down with his pocket-knife. After about an hour's hard +work he succeeded in bringing it down, and another hour was spent in +trimming the branches. The result of all this labor at length lay at +his feet in the shape of a rough pole, with jagged splinters sticking +out all over it, which promised to be of about as much utility as a +spruce bush. In utter disgust he turned away, leaving the pole on the +ground, and making up his mind to sail, as he did before, without any +rudder. In this mood he descended the declivity, and walked +disconsolately towards the shore which was on the side of the island +directly opposite to where the boat lay. He had not yet been near +enough to see the beach; but now, as he came nearer, a cry of delight +escaped him involuntarily; for there, all along the beach, and close up +to the bank, lay an immense quantity of drift-wood, which had been +brought here by the tide from all the upper waters of the bay. It was +a most heterogeneous mixture that lay before him--chips from timber +ponds, logs from ship-yards, boards from saw-mills, deals, battens, +fence posts, telegraph poles, deal ends, edgings, laths, palings, +railway sleepers, treenails, shingles, clapboards, and all the various +forms which wood assumes in a country which makes use of it as the +chief material of its manufactures. Along the countless streams that +flow into the bay, and along its far-winding shores, and along the +borders of all its subsidiary bays, and inlets, and basins, the +manufacture of wood is carried on--in saw-mills, in ship-yards, and in +timber ponds; and the currents that move to and fro are always loaded +with the fragments that are snatched away from these places, most of +which are borne afar out to sea, but many of which are thrown all along +the shores for hundreds of miles. Ile Haute, being directly in the way +of some of the swiftest currents, and close by the entrance to a basin +which is surrounded by mills and ship-yards, naturally received upon +its shores an immense quantity of these scattered and floating +fragments. Such was the sight that now met the eyes of Tom, and +presented him with a countless number of fragments of wood adapted to +his wants, at the very time when he had worked fruitlessly for two +hours at fashioning one for himself. + +Looking over the heaps of drift-wood, he found many pieces which suited +him; and out of these he chose one which was shaped a little like an +oar. Securing this prize, he walked over to where the sail was, and +deposited it there. + +Then he ate some biscuit, and, after taking a draught from the cool +brook, he rested, and waited, full of hope, for the rising of the tide. + +It was now rapidly approaching the boat. Tom watched it for some time, +and felt new happiness as he viewed the roll of every little surf. +There was not much wind, and nothing but a gentle ripple on the water. +All this was in his favor; for, if he wished for anything now, it was a +moderate breeze and a light sea. From time to time he turned his +attention to the Straits of Minas, and arranged various plans in his +mind. At one time he resolved to try and reach Pereau; again he +thought that he would be content if he could only get to Parrsboro'; +and yet again, he came to the wise conclusion that if he got to any +settlement at all he would be content. At another time he half decided +to take another course, and try to reach Scott's Bay, where he felt +sure of a warm welcome and a plenteous repast. Aiming thus at so many +different points, it mattered but little to him in what particular +direction the tide might sweep him, so long as it carried him up the +bay. + +The tide now came nearer, and Tom went down to the beach for a few +moments. He paced the distance between the boat and the water. He +noticed a few things lying in the boat. In the bow was a coil of rope +which Captain Corbet had probably obtained when he was ashore at +Petitcodiac. There was also a tin pan, used for baling. + +As the tide drew nearer, Tom began to feel more and more impatient. +Again and again he paced the intervening space between the boat and the +water, and chafed and fretted because it did not lessen more rapidly. +If the boat were once fairly afloat, he felt that the time would pass +much more rapidly; for then he would be working at some definite task, +and not standing idly waiting. + +But everything has an end; and so, at length, the end came here. The +water rose higher and higher, until, at length, it touched the keel. +Tom gave a shout of joy. + +He now untied the rope, and tried to shorten his suspense by pushing +the boat towards the water; but his strength was insufficient. He +could not move it. He would have to wait longer. + +Thus far the things which he had taken out had been lying on the grass. +It was now time to put them on board. So he carried down the sail, +folded it up, and stowed it away neatly at the bottom of the boat. On +this he stood the box of biscuit, taking care to put the cover over it, +and to spread over that again one fold of the sail. + +This took up some time, and he had the gratification of seeing that the +water had come up a few feet farther. He now tried once more to force +the boat down, using his piece of board as a lever; but the board bent, +and almost broke, without moving the boat. He stood for a moment +waiting, and suddenly thought of the pole which he had left up in the +woods. He determined to get this, and perhaps, with its help, he would +be able to accomplish his wishes. So off he started at a run, and in a +few minutes reached the place. Hurrying back again, he inserted one end +of the pole under the bow, and exerted all his force to press the boat +downward into the water. At first it did not move; but shortly after, +when the water had risen still higher, he made a new effort. This time +he succeeded; the boat moved slightly. + +Again. + +The boat moved farther. + +Once more. + +Still farther. + +And now he made a final trial. Thrusting the pole again underneath, he +exerted all his force for the last time, and pushed the boat down for +about a yard. + +It was at last afloat. + +The tide had not yet fully attained its height, but was close to it. +The wind was blowing from the north, as before, and quite moderately. +The sea sparkled and glittered in the rays of the sun. The little +wavelets tossed their heads on high, and danced far away ever the sea. +The air was bright, and stimulating, and exhilarating. All the scene +filled Tom's heart with gladness; and the approach of his deliverance +deepened and intensified this feeling. + + + + +XI. + +Afloat again.--The rushing Water.--Down to the Bottom.--Desperate +Circumstances.--Can they be remedied?--New Hopes and Plans. + + +The boat was at last afloat before Tom's eyes. + +At first he had thought of holding it by the painter, and patiently +standing on the beach, but the sight of it now changed his purposes. +He thought that it would be a far more sensible plan to get on board, +and keep the boat near the beach in that way. His bit of stick, which +he had found among the drift-wood, could be used as an oar, and was +good enough to enable him to move the boat as much as would be +necessary. As he would have to wait for six hours at least, it was a +matter of great importance that he should be as little fatigued as +possible, especially as he had to look forward to a voyage, after the +tide had fallen, attended with the possibility of increased labor and +exertion. All these thoughts came rapidly to his mind, but passed in +much less time than it takes to tell it, so that Tom had scarcely seen +the boat afloat than he rushed through the water, and clambered into +it. Then, taking his stick, he stood up and looked around. + +The scene around has already been described. Tom kept his stick in the +water, so as to have it ready for use. He purposed keeping the boat at +a convenient distance from the shore by pushing and paddling. By +keeping it within a distance of from three to six yards, he thought he +would, for the present at least, be able to keep afloat, and yet avoid +the sweep of the tides. He did not expect to remain in this particular +spot all the time, but expected to find some place which would be out +of the way of the tide, where he could float comfortably without being +forced to keep in too close to the land. + +But suddenly Tom's thoughts and speculations were rudely interrupted. + +It appeared to him that there was a very unusual feeling about the +boat. She did not seem as high out of the water as she ought to have +been, and her bows seemed to be lower than they had been. There was +also a slight vibration in her, which he had never noticed before, and +which struck him now as very peculiar. In the midst of this there came +to his ears a low, faint, and scarcely perceptible sound, made up of +peculiar bubbling and gurgling noises, which sounded from the boat. + +One brief examination showed him that the boat was certainly very much +deeper in the water than she had been. + +Five seconds later her bows had sunk farther. + +Two seconds more, and Tom's feet were surrounded by water up to his +ankles. + +The boat was filling! + +Scarce had he made this discovery than the water rose swiftly up, the +boat sank quickly down, the sea rolled over her sides, and the boat +went to the bottom. + +Very fortunate was it for Tom, at that moment, that he had not pushed +out farther from the shore. When the boat went down he was not more +than three or four yards off, and he did not sink lower than up to his +neck. But the shock was a sudden one, and for a moment almost +paralyzed him. The next instant, however, he recovered from it; and +looking round, he saw the box of biscuit floating within his reach. +Making a wild dash at this, he secured it, and waded ashore with it in +safety. He then turned mournfully to look after the boat, and found +that it was visible, floating on the surface. As he left it, it had +floated up, his weight being the only thing that had sent it below. +The tide was still coming in, so that it did not float away. Tom flung +off his coat and waistcoat, and hurrying into the water, soon caught +and dragged it as near as he could to the beach. Then he secured it +once more, and waited. Standing there, he looked gloomily at the +vessel, wherein such precious hopes had been freighted only to be lost. +What had happened? Why could not the boat float? What was the matter +with her? These were the wondering questions which occurred to him +without his being able to give any answer. + +One thing he saw plainly, and that was, that he had lost this tide. The +next high tide would be after midnight, and the next would be between +one and two on the following day. If he could find out what was the +matter with the boat, and fix it, he would have to wait till the next +day, unless he chose to watch for his chance after midnight, and make +the journey then. + +He was not a boy who could be long inactive; so now, after a brief +period, in which he gave up to the natural despondency of his soul, he +stirred himself up once more, and sought comfort in occupation. The box +of biscuit did not seem much injured, it had not floated long enough +for the sea-water to penetrate it. Assuring himself of this, he next +turned to the boat and took out its contents. These were the old sail, +the coil of rope, and the baling dipper. + +By this time the tide had reached its height, and after the usual time +of delay, began to fall once more. The boat was secured to the shore, +and after a time the water began to leave her. Tom sat at a little +distance, wondering what could be the matter with her, and deferring +his examination until the boat should be left aground. It was a +mystery to him how this sudden change had occurred, and why the boat, +which had floated so well during his long drift, should now, all of a +sudden, begin to leak with such astonishing rapidity. Something must +have happened--something serious, too; but what it was, or how it had +happened, he could not, for the life of him, conjecture. + +As Tom sat there, the tide gradually left the boat; and as the tide +left, the water ran out, keeping at just the same level inside as the +water outside. This showed, even to his inexperienced eyes, that the +leak must be a very large one, since it admitted of such a ready flow +of water in and out. The water descended lower and lower as he sat, +until, at last, the boat was left by the retreating waves. The water +had all run out. + +Tom now advanced, and proceeded to examine her. When he was arranging +her cargo before, the coil of rope had been in the bows. This had +prevented him from detecting anything wrong in the boat. But now, since +everything had been taken out, one glance only was quite sufficient to +make known to him instantly the whole difficulty. There, in the bows, +underneath the very place where the coil of rope had lain, was a huge +aperture. The planks had been beaten in, and one side of the bow was +destroyed beyond hope of remedy. + +The sight of such an irremediable calamity as this renewed for a time +the despondency which he had felt at the first sinking of the boat. +Full of depression, he turned away, and tried to account for it all. +It was on the previous day that he had landed--about twenty-four hours +ago. How had he passed the time since then, and what had happened? +This he tried to remember. + +In the first place, up to the moment of landing the boat was perfectly +sound, and far from all injury. It had not been hurt during the drift. +It had struck at one place, but the long voyage that had followed +showed that no damage had resulted. Finally, it had not been harmed by +landing on Quaco Ledge. Since that time he had drifted in safety far +across the bay, without meeting with any accident. All this proved +clearly that the damage must have been done to the boat since his +landing on the island. + +He found it very difficult to recall anything that had happened since +then. On his first arrival he was worn out and exhausted. He +remembered vaguely how he came in sight of the giant cliff, how he +dragged the boat along, how he secured it to a tree, and then how he +flung himself down on the grass and fell asleep. After that all was +obscure to his memory; but he could recall his waking at midnight and +listening to the roar of the wind and the dash of the surf. Evidently +there must have been a heavier sea on the beach at that time than when +he landed, and this was sufficient to account for the accident to the +boat. She had been beating on the rough rocks at high tide, exposed to +the full sweep of the surf, and her bows had been stove in. + +The melancholy spectacle of the ruined boat made Tom see that his stay +on the island might be prolonged even beyond the following day. No +sooner had this thought occurred to him than he went over to the +articles which he had taken out of the boat, and passed them all in +review before him, as though he were anxious to know the full extent of +his resources. He spread out the wet sail in the sun. He spread out +his coat and waistcoat. In the pocket of the latter he found a card of +matches, which were a little damp. These he seized eagerly and laid on +the top of a stone, exposed to the rays of the sun, so as to dry them. +The clothes which he kept on were wet through, of course, but he +allowed them to dry on him. + +He had been working now pretty industriously all the morning, first at +searching after a piece of wood, then in cutting down the pole, then in +searching among the drift-wood, and finally at the boat. He felt, at +length, hungry; and as he could not yet decide upon what was to be done +next, he determined to satisfy his desires, and kill the time by taking +his dinner. The repast was a frugal one, consisting as before, of +biscuit, which were washed down by cold water; but Tom did not +complain. The presence of food of any sort was a cause for +thankfulness to one in his position, and it was with a feeling of this +sort, in spite of his general depression of spirits, that he ate his +meal. + +After this he felt much more refreshed, and began to consider what he +had better do next. Of course, the centre of interest to him was the +boat, and he could not give up that hope of escape without a struggle. +As long as there was a hope of making his way from the island by means +of that, so long might he keep up his heart; but if the damage that had +been done should prove irreparable, how would he be able to endure his +situation? Whatever it was, it would be best to know the worst once +for all. Perhaps he might stop the leak. He had material around which +seemed to be the right sort of thing to stop a leak with. He had the +piece of sail, which could be cut up into small pieces, and used to +stop the leak. If he had possessed a hatchet and some nails, he would +have made an effort to repair the fracture in the planks of the boat; +but as he had nothing of that sort, he tried to devise some method by +which the water might be kept out. As he thought, there gradually grew +up in his mind the rude outline of a plan which promised something, and +seemed to him to be certainly worth trying. At any rate, he thought, +it will serve to give me an occupation; and any occupation, even if it +proves to be of no practical value, is better than sitting here doing +nothing at all. + +Having something to do once more quickened Tom's energies anew, and +starting to his feet, he prepared to put his plan into execution. First +of all, in order to carry out that plan, it was necessary for him to +get a number of blocks and boards of different sizes. These, he knew, +could easily be found among the driftwood on the beach. Over there he +hurried, and after a moderate search he succeeded, at length, in +finding bits of wood that seemed suited to the purpose which he had in +view. With these he came back to the boat; but as there was a large +number of them, he had to make several journeys before the whole +collection was brought over. + +Then he took his pole, and, putting a block under it, used it as a +lever to raise up the boat. By dexterous management he succeeded in +doing this, and at the same time he ran a board underneath the bow of +the boat as it was slightly raised. This manoeuvre he repeated several +times, each time raising his lever higher, by means of a higher +fulcrum, and thus constantly raising the bow of the boat; while after +each elevation the bow was secured in its new position by running an +additional board underneath it, over the other preceding boards. By +carefully and perseveringly pursuing this course, he at length +succeeded in raising the bow of the boat about a foot in the air. This +gave him an opportunity to examine it thoroughly outside as well as +inside, and to see the whole extent of the damage that had been done. + +It has already been said that the damage was serious. Tom's +examination now convinced him that it was in every respect as serious +as he had supposed, if not still more so. Even if he did possess a +hatchet and nails, or a whole box full of tools, he doubted whether it +would be in his power to do anything whatever in the way of repairing +it. No less than three of the lower planks of the bows, down to the +very keel, were beaten in and broken so badly that they seemed actually +crushed and mangled. It must have been a fearful beating, and +pounding, and grinding on the rocks which had caused this. The planks, +though thus broken, still held together; but it seemed to Tom that with +a blow of his fist he could easily beat it all in; and as he looked at +it he could not help wondering how it had happened that the work which +the rocks had thus so nearly effected had not been completely finished. +However, the planks did hold together yet; and now the question was, +Could any thing be done? + +In answer to this question, Tom thought of the old sail and the coil of +rope. Already he had conceived the rude outline of a plan whereby the +entrance of the water might be checked. The plan was worth trying, and +he determined to set about it at once, and use up the hours before him +as long as he could, without any further delay. If by any possibility +he could stop that leak, he determined to start off at the next high +tide, that very night, and run the risk. It was a daring, even a +foolhardy thought; but Tom was desperate, and the only idea which he +had was, to escape as soon as possible. + +He now made some measurements, after which he went to the old sail, and +cut a piece from the end of it. This he divided into smaller pieces, +each about a yard square. Each of these pieces he folded up in three +folds, so as to make them about a foot wide and eighteen inches long. +Others he folded into six folds, making them about half the size of the +larger pieces. All this took up much time, for he measured and planned +very carefully, and his calculations and measurements had to be done +slowly and cautiously. Returning to the boat with these bits of folded +canvas, he put one of the larger pieces on the inside, against the bow, +right over the broken place. Another large piece was placed carefully +over this, and then the smaller pieces were laid against these. In +this way he adjusted all the pieces of canvas in such a way as to cover +up the whole place where the leak was. + +Then he went over to the drift-wood, and spent a long time searching +after some bits of wood. He at length found a half dozen pieces of +board, about a foot long, and from six to eight inches in width. He +also found some bits of scantling, and palings, which were only a foot +or so in length. All these he brought back, and laid them down on the +beach near the boat. + +He now proceeded to place these bits of wood in the bows, in such a way +as to keep the canvas in a firm position. His idea was, that the +canvas, by being pressed against the opening, might keep out the water, +and the wood, by being properly arranged, might keep the canvas secure +in its place. The arrangement of the wood required the greatest care. +First of all, he took the smallest bits, and stood these up against the +canvas, so that they might correspond as nearly as possible with the +curve of the bows. A few more pieces were placed in the hollow part of +this curve, and outside these the larger pieces were placed. Between +the outside pieces and the inner ones he thrust some of the smallest +pieces which he could find. After thus arranging all his boards, he +found that there lay between the outside board and the first seat of +the boat a space of about one foot. Selecting a piece of wood of about +that length, he put one end against the board, and the other against +the seat, and pressed it into a position where it served to keep the +board tight in its place. Then he took other pieces of about the same +length, and arranged them in the same way, so that, by being fixed +between the board and the seat, they might keep the whole mass of +boards and canvas pressed tight against the opening in the bows. After +placing as many blocks in position as he conveniently could, his next +work was to secure them all. In order to effect this, another journey +to the drift-wood was necessary, and another search. This time he +selected carefully a number of sticks, not more than half an inch in +thickness, some of them being much thinner. He found pieces of paling, +and laths, and shingles which suited his ideas. Returning with these to +the boat, he proceeded to thrust them, one by one, into the interstices +of the boards, using a stone to drive them into their places. + +At last the work was finished as far as he could accomplish it, and +there remained nothing more to be done. As far as he could see, by +shaking, and pulling, and pushing at the collection of sticks and +canvas, it was very firm and secure. Every stick seemed to be tight, +and the pressure which they maintained against the aperture was so +strong that the wood-work now was forced out a little distance beyond +the outline of the boat. He examined most carefully all about the bows +on the outside, but saw no place which did not seem to be fully +protected. It seemed to him now as though that piled-up canvas ought +to resist the entrance of the water, or, if not, at least that it ought +not to allow it to enter so rapidly but that he could easily keep the +boat baled out. + +He was not altogether confident, yet he was hopeful, and as determined +as ever to make a trial. + + + + +XII. + +Waiting for high Water.--A Trial.--A new Discovery.--Total +Failure.--Down again.--Overboard.--A Struggle for Life. + + +Tom's work was thus, at length, accomplished, and it remained now to +get the boat in readiness and wait. Slowly and carefully he raised the +bow by means of the lever, and one by one he withdrew the boards which +held it up. At last the boat lay on the beach, ready to receive the +uplifting arms of the returning tide whenever it should make its +appearance again. Tom saw with satisfaction that the boat was about +three yards down below high-water mark, on the spot to which he had +dragged it after the failure of his last experiment. This, of course, +would be so much in his favor, for it would thus be able to float +before the water should reach its height. + +He had worked hard all the afternoon, and it was already dark. The +tide, which had been falling, had some time ago reached its lowest +point, and was now returning. Between him and the lowest point was a +great distance, for the tides here rise to a perpendicular height of +over forty feet; but Tom knew that the time required to traverse the +long space that here intervened between high and low-water mark was +precisely the same as if it had only to rise a few feet. + +He was very hungry, but some things had yet to be done. He had to put +on board the boat the articles that he had taken ashore. His matches +were now quite dry, and he put them in his pocket with a deep sense of +their value to him in his present position. His clothes also were dry, +and these he put on. The sail, the coil of rope, and the box of +biscuit were put on board the boat. Tom had still to make his frugal +repast; but this was soon accomplished, and he felt again a sense of +exceeding thankfulness at the possession of the box of biscuit. At +length his evening meal was over, and by the time that he had finished +it, it had grown quite dark. He now went to the boat, and tied up the +sail around the mast. There was nothing to which he could fasten the +boat; but it was not necessary, as he was on the watch. The water +continued smooth, the wind was from the north, as before, and there was +no sign of fog. Overhead the sky was free from clouds, and the stars +twinkled pleasantly to his upturned eyes, as if to encourage him. There +was no moon, however, and though it was not very dark, yet it was +sufficiently so to veil the nearest shores in gloom, and finally to +withdraw them altogether from his view. Still it was not a matter of +necessity that he should see the opposite shores, for he knew that his +chief, and indeed his only reliance must be upon the tide; and this +would bear him in its upward course on the morrow. The night was only +needed to float the boat down as far as low-water mark. The process of +floating her would serve to test the security of the fastenings, and +show whether he could venture to make the attempt. + +For hours Tom waited, sometimes seated in the boat, at other times +walking along the beach down to the water. He found it difficult to +keep himself awake, and therefore did not venture to sit down long. +Wearied with his long work through the day, the necessity of constant +exertion wearied him still more, until at length he could scarce draw +his legs after him. But all things have an end, and so it was with +Tom's dreary watch; for at length the waters came up, and touched the +boat, and surrounded it, until at last, to his great joy, Tom found +himself afloat. He seized his stick, and pushed the boat into deeper +water, a few yards off, with the intention of keeping her at about that +distance from the shore. + +The one thought that was now in his mind referred exclusively to his +work in the boat. Was it firm? Would it hold? Did it leak? The boat +was floating, certainly. How long would if continue to do so? For a +few minutes he waited anxiously, as he floated there in deep water, +with his eyes fixed on the work in the bow, and his ears listening +intently to detect any sign of that warning, gurgling sound, which had +struck terror to his heart on his last embarkation. But no sign came +of any sound of that sort, and he heard nothing but the gentle dash of +the water against the sides of the boat. Thus about five minutes +passed. At the end of that time, he raised the sail, which he had laid +along the bottom of the boat, and examined underneath it. The first +touch of his fingers at the bottom lessened very largely the hope that +was in him, and at once chased away the feeling of exultation that was +rising. For there, in the bottom of the boat, he felt as much as an +inch of water. After the first shock, he tried to believe that it was +only the water that was in the boat before; and so, taking comfort in +this thought, he waited for further developments, but at the same time +took the dipper, so as to be ready to bale out the water, and have a +struggle for it in case the worst should happen. + +Another minute assured him that this was not the water which had been +in the boat before. A new supply was entering, and in the space of +that short time of waiting it had risen to the height of another inch. +Tom felt a sudden pang of dismay, but his stout heart did not quail, +nor did his obstinate resolution falter. Since it was the sea water +that was coming in, he determined to have a fight with it for the +possession of the boat. So he set to work bravely, and began to bale. +He pulled up the sail, so as to have plenty of elbow-room, and worked +away, dipping out the water; but, as he dipped, he perceived that it +was gradually getting deeper. He dipped faster, but without any +visible improvement, indeed, his efforts seemed to have but very little +effect in retarding the entrance of the water. It grew deeper and +deeper. One inch of water soon deepened to two inches, and thence to +three. Soon after four inches were felt. + +And now the water came in more rapidly. It seemed to Tom as though it +had been delayed at first, for a little time, in finding an entrance, +but that now, after the entrance was found, it came pouring in with +ever-accelerated speed. Tom struggled on, hoping against hope, and +keeping up his efforts long after they were proved to be useless. But +the water came in faster and faster, until at length Tom began to see +that he must seek his safety in another way. Flinging down his dipper, +then, with a cry of vexation, he started up, and, seizing his bit of +board, he looked around for the shore. + +He had been caught by some side current, and had been carried along in +such a way that he was about a hundred yards from the island, and +seemed to be drifting up the bay. The dark, shadowy shores were much +farther away than he had suspected. While struggling to bale out the +boat, he had forgotten how necessary it was to keep near to the shore. +He now saw his mistake, and strove to paddle the boat back again. With +such a clumsy oar it is not likely that he could have achieved his +desire at all, had the flood tide been stronger; but now it was about +at its height, and would soon turn, if it was not turning already. The +current, therefore, was but a weak one, and Tom found himself able to +move slowly back; but his progress was very slow, and working at such a +disadvantage was excessively fatiguing. At last he saw that if he +trusted to paddling he could never reach the shore. In a moment +another idea suggested itself; there was no time to lose, and he at +once acted on it. Darting forward, he loosed the sail. The wind was +still blowing from the north; at once the sail was filled, and, +yielding to this new power, the boat began to move more rapidly. Tom +tied the sheet astern, and, seizing his paddle, tried to scull the +boat. For some minutes he kept up this work, and the boat moved +steadily forward, nearer and still nearer, until the land was at length +not more than thirty or forty yards off. + +But by this time the danger had come nearer, and the boat was already +half full of water. Tom began to see that it could not float as far as +the shore. What was he to do? He waited a little longer. He looked +around. The boat was drawing nearer, yet soon it must go down. To +ease it, it would be necessary to relieve it of his own weight. He did +not lose his presence of mind for a moment, but determined at once to +jump overboard. In his perfect coolness he thought of one or two +things which were of importance to him, and performed them swiftly and +promptly. First he took the box of biscuit, and placed it on the heap +of boards and canvas in the bows, so that it might remain as long as +possible out of reach of the water. Then he took the card of matches +out of his waistcoat pocket, and put them in his hat, which he replaced +on his head. To secure thus from damage the two necessaries of food +and fire was but the work of a few seconds. To throw off his coat, +waistcoat, and trousers, and hang them over the top of the short mast, +was the work of a few seconds more. By the time this had been done, +the water was nearly up to the gunwales. In five seconds more the boat +would have gone down; but, so well had Tom's work been done, and so +promptly, that these five seconds were saved. Having done what he +wished, he let himself down into the water; and, holding on by the +stern of the boat, he allowed himself to float after it, kicking out at +the same time, so as to assist, rather than retard, its progress. + +By this time the land was not more than twenty yards away. The boat +did not sink so rapidly now, but kept afloat much better; still the +water rose to a level with the gunwales, and Tom was too much rejoiced +to find that it kept afloat at all to find fault with this. The wind +still blew, and the sail was still up; so that the water-logged vessel +went on at a very respectable rate, until at length half the distance +which Tom had noticed on going overboard was traversed. The boat +seemed to float now, though full of water, and Tom saw that his +precious biscuit, at any rate, would not be very much harmed. Nearer +and nearer now he came until at last, letting himself down, his feet +touched bottom. A cry of delight escaped him; and now, bracing himself +firmly against the solid land below, he urged the boat on faster, until +at length her deep-sunk bows grated against the gravel of the beach. + +He hurried up to the box of biscuit, and put this ashore in a safe +place; after which he secured the boat to a jagged rock on the bank. +He found now that he had come to a different part of the beach +altogether, for his boat was lying at the spot where the little brook +ran into the sea. Well was it for him, in that rash and hazardous +experiment, that he had floated off before the tide was high. It had +led to his drifting up the bay, instead of down, and by a weak current, +instead of a strong one. The wind had thus brought him back. Had it +been full tide, he would have drifted out from the shore, and then have +been carried down the bay by the falling water to swift and sure +destruction. + +Tom now took off his wet shirt, and put on the dry clothes which he had +so prudently hung on the top of the mast. He perceived that he had not +a very pleasant lookout for the night, for the sail which he had +formerly used to envelop himself with was now completely saturated. It +was also too dark to go to the woods in search of ferns or mosses on +which to sleep. However, the night was a pleasant one, and the grass +around would not be so bad a resting-place as he had been forced to use +while drifting in the boat. He had now become accustomed to hardship +by bitter experience, and so he looked forward to the night without +care. + +The day had been an eventful one, indeed, for him, and his last +adventure had been full of peril, from which he had been most +wonderfully rescued. + +These thoughts were in his mind, and he did not fail to offer up +prayers of heartfelt gratitude to that good and merciful Being who had +thus far so wonderfully preserved him. With such feelings in his +heart, he sought out a sleeping-place, and after some search he found a +mossy knoll. Seating himself here, he reclined his back against it, +and in a few minutes the worn-out boy was buried in a deep sleep. + +He slept until late on the following day, and on waking looked around +to see if there were any sails in view. None were visible. The tide +was about half way up, and the wide waters spread before him without +any vessel in sight. He then began his preparations for the day. He +hung his shirt upon a bush, and spread out the wet sail on the grass. +An examination of the biscuit showed him that they had scarcely been +injured at all, the water having penetrated only the lower part of the +box. He removed the lower layer of biscuit, and spread them out on a +rock in the sun to dry. After this he breakfasted, and wandered about +for a time. He then took a swim, and felt much refreshed. By the time +that his swim was over, he found that the hot sun had dried his shirt, +so that he could once more assume that very important article of +clothing. + +The sun climbed high towards the zenith, and the tide came up higher, +as Tom sat there alone on his desert island, looking out upon the sea. +The boat from which he had hoped so much had proved false to those +hopes, and all the labors of the previous day had proved useless. His +attempt to escape had nearly resulted in his destruction. He had +learned from that experiment that no efforts of his could now effect +his rescue. He had done the very best he could, and it would not be +possible for him, with his present resources, to contrive anything +better than that which had so miserably failed. If he could only +procure some tar, he might then stop up the interstices; but as it was, +nothing of his construction would avail to keep back the treacherous +entrance of the water. It seemed now to him that his stay on the +island was destined to be prolonged to a much greater extent than he +had first thought of, and there did not seem any longer a hope of +saving himself by his own exertions. + +Alone on a desert island! + +It was a dreadful fact which now forced itself more and more upon Tom's +mind, until at length he could think of nothing else. Hitherto he had +fought off the idea whenever it presented itself, and so long as he had +been able to indulge in any hope of freeing himself by his own +exertions, he prevented himself from sinking into the gloom of utter +despair. But now he could no longer save himself from that gloom, and +the thought grew darker and drearier before him--the one fact of his +present situation. + +Alone on a desert island! + +A very interesting thing to read about, no doubt; and Tom, like all +boys, had revelled in the portrayals of such a situation which he had +encountered in his reading. No one had entered with more zest than he +into the pages of Robinson Crusoe, and no one had enjoyed more than he +the talks which boys love to have about their possible doings under +such circumstances. But now, to be here, and find himself in such a +place,--to be brought face to face with the hard, stern, dismal +fact,--was another thing altogether. What oppressed him most was not +the hardships of his position. These he could have withstood if there +had been nothing worse. The worst part of his present life was its +solitude. If Bart had been here with him, or Bruce, or Arthur, or +Phil, or Pat, how different it would have been! Even old Solomon would +have enabled him to pass the time contentedly. But to be alone,--all +alone,--without a soul to speak to,--that was terrible. + +Tom soon found that the very way to deepen his misery was to sit still +and brood over it. He was not inclined to give way to trouble. It has +already been seen that he was a boy of obstinate courage, resolute +will, and invincible determination. He was capable of struggling to +the last against any adversity; and even if he had to lose, he knew how +to lose without sinking into complete despair. These moods of +depression, or even of despair, which now and then did come, were not +permanent. In time he shook them off, and looked about for some new +way of carrying on the struggle with evil fortune. + +So now he shook off this fit of depression, and starting up he +determined not to sit idle any longer. + +"I won't stand it," he muttered. "There's lots of things to be seen, +and to be done. And first of all I've got to explore this island. +Come, Tom, my boy; cheer up, old fellow. You've pretended to admire +Robinson Crusoe; act up to your profession. And first of all, my boy, +you've got to explore Juan Fernandez." + +The sound of his own voice had the effect of encouraging and +inspiriting him, while the purpose which he thus assigned to himself +was sufficient to awaken his prostrated energies. There was something +in the plan which roused all his curiosity, and turned his thoughts and +feelings into a totally new direction. No sooner, then, had this +thought occurred to him, than he at once set out to put it into +execution. + +First of all he took one parting look at the scene around him. The sun +had now passed its meridian, and it seemed to be one o'clock or after. +The tide was high. The boat, which had at first floated, was now +nearly full of water. Tom threw a melancholy glance at this fresh +proof of the utter futility of all his labor, and then examined the +fastenings, so that it might not drift away during his absence. Then +he searched among the drift-wood until he found a stout stick to assist +him in climbing, and to serve as a companion in his walk, after which +he started. + +The sun was bright, but over the sky some clouds were gathering, and +the opposite shores seemed to have grown darker than they were a few +hours ago, having assumed a hue like olive green. The wind had also +died away, and the water was as smooth as glass. + + + + +XIII. + +Where's Solomon?--An anxious Search.--The Beach.--The cavernous +Cliffs.--Up the Precipice.--Along the Shore.--Back for Boats. + + +The loss of Solomon had filled the boys with anxiety, and even Captain +Corbet shared in the common feeling. He had preferred to set out, as +he said, with a coil of rope; but the sight of this seemed to make +Solomon's fate appear darker, and looked as though he might have fallen +over a precipice, or into a deep pool of water. They all knew that a +serious accident was not at all improbable. They had seen the lofty +and rugged cliffs that lined the bay shore, and knew that the rising +waters, as they dashed over them, might form the grave of a man far +younger and more active than the aged Solomon. He was weak and +rheumatic; he was also timid and easily confused. If the water had +overtaken him anywhere, he might easily fall a prey. In his efforts to +escape, he would soon become so terrified that his limbs would be +paralyzed. He might then stumble over the rocks, and break some of his +bones, or he might be intrapped in some recess of the cliffs, from +which escape might be impossible without external help. + +Full of thoughts like these, the boys went on, with Captain Corbet, up +through the village, looking carefully around as they went on, and +making inquiries of every one whom they met. No one, however, could +give them any information. At last they reached the end of the +village. Here, on the left, there arose a high hill. The road wound +round this, and descended into a valley, through which a stream ran to +the bay. In this valley there was a ship-yard, where the half-finished +fabric of a large ship stood before them, and from which the rattle of +a hundred axes rose into the air. The valley itself was a beautiful +place, running up among steep hills, till it was lost to view among a +mass of evergreen trees and rich foliage. Below the shipyard was a +cove of no very great depth, but of extreme beauty. Beyond this was a +broad beach, which, at the farthest end, was bounded by the projecting +headland before alluded to. The headland was a precipitous cliff of +red sandstone, crowned at the summit with a fringe of forest trees, +white at its base were two or three hollow caverns, worn into the solid +rock by the action of the surf. One of these was about thirty feet in +height at its mouth, and ran back for sixty or seventy feet, narrowing +all the way, like a funnel, from its entrance to its farthest extremity. + +The tide was now nearly at its height, and progress down the beach and +along the cliff was impossible. The caves were cut off also, and the +water penetrated them for some distance. At low tide one could easily +walk down to the extreme point of the headland, and rounding this, he +would find it possible to go along in front of the cliffs for an +immense distance, either by walking along the rough beach at their +foot, or, if the water should rise again, by going along rocky shelves, +which projected for miles from the surface of the cliff. + +Reaching the head of the beach, Captain Corbet paused, and looked +around. + +"Before goin any further," said he, "we'd better ask the folks at this +ship-yard. It ain't possible to tell whether he's gone by the beach or +not. He may have gone up the valley." + +"O," said Bart, dolefully, "he must have gone by the beach." + +"I rayther think I'll ask, at any rate," said the captain. + +So saying, he walked up towards a house that was not far off, and +accosted some men who were standing there. On hearing his question, +they were silent for a few moments; and at last one of them recollected +seeing an aged colored man passing by early in the morning. He had a +basket on his arm, and in every way corresponded to the description of +Solomon. He was on his way up the shore. + +"Did he go down to the pint," asked Captain Corbet, "or up to the top +of the cliff?" + +The man couldn't say for certain; but as far as he could recollect, it +seemed to him that he went down to the pint. + +"About what time?" + +"Between eight and nine o'clock--in fact, about eight--not much later." + +"Did he speak to any one here?" + +"No; he walked past without stoppin. An do you say he ain't got back?" + +"Not yet." + +"Wal," said the man, "for an old feller, an a feller what don't know +the country hereabouts, he's gone on a dangerous journey; an ef he's +tried to get back, he's found it a pooty hard road to travel." + +"Isn't there any chance of his gettin back by the cliff?" + +"Not with the water risin onto his path." + +"Is there any way of gettin up to the top of the cliff?" + +"Wal, fur a active young feller it wouldn't be hard, but for a pore old +critter like that thar, it couldn't be done--no how." + +"Wal, boys," said Captain Corbet, sorrowfully, "I guess we'd better get +on, an not lose any more time." + +They walked away in silence for some time, until at last they reached +the foot of the cliff. A path here ran up in a winding direction so as +to reach the top. + +"It seems too bad," said Captain Corbet, "not to be able to get to the +beach. I wish I'd come in the boat. What a fool I was not to think of +it!" + +"O, I dare say the top of the cliff will do," said Bruce. + +"Wal, it'll have to do. At any rate I've got the kile of rope." + +"We shall be able to see him from the top just as well, and perhaps +better." + +"Wal, I hope so; but we'll be a leetle too far above him for my +fancy,--ony we can use the rope, I s'pose. Can any of you youngsters +climb?" + +"O, yes," said Bart, "all of us." + +"What kind of heads have you got--stiddy?" + +"Yes, good enough," said Bruce. "I'll engage to go anywhere that I can +find a foothold; and here's Bart, that'll go certainly as far, and +perhaps farther. And here's Phil, that can do his share. As for Pat, +he can beat us all; he can travel like a fly, upside down, or in any +direction." + +"Wal, I'm glad to hear that, boys, for it's likely you'll be wanted to +do some climbin afore we get back. I used to do somethin in that way; +but since I've growed old, an rheumatic, I've got kine o' out o' the +way of it, an don't scacely feel sech confidence in myself as I used to +onst. But come, we mustn't be waitin here all day." + +At this they started up the path, and soon reached the top of the cliff. + +Arriving here, they found themselves in a cultivated meadow, passing +through which they reached a pasture field. After a walk of about a +quarter of a mile, they came to the cliff that ran along the shore of +the bay, and on reaching this, the whole bay burst upon their view. + +It was still a beautiful day; the sun was shining brilliantly, and his +rays were reflected in a path of dazzling lustre from the face of the +sea. The wind was fresh, and the little waves tossed up their heads +across where the sunlight fell, flashing back the rays of the sun in +perpetually changing light, and presenting to the eye the appearance of +innumerable dazzling stars. Far away rose the Nova Scotia shore as +they had seen it in the morning, while up the bay, in the distance, +abrupt, dark, and precipitous, arose the solitary Ile Haute. + +Beneath them the waters of the bay foamed and splashed; and though +there was not much surf, yet the waters came rolling among the rocks, +seething and boiling, and extending as far as the eye could reach, up +and down, in a long line of foam. + +Reaching the edge, they all looked down. At the bottom there were +visible the heads of black rocks, which arose above the waves at times, +but which, however, at intervals, were covered with the rolling waters +that tossed around them in foam and spray. Nearer and higher up there +were rocks which projected like shelves from the face of the cliff, and +seemed capable of affording a foothold to any climber; but their +projection served also to conceal from view what lay immediately +beneath. + +Along the whole beach, however, up and down, there appeared no sign of +human life. Anxiously they looked, hoping to see some human form, in +some part of that long line of rock; but none was visible, and they +looked at one another in silence. + +"Wal, he don't turn up yet; that's clar," said Captain Corbet. + +"We can see a great deal from here, too," said Bart, in a despondent +tone. + +"Ay, an that's jest what makes the wust of it. I thought that one look +from a commandin pint would reveal the wanderer to our eyes." + +"Perhaps he is crouching in among the rocks down there." + +"Wal, I rayther think he'd manage to git up a leetle further out of the +reach of the surf than all that." + +"He may be farther on." + +"True; an I dare say he is, too." + +"There don't seem to be any place below these rocks, where he would be +likely to be." + +"No; I think that jest here he could climb up, as fur as that thar +shelf, certain. He may be old an rheumatic, but he's able enough to +climb that fur." + +"I don't think anything could have happened to him here, or we should +see some signs of him." + +"Course we would--we'd see his remains--we'd see his basket, or his +hat, floatin and driftin about. But thar's not a basket or a hat +anywhar to be seen." + +"The cliff is long here, and runs in so from that point, that if he +went up any distance, it would be easy for him to be caught by the +rising tide." + +"Course it would. O, yes, course. That's the very thing that struck +me. It's very dangerous for an ole inexperienced man. But come, we +mustn't stand talkin, we must hurry on, or we may as well go back agin, +at onst." + +Starting forward, they walked on for some time in silence. For about a +hundred yards they were able to keep close to the edge of the cliff, so +as to look over; but after that they encountered a dense alder thicket. +In order to traverse this, they had to go farther inland, where there +was some sort of an opening. There they came to a wood where the +underbrush was thick, and the walking difficult. This they traversed, +and at length worked their way once more to the edge of the cliff. +Looking down here, they found the scene very much like what it had been +farther back. The waves were dashing beneath them among rocks whose +black crests were at times visible among the foam, while from the +cliffs there were the same projecting shelves which they had noticed +before. + +"See there!" cried Bart, pointing to a place behind them. "Do you see +how the cliff seems to go in there--just where the alder bushes grow? +That looks like a place where a man might be caught. I wonder if he +isn't there." + +"Can't we go and see?" + +"I don't think you can git thar." + +"O, it isn't far," said Bart. "I'll run back and look down. The rest +of you had better go on; I'll join you soon." + +"I'll go with you," said Bruce. + +"Very well." + +Bruce and Bart then set out, and forced their way through the dense +alder bushes, until at length they found themselves near the place. +Here there was a chasm in the line of cliff, reaching from the top to +the bottom. The sides were precipitous, and they could see perfectly +well all the way down. At the bottom the water was rolling and +tossing; and this, together with the precipitous cliffs, showed them +plainly that no one could have found shelter here. + +Sadly and silently they returned, and rejoined the others, who had been +walking along in advance. + +"Wal?" said Captain Corbet, interrogatively. + +Bart shook his head. + +They then walked on for some time in silence. "Come," said Captain +Corbet; "we've been makin one mistake ever sence we started." + +"What's that?" + +"We've kep altogether too still. How do we know but we've passed him +somewhar along down thar. We can't see behind all them corners." + +"Let's shout now--the rest of the way." + +"Yes; that's it; yell like all possessed." + +The cries of the boys now burst forth in shrill screams and yells, +which were echoed among the woods and rocks around. + +"Now," cried Captain Corbet, "all together!" + +The boys shouted all together. + +"That'll fetch him," said the captain, "ef anythin doos. It's a pity +we didn't think of this afore. What an ole fool I must ha ben to +forgit that!" + +The boys now walked on shouting, and screaming, and yelling +incessantly, and waiting, from time to time, to listen for an answer. + +But no answer came. + +At times Captain Corbet's voice sounded forth. His cry was a very +peculiar one. It was high pitched, shrill, and penetrating, and seemed +as though it ought to be heard for miles. But the united voices of the +boys, and the far-piercing yell of the captain, all sounded equally in +vain. No response came, and at last, after standing still and +listening for a longer time than usual, they all looked despondingly at +one another, as though each were waiting for the other to suggest some +new plan of action. + +Captain Corbet stood and looked musingly out upon the sea, as though +the sight of the rolling waters assisted his meditations. It was some +time before he spoke. + +"I tell you what it is, boys," said he at last. "We've ben makin +another mistake." + +"How so?" + +"We've gone to work wrong." + +"Well, what can we do now?" + +"Wal, fust an foremost, I muve we go back on our tracks." + +"Go back?" + +"Yas." + +"Why?" + +"Wal, you see, one thing,--Solomon can't hev come further than this by +no possibility, onless he started straight off to walk all the way up +the bay agin, back to Petticoat Jack by the shore route,--an as that's +too rough a route for an ole man, why, I calc'late it's not to be +thought of. Ef, on the contrairy, he only kem out to hunt for fish, +'tain't likely he come as fur as this, an in my pinion he didn't come +nigh as fur. You see we're a good piece on, and Solomon wouldn't hev +come so fur if he'd cal'lated to get back to the schewner. What d'ye +say to that?" + +"I've thought of that already," said Bruce, sadly. "We've certainly +gone as far as he could possibly have gone." + +"Terrew," said Captain Corbet, solemnly. + +"But what can we do now?" asked Bart. + +"Fust of all, go back." + +"What! give him up?" + +"I didn't say that. I said to go back, an keep a good lookout along +the shore." + +"But we've done that already." + +"Yes, I know; but then we didn't begin to yell till quite lately, +whereas we'd ought to hev yelled from the time of fust startin. Now, I +think ef we went back yellin all the way, we'd have a chance of turnin +him up somewhar back thar whar we fust came in sight of the cliff. +Very likely, if he ain't already drownded, he's a twisted himself up in +some holler in the cliff back thar. He couldn't hev got this fur, +certain,--unless he'd ben a runnin away." + +All this seemed so certain to the boys that they had nothing to say in +opposition to it. In fact, as Bruce said, they had already gone as far +as Solomon could possibly have gone, and this thought had occurred to +them all. Captain Corbet's proposition, therefore, seemed to them the +only course to follow. So they all turned and went back again. + +"What I was a goin to say," remarked Captain Corbet, after walking a +few paces,--"what I was a goin to say was this. The mistake I made was +in not gettin a boat." + +"A boat? Why we've traced the coast from the cliff well +enough--haven't we?" + +"No, not well enough. We'd ought to have planned this here expedition +more kerfully. It wan't enough to go along the top of the cliff this +here way. You see, we've not been able to take in the lower part of +the cliff underneath. We'd ought to hev got a boat. Some of us could +hev gone along the cliff, jest as we hev ben doin, and the others could +have pulled along the shore an kep up a sharp lookout that way. We've +lost any quantity o' time that way, but that's no reason why we should +lose any more; so I muve that some of us go back, right straight off, +an get a boat at the ship-yard, an come back. I'll go, unless some o' +youns think yourselfes smarter, which ain't onlikely." + +"O, you can't run, captain," said Bart. "Bruce and I will go, and +we'll run all the way." + +"Wal, that's the very best thing that you could do. You're both young, +an actyve. As for me, my days of youth an actyvity air over, an I'm in +the sere an yaller leaf, with spells o' rheumatics. So you start off as +quick as your legs can carry you, an ef you run all the way, so much +the better." + +The boys started off at this, and going on the full run, they hurried, +as fast as possible, back over the path they had traversed, and through +the woods, and over the fields, and down the cliff towards the +ship-yard. + +Phil and Pat, however, remained with Captain Corbet; and these three +walked back along the edge of the cliff; still looking down carefully +for signs of Solomon, and keeping up constantly their loud, shrill +cries. + +Thus they walked back, till, at length, they reached the place where +the alders were growing. Here they were compelled to make a detour as +before, after which they returned to the cliff, and walked along, +shouting and yelling as when they came. + + + + +XIV. + +Back again.--Calls and Cries.--Captain Corbet's Yell.--A significant +Sign.--The old Hat.--The return Cry.--The Boat rounds the Point. + + +Captain Corbet, with Phil and Pat, walked along the top of the cliff in +this way, narrowly scrutinizing the rocks below, and calling and +shouting, until, at length, they reached the place at which they had +first come out upon the shore. + +"Now, boys," said the captain, "from here to the pint down thar is all +new ground. We must go along here, an keep a good lookout. If we hev +any chance left of findin anythin, it's thar. I'm ony sorry we didn't +examine this here fust an foremost, before wanderin away off up thar, +whar 'tain't at all likely that Solomon ever dreamed of goin. I hope +the boys won't be long gettin off that thar boat." + +"Perhaps they can't get one." + +"O, yes, they can. I saw two or three down thar." + +They now walked on a little farther. + +At this place the cliff was as steep as it had been behind; but the +rocky shelves were more numerous, and down near the shore they +projected, one beyond another, so that they looked like natural steps. + +"If Solomon was caught by the tide anywhar hereabouts," said Captain +Corbet, "thar's no uthly reason why he shouldn't save himself. He +could walk up them rocks jest like goin up stairs, an git out of the +way of the heaviest surf an the highest tide that these shores ever +saw." + +"It all depends," said Phil, "on whether he staid about here, or went +farther up." + +"Course--an it's my opinion that he did stay about here. He was never +such an old fool as to go so far up as we did. Why, ef he'd a done so +over them rocks, he'd never have got the use of his legs agin." + +"Strange we don't see any signs of him." + +"O, wal, thar's places yet we hevn't tried." + +"One thing is certain--we haven't found any signs of him. If anything +had happened, we'd have seen his basket floating." + +"Yes, or his old hat." + +"I should think, if he were anywhere hereabouts, he'd hear the noise; +we are shouting loud enough, I'm sure. As for your voice, why, he +ought to hear it a mile away; and the point down there doesn't seem to +be a quarter that distance." + +"O, it's further than that; besides, my voice can't penetrate so easily +down thar. It gits kine o' lost among the rocks. It can go very easy +in a straight line; but when it's got to turn corners an go kine o' +round the edges o' sharp rocks, it don't get on so well by a long +chalk. But I think I'll try an divarsify these here proceedins by +yellin a leetle lower down." + +So saying, Captain Corbet knelt down, and putting his head over the +cliff, he uttered the loudest, and sharpest, and shrillest yell that he +could give. Then he listened in silence, and the boys also listened in +breathless expectation for some time. But there was no response +whatever. + +Captain Corbet arose with a sigh. + +"Wal, boys," said he, in a mournful tone, "we must git on to the pint. +We'd ought to know the wust pooty soon. But, at any rate, I'm bound to +hope for the best till hope air over." + +The little party now resumed their progress, and walked on towards the +point, shouting at intervals, as before. + +From this place on as far as the point, the ground was clear, and there +was nothing to bar their way. They could go along without being +compelled to make any further detour, and could keep near enough to the +edge to command a view of the rocks below. They walked on, and shouted +without ceasing, and thus traversed a portion of the way. + +Suddenly Captain Corbet's eye caught sight of something in the water. +It was round in shape, and was floating within a few feet of the shore, +on the top of a wave. As Captain Corbet looked, the wave rolled from +underneath it, and dashed itself upon the rocks, while the floating +object seemed to be thrown farther out. The tide had turned already, +and was now on the ebb, so that floating articles, such as this, were +carried away from the shore, rather than towards it. + +Upon this Captain Corbet fastened his gaze, and stood in silence +looking at it. At length he put his hand on Phil's shoulder, and +directed the attention of the boys to the floating object. + +"Do you see that?" said he. + +"What?" + +"That thing." + +"What--that round thing?" + +"Yes, that round thing. Look sharp at it now. What doos it look like +to your young eyes?" + +Phil and Pat looked at it very carefully, and in silence. Then Phil +looked up into Captain Corbet's face without saying a word. + +"Wal?" + +"What is it, do you think?" asked Phil, in a low voice. + +"What do YOU think?" + +"Sure an it's a hat--a sthraw hat," said Pat. + +Captain Corbet exchanged a meaning glance with Phil. + +"Do you think it's HIS hat?" asked Phil. + +"Whose else can it be?" + +Phil was silent, and his gaze was once more directed to the floating +object. As it rose and fell on the waves, it showed the unmistakable +outline of a straw hat, and was quite near enough for them to recognize +its general character and color. It was dark, with the edges rather +ragged, a broad brim, and a roomy crown, not by any means of a +fashionable or graceful shape, but coarse, and big, and roomy, and +shabby--just such a hat as Solomon had put on his head when he left +Grand Pre with them on this memorable and ill-fated voyage. + +They looked at it for a long time in silence, and none of them moved. + +Captain Corbet heaved a deep sigh. + +"This here," said he, "has been a eventfool vyge. I felt a derred +persentment afore I started. Long ago I told you how the finger of +destiny seemed to warn me away from the ocean main. I kem to the +conclusion, you remember, that henceforth I was to dwell under my own +vine an fig tree, engaged in the tender emplymint of nussin the infant. +But from this I was forced agin my own inclynations. An what's the +result? Why, this--that thar hat! See here, boys;" and the venerable +seaman's tone grew deeper, and more solemn, and more impressive; "see +here, boys," he repeated; "for mor'n forty year hev I follered the +seas, an traversed the briny deep; but, though I've hed my share of +storms an accydints, though I've ben shipwrecked onst or twiste, yet +never has it ben my lot to experience any loss of human life. But now, +but now, boys, call to mind the startlin events of this here vyge! +Think of your companion an playmate a driftin off in that startlin +manner from Petticoat Jack! An now look here--gaze upon that thar! +Words air footil!" + +"Do you give him up, then?" cried Phil. "Poor, poor old Solomon!" + +Captain Corbet shook his head. + +"'Deed, thin, an I don't!" cried Pat. "What's a hat? 'Tain't a man, +so it isn't. Many's the man that's lost his hat, an ain't lost his +life. It's a windy place here, an ole Solomon's hat's a mile too big +for him, so it is--'deed an it is." + +Captain Corbet shook his head more gloomily than ever. + +"Ow, sure an ye needn't be shakin yer head that way. Sure an haven't +ye lost hats av yer own, over an over?" + +"Never," said the captain. "I never lost a hat." + +"Niver got one blowed off? 'Deed an ye must have." + +"I never got one blowed off. When the wind blowed hard I allus kep 'em +tied on." + +"Well, Solomon hadn't any tie to his, an it cud tumble off his old pate +asy enough, so it cud. Sure he's lost it jumpin over the rocks. +Besides, where's his basket?" + +"At the bottom, no doubt." + +"Sure an it cud float." + +"No; I dar say it was full of lobsters." + +"Any how, I'll not believe he's gone till I see him," cried Pat, +earnestly. "Seein's believin." + +"Ef he's gone," said Captain Corbet, more solemnly than ever, "ye'll +never see him. These waters take too good care of a man for that." + +"Well, yer all givin up too soon," said Pat. "Come along now; there's +lots of places yet to examin. Give one of yer loudest yells." + +Captain Corbet did so. In spite of his despondency as to poor old +Solomon's fate, he was not at all unwilling to try any further chances. +On this occasion he seemed to gain unusual energy out of his very +despair; and the yell that burst from him was so high, so shrill, so +piercing, and so far penetrating, that the former cries were nothing +compared to it. + +"Well done!" cried Pat. "Sure an you bet yerself that time, out an +out." + +"Stop!" cried Phil. "Listen. What's that?" + +Far away, as they listened, they heard a faint cry, that seemed like a +response. + +"Is that the echo?" asked Phil, anxiously. + +"Niver an echo!" cried Pat, excitedly. "Shout agin, captain, darlin." + +Captain Corbet gave another shout as loud and as shrill as the +preceding one. + +They listened anxiously. + +Again they heard the cry. It was faint and far off; yet it was +unmistakably a human cry. Their excitement now grew intense. + +"Where did it come from?" cried Phil. + +"Wal, it kine o' seemed to me that it came back thar," said the +captain, pointing to the woods. + +"'Deed an it didn't," cried Pat; "not a bit of it. It was from the +shore, jest ahead; from the pint, so it was, or I'm a nagur." + +"I think it came from the shore, too," said Phil; "but it seemed to be +behind us." + +"Niver a bit," cried Pat; "not back there. We've been there, an +whoever it was wud have shouted afore, so he wud. No, it's ahead at +the pint. He's jest heard us, an he's shoutin afther us. Hooray! +Hurry up, an we'll be there in time to save him." + +Pat's confidence was not without its effect on the others. Without +waiting any longer, they at once set off at a run, stopping at +intervals to yell, and then listening for a response. To their +delight, that response came over and over again; and to their still +greater joy, the sound each time was evidently louder. + +Beyond a doubt, they were drawing nearer to the place from which the +sounds came. + +This stimulated them all the more, so that they hurried on faster. + +The edge of the cliff was not covered by any trees, but the ground at +its summit had been cleared, so that progress was not at all difficult. +They therefore did not take much time in traversing the space that +intervened between the spot where they had first heard the cry, and the +point where the cliff terminated. The cry grew steadily louder, all +the way, until at last, when they approached the point, it seemed to +come directly from beneath. + +The cliff here was perpendicular for about forty feet down, and below +this it seemed to retreat, so that nothing could be seen. The tide was +on the ebb; but it was still so high that its waves beat below them, +and seemed to strike the base of the rock. Beyond, on the right, there +was a sloping ledge, which descended from the cliffs into the sea, over +which the waves were now playing. + +It was from the hollow and unseen recess down at the foot of the cliff +that the cry seemed to arise, which had come in response to the calls +of those on the summit. On reaching the place above, they knelt down, +and looked over, but were not able to distinguish any human being, or +any sign of the presence of one. But as they looked anxiously over, +the cry arose, not very loud, but quite distinct now, and assured them +that this was the place which sheltered the one who had uttered that +cry. + +Captain Corbet now thrust his head over as far as he could, and gave a +call in his loudest voice. + +"Hal-lo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o!" + +To which there came up in answer a cry that sounded like-- + +"Hi-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-i!" + +"Solomo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-on!" + +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-ey!" + +"Is that yo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ou?" + +"It's me-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e!" + +"Where are y-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ou?" + +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-re!" + +"Come u-u-u-u-u-u-u-up!" + +"Ca-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-n't!" + +"Why no-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ot?" + +"Too hi-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-gh!" + +"Go round the pi-i-i-i-i-i-nt!" + +"Too high ti-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-de!" + +"Wa-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-it!" + +"All ri-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-ght!" + +Captain Corbet now sprang up as nimbly as a young lad, and looked at +Phil and Pat with an expression of such exceeding triumph, that his +face seemed fairly to shine. + +"It IS Solomon!" he cried. But it was of no use for him to convey that +piece of information to the boys, who already knew that fact quite as +well as he did. + +"It IS Solomon," he repeated; "an now the pint is, how air we to git +him up?" + +"Let me go down," said Pat. + +"How?" + +"Sure an I can git down wid that bit o' rope you have." + +"Mebbe you can, an then agin mebbe you can't; but s'posin you was to +git down, how upon airth would that help the matter?" + +"Sure an we cud give him a pull up." + +"I don't think we could manage that," said Captain Corbet, "and you +couldn't, at any rate, if you were down thar with him. As far as I +see, we'll hev to wait till the tide falls." + +"Wouldn't it be better," said Phil, "for us to go around, so as to come +nearer?" + +"How? Whar?" + +"Why, down to the beach, and then we could walk around the point." + +"Walk? Why, it's high water." + +"So it is--I forgot that." + +"The fact is, we can't git any nearer than we air now. Then, agin, the +boys'll be along in a boat soon. They ought to be here by this time; +so let's sit down here, an wait till they heave in sight." + +With a call of encouragement to Solomon which elicited a reply of +satisfaction, Captain Corbet sat down upon the grass, and the boys +followed his example. In this position they waited quietly for the +boat to come. + +Meanwhile, Bart and Bruce had hurried on as rapidly as their legs could +carry them, and at length reached the path which went down to the +beach. Down this they scrambled, and not long afterwards they reached +the ship-yard. Here they obtained a boat without any difficulty, which +the workmen launched for them; and then they pushed off, and pulled for +the point, with the intention of rowing along opposite the shore, and +narrowly inspecting it. + +Scarcely had they reached the point, however, when a loud and +well-known voice sounded from on high. They both turned and looked up, +still pulling. There they saw Captain Corbet, and Phil, and Pat, all +of whom were shouting and making furious gestures at them. + +"We've found him! Come in closer!" cried Captain Corbet. + +"Whe-e-e-re?" cried Bruce. + +But before any answer could come, a loud, shrill scream, followed by a +yell of delight, burst forth from some place still nearer. + +Burt and Bruce both started, and looked towards the place from which +this last cry came. + +There a very singular and pleasing sight met their eyes. + +About six feet above the water was a shelf of rock, that ran down +sloping to the beach, and over this there projected a great mass of the +cliff. In this recess there crouched a familiar figure. He had no +hat, but between his legs, as he sat there, he held a basket, to which +he clung with his knees and his hands. As he sat there his eyes were +fixed upon them, and their whites seemed enlarged to twice their +ordinary dimensions, while yell after yell came from him. + +"Help, he-e-e-e-e-lp! Mas'r Ba-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-art! O, Mas'r +Ba-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-art! He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-lp! +Sa-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-ave me!" + +"Hurrah! hurrah!" cried Bart and Bruce, in a burst of heartfelt joy. + +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-lp!" came forth once more from Solomon. + +"All right," cried Bart; and at once the boat pointed towards the place +where Solomon was sitting. The water nearer the shore was somewhat +rough, but fortunately there were no rocks just there, and they were +able to bring the boat in close to the place where Solomon was +confined. At their approach Solomon moved slowly down the incline of +the rock, on his hands and knees, for there was not room for him to +stand upright; and as he moved he pushed the basket before him, as +though there was something inside of uncommon value. Reaching, at +length, a spot where the rock was about the level of the boat, he +waited for them to approach. Soon the boat touched the rock. + +"Come, old Sol," cried Bart, "jump in!" + +"Hyah, take hole ob dis yar," said Solomon, even in that moment of +rescue refusing to move till his precious basket should be safe. + +Bart grasped it, and put it into the boat, noticing, as he did so, that +it was full of lobsters. + +"Come, Solomon, hurry up. I don't like the boat to be knocking here +this way." + +"All right, sah," said Solomon, crawling along rather stiffly; "ben +tied up in a knot all day, an feel so stiff dat I don't know as I'll +git untied agin fur ebber mo. Was jest makin my will, any way, as you +came along." + +By this time Solomon had tumbled into the boat, and worked his way aft, +though not without many groans. + +"It's de cold rocks, an de wet," he groaned. "Sech an attack o' +rheumaticses as dis ole nigga's gwine to hab beats all! Any how, I ben +an sabed de lobsta. Loss me ole hat, but didn't car a mite fer dat so +long as I sabed de lobsta." + +"All right," cried Bart; and at this the two boys pulled away from the +rocks and rounded the point. As they came into the sight of those who +were waiting on the top of the cliff, a shout of joy arose. + + + + +XV. + +Exploring Juan Fernandez.--The Cliffs.--The tangled Underbrush.--The +Fog Bank.--Is it coming or going?--The Steamer.--Vain Appeals.--New +Plans. + + +Starting off, as we have seen, to explore the island, Tom first +directed his steps towards the elevated land which has before been +mentioned. At first his path was easy, and the descent very gradual; +but at length it became more difficult, and he had to ascend a steep +hill, which was over-strewn with stones and interspersed with trees and +mounds. Up among these he worked his way, and at length the ascent +ceased. He was on the summit of the island. Here he walked to the +edge of the area on which he stood, and found himself on the edge of a +precipice that went sheer down to a beach, which was apparently two +hundred feet beneath him. The precipice seemed actually to lean +forward out of the perpendicular, and so tremendous was the view +beneath, that Tom, although not by any means inclined to be nervous, +found his head grow giddy as he looked down. Looking forth thus from +his dizzy elevation, he could see across the bay to the New Brunswick +shore, and could mark the general course which his drifting boat must +have taken over those deep, dark, and treacherous waters. + +The sea was broad, and blue, and tranquil, and desolate, for even from +this commanding height not a sail was visible. There was nothing here +which could attract Tom's attention for any long period; so he prepared +to continue his progress. In front of him lay a wood, before plunging +in which he turned to see if there were any vessels coming through the +Straits of Minas. None were visible; so, turning back once more, he +resumed his journey, and went forward among the trees. + +His path now became a difficult one. It was necessary to keep away +from the edge of the cliff, but still not to go out of sight of it. The +trees were principally spruce and fir, but there were also birch and +maple. He also noticed mountain ash and willow. Beneath him all the +ground was covered with soft moss, in which he sank to his ankles, +while on every side were luxuriant ferns and evergreen trailers. Tom +recognized all these with great satisfaction, for they showed him the +means of furnishing for himself a soft couch, that might be envied by +many a man in better circumstances. Progress soon grew more difficult, +for there were numerous mounds, and dense underbrush, through which he +could only force his way by extreme effort. Windfalls also lay around +in all directions, and no sooner would he have fairly surmounted one of +them, than another would appear. Thus his progress was exceedingly +slow and laborious. + +After about a half an hour of strenuous exertion, Tom found himself in +the midst of an almost impassable jungle of tangled, stunted fir trees. +He tried to avoid these by making a detour, but found that they +extended so far that he could only pass them by going along close to +the edge of the cliff. This last path he chose, and clinging to the +branches, he passed for more than a hundred yards along the crest of a +frightful precipice, where far down there yawned an abyss, at whose +bottom was the sea; while abreast of him in the air there floated great +flocks of gulls, uttering their hoarse yells, and fluttering fiercely +about, as though trying to drive back this intruder upon their domains. +Once or twice Tom was compelled to stop, and turn away his face from +the abyss, and thrust himself in among the trees; but each time he +regained his courage, after a little rest, and went on as before. + +At length he passed the thick spruce underbrush, and found the woods +less dense. He could now work his way among them without being +compelled to go so close to the edge of the cliff; and the dizzy height +and the shrieks of the gulls no longer disturbed his senses. The trees +here were not so high as those at the other end of the island, but were +of much smaller size, and seemed stunted. There were no maples or other +forest trees, but only scraggy fir, that seemed too exposed to the +winds from the sea to have much health or verdure. The underbrush was +wanting to a great extent, but moss was here in large quantities, and +thick clusters of alder bushes. Wild shrubs also--such as raspberries +and blueberries--were frequently met with; while ledges of +weather-beaten rock jutted out from amid thick coverings of moss. + +Walking here was not at all difficult, and he went on without any +interruption, until, at last, he found any farther progress barred by a +precipice. He was at the lower or western end of the island. + +He looked down, and found beneath him a great precipice, while rocks +jutted out from the sea, and ledges projected beyond. The gulls were +present here, as elsewhere, in great flocks, and still kept up their +noisy screams. + +Tom looked out over the sea, and saw its waters spread far away till it +was lost in the horizon. On the line of that horizon he saw a faint +gray cloud, that looked like a fog bank. It had, to his eyes, a +certain gloomy menace, and seemed to say to him that he had not seen +the last of it yet. On the left of the broad sea, the Nova Scotia +Coast ran along till it was lost in the distance; and on the right was +the long line of the New Brunswick shore, both of which had now that +dark hue of olive green which he had noticed on the land opposite +before he had started. + +Suddenly, while he was looking, his eyes caught sight of something +white that glistened brightly from the blue water. It was about midway +between the two coasts, and he knew it at once to be some sailing +vessel. He could not make out more than one sail, and that showed that +the vessel was either coming up the bay or going down; for if it had +been crossing, she would, of course, have lain broadside on to his +present locality, and would have thus displayed two sails to his view. +The sight of this vessel agitated him exceedingly; and the question +about her probable course now entered his mind, and drove away all +other thoughts. Whether that vessel were going up or down became of +exclusive importance to him now, if she were coming up, she might +approach him, and hear his hail, or catch sight of his signals. +Suddenly he reflected that he had no way of attracting attention, and a +wild desire of running back and setting up the longest pole or board +that he could find came into his mind; but such was the intensity of +his curiosity, and the weight of his suspense, that he could not move +from the spot where he was until he had satisfied himself as to the +vessel's course. + +He sat down not far from the edge of the precipice, and, leaning +forward with his hands supporting his chin, he strained his eyes over +the intervening distance, as he tried to make out in which way the +vessel was going. It seemed fully ten miles away, and her hull was not +visible. It was only the white of her sails that he saw; and as the +sunlight played on these from time to time, or fell off from the angle +of reflection, the vessel was alternately more or less visible, and +thus seemed by turns to draw nearer and depart farther from his sight. + +Thus for a long time he sat, alternately hoping and desponding, at +every play of those sails in the sunlight. The calm of the water +showed him that, even if the vessel were coming up, he could not expect +any very rapid progress. There was now no wind, and the surface of the +water was perfectly unruffled. Besides, he knew that the tide was +falling rapidly. How, then, could he expect that the vessel could come +any nearer, even if she were trying to? Thoughts like these at last +made him only anxious to keep the vessel in sight. If her destination +lay up the bay, she would probably anchor; if it lay down the bay, she +would drift with the tide. He thought, then, that if she only would +remain in sight, it would be a sufficient proof of her course. + +Thus he sat, watching and waiting, with all his soul intent upon those +flashing sails, and all his thoughts taken up with the question as to +the course of that solitary bark. It seemed a long time to him, in his +suspense; but suspense always makes time seem long. At last, however, +even though he hoped so persistently for the best, his hope began to +die within him. Fainter and fainter grew those sails; at intervals +rarer and rarer did their flash come to his eyes, until at length the +sight of them was lost altogether, and nothing met his eyes but the +gloomy gray of the fog cloud on the far horizon. + +Even after he had lost hope, and become convinced that she was gone, +Tom sat there for a long time, in a fixed attitude, looking at that one +spot. He would have sat there longer, but suddenly there came to his +ears a peculiar sound, which made him start to his feet in a moment, +and filled him with a new excitement. + +He listened. + +The sound came again. + +A flush of joy spread over his face, his heart beat faster and faster, +and he listened as though he could scarce believe his senses. + +As he listened, the sounds came again, and this time much louder. + +There was now no mistake about it. It was a regular boat, which Tom +knew well to be the peculiar sound made by the floats of a steamer's +paddles. He had often heard it. He had but recently heard it, when +the revenue steamer was approaching the Antelope, and again during the +foggy night, when the whistle roused them, and the same beat of the +paddles came over the midnight waters. + +And now, too, he heard it. + +He gave a shout of joy, and started off to catch sight of her. + +For a few paces only he ran, and then stopped. + +He was puzzled. He did not know in which direction it was best to go. +He was at the west end of the island, but could not make out very well +the direction of the sounds. He tried to think whether the steamer +would pass the island on the north side or the south. He did not know, +but it seemed to him that she would certainly go to the north of it. +There was no time to be lost, and standing there to listen did not seem +to be of any use, even if his impatience had allowed him to do so. +Accordingly he hurried back by the way that he had come along the north +side of the island. + +For some time he ran along through the trees, and at length, in about +fifteen or twenty minutes, he reached the place where the dense +underbrush was, by the edge of the cliff. From this point a wide view +was commanded. On reaching it he looked out, and then up the bay, +towards the Straits of Minas. He could see almost up to the straits, +but no steamer appeared. For a moment he stood bewildered, and then +the thought came to him, that he had mistaken altogether the steamer's +course. She could not be coming down on the north side of the island, +but on the south side. With a cry of grief he started back again, +mourning over his error, and the time that he had lost. On reaching +the more open wood, he thought that it would be better to hurry across +the island to the south side, and proceeded at once to do so. The way +was rough and tedious. Once or twice he had to burst through thickets +of alder, and several times he had to climb over windfalls. At length, +in his confusion, he lost his way altogether; he had to stop and think. +The shadows of the trees showed him where the south lay, and he resumed +his journey. At length, after most exhaustive efforts, he reached a +part of the cliff, where a fringe of alders grew so thick, that he was +scarce aware that he was at his destination, until the precipice opened +beneath him. Here he stood, and, pressing apart the dense branches, he +looked out. + +There was the steamer, about two miles off, already below where he was +standing, and going rapidly down the bay with the falling tide. + +Another cry of grief burst from Tom. Where he was standing he could +see the vessel, but he himself was completely concealed by the +clustering bushes. He now lamented that he had left his first +position, and saw that his only chance was to have remained there. + +To stay where he was could not be thought of. There was scarce a +chance now of doing anything, since the steamer was so far away; but +what chance there was certainly depended on his being in some +conspicuous position. He started off, therefore, to the west point, +where he had watched the schooner for so long a time. He hurried on +with undiminished energy, and bounded over windfalls, and burst through +thickets, as before. But in spite of his efforts, his progress could +not be more rapid than it had formerly been. His route was necessarily +circuitous, and before he could find the desired point, many more +minutes had elapsed. + +But he reached it at last, and there, on the bare rock, springing +forward, he waved his hat in the air, and sent forth a piercing cry for +help. But the steamer was now as much as four or five miles away--too +far altogether for his loudest cry to go. His screams and his gestures +did not appear to attract the slightest attention. She moved on her way +right under the eyes of the frantic and despairing boy, nor did she +change her course in the slightest degree, nor did her paddles cease to +revolve, but went rolling round, tossing up the foam, and bearing far, +far away that boat on which poor Tom had rested his last hope. + +As for Tom, he kept up his screams as long as he could utter a sound. +He tore off his coat, and shook it up and down, and waved it backward +and forward. But none of these things were heard or seen. The +steamboat passed on, until, at length, even Tom became convinced that +further efforts were useless. + +This last blow was too much. Tom sank under it, and, falling on his +face, he burst into a flood of tears. + +Struggling up at length from this last affliction, Tom roused himself, +and his buoyancy of soul began once more to assert itself. + +"Come now, Thomas, my son," said he, as he dried his eyes, "this sort +of thing will never do, you know. You're not a baby, my boy; you've +never been given to blubbering, I think. Cheer up, then, like a man, +and don't make me feel ashamed of you." + +This little address to himself had, as before, the effect of restoring +his equanimity, and he thought with calmness upon his recent +disappointments. + +He saw, by the passage of these vessels, what he had for a time lost +sight of, namely, that this island, though uninhabited, was still in +the middle of a bay which was constantly traversed by sailing vessels +and steamboats. The latter ran regularly up to the Basin of Minas from +St. John. As to the former, they were constantly passing to and fro, +from the large ship down to the small fishing vessel. Inhabited +countries surrounded him on every side, between the coasts of which +there was a constant communication. If he only kept patient, the time +must come, and that, too, before very long, when he would be delivered. + +In order to secure this delivery, however, he saw that it would be +necessary to arrange some way by which he might attract the notice of +passing vessels. On this subject he meditated for a long time. It +would be necessary, he thought, to have some sort of a signal in some +conspicuous place. Among the drift-wood he might, perhaps, be able to +find some sort of a pole or staff which he could set up. One might not +be enough, but in that case he could put up two, or three, or half a +dozen. + +The next thing to decide about was the choice of a place. There was +the east end, and the west end--which was the better? The west end, +where he was standing, was high; but then it was surrounded by trees, +and unless he could set up a very tall staff, it could scarcely be +noticed. The east end, on the contrary, was lower; but then it was +bare, and any kind of a signal which might be set up there could hardly +fail to attract attention. He could also pile up a heap of drift-wood, +and set fire to it, and, by this means, if a vessel were passing by, he +could be certain of securing attention. It did not make much +difference which end the signals were placed upon, as far as referred +to the passing of vessels; for all that passed by would go along the +island, so that both ends would be visible to them. + +As to the signals, he felt confident that he could find a staff, or, if +one would not be long enough, several could be fastened together. The +coil of rope in the boat would enable him to do this. The sail would +afford material for a flag. + +All these plans came to his mind as he stood there; and the prospect of +once more doing something which was to help him to escape from his +prison drove away the last vestige of his grief. His courage again +arose, hope revived, and he burst forth into a light and joyous song. +Very different was he now from the despairing lad who, but a short time +before, had been pouring forth his tears of sorrow; and yet but a few +minutes had passed since then. The steamer was yet in sight down the +bay, but Tom, who had lately been so frantic in his efforts to attract +her attention, now cast a glance after her of perfect indifference. + +And now it was necessary for him to return to the east end of the +island, and look about for the means of putting into execution his plan +for making a signal. + +He started off on his return without any further delay. The path back +was as rough and toilsome as the way down had been; but Tom was now +full of hope, and his elastic spirits had revived so thoroughly that he +cared but little for the fatigue of the journey. It was traversed at +last, and he descended the slope to the place from which he had started. + +His exploration of the island had been quite complete. It seemed to +him to be about a mile and a half in length, and a half a mile or so in +width. The east end, where he had first arrived, was the only place +where it was at all desirable to stay. + +Immediately on his arrival he examined the boat, and found it secure. +To his surprise it was now about sunset. He had forgotten the lapse of +time. He was hungry; so he sat down, ate his biscuit, drank his water, +and rested from the toils of the day. + + + + +XVI. + +A Sign for the outer World.--A Shelter for the Outcast's Head.--Tom's +Camp and Camp-bed.--A Search after Something to vary a too monotonous +Diet.--Brilliant Success. + + +Tom sat down after his eventful day, and took his evening meal, as has +been said. He rested then for some time. His excessive labors had +fatigued him less than the great excitement which he had undergone, and +now he felt disinclined to exert himself. But the sun had set, and +darkness was coming on rapidly; so he rose, at last, and went over to +the drift-wood. Here, after a search of about half an hour, he found +something which was very well suited to his purpose. It was a piece of +scantling about twenty feet long, and not very thick; and to this he +saw that he could fasten the pole that he had made up in the woods. +These two pieces would make, when joined, a very good flag-staff. +These he brought up to the bank. Then he collected an armful of dry +chips and sticks, which he carried over to a spot near where the boat +lay. A rock was there, and against one side of this he built a pile of +the chips. He then tried a match, and found that it was quite dry, and +lighted it without any difficulty. With this he kindled the fire, and +soon saw, with great satisfaction, a bright and cheerful blaze. + +He was so delighted with the fire that he brought up a dozen more loads +of wood, which he laid near. Then he drew up the bit of scantling, and +bringing the coil of rope, he cut a piece off, and proceeded to fasten +to the scantling the pole which he had procured in the woods. He did +this by winding the rope around in a close and even wind; and, finally, +on concluding his task, he found that it was bound firmly enough to +stand any breeze. It took a long time to finish this; but Tom had +slept late in the morning, and, though fatigued, he was not sleepy. +After this he sat down in front of the fire, and enjoyed its friendly +light and its genial glow. He kept heaping on the fuel, and the bright +flames danced up, giving to him the first approach to anything like the +feeling of comfort that he had known since he had drifted away from the +Antelope. Nor was it comfort only that he was mindful of while he +watched and fed the fire. He saw in this fire, as it shone out over +the water, the best kind of a signal, and had some hope of being seen +and hailed by some passing vessel. In this hope he sat up till +midnight, looking out from time to time over the water, and expecting +every instant to see the shadow of some approaching vessel. + +But midnight came, and Tom at length thought of sleep. The sail had +dried thoroughly through the day; so now he used it once more as a +coverlet, and, folding himself in it, he reclined, as before, against +the mossy bank, and slept. + +On awaking the next day, he arose and looked around. To his deep +disappointment, he could see nothing. There was a fog over all the +scene. The wind had changed, and his old enemy was once more besieging +him. It was not so thick, indeed, as it had been, being light and dry, +so that the ground was not at all moistened; but still the view was +obscured, so that no vessel could be seen unless it came within half a +mile; and that was rather closer than most vessels would care to come +to his island. + +This day was Sunday, and all Tom's plans had to be deferred until the +following day. However, it was not at all disagreeable to him to get +rid of the necessity of work; and, indeed, never before did he fully +appreciate the nature of the Day of Rest. The rest was sweet indeed to +his exhausted and overworn frame, and he did not go far away from his +fire. He had found some embers still glowing in the morning, and had +kindled the fire anew from these, without drawing any more upon his +precious store of matches. He resolved now to keep the coals alive all +the time, by feeding the fire during the day, and covering it up with +ashes by night. + +It was Sunday,--the Day of Rest,--and Tom felt all the blessedness of +rest. On the whole, it turned out to be the pleasantest day which he +had known since he left the schooner. Left now to quiet reflection, he +recalled the events of the last week, and had more leisure to feel +thankful over the wonderful safety which he had met with. Even now on +the island he was not without his comforts. He had food and warmth. +So, on the whole, though he had his moments of sadness, yet the sadness +was driven out by cheerfulness. It was not all dismal. The words of +that poem which is familiar to every school-boy rang in his ears:-- + + "O, Solitude, where are the charms + That sages have seen in thy face? + Better dwell in the midst of alarms + Than reign in this horrible place." + + +Yet these words were accompanied and counterbalanced by the more +pleasing and consoling sentiments of others, which on this day accorded +better with Tom's mood:-- + + "There's mercy in every place; + And mercy--encouraging thought!-- + Gives even affliction a grace, + And reconciles man to his lot." + + +Nothing occurred during the day to disturb the quiet of the island, and +Tom went to bed early that night, so as to have a long sleep, and +fortify himself for the labors of the morrow. The ashes were raked +carefully round the coals, which, when Tom waked in the morning, were +easily kindled again. + +He was up early on that Monday morning. He saw, with deep +disappointment, that the fog still covered every thing, and that the +wind was blowing quite brisk from the south-west, and raising rather a +heavy sea. But he had a great deal to do now, and to this he turned +his attention. + +First of all, he had to finish his signal-staff and set it up. He was +very much troubled about the proper material for a flag. The canvas +was rather too heavy; but as he had nothing else, he had to take this. +He fastened a bit of the rope to the head of the staff, so as to form a +loop, and through this he ran a piece which was long enough to serve +for halyards. Thus far he had not used up more than a quarter of the +coil of rope; but he needed all that was left for other purposes. The +next thing was to set up his staff. To do this required much labor. He +had already selected the place which seemed most suitable. It was at +the extreme point of a tongue of land which projected beside the brook, +and only a little distance from his resting-place. Here the ground was +soft; and choosing a sharp stone, he worked diligently for about a +couple of hours, until at length he succeeded in digging a hole which +was about eighteen inches in depth. Then he fastened ropes to the +staff, where the pole joined it, so that four lines came down far +enough to serve as stays. Having done this, he inserted the end of the +staff in the hole, and thrust in the earth all around it, trampling it +in, and beating it down as tight as he could with a stone. After this +he procured some sticks from the drift-wood, and, sharpening the ends, +he secured the stays by fastening them to these sticks, which he drove +into the ground. The staff then seemed to be as secure as was +necessary. It only remained now to hoist up his flag; and this he did +without any difficulty, securing it at half mast, so that it might +serve unmistakably as a signal of distress. + +Upon completing this, Tom rested on the mound, and from that distance +he contemplated the signal with a great deal of calm and quiet +satisfaction. It was his own device, and his own handiwork, and he was +very proud of it. But he did not allow himself a long rest. There yet +remained much to be done, and to this he now directed his attention. + +He had been thinking, during his last employment, upon the necessity +which he had of some shelter. A plan had suggested itself which he +felt confident that he could carry into execution without any very +great trouble. The fog that now prevailed, and which was far different +from the light mist of the previous day, accompanied also, as it was, +by the damp south-west wind, made some sort of a shelter imperatively +necessary, and that, too, before another night. To pass this night in +the fog would be bad enough; but if it should happen to rain also, his +situation would be miserable indeed. + +He now set out for the beach, and found, without much difficulty, some +pieces of wood which were necessary to his purpose. Bringing these +back, he next looked about for a good situation. There was a rock not +far from the fire, and in front of this was a smooth spot, where the +land was flat, and covered with short grass. On the left it sloped to +the brook. This seemed to him to be the best place on the island. It +was sufficiently sheltered. It was dry, and in case of rain the water +would not be likely to flood it. With all these it also possessed the +advantage of being sufficiently conspicuous to any passing vessel which +might be attracted by the signal-staff. Here, then, Tom determined to +erect his place of residence. + +His first work was to select two long and slender pieces of wood, and +sharpen the ends of them. Then he drove each of them into the ground +in such a way that their tops crossed one another. These he bound fast +together. Two other stakes were driven into the ground, and secured in +the same way, about six or seven feet off. Another long piece of +scantling was then placed so as to pass from one to the other of the +two crossed sticks, so that it rested upon them. This last was bound +tight to the crossed sticks, and thus the whole structure formed a +camp-shaped frame. + +Over this Tom now threw the sail, and brought it down to the ground on +either side, securing it there with pegs. At the back of the camp a +piece of the sail was folded over and secured so as to cover it in; +while in front another piece of the sail hung down until it nearly +reached the ground. This could hang down at night, and be folded over +the top by day. Tom now tore up some sods, and laid them over the edge +of the canvas on each side, where it touched the ground, and placed on +these heavy stones, until at length it seemed sufficiently protected +from the entrance of any rain that might flow down the roof. His last +task consisted in collecting a large quantity of moss and ferns from +the woods, which he strewed over the ground inside, and heaped up at +one end, so as to form a soft and fragrant bed. When this was +accomplished the camp was finished. + +It had taken a long time, and when at last the work was done, it began +to grow dark. Tom noticed this with surprise. He had been working so +incessantly that he was not mindful of the flight of time, and now the +day was done, and the evening was upon him before he was aware. But +there were other things still for him to do before he could rest from +his labors. His fire was just flickering around its last embers, and +if he wished to have a pleasant light to cheer the solitude and the +darkness of his evening hours, it would be necessary to prepare a +supply of fuel. To this he attended at once, and brought up several +armfuls of drift-wood from the beach. Placing these near the fire, he +kindled it up afresh, and flung upon the rising flames a generous +supply of fuel. The fires caught at it, and crackled as they spread +through the dry wood, and tossed up their forked tongues on high, till +in the dusk of evening they illuminated the surrounding scene with a +pleasant light. A few more armfuls were added, and then the work for +the day was over. That work had been very extensive and very +important. It had secured a means of communication with the outer +world, and had also formed a shelter from the chill night air, the fog, +and the storm. It was with a very natural pride that Tom cast his eyes +around, and surveyed the results of his ingenuity and his industry. + +The camp opened towards the fire, from which it was not so far distant +but that Tom could attend to it without any very great inconvenience. +The fire shone pleasantly before him as he sat down at his evening +repast. As the darkness increased, it threw a ruddier glow upon all +the scene around, lighting up field and hill, and sending long streams +of radiance into the fog that overhung the sea. Tom had prepared an +unusually large supply of fuel, this evening, for the express purpose +of burning it all up; partly for his own amusement, and partly in the +hope that it might meet the eyes of some passing navigator. It was his +only hope. To keep his signals going by night and day was the surest +plan of effecting a speedy escape. Who could tell what might be out on +the neighboring sea? How did he know but that the Antelope might be +somewhere near at hand, with his companions on board, cruising +anxiously about in search after the missing boat? He never ceased to +think that they were following after him somewhere, and to believe +that, in the course of their wanderings, they might come somewhere +within sight of him. He knew that they would never give him up till +they assuredly knew his fate, but would follow after him, and set other +vessels on the search, till the whole bay, with all its shores and +islands, should be thoroughly ransacked. + +Fortunate was it for him, he thought, that there was so large a supply +of drift-wood at hand on the beach, dry, portable, and in every way +convenient for use. Thanks to this, he might now disperse the gloom of +dark and foggy nights, and keep up a better signal in the dark than he +could do in the light. Thus the fuel was heaped on, and the fire +flamed up, and Tom sat near, looking complacently upon the brilliant +glow. + +Thus far, for nearly a week, he had fed on biscuit only; but now, as he +ate his repast, he began to think that it was a very monotonous fare, +and to wonder whether it might not be possible to find something which +could give a zest to his repasts. The biscuit were holding out well, +but still he felt a desire to husband his resources, and if any +additional food could in any way be procured, it would not only be a +relish, but would also lessen his demand upon his one sole source of +supply. He thought earnestly upon the subject of fish. He turned his +thoughts very seriously to the subject of fish-hooks, and tried to +think of some way by which he could capture some of the fish with which +these waters abounded. But this idea did not seem to promise much. In +the first place, he could think of no possible way in which he could +procure any serviceable hook; in the second place, even if he had a +hook and line all ready and baited, he did not see how he would be able +to cast it within reach of any fish. His boat would not float him even +for the little distance that was required to get into the places where +fish might be. He could only stand upon the beach out of their reach. + +But, in the course of his thoughts, he soon perceived that other +sources of food were possible to him besides the fish that were caught +by hook and line. His mind reverted to the populous realm of +shell-fish. These were all before him. Round the rocks and amid the +sea-weed there certainly must be mussels. At low tide, amid the ledges +and the sand, there surely must be some lobsters. Before him there was +an extensive mud flat, where there ought to be clams. Here was his +fire, always ready, by night and by day. Why should he not be able to +make use of that fire, not only for cheering his mind, and giving him +warmth, and signaling to passers-by, but also for cooking his meals? + +This was the question that he asked himself as he ate his biscuit. He +could not see why he should not be able to accomplish this. As far as +he could see, there ought to be plenty of shell-fish of various kinds +on these shores. The more he thought of it, the more probable it +seemed. He determined to solve the difficulty as soon as possible. On +former occasions he had arranged his work on the evening for the +succeeding day. On this evening he marked out this work for the +morrow, and arranged in his mind a comprehensive and most diligent +search for shell-fish, which should embrace the whole circuit of the +island. + +With this in his mind, he arranged the fire as usual, so as to keep it +alive, and then retired to his camp for the night. The presence of a +roof over his head was grateful in the extreme. He let down the canvas +folds over the entrance, and felt a peculiar sense of security and +comfort. The moss and ferns which he had heaped up were luxuriously +soft and deliciously fragrant. Over these he stretched his wearied +limbs with a sigh of relief, and soon was asleep. + +So comfortable was his bed, and so secure his shelter, that he slept +longer than usual. It was late when he awaked. He hurried forth and +looked around. The fog still rested over everything. If possible it +was thicker and more dismal than even on the preceding day. To his +surprise, he soon noticed that it had been raining quite heavily +through the night. Around, in many places, he saw pools of water, and +in the hollows of the rocks he saw the same. This could only have been +done by the rain. Going back to his camp, he saw that the canvas was +quite wet. And yet the rain had all rolled off. Not a drop had +entered. The moss and the fern inside were perfectly dry, and he had +not the slightest feeling of dampness about him. His camp was a +complete success. + +He now went off to search for clams. The tide had been high at about +six in the morning. It was now, as he judged, about ten or eleven, and +the water was quite low. Selecting a piece of shingle from his +wood-pile, he walked down over the mud flat that extended from the +point, and, after going a little distance, he noticed the holes that +give indications of the presence of clams beneath. Turning up the sand, +he soon threw out some of them. He now dug in several different +places, and obtained sufficient for the day. These he carried back to +the bank in triumph. Then he stirred up his fire, heaped on plenty of +wood, and arranged his clams in front so as to roast them. + +In spite of Mrs. Pratt's theories, the clams were found by Tom to be +delicious, and gave such relish to the biscuit, that he began to think +whether he could not make use of the baling dipper, and make a clam +chowder. + +This breakfast was a great success, and Tom now confidently expected to +find other shell-fish, by means of which his resources might be +enlarged and improved. + + + + +XVII. + +Solomon's solemn Tale.--A costly Lobster.--Off again.--Steam Whistles +of all Sizes.--A noisy Harbor.--Arrival Home.--No News. + + +The shout of joy uttered by those on the top of the cliff at seeing old +Solomon safe was responded to by those in the boat; and then, as the +latter went on her way, Captain Corbet set out to return to the beach, +followed by Phil and Pat. Soon they were all reunited, and, the boat +being landed, they returned in triumph to the Antelope. + +On their way back, Solomon told them the story of his adventures. + +"Went out," said he, "on a splorin scursion, cos I was termined to try +an skewer somethin to make a dinnah to keep up de sperrit ob dis yah +party. Ben trouble nuff, an dat's no reason why we should all starb. +I tought by de looks ob tings dar was lobstas somewhar long dis yah +sho, an if I got a chance, I knowed I could get 'em. Dar was lots ob +time too, ef it hadn't ben fur dat ar pint; dat's what knocked me. +Lots o' lobstas--could hab picked up a barl full, ony hadn't any barl +to pick up." + +"Well, but how did you happen to get caught?" + +"Dat ar's jes what I'm a comin to. You see, I didn't tink ob dat ar +pint when I went up de sho,--but knowed I had lots ob time; so I jes +tought I'd make sure ob de best ob de lobstas. Wan't goin to take back +any common lobstas,--bet you dat,--notin for me but de best,--de bery +best ones dar. Dat ar's what kep me. It takes a heap ob time an car +to get de best ones, when dar's a crowd lyin about ob all sizes, an de +water comin in too." + +"But didn't you see that the tide was coming up to the point?" + +"Nebber see a see,--not a see; lookin ober de lobstas all de time, an +mos stracted wid plexity cos I couldn't cide bout de best ones. Dar was +lots an lots up dar at one place, dough I didn't go fur,--but ef I'd +gone fur, I'd hab got better ones." + +"How far did you go?" + +"Not fur,--ony short distance,--didn't want to go too fur away for feah +ob not gittin back in time. An so I started to come back pooty soon, +an walked, an walked. Las, jes as I got to de pint, I rose my ole +head, an looked straight afore me, an thar, clar ef I didn't fine +myself shut in,--reglar prison,--mind I tell you,--an all round me a +reglar cumferince ob water an rock, widout any way ob scape. Tell you +what, if dar ebber was a ole rat in a trap, I was at dat ar casion." + +"Couldn't you have waded through it before it got too high?" + +"Waded? Not a wade; de water was rough an deep, an de bottom was +stones dat I'd slipped oba an almost broke my ole head, sides bein +drownded as dead as a herrin. Why, what you tink dis ole nigga's made +ob? I'm not a steam injine, nor a mowin machine, nor a life boat. I'm +ony a ole man, an shaky in de legs too,--mind I tell you." + +"Well, how did you manage it?" + +"Manage! Why, I didn't manage at all." + +"How did you find that place where you were sitting?" + +"Wasn't settin. I was tied up in a knot, or rolled up into a ball. Any +way, I wasn't settin." + +"Well, how did you find the place?" + +"Wal, I jes got up dar. I stood on de sho till de water drobe me, an I +kep out ob its way till at las I found myself tied up de way you saw +me." + +"Why didn't you halloo?" + +"Hollar? Didn't I hollar like all possessed?" + +"We didn't hear you." + +"Wal, dat ar's dredful sterious. An me a hollarin an a yellin like +mad. Tell you what, I felt as ef I'd bust my ole head open, I did yell +that hard." + +"Couldn't you manage to climb up that cliff?" + +"Dat cliff? Climb up? Me? What! me climb up a cliff? an dat cliff? +Why, I couldn't no more climb up dat ar cliff dan I could fly to de +moon. No, sah. Much as I could do to keep whar I was, out ob de +water. Dat was enough." + +"Don't you know that we walked two miles up the shore?" + +"Two miles! Two! De sakes, now, chil'en! did you, railly? Ef I'd a +ony knowed you war a comin so near, wouldn't I a yelled? I bet I +would." + +"Why, you didn't think we'd have left you." + +"Lef me? Nebber. But den I didn't tink you'd magine anyting was wrong +till too late. What I wanted was help, den an dar. De trouble was, +when you did come, you all made dat ar circumbendibus, an trabelled +clean an clar away from me." + +"We thought at first you could not be so near the point." + +"But de pint was de whole difficulty. Dat's de pint." + +"Well, at any rate, you've saved the lobsters." + +"Yah! yah! yah! Yes. Bound to sabe dem dar. Loss my ole hat, an +nearly loss my ole self; but still I hung on to dem dar lobstas. Tell +you what it is now, dey come nigh onto bein de dearest lobstas you +ebber eat. I'be done a good deal in de way ob puttin myself out to get +a dinna at odd times for you, chil'en; but dis time I almost put myself +out ob dis mortial life. So when you get your dinnas to-day, you may +tink on what dat ar dinna come nigh to costin." + +"I wonder that you held on to them so tight, when they brought you into +such danger." + +"Hole on? Why, dat ar's de berry reason why I did hole on. What, let +go ob dem arter all my trouble on dat count? No. I was bound to hab +somethin to show whenebber I got back, if I ebber did get back; and so +here I am, all alibe, an a bringin my lobstas wid me." + +"Well, Solomon," said Bart, in a kindly tone, "old man, the lobsters +have come near costing us pretty dear, and we felt bad enough, I can +tell you, when we went up there along the shore calling for you and +getting no answer." + +"What, you did car for de ole man, Mas'r Bart--did you?" said Solomon, +in a tremulous voice. Tears started to his eyes as he said it, and all +power of saying anything more seemed to depart from him. He fell back +behind the others, and walked on for the rest of the way in silence, +but at times casting upon Bart glances that spoke volumes, and talking +to himself in inaudible tones. + +In this way they soon reached the wharf where the schooner was lying. + +The first thing that they noticed was, that the schooner was aground. +The tide had gone out too far for her to float away, and consequently +there was no hope of resuming their voyage for that day. + +"We're in for it, captain," said Bruce + +"Yes; I felt afeard of it," said the captain. "We've got to wait here +till the next tide." + +"We'll leave to-night, of course." + +"O, yes. We must get off at the night's tide, and drop down the bay." + +"How far had we better go?" + +"Wal, I ben a thinkin it all over, an it's my opinion that we'd better +go to St. John next. We may hear of him there, an ef he don't turn up +we can send out some more vessels, an give warnin that he's astray on +the briny biller." + +"At what time will we be able to leave?" + +"Wal, it'll not be high tide till near one o'clock, but we can git off +ef thar's a wind a leetle before midnight." + +"Do you think the wind will hold on?" + +The captain raised his head, and looked at the sky; then he looked out +to sea, and then he remained silent for a few minutes. + +"Wal," said he, at last, slowly and thoughtfully, "it'll take a man +with a head as long as a hoss to answer that thar. It mought hold on, +an then agin it moughtn't." + +"At any rate, I suppose we can drift." + +"O, yes; an of the wind doosn't come round too strong, we can git nigh +down pooty close to St. John by mornin." + +"We'll run down with the tide." + +"Percisely." + +"Well, I suppose we'll have to put the time through the best way we +can, and try to be patient. Only it seems hard to be delayed so much. +First there was the fog, which made our search useless; and now, when +there comes a bright day, when we can see where we're going, here we +are tied up in Quaco all day and all night." + +"It doos seem hard," said Captain Corbet, gravely, "terrible hard; an +ef I owned a balloon that could rise this here vessel off the ground, +an convey her through the air to her nat'ral element, I'd hev it done +in five minutes, an we'd all proceed to walk the waters like things of +life. But I don't happen to own a balloon, an so thar you air. + +"But, boys," continued the captain, in a solemn voice, elevating his +venerable chin, and regarding them with a patriarchal smile,--"boys, +don't begin to go on in that thar old despondent strain. Methinks I +hear some on you a repinin, an a frettin, cos we're stuck here hard an +fast. Don't do it, boys; take my advice, an don't do it. Bear in mind +the stirrin an memiorable events of this here mornin. See what a +calamity was a threatenin us. Why, I declare to you all, thar was a +time when I expected to see our aged friend Solomon no more in the +flesh. You could not tell it by my manner, for I presarved a calm an +collected dumeanour; but yet, I tell you, underneath all that icy calm +an startlin good-natur of my attitood, I concealed a heart that bet +with dark despair. At that moment, when we in our wanderins had +reached the furthest extremity that we attained onto, I tell you my +blood friz, an my har riz in horror! Methought it were all up with +Solomon; and when I see his hat, it seemed to me jest as though I was a +regardin with despairin eye his tumestun whereon war graven by no +mortial hand the solemn an despairin epigram, 'Hic jacet!' + +"So now, my friends," continued the captain, as he brushed a tear-drop +from his eye, "let us conterrol our feelins. Let us be calm, and hope +for the best. When Solomon took his departoor, an was among the +missin, I thought that an evil fortin was a berroodin over us, and +about to consume us. But that derream air past. Solomon is onst more +among the eatables. He cooks agin the mortial repast. He lives! So +it will be with our young friend who has so mysteriously drifted away +from our midst. Cheer up, I say! Them's my sentiment. He'll come to, +an turn up, all alive--right side up--with care,--C. O. D.,--O. K.,--to +be shaken before taken,--marked and numbered as per margin,--jest as +when shipped, in good order an condition, on board the schooner +Antelope, Corbet master, of Grand Pre." + +These words of Captain Corbet had a very good effect upon the boys. +They had already felt very much cheered by the escape of Solomon, and +it seemed to them to be a good omen. If Solomon had escaped, so also +might Tom. And, as their anxiety on Solomon's account had all been +dispelled by his restoration, so also might they hope that their +anxiety about Tom would be dispelled. True, he had been lost to them +for a much longer time, and his absence was certainly surrounded by a +more terrible obscurity than any which had been connected with that of +Solomon. Yet this one favorable circumstance served to show them that +all might not be so dark as they had feared. Thus, therefore, they +began to be more sanguine, and to hope that when they reached St. John, +some tidings of the lost boy might be brought to them. + +Solomon's exertions towards giving them a dinner were on this day +crowned with greater success than had been experienced for some days +past. Their exertions had given them an appetite, and they were able +to eat heartily for the first time since Tom's departure. + +The rest of the day passed very slowly with them. They retired early, +and slept until midnight. At that time they waked, and went on deck, +when they had the extreme satisfaction of seeing the vessel get under +way. A moderate breeze was blowing, which was favorable, and though +the tide was not yet in their favor, yet the wind was sufficient to +bear them out into the bay. Then the boys all went below again, full +of hope. The night passed away quietly, and without any incident +whatever. They all slept soundly, and the dreams that came to them +were pleasant rather than otherwise. + +Awaking in the morning by daylight, they all hurried up on deck, and +encountered there a new disappointment; for all around them they saw +again the hated presence of the fog. The wind also had died away, and +the vessel's sails flapped idly against her masts. + +"Where are we now?" asked Bruce, in a despondent tone. + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "as nigh as I can reckon, we're two or +three miles outside of St. John harbor." + +"How is the tide?" + +"Wal, it's kine o' agin us, jest now." + +"There doesn't seem to be any wind." + +"Not much." + +"Shall we get into St. John to-day?" + +"Wal, I kine o' think we'll manage it." + +"How soon?" + +"Wal, not much afore midday. You see we're driftin away jest now." + +"Don't you intend to anchor till the next rise of tide?" + +"O, yes; in about ten minutes we'd ought to be about whar I want to +anchor." + +At this disheartening condition of affairs the boys sank once more into +a state of gloom. In about ten minutes, as Captain Corbet said, the +schooner was at anchor, and there was nothing to do but to wait. + +"We'll run in at turn o' tide," said he. + +Breakfast came, and passed. The meal was eaten in silence. Then they +went on deck again, fretting and chafing at the long delay. Not much +was said, but the boys stood in silence, trying to see through the +thick fog. + +"It was so fine when we left," said Bart, "that I thought we'd have it +all the way." + +"Wal, so we did--pooty much all; but then, you see, about four this +mornin we run straight into a fog bank." + +"Has the wind changed?" + +"Wal, thar don't seem jest now to be any wind to speak of, but it kine +o' strikes me that it's somethin like southerly weather. Hence this +here fog." + +After a few hours the vessel began to get under way again; and now, +too, there arose a light breeze, which favored them. As they went on +they heard the long, regular blast of a steam whistle, which howled out +a mournful note from time to time. Together with this, they heard, +occasionally, the blasts of fog horns from unseen schooners in their +neighborhood, and several times they could distinguish the rush of some +steamer past them, whose whistle sounded sharply in their ears. + +As they drew nearer, these varied sounds became louder, and at length +the yell of one giant whistle sounded close beside them. + +"We're a enterin o' the harbure," said Captain Corbet. + +Hours passed away from the time the Antelope raised anchor until she +reached the wharf. In passing up the harbor, the shadowy forms of +vessels at anchor became distinguishable amid the gloom, and in front +of them, as they neared the wharf, there arose a forest of masts +belonging to schooners. It was now midday. Suddenly there arose a +fearful din all around. It was the shriek of a large number of steam +whistles, and seemed to come up from every side. + +"Is that for the fog?" asked Bruce. + +"O, no," said Bart; "those are the saw-mills whistling for twelve +o'clock." + +The boys had already completed their preparations for landing, and had +changed their eccentric clothing for apparel which was more suited to +making their appearance in society. Bart had insisted that they should +go to his house, and wait until they might decide what to do; and the +boys had accepted his hospitable invitation. + +They stepped on shore full of hope, not doubting that they would hear +news of Tom. They had persuaded themselves that he had been picked up +by some vessel which was coming down the bay, and had probably been put +ashore here; in which case they knew that he would at once communicate +with Bart's people. They even thought that Tom would be there to +receive them. + +"Of course he will be," said Bart; "if he did turn up, they'd make him +stay at the house, you know; and he'd know that we fellows would come +down here in the hope of hearing about him. So we'll find him there +all right, after all. Hurrah!" + +But, on reaching his home, Bart's joyous meeting with his family was +very much marred by the deep, dark, and bitter disappointment that +awaited him and his companions. + +They knew nothing whatever about Tom. Bart's father was shocked at the +story. He knew that no boy had been picked up adrift in the bay during +the past week. Such an event would have been known. He felt +exceedingly anxious, and at once instituted a search among the coasting +vessels. The search was a thorough one, but resulted in nothing. +There was no one who had seen anything of a drifting boat. All +reported thick fog in the bay. + +The result of this search plunged Bart and his friends into their +former gloom. + +Other searches were made. Inquiries were sent by telegraph to +different places, but without result. + +The fate of the missing boy now became a serious question + +As for Bart and his friends, they were inconsolable. + + + + +XVIII. + +Down the Bay.--Drifting and Anchoring.--In the Dark, morally and +physically.--Eastport, the jumping-off Place.--Grand Manan.--Wonderful +Skill.--Navigating in the Fog.--A Plunge from Darkness into Light, and +from Light into Darkness. + + +It was Saturday when Bart reached home. As much was done on that day +as possible. Bart was in the extreme of wretchedness, and so eager was +he to resume the search for his friend, that his father gave his +permission for him to start off again in the Antelope. The other boys +also were to go with him. They determined to scour the seas till they +found Tom, or had learned his fate. + +Mr. Damer also assured Bart that he would take the matter in hand +himself, and would send out two schooners to go about the bay. In +addition to this, he would telegraph to different places, so that the +most extensive search possible might be instituted. Every part of the +coast should be explored, and even the islands should be visited. + +All this gave as much consolation to Bart and his friends as it was +possible for them to feel under the circumstances. + +As much as possible was done on Saturday, but the next day was an idle +one, as far as the search was concerned. Bart and the boys waited with +great impatience, and finally on Monday morning they left once more in +the Antelope. It was about five o'clock in the morning, the tide was +in their favor, and, though there was a head wind, yet be fore the turn +of tide they were anchored a good distance down the bay. + +"My idee is this," said Captain Corbet. "I'll explore the hull bay in +search of that driftin boy. I'll go down this side, cross over, and +come up on t'other. We'll go down here first, an not cross over till +we get as fur as Quoddy Head. I think, while we air down thar, I'll +call at Eastport an ask a few questions. But I must say it seems a +leetle too bad to have the fog go on this way. If this here had ony +happened a fortnight ago, we'd have had clear weather an fair winds. +It's too bad, I declar." + +They took advantage of the next tide to go down still farther, and by +twelve o'clock on Monday night they were far down. Since leaving St. +John they had seen nothing whatever, but they had heard occasionally +the fog horns of wandering schooners, and once they had listened to the +yell of a steamer's whistle. + +"I've allus said," remarked Captain Corbet, "that in navigatin this +here bay, tides is more important than winds, and anchors is more +important than sails. That's odd to seafarin men that ain't acquainted +with these waters, but it air a oncontrovartible fact. Most of the +distressin casooalties that happen hereabouts occur from a ignorance of +this on the part of navigators. They WILL pile on sail. Now, in clar +weather an open sea, pile it on, I say; but in waters like these, +whar's the use? Why, it's flyin clar in the face of Providence. Now +look at me--do I pile on sail? Not me. Catch me at it! When I can git +along without, why, I git. At the same time, I don't think you'll find +it altogether for the good of your precious health, boys, to be a movin +about here in the fog at midnight. Better go below. You can't do no +good a settin or a standin up here, squintin through a darkness that +might be felt, an that's as thick as any felt I ever saw. So take my +advice, an go below, and sleep it off." + +It was impossible to gainsay the truth of Captain Corbet's remarks, and +as it was really midnight, and the darkness almost as thick as he said, +the boys did go below, and managed to get to sleep in about a minute +and a half after their heads touched the pillows. + +Before they were awake on the following day the anchor was hoisted, and +the Antelope was on her way again. + +"Here we air, boys," said the captain, as they came on deck, "under +way--the Antelope on her windin way over the mounting wave, a +bereasting of the foamin biller like all possessed. I prophesy for +this day a good time as long as the tide lasts." + +"Do you think we'll get to Eastport harbor with this tide?" + +"Do I think so?--I know it. I feel it down to my butes. Eastport +harbure? Yea! An arter that we hev all plain-sailin." + +"Why, won't the fog last?" + +"I don't car for the fog. Arter we get to Eastport harbure we cease +goin down the bay. We then cross over an steal up the other side. +Then it's all our own. If the fog lasts, why, the wind'll last too, an +we can go up flyin, all sails set; an I'll remuve from my mind, for the +time bein, any prejudyce that I have agin wind at sails." + +"Do you intend to go ashore at Eastport?" + +"Yes, for a short time--jest to make inquiries. It will be a +consolation, you know." + +"Of course." + +"Then I'll up sail, an away we'll go, irrewspective of tides, across +the bay." + +By midday the captain informed them that they were in Eastport harbor. + +"See thar," said he, as he pointed to a headland with a light-house. +"That thar is the entrance. They do call this a pootyish place; but as +it's this thick, you won't hev much chance to see it. Don't you want to +go ashore an walk about?" + +"Not if we can help it. Of course we'll have to ask after poor Tom, +but we haven't any curiosity." + +"Wal, p'aps not--ony thar is people that find this a dreadful cur'ous +place. It's got, as I said, a pootyish harbure; but that ain't the +grand attraction. The grand attraction centres in a rock that's said +to be the eastest place in the neighborin republic,--in short, as they +call it, the 'jumpin-off place.' You'd better go an see it; ony you +needn't jump off, unless you like." + +Sailing up the harbor, the fog grew light enough for them to see the +shore. The town lay in rather an imposing situation, on the side of a +hill, which was crowned by a fort. A large number of vessels lay about +at the wharves and at anchor. Here they went ashore in a boat, but on +making inquiries could gain no information about Tom; nor could they +learn anything which gave them the slightest encouragement. + +"We've got to wait here a while so as to devarsefy the time. Suppose we +go an jump off?" said the captain. + +The boys assented to this in a melancholy manner, and the captain led +the way through the town, till at last he halted at the extreme east +end. + +"Here," said he, "you behold the last extremity of a great an mighty +nation, that spreads from the Atlantic to the Pacific, an from the Gulf +of Mexiky to the very identical spot that you air now a occypyin of. +It air a celebrated spot, an this here air a memorable momient in your +youthful lives, if you did but know it!" + +There was nothing very striking about this place, except the fact which +Captain Corbet had stated. Its appearance was not very imposing, yet, +on the other hand, it was not without a certain wild beauty. Before +them spread the waters of the bay, with islands half concealed in mist; +while immediately in front, a steep, rocky bank went sheer down for +some thirty or forty feet to the beach below. + +"I suppose," said the captain, "that bein Pilgrims, it air our dooty to +jump; but as it looks a leetle rocky down thar, I think we'd best defer +that to another opportoonity." + +Returning to the schooner, they weighed anchor, set sail, and left the +harbor. On leaving it, they did not go back the way they had come, but +passed through a narrow and very picturesque channel, which led them by +a much shorter route into the bay. On their left were wooded hills, +and on their right a little village on the slope of a hill, upon whose +crest stood a church. + +Outside the fog lay as thick as ever, and into this they plunged. Soon +the monotonous gray veil of mist closed all around them. But now their +progress was more satisfactory, for they were crossing the bay, and the +wind was abeam. + +"Are you going straight across to Nova Scotia now?" asked Bart. + +"Wal, yes; kine o' straight across," was the reply; "ony on our way +we've got to call at a certain place, an contenoo our investergations." + +"What place is that?" + +"It's the Island of Grand Manan--a place that I allers feel the +greatest respect for. On that thar island is that celebrated fog mill +that I told you of, whar they keep grindin night an day, in southerly +weather, so as to keep up the supply of fog for old Fundy. Whatever +we'd do without Grand Manan is more'n I can say." + +"Is the island inhabited?" asked Bruce. + +"Inhabited? O, dear, yas. Thar's a heap o' people thar. It's jest +possible that a driftin boat might git ashore thar, an ef so we'll know +pooty soon." + +"How far is it?" + +"O, ony about seven or eight mile." + +"We'll be there in an hour or so, then?" + +"Wal, not so soon. You see, we've got to go round it." + +"Around it?" + +"Yes" + +"Why?" + +"Cos thar ain't any poppylation on this side, an we've got to land on +t'other." + +"Why are there no people on this side?" + +"Cos thar ain't no harbures. The cliffs air six hundred feet high, and +the hull shore runs straight on for ever so fur without a break, except +two triflin coves." + +"How is it on the other side?" + +"Wal, the east side ain't a bad place. The shore is easier, an thar's +harbures an anchorages. Thar's a place they call Whale Cove, whar I'm +goin to land, an see if I can hear anythin. The people air ony +fishers, an they ain't got much cultivation; but it's mor'en likely +that a driftin boat might touch thar somewhar." + +The Antelope pursued her course, but it was as much as three hours +before she reached her destination. They dropped anchor then, and +landed. The boys had already learned not to indulge too readily in +hope; but when they made their inquiries, and found the same answer +meeting them here which they had received in other places, they could +not avoid feeling a fresh pang of disappointment and discouragement. + +"Wal, we didn't git much good out of this place," said Captain Corbet. +"I'm sorry that we have sech a arrand as ourn. Ef it warn't for that +we could spend to-night here, an to-morry I'd take you all to see the +fog mill; but, as it is, I rayther think I won't linger here, but +perceed on our way." + +"Where do we go next--to Nova Scotia?" + +"Wal, not jest straight across, but kine o' slantin. We head now for +Digby; that's about straight opposite to St. John, an it's as likely a +place as any to make inquiries at." + +"How long will it be before we get there?" + +"Wal, some time to-morry mornin. To-night we've got nothin at all to +do but to sweep through the deep while the stormy tempests blow in the +shape of a mild sou-wester; so don't you begin your usual game of +settin up. You ain't a mite of good to me, nor to yourselves, a stayin +here. You'd ought all to be abed, and, ef you'll take my advice, +you'll go to sleep as soon as you can, an stay asleep as long as you +can. It'll be a foggy night, an we won't see a mite o' sunshine till +we git into Digby harbure. See now, it's already dark; so take my +advice, an go to bed, like civilized humane beings." + +It did not need much persuasion to send them off to their beds. Night +was coming on, another night of fog and thick darkness. This time, +however, they had the consolation of making some progress, if it were +any consolation when they had no definite course before them; for, in +such a cruise as this, when they were roaming about from one place to +another, without any fixed course, or fixed time, the progress that +they made was, after all, a secondary consideration. The matter of +first importance was to hear news of Tom, and, until they did hear +something, all other things were of little moment. + +The Antelope continued on her way all that night, and on the next +morning the boys found the weather unchanged. Breakfast passed, and +two or three hours went on. The boys were scattered about the decks, +in a languid way, looking out over the water, when suddenly a cry from +Pat, who was in the bows, aroused all of them. Immediately before them +rose a lofty shore, covered in the distance with dark trees, but +terminating at the water's edge in frowning rocks. A light-house stood +here, upon which they had come so suddenly that, before they were over +their first surprise, they were almost near enough to toss a biscuit +ashore. + +"Wal, now, I call that thar pooty slick sailin," exclaimed Captain +Corbet, glancing at the lighthouse with sparkling eyes. "I tell you +what it is, boys, you don't find many men in this here day an age that +can leave Manan at dusk, when the old fog mill is hard at work, and +travel all night in the thickest fog ever seen, with tide agin him half +the time, an steer through that thar fog, an agin that thar tide, so as +to hit the light-house as slick as that. Talk about your scientific +navigation--wouldn't I like to see what one of them thar scientific +captings would do with his vessel last night on sech a track as I run +over! Wouldn't I like to run a race with him? an ef I did, wouldn't I +make a pile to leave and bequeath to the infant when his aged parient +air buried beneath the cold ground?" + +While Captain Corbet was speaking, the schooner sailed past the +light-house, and the thick fog closed around her once more. On one +side, however, they could see the dim outline of the shore on their +right. On they sailed for about a quarter of a mile, when suddenly the +fog vanished, and, with scarce a moment's notice, there burst upon them +a blaze of sunlight, while overhead appeared the glory of the blue sky. +The suddenness of that transition forced a cry of astonishment from +all. They had shot forth so quickly from the fog into the sunlight +that it seemed like magic. + +They found themselves sailing along a strait about a mile in width, +with shores on each side that were as high as Blomidon. On the right +the heights sloped up steep, and were covered with trees of rich dark +verdure, while on the other side the slope was bolder and wilder. +Houses appeared upon the shore, and roads, and cultivated trees. This +strait was several miles in length, and led into a broad and +magnificent basin. + +Here, in this basin, appeared an enchanting view. A sheet of water +extended before their eyes about sixteen miles in length and five in +breadth. All around were lofty shores, fertile, well tilled, covered +with verdurous trees and luxuriant vegetation. The green of the shores +was dotted with white houses, while the blue of the water was flecked +with snowy sails. Immediately on the right there appeared a circular +sweep of shore, on which arose a village whose houses were intermingled +with green trees. + +Into this beautiful basin came the old French navigators more than two +centuries ago, and at its head they found a place which seemed to them +the best spot in Acadie to become the capital of the new colony which +they were going to found here. So they established their little town, +and these placid waters became the scene of commercial activity and of +warlike enterprise, till generations passed away, and the little French +town of Port Royal, after many strange vicissitudes, with its wonderful +basin, remained in the possession of the English conqueror. + +"Now," said Captain Corbet, "boys, look round on that thar, an tell me +of you ever see a beautifuller place than this. Thar's ony one place +that can be compared with this here, an that's Grand Pre. But for the +life o' me, I never can tell which o' the two is the pootiest. It's +strange, too, how them French fellers managed to pick out the best +places in the hull province. But it shows their taste an judgment--it +doos, railly." + +It was not long before the Antelope had dropped anchor in front of the +town of Digby, and Captain Corbet landed with the boys as soon as +possible. There was as good a chance of Tom being heard of here as +anywhere; since this place lay down the bay, in one sense, and if by +any chance Tom had drifted over to the Nova Scotia shore, as now seemed +probable, he would be not unlikely to go to Digby, so as to resume his +journey, so rudely interrupted, and make his way thence to his friends. + +Digby is a quiet little place, that was finished long ago. It was +first settled by the Tory refugees, who came here after the +revolutionary war, and received land grants from the British +government. At first it had some activity, but its business soon +languished. The first settlers had such bright hopes of its future +that they regularly laid out a town, with streets and squares. But +these have never been used to any extent, and now appear grown over +with grass. Digby, however, has so much beauty of scenery around it, +that it may yet attract a large population. On landing here, Captain +Corbet pursued the same course as at other places. He went first to +one of the principal shops, or the post office, and told his story, and +afterwards went to the schooners at the wharves. But at Digby there was +precisely the same result to their inquiries as there had been at other +places. No news had come to the place of any one adrift, nor had any +skipper of any schooner noticed anything of the kind during his last +trip. + +"What had we better do next?" + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "we can ony finish our cruise." + +"Shall we go on?" + +"Yes." + +"Up the bay?" + +"Yes. I'll keep on past Ile Haute, an I'll cruise around Minas. You +see these drifts may take him in a'most any direction. I don't see why +he shouldn't hev drifted up thar as well as down here." + +It was Wednesday when they reached Digby. + +On the evening of that day the Antelope weighed anchor, and sailed out +into the Bay of Fundy. + +It was bright sunshine, with a perfectly cloudless sky inside, but +outside the Antelope plunged into the midst of a dense and heavy fog. + + + + +XIX. + +Tom's Devices.--Rising superior to Circumstances.--Roast Clams.--Baked +Lobster.--Boiled Mussels.--Boiled Shrimps.--Roast +Eggs.--Dandelions.--Ditto, with Eggs.--Roast +Dulse.--Strawberries.--Pilot-bread.--Strawberry Cordial. + + +Meanwhile another day had passed away on Ile Haute. + +When we last saw Tom he had succeeded in finding some clams, which he +roasted in front of his fire, and made thus a very acceptable relish. +This not only gratified his palate for the time, but it also stimulated +him to fresh exertions, since it showed him that his resources were +much more extensive than he had supposed them to be. If he had ever +dreaded getting out of all his provisions, he saw now that the fear was +an unfounded one. Here, before his eyes, and close beside his +dwelling-place, there extended a broad field full of food. In that mud +flat there were clams enough to feed him for all the rest of his life, +if that were necessary. But what was more, he saw by this the +possibility that other articles of food might be reckoned on, by means +of which he would be able to relieve his diet from that monotony which +had thus far been its chief characteristic. If he could find something +else besides clams and biscuit, the tedium of his existence here would +be alleviated to a still greater degree. + +He spent some time in considering this subject, and in thinking over +all the possible kinds of food which he might hope to obtain. Sea and +land might both be relied on to furnish food for his table in the +desert. The sea, he knew, ought to supply the following:-- + + 1. Clams, + 2. Lobsters, + 3. Mussels, + +in addition to other things which he had in his mind. The land, on the +other hand, ought to furnish something. Now that his attention was +fairly directed to this important subject, he could think of several +things which would be likely to be found even on this island, and the +search for which would afford an agreeable amusement. + +The more he thought of all this, the more astonished he was at the +number of things which he could think of as being likely to exist here +around him. It was not so much for the sake of gratifying his +appetite, as to find some occupation, that he now entered eagerly upon +putting this new project into execution. Fish, flesh, and fowl now +offered themselves to his endeavors, and these were to be supplied by +land, sea, and sky. This sudden enlargement of his resources, and also +of his sphere of operations, caused him to feel additional +satisfaction, together with a natural self-complacency. To the ordinary +mind Ile Haute appeared utterly deserted and forlorn--a place where one +might starve to death, if he had to remain for any length of time; but +Tom now determined to test to the utmost the actual resources of the +island, so as to prove, to himself what one unaided boy could do, when +thus thrown upon his own intelligent efforts, with dire necessity to +act as a stimulus to his ingenuity. + +First of all, then, there was his box of biscuit, which he had brought +with him. + +To this must be added his first discovery on the island, namely, the +clams. Nothing could be of greater importance than this, since it +afforded not merely a relish, but also actual food. + +The next thing that he sought after was lobsters, and he went off in +search of these as soon as he could on the following day. + +He waited till the tide was low, which was at about twelve o'clock, and +then went down along the beach. At high tide, the water came close up +to the foot of the lofty cliff; but at ebb, it descended for some +distance, so that there was some sort of a beach even in places that +did not promise any. + +The beach nearest to where Tom had taken up his abode was an expanse of +mud and sand; but passing along beyond this, on the north side, it +became gravelly. About a hundred yards to the west, on this side of +the island, he came to the place where he had tied his boat, on that +eventful time when he had drifted here. Below this, the beach extended +down for a long distance, and at the lowest point there were rocks, and +sharp stones, and pebbles of every size. Here Tom began his search, +and before he had looked five minutes, he found several lobsters of +good size. A little farther search showed him that there was a large +supply of these, so that, in fact, sufficient support might have been +obtained for a whole ship's company. By the time that he had found a +half dozen of these, and had brought them back to his hearth-stone, it +had grown too dark to search for any more. Tom's search, however, had +been so successful, that he felt quite satisfied; and though the day +had passed without any change in the weather or any lifting of the fog, +though he had listened in vain for any sound over the waters which +might tell of passers by, though his signal had not been seen, and his +bright burning fire had not been noticed, yet the occupation of thought +and of action which he had found for himself, had been sufficient to +make the time pass not unpleasantly. + +His evening repast was now a decided improvement on that of the +preceding day. First of all, he spread some clams in the hot ashes to +roast; and then, taking the dipper which had been used for baling, he +filled it with water, and placing this on the fire, it soon began to +boil. Into this he thrust the smallest lobster, and watched it as the +water bubbled around it, and its scaly covering turned slowly from its +original dark hue to a bright red color. + +His success thus far stimulated him to make some attempts at actual +cookery. Removing some of the lobster from its shell, he poured out +most of the water from the pan, and into what remained he again put the +lobster, cutting it up as fine as he could with his knife. Into this he +crumbled some biscuit, and stirred it up all together. He then placed +it over the fire till it was well baked. On removing it and tasting +it, he found it most palatable. It was already sufficiently salt, and +only needed a little pepper to make it quite equal to any scolloped +lobster that he had ever tasted. + +His repast consisted of this, followed by the roast clams, which formed +an agreeable variety. + +Tom now felt like a giant refreshed; and while sitting in front of the +evening fire, he occupied his mind with plans for the morrow, which +were all directed towards enlarging his supply of provisions. + +He awaked late on the next morning, and found the weather unchanged. +He tried to quell his impatience and disappointment, and feeling that +idleness would never do, he determined to go to work at once, and carry +out the plans of the preceding day. It was now Thursday, the middle of +the second week, and the fog had clung pertinaciously around him almost +all that time. It was indeed disheartening, and idleness under such +circumstances would have ended in misery and despair; but Tom's +perseverance, and obstinate courage, and buoyant spirits enabled him +still to rise above circumstances, and struggle with the gloom around +him. + +"O, go on, go on," he muttered, looking around upon the fog. "Let's see +who can stand it longest. And now for my foraging expedition." + +Making a hearty repast out of the remnants of the supper of the +preceding evening, he went first to the shore, so as to complete his +search there while the tide should be low. It was going down now, and +the beach was all before him. He wandered on till he came to where +there was an immense ledge of sharp rocks, that went from the foot of +the precipice down into the bay. Over these he clambered, looking +carefully around, until at last he reached the very lowest point. Here +he soon found some articles of diet, which were quite as valuable in +their way as the clams and lobsters. First of all, he found an immense +quantity of large mussels. These were entangled among the thick masses +of sea-weed. He knew that the flavor of mussels was much more delicate +than that of clams or lobsters, and that by many connoisseurs these, +when good and fresh, were ranked next to oysters. This discovery, +therefore, gave him great joy, and he filled his pan, which he had +carried down, and took them back to the shore. He also took an armful +of sea-weed, and, reaching his camping-place, he threw the mussels in a +hollow place in the sand, placing the sea-weed around them. In this +way he knew that they would keep fresh and sweet for any reasonable +length of time. + +Returning to the ledges of rock, he walked about among them, and found +a number of pools, some of which were of considerable size. These had +been left by the retreating water; and in these hollows he soon saw a +number of small objects moving about. Some of them he caught without +much difficulty, and saw that they were shrimps. He had hoped to find +some of these, but the discovery came to him like some unexpected +pleasure, and seemed more than he had any right to count on. Beside +the shrimps his other discoveries seemed inferior. There was a large +number, and they could be caught without much trouble. He soon filled +his pan, and brought these also to his camping-place. These he +deposited in a little pool, which was on the surface of some rocks that +lay not far from the shore. Over these he also laid some sea-weed. + +The tide was now coming up, but Tom made a further journey to the +beach, so as to secure something which he had noticed during his +previous expedition. This was a marine plant called dulse, which, in +these waters, grows very plentifully, and is gathered and dried by the +people in large quantities. It was a substance of which Tom was very +fond, and he determined to gather some, and dry it in the sun. +Collecting an armful of this, he took it to the shore, and spread it +out over the grass, though, in that damp and foggy atmosphere, there +was not much prospect of its drying. + +It was now about three o'clock in the afternoon, and Tom's researches +along the shore were successfully terminated. He had found all the +different articles that he had thought of and his new acquisitions were +now lying about him. + +These were,-- + + Clams, + Lobsters, + Mussels, + Shrimps, + Dulse. + +As he murmured to himself the list of things, he smiled triumphantly. + +But still there was work to be done. Tom intended to keep fashionable +hours, and dine late, with only a lunch in the middle of the day. His +explorations of the afternoon were to be important, and he hoped that +they would be crowned with a portion of that success which had attended +the work of the morning. He took, therefore, a hasty lunch of biscuit +and cold lobster, washed down with water, and then set forth. + +This time he turned away from the shore, and went to the top of the +island. He carried in his hand a bit of rope, about a dozen feet in +length, and went along the edge of the cliff as far as he could, +turning aside at times to avoid any clumps of trees or bushes that grew +too thickly. In front of him the line of cliff extended for some +distance, and he walked along, until, at last, he came to a place where +the gulls flew about in larger flocks than usual, almost on a line with +the top of the rock. He had not noticed them particularly on his +former walk along here; but now he watched them very attentively, and +finally stood still, so as to see their actions to better advantage. + +Tom, in fact, had made up his mind to procure some gulls' eggs, +thinking that these would make an addition to his repast of great +importance; and he now watched the motions of these birds, so as to +detect the most accessible of their nests. He did not have to watch +long. A little observation showed him a place, just under the cliff, +not far away from him. Hastening forward, he bent over, and, looking +down, he saw a large number of nests. They had been constructed on a +shelf of rock immediately below the edge of the cliff, and the eggs +were within easy reach. The gulls flew about wildly, as the intruder +reached down his hands towards their nests, and screamed and shrieked, +while some of them rushed towards him, within a few feet of his head, +as though they would assail him and beat him off. But Tom's +determination did not falter. He cared no more for the gulls than if +they were so many pigeons, but secured as many eggs as he could carry. +These he took with him back to his camp. + +But he was not yet satisfied. He was anxious to have some vegetables; +and over the open ground, among the grass, he had seen plants which +were very familiar to him. There were dandelions; and Tom saw in them +something that seemed worth more than any of his other acquisitions. +Going forth in search of these, he managed to get his pan full of them. +These he washed, and after cutting off the roots, he put them in the +pan with water, and then set them over the fire to boil. + +While they were boiling Tom went off once more, and found some wild +strawberries. They were quite plentiful about here, and this was the +season for them. He stripped a piece of bark from a birch tree, as the +country people do, and formed from this a dish which would hold about a +quart. This he filled after a moderate search. + +He took the strawberries to his camp, and then, going back to the +woods, he procured some more birch bark, out of which he made a half +dozen dishes. It was now about five o'clock, and Tom thought it was +time for him to begin to cook his dinner. + +The dandelions were not quite cooked as yet; so Tom had to wait; but +while doing so, he heated some stones in the fire. By the time they +were heated, the dandelions were cooked; and Tom, removing the pan, put +some shrimps and mussels in it, to boil over the fire. He then removed +the stones, and placed one of the lobsters among them in such a way, +that it was surrounded on every side in a hot oven. He then buried a +few clams among the hot ashes, and did the same with three or four of +the gulls' eggs. + +One of the hot stones was reserved for another purpose. It was the +largest of them, and was red hot when he drew it from the fire, but +soon cooled down enough to resume its natural color, although it +retained an intense heat. + +Over this he spread some of the wet dulse, which soon crackled and +shrivelled up, sending forth a rich and fragrant steam. In roasting +this dulse, a large piece would shrink to very small proportions, so +that half of Tom's armful, when thus roasted, was reduced to but a +small handful. + +After finishing this, he drew the gulls' eggs from the fire, and taking +off the shells, he cut them in slices, and put them with the +dandelions. Then he took the shrimps and mussels from the fire, and +removing them from the pan, he separated them, and put them into +different bark dishes. The clams were next drawn forth, and though +rather overdone, they were, nevertheless, of tempting appearance and +appetizing odor. Finally, the lobster was removed, and Tom contented +himself with one of the claws, which he placed on a dish, reserving the +remainder for another time. + +And now the articles were all cooked, and Tom's repast was ready. He +looked with a smile of gratification upon the various dishes which his +ingenuity and industry had drawn forth from the rocks, and cliffs, and +mud, and sand of a desert island, and wondered whether other islands, +in tropical climates, could yield a more varied or more nutritious +supply. He thought of other plants which might be found here, and +determined to try some that seemed to be nutritious. + +Here is the repast which Tom, on that occasion, spread before himself:-- + + 1. Roast clams, + 2. Baked lobster, + 3. Boiled mussels, + 4. Boiled shrimps, + 5. Roast eggs, + 6. Dandelions, + 7. Dandelions with eggs, + 8. Roast dulse, + 9. Strawberries, + 10. Pilot-bread. + +In one thing only did Tom fall short of his wishes, and that was in the +way of drinks. But before that dinner was finished, even this was +remedied; for necessity, the great mother of invention, instigated Tom +to squeeze about half of his strawberries into a little water. Out of +this he formed a drink with a flavor that seemed to him to be quite +delicious. And that made what Tom called,-- + + 11. Strawberry cordial. + + + + +XX. + +New Discoveries.--The Boat.--A great Swell.--Meditations and Plans.--A +new, and wonderful, and before unheard-of Application of Spruce +Gum.--I'm afloat! I'm afloat! + + +Tom sat there over his banquet until late. He then went down to the +beach, and brought up a vast collection of driftwood, and throwing a +plenteous supply upon the fire, he lay down beside it, and looked out +over the water, trying, as usual, to see something through the thick +mist. The flames shot up with a crackle and a great blaze, and the +bright light shone brilliantly upon the water. The tide was now up, and +the boat was full before him. Tom fixed his eyes upon this boat, and +was mournfully recalling his unsuccessful experiment at making her +sea-worthy, and was waiting to see her sink down to her gunwales as she +filled, when the thought occurred to him that she was not filling so +rapidly as she might, but was floating much better than usual. A +steady observation served to show him that this was no fancy, but an +actual fact; and the confirmation of this first impression at once +drove away all other thoughts, and brought back all the ideas of escape +which he once had cherished. + +The boat was admitting the water, certainly, yet she certainly did not +leak quite so badly as before, but was floating far better than she had +done on the night of his trial. What was the meaning of this? + +Now, the fact is, he had not noticed the boat particularly during the +last few days. He had given it up so completely, that it ceased to +have any interest in his eyes. Raising his signal, building his house, +and exploring the island had taken up all his thoughts. Latterly he +had thought of nothing but his dinner. But now the change in the boat +was unmistakable, and it seemed to him that the change might have been +going on gradually all this time without his noticing it until it had +become so marked. + +What was the cause of this change? That was the question which he now +sought to answer. After some thought he found a satisfactory +explanation. + +For a number of days the boat had been admitting the water till she was +full. This water had remained in for an hour or more, and this process +of filling and emptying had been repeated every tide. The atmosphere +also had been wet, and the wood, thus saturated with water so +frequently, had no chance of getting dry. Tom thought, therefore, that +the wooden framework, which he had constructed so as to tighten the +leak, had been gradually swelling from the action of the water; and the +planks of the boat had been tightening their cracks from the same +cause, so that now the opening was not nearly so bad as it had been. +Thus the boat, which once had been able to float him for a quarter of +an hour or more, ought now to be able to float him for at least double +that time. + +Tom watched the boat very attentively while the tide was up; and, when +at length it began to retreat, and leave it once more aground, he +noticed that it was not more than half full of water. If any +confirmation had been needed to the conclusions which he had drawn from +seeing the improved buoyancy of the boat, it would have been afforded +by this. Tom accepted this with delight, as an additional circumstance +in his favor; and now, having become convinced of this much, he set his +wits to work to see if some plan could not be hit upon by means of +which the boat could once more be made sea-worthy. + +Tom's indefatigable perseverance must have been noticed by this time. +To make the best of circumstances; to stand face to face with +misfortune, and shrink not; to meet the worst with equanimity, and +grasp eagerly at the slightest favorable change,--such was the +character that Tom had shown during his experience of the past. Now, +once more, he grasped at this slight circumstance that appeared to +favor his hopes, and sought to find some way by which that +half-floating boat could be made to float wholly, and bear him away to +those shores that were so near by. Too long had he been submitting to +this imprisonment; too long had he been waiting for schooners to pass +and to bring him help; too long had he been shut in by a fog that +seemed destined never to lift so long as he was here. If he could only +form some kind of a boat that would float long enough to land him on +the nearest coast, all that he wished would be gratified. + +As he thought over this subject, he saw plainly what he had felt very +strongly before--that the boat could not be sea-worthy unless he had +some tar with which to plaster over the broken bow, and fill in the +gaping seams; but there was no tar. Still, did it follow that there +was nothing else? Might not something be found upon the island which +would serve the purpose of tar? There must be some such substance and +perhaps it might be found here. + +Tom now thought over all the substances that he could bring before his +mind. Would clay do? No; clay would not. Would putty? No, and +besides, he could not get any. What, then, would serve this important +purpose? + +Tar was produced from trees. Were there no trees here that produced +some sticky and glutinous substance like tar? There was the resin of +pine trees, but there were no pines on the island. What then? These +fir trees had a sort of sticky, balsamic juice that exuded plentifully +from them wherever they were cut. Might he not make some use of that? +Suddenly, in the midst of reflections like these, he thought of the gum +that is found on spruce trees--spruce gum! It was an idea that +deserved to be followed up and carried out. Thus far he had never +thought of spruce gum, except as something which he, like most boys, +was fond of chewing; but now it appeared before his mind as affording a +possible solution of his difficulty. The more he thought of it, the +more did it seem that this would be adapted to his purpose. The only +question was, whether he could obtain enough of it. He thought that he +might easily obtain enough if he only took the proper time and care. + +With this new plan in his mind, Tom retired for the night, and awaked +the next morning by the dawn of day. It was still foggy; but he was +now so resigned, and was so full of his new plan, that it did not +trouble him in the slightest degree. In fact, he was so anxious to try +this, that the sight of a boat landing on the beach, all ready to take +him off, would not have afforded him an unmixed satisfaction. + +He took his tin dipper, and went up at once into the woods. Here he +looked around very carefully, and soon found what he wanted. He knew +perfectly well, of course, how to distinguish spruce trees from fir, by +the sharp, prickly spires of the former, and so he was never at a loss +which trees to search. No sooner had he begun, than he was surprised +at the quantities that he found. To an ordinary observer the trunk of +the spruce tree seems like any other tree trunk--no rougher, and +perhaps somewhat smoother than many; but Tom now found that on every +tree almost there were little round excrescences, which, on being +picked at with the knife, came off readily, and proved to be gum. Vast +quantities of a substance which goes by the name of spruce gum are +manufactured and sold; but the pure gum is a very different article, +having a rich, balsamic odor, and a delicate yet delicious flavor; and +Tom, as he filled his pan, and inhaled the fragrance that was emitted +by its contents, lamented that his necessities compelled him to use it +for such a purpose as that to which this was destined. After four or +five hours' work, he found that he had gathered enough. He had filled +his pan no less than six times, and had secured a supply which was +amply sufficient to give a coating of thick gum over all the fractured +place. The tide, which had already risen, was now falling, and, as +soon as the boat was aground, and the water out of her, Tom proceeded +to raise her bows, in precisely the same manner as he had raised the +boat on a former occasion. + +The next thing was to bring the gum into a fit condition for use. This +he did by kindling the fire, and melting it in his tin pan. This would +rather interfere with the use of that article as a cooking utensil, but +now that Tom's mind was full of this new purpose, cooking and things of +that sort had lost all attractions for him. As for food, there was no +fear about that. He had his biscuit, and the lobster and shell-fish +which he had cooked on the preceding day were but partially consumed. +Enough remained to supply many more meals. + +The gum soon melted, and then a brush was needed to apply it to the +boat. This was procured by cutting off a little strip of canvas, about +a yard long and six inches wide. By picking out some of the threads, +and rolling it up, a very serviceable brush was formed. + +Taking the gum now in its melted state, Tom dipped his brush into it, +and applied it all over the broken surface of the bow, pressing the hot +liquid in close, and allowing it to harden in the cracks. His first +coating of gum was very satisfactorily applied, and it seemed as though +a few more coatings ought to secure the boat from the entrance of the +water. The gum was tenacious, and its only bad quality was its +brittleness; but, as it would not be exposed to the blows of any hard +substances, it seemed quite able to serve Tom's wants. + +Tom now went down to the drift-wood and brought up a fresh supply of +fuel, after which he melted a second panful of gum, and applied this to +the boat. He endeavored to secure an entrance for it into all the +cracks that did not seem to be sufficiently filled at the first +application, and now had the satisfaction of seeing all of those deep +marks filled up and effaced by the gum. + +One place still remained which had not yet been made secure against the +entrance of the water, and that was where the planks gaped open from +the blow that had crushed in the bows. Here the canvas that was inside +protruded slightly. Torn ripped up some of the canvas that was on the +tent, and taking the threads, stuffed them in the opening, mixing them +with gum as he did so, until it was filled; and then over this he put a +coating of the gum. After this another pan, and yet another, were +melted, and the hot gum each time was applied. This gave the whole +surface a smooth appearance, that promised to be impenetrable to the +water. + +The gum which he had collected was enough to fill two more pans. This +he melted as before, and applied to the bows. Each new application +clung to the one that had preceded it, in a thick and quickly hardening +layer, until at last, when the work was done, there appeared a coating +of this gum formed from six successive layers, that was smooth, and +hard, and without any crack whatever. It seemed absolutely water-tight; +and Tom, as he looked at it now, could not imagine where the water +could penetrate. Yet, in order to make assurance doubly sure, he +collected two more panfuls, and melting this he applied it as before. +After this was over, he made a torch of birch bark, and lighting this, +he held the flame against the gum till the whole outer surface began to +melt and run together. This served to secure any crevices that his +brush might have passed by without properly filling. + +The work was now complete as far as Tom could do it; and on examining +it, he regretted that he had not thought of this before. He felt an +exultation that he had never known in his life. If he, by his own +efforts, could thus rescue himself, what a cause it would be always +after to struggle against misfortune, and rise superior to +circumstances! + +As to the voyage, Tom's plan was the same that it had been on a former +occasion. He would float the boat at high tide, and then push off, +keeping her near the shore, yet afloat until ebb tide. Then, when the +tide should turn, and the current run up the bay, he would put off, and +float along with the stream until he reached land. + +According to his calculations it would be high tide about two hours +after dark, which would be some time after ten. He would have to be up +all night; for the tide would not turn until after four in the morning. +But that did not trouble him. He would have too much on his mind to +allow him to feel sleepy, and, besides, the hope which lay before him +would prevent him from feeling fatigue. + +One thing more remained, and that was, to bring up a fresh supply of +fuel. The night would be dark, and while floating in the boat, he +would need the light of the fire. So he brought up from the beach an +ample supply of drift-wood, and laid it with the rest. + +When Tom's work was ended, it was late in the day, and he determined to +secure some sleep before he began his long night's work. He knew that +he could waken at the right time; so he laid himself down in his tent, +and soon slept the sleep of the weary. + +By ten o'clock he was awake. He found the water already up to the +boat. There was no time to lose. He carried his box of biscuit on +board, and filled his pan with water from the brook, so as to secure +himself against thirst in case the boat should float away farther than +he anticipated. Then he took his paddle, and got into the boat. + +The water came up higher. Most anxiously Tom watched it as it rose. +The fire was burning low, and in order to make more light, Tom went +ashore and heaped an immense quantity of wood upon it. The flames now +blazed up bright, and on going back again to the boat, the water was +plainly visible as it closed around the bows. + +Most anxiously he now awaited, with his eyes fastened upon the bottom +of the boat. He had not brought the old sail this time, but left it +over his tent, and he could see plainly. Higher came the water, and +still higher, yet none came into the boat, and Tom could scarce believe +in his good fortune. + +At last the boat floated! + +Yes, the crisis had come and passed, and the boat floated! + +There was now no longer any doubt. His work was successful; his +deliverance was sure. The way over the waters was open. Farewell to +his island prison! Welcome once more the great world! Welcome home, +and friends, and happiness! + +In that moment of joy his heart seemed almost ready to burst. It was +with difficulty that he calmed himself; and then, offering up a prayer +of thanksgiving, he pushed off from the shore. + +The boat floated! + +The tide rose, and lingered, and fell. + +The boat floated still. + +There was not the slightest sign of a leak. Every hour, as it passed, +served to give Tom a greater assurance that the boat was sea-worthy. + +He found no difficulty in keeping her afloat, even while retaining her +near the shore, so that she might be out of the way of the currents. + +At length, when the tide was about half way down, he found the fire +burning too low, and determined to go ashore and replenish it. A rock +jutted above the water not far off. To this he secured the boat, and +then landing, he walked up the beach. Reaching the fire, he threw upon +it all the remaining wood. Returning then to the boat, he boarded her +without difficulty. + +The tide fell lower and lower. + +And now Tom found it more and more difficult to keep the boat afloat, +without allowing her to be caught by the current. He did not dare to +keep her bows near the shore, but turned her about, so that her stem +should rest from time to time on the gravel. At last the tide was so +low that rocks appeared above the surface, and the boat occasionally +struck them in a very unpleasant manner. To stay so near the shore any +longer was not possible. A slight blow against a rock might rub off +all the brittle gum, and then his chances would be destroyed. He +determined to put out farther, and trust himself to Providence. + +Slowly and cautiously he let his boat move out into deeper water. + +But slowness and caution were of little avail. In the deeper water +there was a strong current, which at once caught the boat and bore her +along. Tom struggled bravely against it, but without avail. He thought +for a moment of seeking the shore again, but the fear that the boat +would be ruined deterred him. + +There was a little wind blowing from the southwest, and he determined +to trust to the sail. He loosened this, and, sitting down, waited for +further developments. + +The wind filled the sail, and the boat's progress was checked somewhat, +yet still she drifted down the bay. + +She was drifting down past the north shore of the island. Tom could +see, amid the gloom, the frowning cliffs as he drifted past. The +firelight was lost to view; then he looked for some time upon the dark +form of the island. + +At last even that was lost to view. + +He was drifting down the bay, and was already below Ile Haute. + + + + +XXI. + +Scott's Bay and Old Bennie.--His two Theories.--Off to the desert +Island.--Landing.--A Picnic Ground.--Gloom and Despair of the +Explorers.--All over.--Sudden Summons. + + +It was on Wednesday evening that the Antelope passed from the sunshine +and beauty of Digby Basin out into the fog and darkness of the Bay of +Fundy. The tide was falling, and, though the wind was in their favor, +yet their progress was somewhat slow. But the fact that they were +moving was of itself a consolation. In spite of Captain Corbet's +declared preference for tides and anchors, and professed contempt for +wind and sails, the boys looked upon these last as of chief importance, +and preferred a slow progress with the wind to even a more rapid one by +means of so unsatisfactory a method of travel as drifting. + +At about nine on the following morning, the Antelope reached a little +place called Wilmot Landing, where they went on shore and made the +usual inquiries with the usual result. Embarking again, they sailed on +for the remainder of that day, and stopped at one or two places along +the coast. + +On the next morning (Friday) they dropped anchor in front of Hall's +Harbor--a little place whose name had become familiar to them during +their memorable excursion to Blomidon. Here they met with the same +discouraging answer to their question. + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "we don't seem to meet with much success to +speak of--do we?" + +"No," said Bart, gloomily. + +"I suppose your pa'll be sendin schooners over this here same ground. +'Tain't no use, though." + +"Where shall we go next?" + +"Wal, we've ben over the hull bay mostly; but thar's one place, yet, an +that we'll go to next." + +"What place is that?" + +"Scott's Bay. + +"My idee is this," continued Captain Corbet: "We'll finish our tower +of inspection round the Bay of Fundy at Scott's Bay. Thar won't be +nothin more to do; thar won't remain one single settlement but what +we've called at, 'cept one or two triflin places of no 'count. So, +after Scott's Bay, my idee is to go right straight off to old Minas. +Who knows but what he's got on thar somewhar?" + +"I don't see much chance of that." + +"Why not?" + +"Because, if he had drifted into the Straits of Minas, he'd manage to +get ashore." + +"I don't see that." + +"Why, it's so narrow." + +"Narrer? O, it's wider'n you think for; besides, ef he got stuck into +the middle of that thar curn't, how's he to get to the shore? an him +without any oars? Answer me that. No, sir; the boat that'll drift +down Petticoat Jack into the bay, without gettin ashore, 'll drift up +them straits into Minas jest the same." + +"Well, there does seem something in that. I didn't think of his +drifting down the Petitcodiac." + +"Somethin? Bless your heart! ain't that everythin?" + +"But do you think there's really a chance yet?" + +"A chance? Course thar is. While thar's life thar's hope." + +"But how could he live so long?" + +"Why shouldn't he?" + +"He might starve." + +"Not he. Didn't he carry off my box o' biscuit?" + +"Think of this fog." + +"O, fog ain't much. It's snow an cold that tries a man. He's tough, +too." + +"But he's been so exposed." + +"Exposed? What to? Not he. Didn't he go an carry off that ole sail?" + +"I cannot help thinking that it's all over with him?" + +"Don't give him up; keep up; cheer up. Think how we got hold of ole +Solomon after givin him up. I tell you that thar was a good sign." + +"He's been gone too long. Why, it's going on a fortnight?" + +"Wal, what o' that ef he's goin to turn up all right in the end? I +tell you he's somewhar. Ef he ain't in the Bay of Fundy, he may be +driftin off the coast o' Maine, an picked up long ago, an on his way +home now per steamer." + +Bart shook his head, and turned away in deep despondency, in which +feeling all the other boys joined him. They had but little hope now. +The time that had elapsed seemed to be too long, and their +disappointments had been too many. The sadness which they had felt all +along was now deeper than ever, and they looked forward without a ray +of hope. + +On Friday evening they landed at Scott's Bay, and, as old Bennie +Griggs's house was nearest, they went there. They found both the old +people at home, and were received with an outburst of welcome. Captain +Corbet was an old acquaintance, and made himself at home at once. Soon +his errand was announced. + +Bennie had the usual answer, and that was, that nothing whatever had +been heard of any drifting boat. But he listened with intense interest +to Captain Corbet's story, and made him tell it over and over again, +down to the smallest particular. He also questioned all the boys very +closely. + +After the questioning was over, he sat in silence for a long time. At +last he looked keenly at Captain Corbet. + +"He's not ben heard tell of for about twelve days?" + +"No." + +"An it's ben ony moderate weather?" + +"Ony moderate, but foggy." + +"O, of course. Wal, in my 'pinion, fust an foremust, he ain't likely +to hev gone down." + +"That thar's jest what I say." + +"An he had them biscuit?" + +"Yes--a hull box." + +"An the sail for shelter?" + +"Yes." + +"Wal; it's queer. He can't hev got down by the State o' Maine; for, ef +he'd got thar, he'd hev sent word home before this." + +"Course he would." + +Old Bennie thought over this for a long time again, and the boys +watched him closely, as though some result of vital importance hung +upon his final decision. + +"Wal," said Bennie at last, "s'posin that he's alive,--an it's very +likely,--thar's ony two ways to account for his onnat'ral silence. Them +air these:-- + +"Fust, he may hev got picked up by a timber ship, outward bound to the +old country. In that case he may be carried the hull way acrost. I've +knowed one or two sech cases, an hev heerd of severial more. + +"Second. He may hev drifted onto a oninhabited island." + +"An oninhabited island?" repeated Captain Corbet. + +"Yea." + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet; after a pause, "I've knowed things stranger +than that." + +"So hev I." + +"Air thar any isle of the ocean in particular that you happen to hev in +your mind's eye now?" + +"Thar air." + +"Which?" + +"Ile Haute." + +"Wal, now, railly, I declar--ef I wan't thinkin o' that very spot +myself. An I war thinkin, as I war a comin up the bay, that that thar +isle of the ocean was about the only spot belongin to this here bay +that hadn't been heerd from. An it ain't onlikely that them shores +could a tale onfold that mought astonish some on us. I shouldn't wonder +a mite." + +"Nor me," said Bennie, gravely. + +"It's either a timber ship, or a desert island, as you say,--that's +sartin," said Captain Corbet, after further thought, speaking with +strong emphasis. "Thar ain't a mite o' doubt about it; an which o' +them it is air a very even question. For my part, I'd as soon bet on +one as t'other." + +"I've heerd tell o' several seafarin men that's got adrift, an lit on +that thar isle," said Bennie, solemnly. + +"Wal, so hev I; an though our lad went all the way from Petticoat Jack, +yet the currents in thar wandorins to an fro could effectooate that +thar pooty mighty quick, an in the course of two or three days it could +land him high an dry on them thar sequestrated shores." + +"Do you think there is any chance of it?" asked Bruce, eagerly, +directing his question to Bennie. + +"Do I think? Why, sartin," said Bennie, regarding Bruce's anxious face +with a calm smile. "Hain't I ben a expoundin to you the actool facts?" + +"Well, then," cried Bart, starting to his feet, "let's go at once." + +"Let's what?" asked Captain Corbet. + +"Why, hurry off at once, and get to him as soon as we can." + +"An pray, young sir, how could we get to him by leavin here jest now?" + +"Can't we go straight to Ile Haute?" + +"Scacely. The tide'll be agin us, an the wind too, till nigh eleven." + +Bart gave a deep sigh. + +"But don't be alarmed. We'll go thar next, an as soon as we can. You +see we've got to go on into Minas Basin. Now we want to leave here so +as to drop down with the tide, an then drop up with the flood tide into +Minas Bay. I've about concluded to wait here till about three in the +mornin. We'll drop down to the island in about a couple of hours, +and'll hev time to run ashore, look round, and catch the flood tide." + +"Well, you know best," said Bart, sadly. + +"I think that's the only true an rational idee," said Bennie. "I do, +railly; an meantime you can all get beds here with me, an you can hev a +good bit o' sleep before startin." + +This conversation took place not long after their arrival. The company +were sitting in the big old kitchen, and Mrs. Bennie was spreading her +most generous repast on the table. + +After a bounteous supper the two old men talked over the situation +until bedtime. They told many stories about drifting boats and rafts, +compared notes about the direction of certain currents, and argued +about the best course to pursue under certain very difficult +circumstances, such, for example, as a thick snow-storm, midnight, a +heavy sea, and a strong current setting upon a lee shore, the ship's +anchor being broken also. It was generally considered that the +situation was likely to be unpleasant. + +At ten o'clock Bennie hurried his guests to their beds, where they +slept soundly in spite of their anxiety. Before three in the morning +he awaked them, and they were soon ready to reembark. + +It was dim morning twilight as they bade adieu to their hospitable +entertainers, and but little could be seen. Captain Corbet raised his +head, and peered into the sky above, and sniffed the sea air. + +"Wal, railly," said he, "I do declar ef it don't railly seem as ef it +railly is a change o' weather--it railly doos. Why, ain't this rich? +We're ben favored at last. We're agoin to hev a clar day. Hooray!" + +The boys could not make out whether the captain's words were justified +or not by the facts, but thought that they detected in the air rather +the fragrance of the land than the savor of the salt sea. There was no +wind, however, and they could not see far enough out on the water to +know whether there was any fog or not. + +Bennie accompanied them to the boat, and urged them to come back if +they found the boys and let him rest in Scott's Bay. But the fate of +that boy was so uncertain, that they could not make any promise about +it. + +It was a little after three when the Antelope weighed anchor, and +dropped down the bay. + +There was no wind whatever. It was the tide only that carried them +down to their destination. Soon it began to grow lighter, and by the +time that they were half way, they saw before them the dark outline of +the island, as it rose from the black water with its frowning cliffs. + +The boys looked at it in silence. It seemed, indeed, a hopeless place +to search in for signs of poor Tom. How could he ever get ashore in +such a place as this, so far out of the line of his drift; or if he had +gone ashore there, how could he have lived till now? Such were the +gloomy and despondent thoughts that filled the minds of all, as they +saw the vessel drawing nearer and still nearer to those frowning cliffs. + +As they went on the wind grew stronger, and they found that it was +their old friend--the sou-wester. The light increased, and they saw a +fog cloud on the horizon, a little beyond Ile Haute. Captain Corbet +would not acknowledge that he had been mistaken in his impressions +about a change of weather, but assured the boys that this was only the +last gasp of the sou-wester, and that a change was bound to take place +before evening. But though the fog was visible below Ile Haute, it did +not seem to come any nearer, and at length the schooner approached the +island, and dropped anchor. + +It was about half past four in the morning, and the light of day was +beginning to be diffused around, when they reached their destination. +As it was low tide, they could not approach very near, but kept well +off the precipitous shores on the south side of the island. In the +course of her drift, while letting go the anchor, she went off to a +point about half way down, opposite the shore. Scarce had her anchor +touched bottom, than the impatient boys were all in the boat, calling +on Captain Corbet to come along. The captain and Wade took the oars. + +It was a long pull to the shore, and, when they reached it, the tide +was so low that there remained a long walk over the beach. They had +landed about half way down the island, and, as they directed their +steps to the open ground at the east end, they had a much greater +distance to traverse than they had anticipated. As they walked on, +they did not speak a word. But already they began to doubt whether +there was any hope left. They had been bitterly disappointed as they +came near and saw no sign of life. They had half expected to see some +figure on the beach waiting to receive them. But there was no figure +and no shout of joy. + +At length, as they drew nearer to the east end, and the light grew +brighter, Bart, who was in advance, gave a shout. + +They all hurried forward. + +Bart was pointing towards something. + +It was a signal-staff, with something that looked like a flag hoisted +half mast high. + +Every heart beat faster, and at once the wildest hopes arose. They +hurried on over the rough beach as fast as possible. They clambered +over rocks, and sea-weed, and drift-wood, and at length reached the +bank. And still, as they drew nearer, the signal-staff rose before +them, and the flag at half mast became more and more visible. + +Rushing up the bank towards this place, each trying to outstrip the +others, they hurried forward, full of hope now that some signs of Tom +might be here. At length they reached the place where Tom had been so +long, and here their steps were arrested by the scene before them. + +On the point arose the signal-staff, with its heavy flag hanging down. +The wind was now blowing, but it needed almost a gale to hold out that +cumbrous canvas. Close by were the smouldering remains of what had +been a huge fire, and all around this were chips and sticks. In the +immediate neighborhood were some bark dishes, in some of which were +shrimps and mussels. Clams and lobsters lay around, with shells of +both. + +Not far off was a canvas tent, which looked singularly comfortable and +cosy. + +Captain Corbet looked at all this, and shook his head. + +"Bad--bad--bad," he murmured, in a doleful tone. "My last hope, or, +rayther, one of my last hopes, dies away inside of me. This is wuss +than findin' a desert place." + +"Why? Hasn't he been here? He must have been here," cried Bart. +"These are his marks. I dare say he's here now--perhaps asleep--in the +camp. I'll go--" + +"Don't go--don't--you needn't," said Captain Corbet, with a groan. "You +don't understand. It's ben no pore castaway that's come here--no pore +driftin lad that fell upon these lone and desolate coasts. No--never +did he set foot here. All this is not the work o' shipwracked people. +It's some festive picnickers, engaged in whilin away a few pleasant +summer days. All around you may perceive the signs of luxoorious +feastin. Here you may see all the different kind o' shellfish that the +sea produces. Yonder is a luxoorious camp. But don't mind what I say. +Go an call the occoopant, an satisfy yourselves." + +Captain Corbet walked with the boys over to the tent. His words had +thrown a fresh dejection over all. They felt the truth of what he +said. These remains spoke not of shipwreck, but of pleasure, and of +picnicking. It now only remained to rouse the slumbering owner of the +tent, and put the usual questions. + +Bart was there first, and tapped at the post. + +No answer. + +He tapped again. + +Still there was no answer. + +He raised the canvas and looked in. He saw the mossy interior, but +perceived that it was empty. All the others looked in. On learning +this they turned away puzzled. + +"Wal, I thought so," said Captain Corbet. "They jest come an go as the +fancy takes 'em. They're off on Cape d'Or to-day, an back here +to-morrer." + +As he said this he seated himself near the tent, and the boys looked +around with sad and sombre faces. + +It was now about half past five, and the day had dawned for some time. +In the east the fog had lifted, and the sun was shining brightly. + +"I told you thar'd be a change, boys," said the captain. + +As he spoke there came a long succession of sharp, shrill blasts from +the fog horn of the Antelope, which started every one, and made them +run to the rising ground to find out the cause. + + + + +XXII. + +Astounding Discovery.--The whole Party of Explorers +overwhelmed.--Meeting with the Lost.--Captain Corbet improves the +Occasion.--Conclusion. + + +At the sound from the Antelope they had all started for the rising +ground, to see what it might mean. None of them had any idea what +might be the cause, but all of them felt startled and excited at +hearing it under such peculiar circumstances. Nor was their excitement +lessened by the sight that met their eyes as they reached the rising +ground and looked towards the schooner. + +A change had taken place. When they had left, Solomon only had +remained behind. But now there were two figures on the deck. One was +amidships. The schooner was too far away for them to see distinctly, +but this one was undoubtedly Solomon; yet his gestures were so +extraordinary that it was difficult to identify him. He it was by whom +the blasts on the fog horn were produced. Standing amidships, he held +the fog horn in one hand, and in the other he held a battered old cap +which supplied the place of the old straw hat lost at Quaco. After +letting off a series of blasts from the horn, he brandished his cap +wildly in the air, and then proceeded to dance a sort of complex +double-shuffle, diversified by wild leaps in the air, and accompanied +by brandishings of his hat and fresh blasts of the horn. But if +Solomon's appearance was somewhat bewildering, still more so was that +of the other one. This one stood astern. Suddenly as they looked they +saw him hoist a flag, and, wonder of wonders, a black flag,--no other, +in short, than the well-known flag of the "B. O. W. C." That flag had +been mournfully lowered and put away on Tom's disappearance, but now it +was hoisted once more; and as they looked, the new comer hoisted it and +lowered it, causing it to rise and fall rapidly before their eyes. + +Nor did the wonder end here. They had taken away the only boat that +the schooner possessed in order to come ashore, leaving Solomon alone. +They had noticed no boat whatever as they rowed to land. But now they +saw a boat floating astern of the Antelope, with a small and peculiarly +shaped sail, that now was flapping in the breeze. Evidently this boat +belonged to the new comer. But who was he? How had he come there? +What was the meaning of those signals with that peculiar flag, and what +could be the reason of Solomon's joy? + +They stood dumb with astonishment, confused, and almost afraid to think +of the one cause that each one felt to be the real explanation of all +this. Too long had they searched in vain for Tom,--too often had they +sunk from hope to despair,--too confident and sanguine had they been; +and now, at this unexpected sight, in spite of the assurance which it +must have given them that this could be no other than Tom, they scarce +dared to believe in such great happiness, and were afraid that even +this might end in a disappointment like the others. + +But, though they stood motionless and mute, the two figures on board +the Antelope were neither one nor the other. Solomon danced more and +more madly, and brandished his arms more and more excitedly, and there +came forth from his fog horn wilder and still wilder peals, and the +flag rose and fell more and more quickly, until at last the spectators +on the shore could resist no longer. + +"G-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-d ger-ra-a-a-cious!" + +This cry burst from Captain Corbet. + +It was enough. The spell was broken. A wild cry burst forth from the +boys, and with loud, long shouts of joy they rushed down the bank, and +over the beach, back to their boat. The captain was as quick as any of +them. In his enthusiasm he forgot his rheumatism. There was a race, +and though he was not even with Bruce and Bart, he kept ahead of Pat, +and Arthur, and Phil, and old Wade. + +Hurrah! + +And hurrah again! + +Yes, and hurrah over and over; and many were the hurrahs that burst +from them as they raced over the rocky beach. + +Then to tumble into the boat, one after another, to grasp the oars, to +push her off, to head her for the schooner, and to dash through the +water on their way back, was but the work of a few minutes. + +The row to the schooner was a tedious one to those impatient young +hearts. But as they drew nearer, they feasted their eyes on the figure +of the new comer, and the last particle of doubt and fear died away. +First, they recognized the dress--the familiar red shirt. Tom had worn +a coat and waistcoat ashore at Hillsborough on that eventful day; but +on reaching the schooner, he had flung them off, and appeared now in +the costume of the "B. O. W. C." This they recognized first, and then +his face was revealed--a face that bore no particular indication of +suffering or privation, which seemed certainly more sunburnt than +formerly, but no thinner. + +Soon they reached the vessel, and clambered up; and then with what +shouts and almost shrieks of joy they seized Tom! With what cries and +cheers of delight they welcomed him back again, by turns overwhelming +him with questions, and then pouring forth a torrent of description of +their own long search! + +Captain Corbet stood a little aloof. His face was not so radiant as +the faces of the boys. His features were twitching, and his hands were +clasped tight behind his back. He stood leaning against the mainmast, +his eyes fixed on Tom. It was thus that he stood when Tom caught sight +of him, and rushed up to shake hands. + +Captain Corbet grasped Tom's hand in both of his. He trembled, and Tom +felt that his hands were cold and clammy. + +"My dear boys," he faltered, "let us rejice--and--be glad--for this my +son--that was dead--is alive agin--" + +A shudder passed through him, and he stopped, and pressed Tom's hand +convulsively. + +Then he gave a great gasp, and, "Thar, thar," he murmured, "it's too +much! I'm onmanned. I've suffered--an agonized--an this--air--too +much!" + +And with these words he burst into tears. + +Then he dropped Tom's hand, and retreated into the cabin, where he +remained for a long time, but at last reappeared, restored to calmness, +and with a smile of sweet and inexpressible peace wreathing his +venerable countenance. + +By this time the boys had told Tom all about their long search; and +when Captain Corbet reappeared, Tom had completed the story of his +adventures, and had just reached that part, in his wanderings, where he +had left the island, and found himself drifting down the bay. As that +was the point at which Tom was last lost sight of in these pages, his +story may be given here in his own words. + +"Yes," said he, "you see I found myself drifting down. There was no +help for it. The wind was slight, and the tide was strong. I was +swept down into a fog bank, and lost sight of Ile Haute altogether. +Well, it didn't matter very much, and I wasn't a bit anxious. I knew +that the tide would turn soon, and then I'd come up, and fetch the land +somewhere; so I waited patiently. At last, after about--well, nearly +an hour, the tide must have turned, and I drifted back, and there was +wind enough to give me quite a lift; and so all of a sudden I shot out +of the fog, and saw Ile Haute before me. I was coming in such a way +that my course lay on the south side of the island, and in a short time +I came in sight of the schooner. I tell you what it is, I nearly went +into fits--I knew her at once. A little farther on, and I saw you all +cutting like mad over the beach to my camp. I was going to put after +you at first; but the fact is, I hated the island so that I couldn't +bear to touch it again, and so I concluded I'd go on board and signal. +So I came up alongside, and got on board. Solomon was down below; so I +just stepped forward, and put my head over the hatchway, and spoke to +him. I declare I thought he'd explode. He didn't think I was a ghost +at all. It wasn't fear, you know--it was nothing but delight, and all +that sort of thing, you know. Well, you know, then we went to work +signaling to you, and he took the fog horn, and I went to the flag, and +so it was." + +"I don't know how we happened not to see your boat," said Bruce. + +"O, that's easy enough to account for," said Tom. "I was hid by the +east point of the island. I didn't see the schooner till I got round, +and you must have been just getting ashore at that time." + +During all this time Solomon had been wandering about in a mysterious +manner; now diving below into the hold, and rattling the pots and pans; +again emerging upon deck, and standing to listen to Tom and look at +him. His face shone like a polished boot; there was a grin on his face +that showed every tooth in his head, and his little twinkling black +beads of eyes shone, and sparkled, and rolled about till the winking +black pupils were eclipsed by the whites. At times he would stand +still, and whisper solemnly and mysteriously to himself, and then, +without a moment's warning, he would bring his hands down on his +thighs, and burst into a loud, long, obstreperous, and deafening peal +of uncontrollable laughter. + +"Solomon," said Tom, at last, "Solomon, my son, won't you burst if you +go on so? I'm afraid you may." + +At this Solomon went off again, and dived into the hold. But in a +minute or two he was back again, and giggling, and glancing, and +whispering to himself, as before. Solomon and Captain Corbet thus had +each a different way of exhibiting the same emotion, for the feeling +that was thus variously displayed was nothing but the purest and most +unfeigned joy. + +"See yah, Mas'r Tom--and chil'n all," said Solomon, at last. "Ise +gwine to pose dat we all go an tend to sometin ob de fust portance. +Hyah's Mas'r Tom habn't had notin to eat more'n a mont; an hyah's de +res ob de blubbed breddern ob de Bee see double what been a fastin +since dey riz at free clock dis shinin and spicious morn. Dis yah's +great an shinin casium, an should be honnad by great and strorny +stivities. Now, dar ain't no stivity dat can begin to hole a can'l to +a good dinna, or suppa, or sometin in de eatin line. So Ise gwine to +pose to honna de cobbery ob de Probable Son by a rale ole-fashioned, +stunnin breakfuss. Don't be fraid dar'll be any ficiency hyah. I got +tings aboard dat I ben a savin for dis spicious an lightful cobbery. +Ben no eatin in dis vessel ebber sence de loss chile took his parter an +drifted off. Couldn't get no pusson to tetch nuffin. Got 'em all now; +an so, blubbed breddern, let's sem'l once more, an ole Solomon'll now +ficiate in de pressive pacity ob Gran Pandledrum. An I pose dat we +rect a tent on de sho oh dis yah island, and hab de banket come off in +fust chop style." + +"The island!" cried Tom, in horror. "What! the island? Breakfast on +the island? What a horrible proposal! Look here, captain. Can't we +get away from this?" + +"Get away from this?" repeated the captain, in mild surprise. + +"Yes," said Tom. "You see, the fact is, when a fellow's gone through +what I have, he isn't over fond of the place where he's had that to go +through. And so this island is a horrible place to me, and I can't +feel comfortable till I get away out of sight of it. Breakfast! Why, +the very thought of eating is abominable as long as that island is in +sight." + +"Wal, railly, now," said Captain Corbet, "I shouldn't wonder if thar +was a good deal in that, though I didn't think of it afore. Course it's +natral you shouldn't be over fond of sech, when you've had sech an +oncommon tough time. An now, bein' as thar's no uthly occasion for the +Antelope to be a lingerin' round this here isle of the ocean, I muve +that we histe anchor an resume our vyge. It's nigh onto a fortnight +sence we fust started for Petticoat Jack, and sence that time we've had +rare and strikin vycissitoods. It may jest happen that some on ye may +be tired of the briny deep, an may wish no more to see the billers +bound and scatter their foamin spray; some on ye likewise may be out o' +sperrits about the fog. In sech a case, all I got to say is, that this +here schooner'll be very happy to land you at the nighest port, Scott's +Bay, frincense, from which you may work your way by land to your +desired haven. Sorry would I be to part with ye, specially in this here +moment of jy; but ef ye've got tired of the Antelope, tain't no +more'n's natral. Wal, now,--what d'ye say--shall we go up to Scott's +Bay, or will ye contenoo on to Petticoat Jack, an accomplitch the +riginal vyge as per charter party?" + +The boys said nothing, but looked at Tom as though referring the +question to him. + +"As far as I am concerned," said Tom, who noticed this reference to +him, "it's a matter of indifference where we go, so long as we go out +of sight of this island. If the rest prefer landing at Scott's Bay, +I'm agreed; at the same time, I'd just as soon go on to Petitcodiac." + +"An what do the rest o' ye say?" asked the captain, somewhat anxiously. + +"For my part," said Bruce, "I think it's about the best thing we can +do." + +The others all expressed similar sentiments, and Captain Corbet +listened to this with evident delight. + +"All right," said he, "and hooray! Solomon, my aged friend, we will +have our breakfast on board, as we glide past them thar historic +shores. Pile on what you have, and make haste." + +In a few minutes more the anchor was up, and the Antelope was under way. + +In about half an hour Solomon summoned them below, where he laid before +them a breakfast that cast into the shade Tom's most elaborate meal on +the island. With appetites that seemed to have been growing during the +whole period of Tom's absence, the joyous company sat down to that +repast, while Solomon moved around, his eyes glistening, his face +shining, his teeth grinning, and his hips moving, as, after his +fashion, he whispered little Solomonian pleasantries to his own +affectionate heart. At this repast the boys began a fresh series of +questions, and drew from Tom a full, complete, and exhaustive history +of his island life, more particularly with regard to his experience in +house-building, and housekeeping; and with each one, without exception, +it was a matter of sincere regret that it had not been his lot to be +Tom's companion in the boat and on the island. + +After breakfast they came up on deck. The wind had at length changed, +as Captain Corbet had prophesied in the morning, and the sky overhead +was clear. Down the bay still might be seen the fog banks, but near at +hand all was bright. Behind them Ile Haute was already at a respectful +distance, and Cape Chignecto was near. + +"My Christian friends," said Captain Corbet, solemnly,--"my Christian +friends, an dear boys. Agin we resoom the thread of our eventfool +vyge, that was brok of a suddent in so onparld a manner. Agin we +gullide o'er the foamin biller like a arrer shot from a cross-bow, an +culleave the briny main. We have lived, an we have suffered, but now +our sufferins seem to be over. At last we have a fair wind, with a +tide to favor us, an we'll be off Hillsborough before daybreak +to-morrer. An now I ask you all, young sirs, do you feel any regretses +over the eventfool past? I answer, no. An wan't I right? Didn't I +say that that thar lad would onst more show his shinin face amongst us, +right side up, with care, in good order an condition, as when shipped +on board the Antelope, Corbet master, from Grand Pre, an bound for +Petticoat Jack? Methinks I did. Hence the vally of a lofty sperrit in +the face of difficulties. An now, young sirs, in after life take +warnin by this here vyge. Never say die. Don't give up the ship. No +surrender. England expects every man to do his dooty. For him that +rises superior to succumstances is terewly great; an by presarvin a +magnanumous mind you'll be able to hold up your heads and smile amid +the kerrash of misfortin. Now look at me. I affum, solemn, that all +the sufferins I've suffered have ben for my good; an so this here vyge +has eventooated one of the luckiest vyges that you've ever had. An +thus," he concluded, stretching out his venerable hands with the air of +one giving a benediction,--"thus may it be with the vyge of life. May +all its storms end in calms, an funnish matter in the footoor for balmy +rettuspect. Amen!" + +It was a close approach to a sermon; and though the words were a little +incoherent, yet the tone was solemn, and the intention good. After this +the captain dropped the lofty part of a Mentor, and mingled with the +boys as an equal. + +This time the voyage passed without any accident. Before daybreak on +the following morning they reached Hillsborough, where Mrs. Watson +received them with the utmost joy. In a few days more the boys had +scattered, and Bart arrived home with the story of Tom's rescue. + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK LOST IN THE FOG *** + +***** This file should be named 4506.txt or 4506.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/5/0/4506/ + +Produced by Charles Aldarondo. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/4506.zip b/4506.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..07ed4d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/4506.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43bdb46 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #4506 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4506) diff --git a/old/lstfg10.txt b/old/lstfg10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b9931b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/lstfg10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9058 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before distributing this or any other +Project Gutenberg file. + +We encourage you to keep this file, exactly as it is, on your +own disk, thereby keeping an electronic path open for future +readers. Please do not remove this. + +This header should be the first thing seen when anyone starts to +view the etext. Do not change or edit it without written permission. +The words are carefully chosen to provide users with the +information they need to understand what they may and may not +do with the etext. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get etexts, and +further information, is included below. We need your donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: Lost in the Fog + +Author: James De Mille + +Release Date: October, 2003 [Etext# 4506] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on January 27, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille +******This file should be named lstfg10.txt or lstfg10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, lstfg11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, lstfg10a.txt + +Edited by Charles Aldarondo Aldarondo@yahoo.com + + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep etexts in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our etexts one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +etexts, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2001 as we release over 50 new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 4000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts. We need +funding, as well as continued efforts by volunteers, to maintain +or increase our production and reach our goals. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of January, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, Delaware, +Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, +Louisiana, Maine, Michigan, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Oregon, +Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, +Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin, +and Wyoming. + +*In Progress + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fundraising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fundraising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + + + +Edited by Charles Aldarondo Aldarondo@yahoo.com + + + + + +LOST IN THE FOG + +by + +JAMES DE MILLE + + +1870 + + + + + + +I. + +Old Acquaintances gather around old Scenes.--Antelope, ahoy!--How +are you, Solomon?--Round-about Plan of a round about Voyage.--The +Doctor warns, rebukes, and remonstrates, but, alas! in vain.--It +must be done.--Beginning of a highly eventful Voyage. + + + + + +It was a beautiful morning, in the month of July, when a crowd of +boys assembled on the wharf of Grand Pre. The tide was high, the +turbid waters of Mud Creek flowed around, a fresh breeze blew, and +if any craft was going to sea she could not have found a better +time. The crowd consisted chiefly of boys, though a few men were +mingled with them. These boys were from Grand Pre School, and are +all old acquaintances. There was the stalwart frame of Bruce, the +Roman face of Arthur, the bright eyes of Bart, the slender frame of +Phil, and the earnest glance of Tom. There, too, was Pat's merry +smile, and the stolid look of Bogud, and the meditative solemnity +of Jiggins, not to speak of others whose names need not be +mentioned. Amid the crowd the face of Captain Corbet was +conspicuous, and the dark visage of Solomon, while that of the +mate was distinguishable in the distance. To all these the good +schooner Antelope formed the centre of attraction, and also of +action. It was on board of her that the chief bustle took place, +and towards her that all eyes were turned. + +The good schooner Antelope had made several voyages during the past +few months, and now presented herself to the eye of the spectator +not much changed from her former self. A fine fresh coat of coal +tar had but recently ornamented her fair exterior, while a coat of +whitewash inside the hold had done much to drive away the odor of +the fragrant potato. Rigging and sails had been repaired as well +as circumstances would permit, and in the opinion of her gallant +captain she was eminently seaworthy. + +On the present occasion things bore the appearance of a voyage. +Trunks were passed on board and put below, together with coats, +cloaks, bedding, and baskets of provisions. The deck was strewn +about with the multifarious requisites of a ship's company. The +Antelope, at that time, seemed in part an emigrant vessel, with a +dash of the yacht and the coasting schooner. + +In the midst of all this, two gentlemen worked their way through +the crowd to the edge of the wharf. + +"Well, boys," said one, "well, captain, what's the meaning of all +this?" + +Captain Corbet started at this, and looked up from a desperate +effort to secure the end of one of the sails. + +"Why, Dr. Porter!" said he; "why, doctor!--how d'ye do?--and Mr. +Long, too!--why, railly!" + +The boys also stopped their work, and looked towards their teachers +with a little uneasiness. + +"What's all this?" said Dr. Porter, looking around with a smile; +"are you getting up another expedition?" + +"Wal, no," said Captain Corbet, "not 'xactly; fact is, we're kine +o' goin to take a vyge deoun the bay." + +"Down the bay?" + +"Yes. You see the boys kine o' want to go home by water, rayther +than by land." + +"By water! Home by water!" repeated Mr. Long, doubtfully. + +"Yes," said Captain Corbet; "an bein as the schewner was in good +repair, an corked, an coal-tarred, an whitewashed up fust rate, I +kine o' thought it would redound to our mootooil benefit if we went +off on sich a excursion,--bein pleasanter, cheaper, comfortabler, +an every way preferable to a land tower." + +"Hem," said Dr. Porter, looking uneasily about. "I don't altogether +like it. Boys, what does it all mean?" + +Thus appealed to, Bart became spokesman for the boys. + +"Why, sir," said he, "we thought we'd like to go home by water-- +that's all." + +"Go home by water!" repeated the doctor once more, with a curious +smile. + +"Yes, sir." + +"What? by the Bay of Fundy?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"Who are going?" + +"Well, sir, there are only a few of us. Bruce, and Arthur, and +Tom, and Phil, and Pat, besides myself." + +"Bruce and Arthur?" said the doctor; "are they going home by the +Bay of Fundy?" + +"Yes, sir," said Bart, with a smile. + +"I don't see how they can get to the Gulf of St. Lawrence and +Prince Edward's Island from the Bay of Fundy," said the doctor, +"without going round Nova Scotia, and that will be a journey of +many hundred miles." + +"O, no, sir," said Bruce; "we are going first to Moncton." + +"O, is that the idea?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"And where will you go from Moncton?" + +"To Shediac, and then home." + +"And are you going to Newfoundland by that route, Tom?" asked the +doctor. + +"Yes, sir," said Tom, gravely. + +"From Shediac?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"I never knew before that there were vessels going from Shediac to +Newfoundland." + +"O, I'm going to Prince Edward's Island first, sir, with Bruce and +Arthur," said Tom. "I'll find my way home from there." + +The doctor smiled. + +"I'm afraid you'll find it a long journey before you reach home. +Won't your friends be anxious?" + +"O, no, sir. I wrote that I wanted to visit Bruce and Arthur, and +they gave me leave." + +"And you, Phil, are you going home by the Antelope?" + +"Yes, sir." + +"You are going exactly in a straight line away from it." + +"Am I, sir?" + +"Of course you are. This isn't the way to Chester." + +"Well, sir, you see I'm going to visit Bart at St. John." + +"O, I understand. And that is your plan, then?" + +"Yes, sir," said Bart. "Pat is going too." + +"Where are you going first?" + +"First, sir, we will sail to the Petitcodiac River, and go up it as +far as Moncton, where Bruce, and Arthur, and Tom will leave us." + +"And then?" + +"Then we will go to St. John, where Phil, and Pat, and I will leave +her. Solomon, too, will leave her there." + +"Solomon!" cried the doctor. "What! Solomon! Is Solomon going? +Why, what can I do without Solomon? Here! Hallo!--Solomon! What +in the world's the meaning of all this?" + +Thus summoned, Solomon came forth from the cabin, into which he had +dived at the first appearance of the doctor. His eyes were +downcast, his face was demure, his attitude and manner were abject. + +"Solomon," said the doctor, "what's this I hear? Are you going to +St. John?" + +"Ony temp'ly, sah--jist a leetle visit, sah," said Solomon, very +humbly, stealing looks at the boys from his downcast eyes. + +"But what makes you go off this way without asking, or letting me +know?" + +"Did I, sah?" said Solomon, rolling his eyes up as though horrified +at his own wickedness; "the sakes now! Declar, I clean forgot it." + +"What are you going away for?" + +"Why, sah, for de good oh my helf. Docta vises sea vyge; sides, I +got frens in St. John, an business dar, what muss be tended to." + +"Well, well," said the doctor, "I suppose if you want to go you'll +find reasons enough; but at the same time you ought to have let me +known before." + +"Darsn't, sah," said Solomon. + +"Why not?" + +"Fraid you'd not let me go," said Solomon, with a broad grin, that +instantly was suppressed by a demure cough. + +"Nonsense," said the doctor; and then turning away, he spoke a few +words apart with Mr. Long. + +"Well, boys," said the doctor, at last, "this project of yours +doesn't seem to me to be altogether safe, and I don't like to trust +you in this way without anybody as a responsible guardian." + +Bart smiled. + +"O, sir," said he, "you need not be at all uneasy. All of us are +accustomed to take care of ourselves; and besides, if you wanted a +responsible guardian for us, what better one could be found than +Captain Corbet?" + +The doctor and Mr. Long both shook their heads. Evidently neither +of them attached any great importance to Captain Corbet's +guardianship. + +"Did you tell your father how you were going?" asked the doctor, +after a few further words with Mr. Long. + +"O, yes, sir; and he told me I might go. What's more, he promised +to charter a schooner for me to cruise about with Phil and Pat +after I arrived home." + +"And we got permission, too," said Bruce. + +"Indeed!" said the doctor. "That changes the appearance of things. +I was afraid that it was a whim of your own. And now, one thing +more,--how are you off for provisions?" + +"Wal, sir," said Captain Corbet, "I've made my calculations, an I +think I've got enough. What I might fail in, the boys and Solomon +have made up." + +"How is it, Solomon?" asked the doctor. + +Solomon grinned. + +"You sleep in the hold, I see," continued the doctor. + +"Yes, sir," said Bruce. "It's whitewashed, and quite sweet now. +We'll only be on board two or three days at the farthest, and so it +really doesn't much matter how we go." + +"Well, boys, I have no more to say; only take care of yourselves." + +With these words the doctor and Mr. Long bade them good by, and +then walked away. + +The other boys, however, stood on the wharf waiting to see the +vessel off. They themselves were all going to start for home in a +few minutes, and were only waiting for the departure of the +Antelope. + +This could not now be long delayed. The tide was high. The wind +fresh and fair. The luggage, and provisions, and stores were all +on board. Captain Corbet was at the helm. All was ready. At +length the word was given, the lines were cast off; and the +Antelope moved slowly round, and left the wharf amid the cheers of +the boys. Farther and farther it moved away, then down the +tortuous channel of Mud Creek, until at last the broad expanse of +Minas Basin received them. + +For this voyage the preparations had been complete. It had first +been thought of several weeks before, and then the plan and the +details had been slowly elaborated. It was thought to be an +excellent idea, and one which was in every respect worthy of the +"B. O. W. C." Captain Corbet embraced the proposal with enthusiasm. +Letters home, requesting permission, received favorable answers. +Solomon at first resisted, but finally, on being solemnly appealed +to as Grand Panjandrum, he found himself unable to withstand, and +thus everything was gradually prepared. Other details were +satisfactorily arranged, though not without much serious and earnest +debate. The question of costume received very careful attention, +and it was decided to adopt and wear the weather-beaten uniforms +that had done service amidst mud and water on a former occasion. +Solomon's presence was felt to be a security against any menacing +famine; and that assurance was made doubly sure by the presence of a +cooking stove, which Captain Corbet, mindful of former hardships, +had thoughtfully procured and set up in the hold. Finally, it was +decided that the flag which had formerly flaunted the breeze should +again wave over them; and so it was, that as the Antelope moved +through Mud Creek, like a thing of life, the black flag of the +"B. O. W. C." floated on high, with its blazonry of a skull, which +now, worn by time, looked more than ever like the face of some mild, +venerable, and paternal monitor. + +Some time was taken up in arranging the hold. Considerable +confusion was manifest in that important locality. Tin pans were +intermingled with bedding, provisions with wearing apparel, books +with knives and forks, while amid the scene the cooking stove +towered aloft prominent. To tell the truth, the scene was rather +free and easy than elegant; nor could an unprejudiced observer have +called it altogether comfortable. In fact, to one who looked at it +with a philosophic mind, an air of squalor might possibly have been +detected. Yet what of that? The philosophic mind just alluded to +would have overlooked the squalor, and regarded rather the health, +the buoyant animal spirits, and the determined habit of enjoyment, +which all the ship's company evinced, without exception. The first +thing which they did in the way of preparation for the voyage was +to doff the garments of civilized life, and to don the costume of +the "B. O. W. C." Those red shirts, decorated with a huge white +cross on the back, had been washed and mended, and completely +reconstructed, so that the rents and patches which were here and +there visible on their fair exteriors, served as mementos of former +exploits, and called up associations of the past without at all +deteriorating from the striking effect of the present. Glengary +bonnets adorned their heads, and served to complete the costume. + +The labor of dressing was followed by a hurried arrangement of the +trunks and bedding; after which they all emerged from the hold and +ascending to the deck, looked around upon the scene. Above, the +sky was blue and cloudless, and between them and the blue sky +floated the flag, from whose folds the face looked benignantly +down. The tide was now on the ebb, and as the wind was fair, both +wind and tide united to bear them rapidly onward. Before them was +Blomidon, while all around was the circling sweep of the shores of +Minas Bay. A better day for a start could not have been found, and +everything promised a rapid and pleasant run. + +"I must say," remarked Captain Corbet, who had for some time been +standing buried in his own meditations at the helm,--"I must say, +boys, that I don't altogether regret bein once more on the briny +deep. There was a time," he continued, meditatively, "when I kine +o' anticipated givin up this here occypation, an stayin to hum a +nourishin of the infant. But man proposes, an woman disposes, as +the sayin is,--an you see what I'm druv to. It's a great thing for +a man to have a companion of sperrit, same as I have, that keeps a' +drivin an a drivin at him, and makes him be up an doin. An now, I +declar, if I ain't gittin to be a confirmed wanderer agin, same as +I was in the days of my halcyon an shinin youth. Besides, I have a +kine o' feelin as if I'd be a continewin this here the rest of all +my born days." + +"I hope you won't feel homesick," remarked Bart, sympathetically. + +"Homesick," repeated the captain. "Wal, you see thar's a good deal +to be said about it. In my hum thar's a attraction, but thar's +also a repulsion. The infant drors me hum, the wife of my buzzum +drives me away, an so thar it is, an I've got to knock under to the +strongest power. An that's the identical individool thing that +makes the aged Corbet a foogitive an a vagabond on the face of the +mighty deep. Still I have my consolations." + +The captain paused for a few moments, and then resumed. + +"Yes," he continued, "I have my consolations. Surroundins like +these here air a consolation. I like your young faces, an gay an +airy ways, boys. I like to see you enjoy life. So, go in. Pitch +in. Go ahead. Sing. Shout. Go on like mad. Carry on like all +possessed, an you'll find the aged Corbet smilin amid the din, an a +flutterin of his venerable locks triumphant amid the ragin an +riotin elements." + +"It's a comfort to know that, at any rate," said Tom. "We'll give +you enough of that before we leave, especially as we know it don't +annoy you." + +"I don't know how it is," said the captain, solemnly, "but I begin +to feel a sort of somethin towards you youngsters that's very +absorbin. It's a kine o' anxious fondness, with a mixtoor of +indulgent tenderness. How ever I got to contract sech a feelin +beats me. I s'pose it's bein deprived of my babby, an exiled from +home, an so my vacant buzzom craves to be filled. I've got a +dreadful talent for doin the pariential, an what's more, not only +for doin the pariential, but for feelin of it. So you boys, ef +ever you see me a doin of the pariential towards youns, please +remember that when I act like an anxious an too indulgent parient +towards youns, it's because I feel like one." + +For some hours they traversed the waters, carried swiftly on by the +united forces of the wind and tide. At last they found themselves +close by Blomidon, and under his mighty shadow they sailed for some +time. Then they doubled the cape, and there, before them, lay a +long channel--the Straits of Minas, through which the waters pour +at every ebb and flood. Their course now lay through this to the +Bay of Fundy outside; and as it was within two hours of the low +tide, the current ran swiftly, hurrying them rapidly past the land. +Here the scene was grand and impressive in the extreme. On one +side arose a lofty, precipitous cliff, which extended for miles, +its sides scarred and tempest-torn, its crest fringed with trees, +towering overhead many hundreds of feet, black, and menacing, and +formidable. At its base was a steep beach, disclosed by the +retreating tide, which had been formed by the accumulated masses of +rock that had fallen in past ages from the cliffs above. These +now, from the margin of the water up to high-water mark, were +covered with a vast growth of sea-weed, which luxuriated here, and +ran parallel to the line of vegetation on the summit of the cliff. +On the other side of the strait the scene was different. Here the +shores were more varied; in one place, rising high on steep +precipices, in others, thrusting forth black, rocky promontories +into the deep channel; in others again, retreating far back, and +forming bays, round whose sloping shores appeared places fit for +human habitation, and in whose still waters the storm-tossed bark +might find a secure haven. + +As they drifted on, borne along by the impetuous tide, the shores +on either side changed, and new vistas opened before them. At last +they reached the termination of the strait, the outer portal of +this long avenue, which here was marked by the mighty hand of +Nature in conspicuous characters. For here was the termination of +that long extent of precipitous cliff which forms the outline of +Blomidon; and this termination, abrupt, and stern, and black, +shows, in a concentrated form, the power of wind and wave. The +cliff ends abrupt, broken off short, and beyond this arise from the +water several giant fragments of rock, the first of which, shaped +like an irregular pyramid, rivals the cliff itself in height, and +is surrounded by other rocky fragments, all of which form a +colossal group, whose aggregated effect never fails to overawe the +mind of the spectator. Such is Cape Split, the terminus of Cape +Blomidon, on the side of the Bay of Fundy. Over its shaggy summits +now fluttered hundreds of sea-gulls; round its black base the waves +foamed and thundered, while the swift tide poured between the +interstices of the rugged rocks. + +"Behind that thar rock," said Captain Corbet, pointing to Cape +Split," is a place they call Scott's Bay. Perhaps some of you have +heard tell of it." + +"I have a faint recollection of such a place," said Bart. "Scott's +Bay, do you call it? Yes, that must be the place that I've heard +of; and is it behind this cape?" + +"It's a bay that runs up thar," said the captain. "We'll see it +soon arter we get further down. It's a fishin and ship-buildin +place. They catch a dreadful lot of shad thar sometimes." + +Swiftly the Antelope passed on, hurried on by the tide, and no +longer feeling much of the wind; swiftly she passed by the cliffs, +and by the cape, and onward by the sloping shores, till at length +the broad bosom of the Bay of Fundy extended before their eyes. +Here the wind ceased altogether, the water was smooth and calm, but +the tide still swept them along, and the shores on each side +receded, until at length they were fairly in the bay. Here, on one +side, the coast of Nova Scotia spread away, until it faded from +view in the distance, while on the other side the coast of New +Brunswick extended. Between the schooner and this latter coast a +long cape projected, while immediately in front arose a lofty +island of rock, whose summit was crowned with trees. + +"What island is that?" asked Tom. + +"That," said Captain Corbet, "is Isle o' Holt." + +"I think I've heard it called Ile Haute," said Bart. + +"All the same," said Captain Corbet, "ony I believe it was named +after the man that diskivered it fust, an his name was Holt." + +"But it's a French name," said Tom; "Ile Haute means high island." + +"Wal, mebbe he was a Frenchman," said Captain Corbet. "I won't +argufy--I dare say he was. There used to be a heap o' Frenchmen +about these parts, afore we got red of 'em." + +"It's a black, gloomy, dismal, and wretched-looking place," said +Tom, after some minutes of silent survey. + + + + + + +II. + +First Sight of a Place destined to be better known.--A Fog Mill.-- +Navigation without Wind.--Fishing.--Boarding.--Under Arrest.-- +Captain Corbet defiant.--The Revenue Officials frowned down.-- +Corbet triumphant. + + + + + +The Antelope had left the wharf at about seven in the morning. It +was now one o'clock. For the last two or three hours there had +been but little wind, and it was the tide which had carried her +along. Drifting on in this way, they had come to within a mile of +Ile Haute, and had an opportunity of inspecting the place which Tom +had declared to be so gloomy. In truth, Tom's judgment was not +undeserved. Ile Haute arose like a solid, unbroken rock out of the +deep waters of the Bay of Fundy, its sides precipitous, and scarred +by tempest, and shattered by frost. On its summit were trees, at +its base lay masses of rock that had fallen. The low tide +disclosed here, as at the base of Blomidon, a vast growth of black +sea-weed, which covered all that rocky shore. The upper end of the +island, which was nearest them, was lower, however, and went down +sloping to the shore, forming a place where a landing could easily +be effected. From this shore mud flats extended into the water. + +"This end looks as though it had been cleared," said Bart. + +"I believe it was," said the captain. + +"Does anybody live here?" + +"No." + +"Did any one ever live here?" + +"Yes, once, some one tried it, I believe, but gave it up." + +"Does it belong to anybody, or is it public property?" + +"O, I dare say it belongs to somebody, if you could only get him to +claim it." + +"I say, captain," said Bruce, "how much longer are we going to +drift?" + +"O, not much longer. The tide's about on the turn, and we'll have +a leetle change." + +"What! will we drift back again?" + +"O, I shouldn't wonder if we had a leetle wind afore long." + +"But if we don't, will we drift back again into the Basin of +Minas?" + +"O, dear, no. We can anchor hereabouts somewhar." + +"You won't anchor by this island,--will you?" + +"O, dear, no. We'll have a leetle driftin first." As the captain +spoke, he looked earnestly out upon the water. + +"Thar she comes," he cried at last, pointing over the water. The +boys looked, and saw the surface of the bay all rippled over. They +knew the signs of wind, and waited for the result. Soon a faint +puff came up the bay, which filled the languid sails, and another +puff came up more strongly, and yet another, until at length a +moderate breeze was blowing. The tide no longer dragged them on. +It was on the turn; and as the vessel caught the wind, it yielded +to the impetus, and moved through the water, heading across the bay +towards the New Brunswick shore, in such a line as to pass near to +that cape which has already been spoken of. + +"If the wind holds out," said Captain Corbet, "so as to carry us +past Cape d'Or, we can drift up with this tide." + +"Where's Cape d'Or?" + +"That there," said Captain Corbet, pointing to the long cape which +stretched between them and the New Brunswick shore. "An if it goes +down, an we can't get by the cape, we'll be able, at any rate, to +drop anchor there, an hold on till the next tide." + +The returning tide, and the fresh breeze that blew now, bore them +onward rapidly, and they soon approached Cape d'Or. They saw that +it terminated in a rocky cliff, with rocky edges jutting forth, and +that all the country adjoining was wild and rugged. But the wind, +having done this much for them, now began to seem tired of favoring +them, and once more fell off. + +"I don't like this," said Captain Corbet, looking around. + +"What?" + +"All this here," said he, pointing to the shore. + +It was about a mile away, and the schooner, borne along now by the +tide, was slowly drifting on to an unpleasant proximity to the +rocky shore. + +"I guess we've got to anchor," said Captain Corbet; "there's no +help for it." + +"To anchor?" said Bruce, in a tone of disappointment. + +"Yes, anchor; we've got to do it," repeated the captain, in a +decided tone. The boys saw that there was no help for it, for the +vessel was every moment drawing in closer to the rocks; and though +it would not have been very dangerous for her to run ashore in that +calm water, yet it would not have been pleasant. So they +suppressed their disappointment, and in a few minutes the anchor +was down, and the schooner's progress was stopped. + +"Thar's one secret," said the captain, "of navigatin in these here +waters, an that is, to use your anchor. My last anchor I used for +nigh on thirty year, till it got cracked. I mayn't be much on +land, but put me anywhars on old Fundy, an I'm to hum. I know +every current on these here waters, an can foller my nose through +the thickest fog that they ever ground out at old Manan." + +"What's that?" asked Bart. "What did you say about grinding out +fog?" + +"O, nothin, ony thar's an island down the bay, you know, called +Grand Manan, an seafarin men say that they've got a fog mill down +thar, whar they grind out all the fog for the Bay of Fundy. I +can't say as ever I've seen that thar mill, but I've allus found +the fog so mighty thick down thar that I think thar's a good deal +in the story." + +"I suppose we'll lose this tide," said Phil. + +"Yes, I'm afeard so," said the captain, looking around over the +water. "This here wind ain't much, any way; you never can reckon +on winds in this bay. I don't care much about them. I'd a most +just as soon go about the bay without sails as with them. What I +brag on is the tides, an a jodgmatical use of the anchor." + +"You're not in earnest?" + +"Course I am." + +"Could you get to St. John from Grand Pre without sails?" + +"Course I could." + +"I don't see how you could manage to do it." + +"Do it? Easy enough," said the captain. "You see I'd leave with +the ebb tide, and get out into the bay. Then I'd anchor an wait +till the next ebb, an so on. Bless your hearts, I've often done +it." + +"But you couldn't get across the bay by drifting." + +"Course I could. I'd work my way by short drifts over as far as +this, an then I'd gradually move along till I kine o' canted over +to the New Brunswick shore. It takes time to do it, course it +does; but what I mean to say is this--it CAN be done." + +"Well, I wouldn't like to be on board while you were trying to do +it." + +"Mebbe not. I ain't invitin you to do it, either. All I was sayin +is, it CAN be done. Sails air very good in their way, course they +air, an who's objectin to 'em? I'm only sayin that in this here +bay thar's things that's more important than sails, by a long +chalk--such as tides, an anchors in particular. Give me them thar, +an I don't care a hooter what wind thar is." + +Lying thus at anchor, under the hot sun, was soon found to be +rather dull, and the boys sought in vain for some way of passing +the time. Different amusements were invented for the occasion. +The first amusement consisted in paper boats, with which they ran +races, and the drift of these frail vessels over the water afforded +some excitement. Then they made wooden boats with huge paper +sails. In this last Bart showed a superiority to the others; for, +by means of a piece of iron hoop, which he inserted as a keel, he +produced a boat which was able to carry an immense press of sail, +and in the faint and scarce perceptible breeze, easily distanced +the others. This accomplishment Bart owed to his training in a +seaport town. + +At length one of them proposed that they should try to catch fish. +Captain Corbet, in answer to their eager inquiries, informed them +that there were fish everywhere about the bay; on learning which +they became eager to try their skill. Some herring were on board, +forming part of the stores, and these were taken for bait. Among +the miscellaneous contents of the cabin a few hooks were found, +which were somewhat rusty, it is true, yet still good enough for +the purpose before them. Lines, of course, were easily procured, +and soon a half dozen baited hooks were down in the water, while a +half dozen boys, eager with suspense, watched the surface of the +water. + +For a half hour they held their lines suspended without any result; +but at the end of that time, a cry from Phil roused them, and on +looking round they saw him clinging with all his might to his line, +which was tugged at tightly by something in the water. Bruce ran +to help him, and soon their united efforts succeeded in landing on +the deck of the vessel a codfish of very respectable size. The +sight of this was greeted with cheers by the others, and served to +stimulate them to their work. + +After this others were caught, and before half an hour more some +twenty codfish, of various sizes, lay about the deck, as trophies +of their piscatory skill. They were now more excited than ever, +and all had their hooks in the water, and were waiting eagerly for +a bite, when an exclamation from Captain Corbet roused them. + +On turning their heads, and looking in the direction where he was +pointing, they saw a steamboat approaching them. It was coming +from the head of the bay on the New Brunswick side, and had +hitherto been concealed by the projecting cape. + +"What's that?" said Bart. "Is it the St. John steamer?" + +"No, SIR," said the captain. She's a man-o'-war steamer--the +revenoo cutter, I do believe." + +"How do you know?" + +"Why, by her shape." + +"She seems to be coming this way." + +"Yes, bound to Minas Bay, I s'pose. Wal, wal, wal! strange too,-- +how singoolarly calm an onterrified I feel in'ardly. Why, boys, +I've seen the time when the sight of a approachin revenoo vessel +would make me shiver an shake from stem to starn. But now how +changed! Such, my friends, is the mootability of human life!" + +The boys looked at the steamer for a few moments, but at length +went back to their fishing. The approaching steamer had nothing in +it to excite curiosity: such an object was too familiar to withdraw +their thoughts from the excitement of their lines and hooks, and +the hope which each had of surpassing the other in the number of +catches animated them to new trials. So they soon forgot all about +the approaching steamer. + +But Captain Corbet had nothing else to do, and so, whether it was +on account of his lack of employment, or because of the sake of old +associations, he kept his eyes fixed on the steamer. Time passed +on, and in the space of another half hour she had drawn very near +to the Antelope. + +Suddenly Captain Corbet slapped his hand against his thigh. + +"Declar, if they ain't a goin to overhaul us!" he cried. + +At this the boys all turned again to look at the steamer. + +"Declar, if that fellow in the gold hat ain't a squintin at us +through his spy-glass!" cried the captain. + +As the boys looked, they saw that the Antelope had become an object +of singular attention and interest to those on board of the +steamer. Men were on the forecastle, others on the main deck, the +officers were on the quarter-deck, and all were earnestly +scrutinizing the Antelope. One of them was looking at her through +his glass. The Antelope, as she lay at anchor, was now turned with +her stern towards the steamer, and her sails flapping idly against +the masts. In a few moments the paddles of the steamer stopped, +and at the same instant a gun was fired. + +"Highly honored, kind sir," said Captain Corbet, with a grin. + +"What's the matter?" asked Bart. + +"Matter? Why that thar steamer feels kine o' interested in us, an +that thar gun means, HEAVE TO." + +"Are you going to heave to?" + +"Nary heave." + +"Why not?" + +"Can't come it no how; cos why, I'm hove to, with the anchor hard +and fast, ony they can't see that we're anchored." + +Suddenly a cry came over the water from a man on the quarter-deck. + +"Ship aho-o-o-o-o-oy!" + +"Hel-lo-o-o-o-o!" + +Such was the informal reply of Captain Corbet. + +"Heave to-o-o-o, till I send a boat aboard." + +"Hoo-r-a-a-a-a-ay!" + +Such was again Captain Corbet's cheerful and informal answer. + +"Wal! wal wal!" he exclaimed, "it does beat my grandmother--they're +goin to send a boat aboard." + +"What for?" + +Captain Corbet grinned, and shook his head, and chuckled very +vehemently, but said nothing. He appeared to be excessively amused +with his own thoughts. The boys looked at the steamer, and then at +Captain Corbet, in some wonder; but as he said nothing, they were +silent, and waited to see what was going to happen. Meanwhile +Solomon, roused from some mysterious culinary duties by the report +of the gun, had scrambled upon the deck, and stood with the others +looking out over the water at the steamer. + +In a few moments the steamer's boat was launched, and a half dozen +sailors got in, followed by an officer. Then they put off, and +rowed with vigorous strokes towards the schooner. + +Captain Corbet watched the boat for some time in silence. + +"Cur'ouser an cur'ouser," he said, at length. "I've knowed the +time, boys, when sech an incident as this, on the briny deep, would +have fairly keeled me over, an made me moot, an riz every har o' my +head; but look at me now. Do I tremble? do I shake? Here, feel my +pulse." + +Phil, who stood nearest, put his finger on the outstretched wrist +of the captain. + +"Doos it beat?" + +"No," said Phil. + +"Course it beats; but then it ony beats nateral. You ain't feelin +the right spot--the humane pulse not bein sitooated on the BACK of +the hand," he added mildly, "but here;" and he removed Phil's +inexperienced finger to the place where the pulse lies. "Thar, +now," he added, "as that pulse beats now, even so it beat a half +hour ago, before that thar steamer hev in sight. Why, boys, I've +knowed the time when this humane pulse bet like all possessed. You +see, I've lived a life of adventoor, in spite of my meek and quiet +natoor, an hev dabbled at odd times in the smugglin business. But +they don't catch me this time--I've retired from that thar, an the +Antelope lets the revenoo rest in peace." + +The boat drew nearer and nearer, and the officer at the stern +looked scrutinizingly at the Antelope. There was an air of +perplexity about his face, which was very visible to those on +board, and the perplexity deepened and intensified as his eyes +rested on the flag of the "B. O. W. C." + +"Leave him to me," said Captain Corbet. "Leave that thar young man +to me. I enjy havin to do with a revenoo officer jest now; so +don't go an put in your oars, but jest leave him to me." + +"All right, captain; we won't say a word," said Bruce. "We'll go +on with our fishing quietly. Come, boys--look sharp, and down with +your lines." + +The interest which they had felt in these new proceedings had +caused the boys to pull up their hooks; but now, at Bruce's word, +they put them in the water once more, and resumed their fishing, +only casting sidelong glances at the approaching boat. + +In a few minutes the boat was alongside, and the officer leaped on +board. He looked all around, at the fish lying about the deck, at +the boys engaged in fishing, at Captain Corbet, at Solomon, at the +mysterious flag aloft, and finally at the boys. These all took no +notice of him, but appeared to be intent on their task. + +"What schooner is this?" he asked, abruptly. + +"The schooner Antelope, Corbet master," replied the captain. + +"Are you the master?" + +"I am." + +"Where do you belong?" + +"Grand Pre." + +"Grand Pre? + +"Yes." + +"Hm," he replied, with a stare around--"Grand Pre--ah---hm." + +"Yes, jest so." + +"What's that?" + +"I briefly remarked that it was jest so." + +"What's the reason you didn't lie to, when you were hailed?" + +"Lay to?" + +"Yes." + +"Couldn't do it." + +"What do you mean by that?" asked the officer, who was rather +ireful, and somewhat insulting in his manner. + +"Wal bein as I was anchored here hard an fast, I don't exactly see +how I could manage to go through that thar manoeuvre, unless you'd +kindly lend me the loan of your steam ingine to do it on." + +"Look here, old man; you'd better look out." + +"Wal, I dew try to keep a good lookout. How much'll you take for +the loan o' that spy-glass o' yourn?" + +"Let me see your papers." + +"Papers?" + +"Yes, your papers." + +"Hain't got none." + +"What's that?" + +"Hain't got none." + +"You--haven't--any--papers?" + +"Nary paper." + +The officer's brow grew dark. He looked around the vessel once +more, and then looked frowningly at Captain Corbet, who encountered +his glance with a serene smile. + +"Look here, old man," said he; "you can't come it over me. Your +little game's up, old fellow. This schooner's seized." + +"Seized? What for?" + +"For violation of the law, by fishing within the limits." + +"Limits? What limits?" + +"No foreign vessel can come within three miles of the shore." + +"Foreign vessel? Do you mean to call me a foreigner?" + +"Of course I do. You're a Yankee fisherman." + +"Am I?" + +"Of course you are; and what do you mean by that confounded rag up +there?" cried the officer, pointing to the flag of the "B. O. W. C." +"If you think you can fish in this style, you'll find yourself +mistaken. I know too much about this business." + +"Do you? Well, then, kind sir, allow me to mention that you've got +somethin to larn yet--spite o' your steam injines an spy-glasses." + +"What's that?" cried the officer, furious. "I'll let you know. I +arrest you, and this vessel is seized." + +"Wait a minute, young sir," cried Captain Corbet; "not QUITE so +fast, EF you please. You'll get YOURSELF arrested. What do you +mean by this here? Do you know who I am? I, sir, am a subject of +Queen Victory. My home is here. I'm now on my own natyve shore. +A foreigner, am I? Let me tell you, sir, that I was born, brung +up, nourished, married, an settled in this here province, an I've +got an infant born here, an I'm not a fisherman, an this ain't a +fishin vessel. You arrest me ef you dar. You'll see who'll get +the wust of it in the long run. I'd like precious well to get +damages--yea, swingin damages--out of one of you revenoo fellers." + +The officer looked around again. It would not do to make a +mistake. Captain Corbet's words were not without effect. + +"Yea!" cried Captain Corbet. "Yea, naval sir! I'm a free Nova +Scotian as free as a bird. I cruise about my natyve coasts whar I +please. Who's to hender? Seize me if you dar, an it'll be the +dearest job you ever tried. This here is my own private pleasure +yacht. These are my young friends, natyves, an amatoor fishermen. +Cast your eye down into yonder hold, and see if this here's a +fishin craft." + +The officer looked down, and saw a cooking stove, trunks, and +bedding. He looked around in doubt. + +But this scene had lasted long enough. + +"O, nonsense!" said Bart, suddenly pulling up his line, and coming +forward; "see here--it's all right," said he to the officer. +"We're not fishermen. It's as he says. We're only out on a short +cruise, you know, for pleasure, and that sort of thing." + +As Bart turned, the others did the same. Bruce lounged up, +dragging his line, followed by Arthur and the others. + +"We're responsible for the schooner," said Bruce, quietly. "It's +ours for the time being. We don't look like foreign fishermen--do +we?" + +The officer looked at the boys, and saw his mistake at once. He +was afraid that he had made himself ridiculous. The faces and +manners of the boys, as they stood confronting him in an easy and +self-possessed manner, showed most plainly the absurdity of his +position. Even the mysterious flag became intelligible, when he +looked at the faces of those over whom it floated. + +"I suppose it's all right," he muttered, in a vexed tone, and +descended into the boat without another word. + +"Sorry to have troubled you, captain," said Corbet, looking blandly +after the officer; "but it wan't my fault. I didn't have charge of +that thar injine." + +The officer turned his back without a word, and the men pulled off +to the steamer. + +The captain looked after the boat in silence for some time. + +"I'm sorry," said he, at length, as he heaved a gentle sigh,--"I'm +sorry that you put in your oars--I do SO like to sass a revonoo +officer." + + + + + + +III. + +Solomon surpasses himself.--A Period of Joy is generally followed +by a Time of Sorrow.--Gloomy Forebodings.--The Legend of Petticoat +Jack.--Captain Corbet discourses of the Dangers of the Deep, and +puts in Practice a new and original Mode of Navigation. + + + + + +This interruption put an end to their attempts at fishing, and was +succeeded by another interruption of a more pleasing character, in +the shape of dinner, which was now loudly announced by Solomon. +For some time a savory steam had been issuing from the lower +regions, and had been wafted to their nostrils in successive puffs, +until at last their impatient appetite had been roused to the +keenest point, and the enticing fragrance had suggested all sorts +of dishes. When at length the summons came, and they went below, +they found the dinner in every way worthy of the occasion. +Solomon's skill never was manifested more conspicuously than on +this occasion; and whether the repast was judged of by the quantity +or the quality of the dishes, it equally deserved to be considered +as one of the masterpieces of the distinguished artist who had +prepared it. + +"Dar, chil'en," he exclaimed, as they took their places, "dar, +cap'en, jes tas dem ar trout, to begin on, an see if you ever saw +anythin to beat 'em in all your born days. Den try de stew, den de +meat pie, den de calf's head; but dat ar pie down dar mustn't be +touched, nor eben so much as looked at, till de las ob all." + +And with these words Solomon stepped back, leaning both hands on +his hips, and surveyed the banquet and the company with a smile of +serene and ineffable complacency. + +"All right, Solomon, my son," said Bart. "Your dinner is like +yourself--unequalled and unapproachable." + +"Bless you, bless you, my friend," murmured Bruce, in the intervals +of eating; "if there is any contrast between this present voyage +and former ones, it is all due to our unequalled caterer." + +"How did you get the trout, Solomon?" said Phil. + +"De trout? O, I picked 'em up last night down in de village," said +Solomon. "Met little boy from Gaspereaux, an got 'em from him." + +"What's this?" cried Tom, opening a dish--"not lobster!" + +"Lobster!" exclaimed Phil. + +"So it is." + +"Why, Solomon, where did you get lobster?" + +"Is this the season for them?" + +"Think of the words of the poet, boys," said Bart, warningly,-- + + + "In the months without the R, + Clams and lobsters pison are." + + +Solomon meanwhile stood apart, grinning from ear to ear, with his +little black beads of eyes twinkling with merriment. + +"Halo, Solomon! What do you say to lobsters in July?" + +Solomon's head wagged up and down, as though he were indulging in +some quiet, unobtrusive laughter, and it was some time before he +replied. + +"O, neber you fear, chil'en," he said; "ef you're only goin to get +sick from lobsters, you'll live a long day. You may go in for +clams, an lobsters, an oysters any time ob de yeah you like,--ony +dey mus be cooked up proper." + +"I'm gratified to hear that," said Bruce, gravely, "but at the same +time puzzled. For Mrs. Pratt says the exact opposite; and so here +we have two great authorities in direct opposition. So what are we +to think?" + +"O, there's no difficulty," said Arthur, "for the doctors are not +of equal authority. Mrs. Pratt is a quack, but Solomon is a +professional--a regular, natural, artistic, and scientific cook, +which at sea is the same as doctor." + +The dinner was prolonged to an extent commensurate with its own +inherent excellence and the capacity of the boys to appreciate it; +but at length, like all things mortal, it came to a termination, +and the company went up once more to the deck. On looking round it +was evident to all that a change had taken place. + +Four miles away lay Ile Haute, and eight or ten miles beyond this +lay the long line of Nova Scotia. It was now about four o'clock, +and the tide had been rising for three hours, and was flowing up +rapidly, and in a full, strong current. As yet there was no wind, +and the broad surface of the bay was quite smooth and unruffled. +In the distance and far down the bay, where its waters joined the +horizon, there was a kind of haze, that rendered the line of +separation between sea and sky very indistinct. The coast of Nova +Scotia was at once enlarged and obscured. It seemed now elevated +to an unusual height above the sea line, as though it had been +suddenly brought several miles nearer, and yet, instead of being +more distinct, was actually more obscure. Even Ile Haute, though +so near, did not escape. Four miles of distance were not sufficient +to give it that grand indistinctness which was now flung over the +Nova Scotia coast; yet much of the mysterious effect of the haze had +gathered about the island; its lofty cliffs seemed to tower on high +more majestically, and to lean over more frowningly; its fringe of +black sea-weed below seemed blacker, while the general hue of the +island had changed from a reddish color to one of a dull slaty blue. + +"I don't like this," said Captain Corbet, looking down the bay and +twisting up his face as he looked. + +"Why not?" + +Captain Corbet shook his head. + +"What's the matter?" + +"Bad, bad, bad!" said the captain. + +"Is there going to be a storm?" + +"Wuss!" + +"Worse? What?" + +"Fog." + +"Fog?" + +"Yes, hot an heavy, thick as puddin, an no mistake. I tell you +what it is, boys: judgin from what I see, they've got a bran-new +steam injine into that thar fog mill at Grand Manan; an the way +they're goin to grind out the fog this here night is a caution to +mariners." + +Saying this, he took off his hat, and holding it in one hand, he +scratched his venerable head long and thoughtfully with the other. + +"But I don't see any fog as yet," said Bart. + +"Don't see it? Wal, what d'ye call all that?" said the captain, +giving a grand comprehensive sweep with his arm, so as to take in +the entire scene. + +"Why, it's clear enough." + +"Clear? Then let me tell you that when you see a atmosphere like +this here, then you may expect to see it any moment changed into +deep, thick fog. Any moment--five minutes 'll be enough to snatch +everything from sight, and bury us all in the middle of a unyversal +fog bank." + +"What'll we do?" + +"Dew? That's jest the question." + +"Can we go on?" + +"Wal--without wind--I don't exactly see how. In a fog a wind is +not without its advantages. That's one of the times when the old +Antelope likes to have her sails up; but as we hain't got no wind, +I don't think we'll do much." + +"Will you stay here at anchor?" + +"At anchor? Course not. No, sir. Moment the tide falls again, +I'll drift down so as to clear that pint there,--Cape Chignecto,-- +then anchor; then hold on till tide rises; and then drift up. +Mebbe before that the wind 'll spring up, an give us a lift somehow +up the bay." + +"How long before the tide will turn?" + +"Wal, it'll be high tide at about a quarter to eight this evenin, I +calc'late." + +"You'll drift in the night, I suppose." + +"Why not?" + +"O, I didn't know but what the fog and the night together might be +too much for you." + +"Too much? Not a bit of it. Fog, and night, and snow-storms, an +tide dead agin me, an a lee shore, are circumstances that the +Antelope has met over an over, an fit down. As to foggy nights, +when it's as calm as this, why, they're not wuth considerin." + +Captain Corbet's prognostication as to the fog proved to be +correct. It was only for a short time that they were allowed to +stare at the magnified proportions of the Nova Scotia coast and +Ile Haute. Then a change took place which attracted all their +attention. + +The change was first perceptible down the bay. It was first made +manifest by the rapid appearance of a thin gray cloud along the +horizon, which seemed to take in both sea and sky, and absorbed +into itself the outlines of both. At the same time, the coast of +Nova Scotia grew more obscure, though it lost none of its magnified +proportions, while the slaty blue of Ile Haute changed to a grayer +shade. + +This change was rapid, and was followed by other changes. The thin +gray cloud, along the south-west horizon, down the bay, gradually +enlarged itself; till it grew to larger and loftier proportions. +In a quarter of an hour it had risen to the dimensions of the Nova +Scotia coast. In a half an hour it was towering to double that +height. In an hour its lofty crest had ascended far up into the +sky. + +"It's a comin," said Captain Corbet. "I knowed it. Grind away, +you old fog mill! Pile on the steam, you Grand Mananers!" + +"Is there any wind down there?" + +"Not a hooter." + +"Is the fog coming up without any wind?" + +"Course it is. What does the fog want of wind?" + +"I thought it was the wind that brought it along." + +"Bless your heart, the fog takes care of itself. The wind isn't a +bit necessary. It kine o' pervades the hull atmosphere, an rolls +itself on an on till all creation is overspread. Why, I've seen +everything changed from bright sunshine to the thickest kind of fog +in fifteen minutes,--yea, more,--and in five minutes." + +Even while they were speaking the fog rolled on, the vast +accumulation of mist rose higher and yet higher, and appeared to +draw nearer with immense rapidity. It seemed as though the whole +atmosphere was gradually becoming condensed, and precipitating its +invisible watery vapor so as to make it visible in far-extending +fog banks. It was not wind, therefore, that brought on the clouds, +for the surface of the water was smooth and unruffled, but it was +the character of the atmosphere itself from which this change was +wrought. And still, as they looked at the approaching mist, the +sky overhead was blue, and the sun shone bright. But the gathering +clouds seemed now to have gained a greater headway, and came on +more rapidly. In a few minutes the whole outline of the Nova +Scotia coast faded from view, and in its place there appeared a +lofty wall of dim gray cloud, which rose high in the air, fading +away into the faintest outline. Overhead, the blue sky became +rapidly more obscured; Ile Haute changed again from its grayish +blue to a lighter shade, and then became blended with the +impenetrable fog that was fast enclosing all things; and finally +the clouds grew nearer, till the land nearest them was snatched +from view, and all around was alike shrouded under the universal +veil; nothing whatever was visible. For a hundred yards, or so, +around them, they could see the surface of the water; but beyond +this narrow circle, nothing more could be discerned. + +"It's a very pooty fog," said Captain Corbet, "an I only wonder +that there ain't any wind. If it should come, it'll be all right." + +"You intend, then, to go on just the same." + +"Jest the same as ef the sky was clear. I will up anchor as the +tide begins to fall, an git a good piece down, so as to dodge Cape +Chegnecto, an there wait for the rising tide, an jest the same as +ef the sun was shinin. But we can't start till eight o'clock this +evenin. Anyhow, you needn't trouble yourselves a mite. You may +all go to sleep, an dream that the silver moon is guidin the +traveller on the briny deep." + +The scene now was too monotonous to attract attention, and the boys +once more sought for some mode of passing the time. Nothing +appeared so enticing as their former occupation of fishing, and to +this they again turned their attention. In this employment the +time passed away rapidly until the summons was given for tea. +Around the festive board, which was again prepared by Solomon with +his usual success, they lingered long, and at length, when they +arose, the tide was high. It was now about eight o'clock in the +evening, and Captain Corbet was all ready to start. As the tide +was now beginning to turn, and was on the ebb, the anchor was +raised, and the schooner, yielding to the pressure of the current, +moved away from her anchorage ground. It was still thick, and +darkness also was coming on. Not a thing could be discerned, and +by looking at the water, which moved with the schooner, it did not +seem as though any motion was made. + +"That's all your blindness," said the captain, as they mentioned it +to him. "You can't see anything but the water, an as it is movin +with us, it doesn't seem as though we were movin. But we air, +notwithstandin, an pooty quick too. I'll take two hours' drift +before stoppin, so as to make sure. I calc'late about that time to +get to a place whar I can hit the current that'll take me, with the +risin tide, up to old Petticoat Jack." + +"By the way, captain," said Phil, "what do you seafaring men +believe about the origin of that name--Petitcodiac? Is it Indian +or French?" + +"'Tain't neither," said Captain Corbet, decidedly. "It's good +English; it's 'Petticoat Jack;' an I've hearn tell a hundred times +about its original deryvation. You see, in the old French war, +there was an English spy among the French, that dressed hisself up +as a woman, an was familiarly known, among the British generals an +others that emply'd him, as 'Petticoat Jack.' He did much to +contriboot to the defeat of the French; an arter they were licked, +the first settlers that went up thar called the place, in honor of +their benefacture, 'Petticoat Jack;' an it's bore that name ever +sence. An people that think it's French, or Injine, or Greek, or +Hebrew, or any other outlandish tongue, don't know what they're +talkin about. Now, I KNOW, an I assure you what I've ben a sayin's +the gospel terewth, for I had it of an old seafarin man that's +sailed this bay for more'n forty year, an if he ain't good +authority, then I'd like to know who is--that's all." + +At this explanation of the etymology of the disputed term, the boys +were silent, and exchanged glances of admiration. + +It was some minutes after eight when they left their anchorage, and +began to drift once more. There was no moon, and the night would +have been dark in any case, but now the fog rendered all things +still more obscure. It had also grown much thicker than it had +been. At first it was composed of light vapors, which surrounded +them on all sides, it is true, but yet did not have that dampness +which might have been expected. It was a light, dry fog, and for +two or three hours the deck, and rigging, and the clothes of those +on board remained quite dry. But now, as the darkness increased, +the fog became denser, and was more surcharged with heavy vapors. +Soon the deck looked as though it had received a shower of rain, +and the clothes of those on board began to be penetrated with the +chill damp. + +"It's very dark, captain," said Bruce, at last, as the boys stood +near the stern. + +"Dradful dark," said the captain, thoughtfully. + +"Have you really a good idea of where we are?" + +"An idee? Why, if I had a chart,--which I haven't, cos I've got it +all mapped out in my head,--but if I had one, I could take my +finger an pint the exact spot where we are a driftin this blessed +minute." + +"You're going straight down the bay, I suppose." + +"Right--yea, I am; I'm goin straight down; but I hope an trust, an +what's more, I believe, I am taking a kine o' cant over nigher the +New Brunswick shore." + +"How long will we drift?" + +"Wal, for about two hours--darsn't drift longer; an besides, don't +want to." + +"Why not?" + +"Darsn't. Thar's a place down thar that every vessel on this here +bay steers clear of, an every navigator feels dreadful shy of." + +"What place is that?" + +"Quaco Ledge," said Captain Corbet, in a solemn tone. "We'll get +as near it as is safe this night, an p'aps a leetle nearer; but, +then, the water's so calm and still, that it won't make any +difference--in fact, it wouldn't matter a great deal if we came up +close to it." + +"Quaco Ledge?" said Bruce. "I've heard of that." + +"Heard of it? I should rayther hope you had. Who hasn't? It's +the one great, gen'ral, an standin terror of this dangerous and +iron-bound bay. There's no jokin, no nonsense about Quaco Ledge; +mind I tell you." + +"Where does it lie?" asked Phil, after a pause. + +"Wal, do you know whar Quaco settlement is?" + +"Yes." + +"Wal, Quaco Ledge is nigh about half way between Quaco settlement +and Ile Haute, bein a'most in the middle of the bay, an in a +terrible dangerous place for coasters, especially in a fog, or in a +snow-storm. Many's the vessel that's gone an never heard of, that +Quaco Ledge could tell all about, if it could speak. You take a +good snowstorm in this Bay of Fundy, an let a schooner get lost in +it, an not know whar she is, an if Quaco Ledge don't bring her up +all standin, then I'm a Injine." + +"Is it a large place?" + +"Considerably too large for comfort," said the captain. "They've +sounded it, an found the whole shoal about three an a half mile +long, an a half a mile broad. It's all kivered over with water at +high tide, but at half tide it begins to show its nose, an at low +tide you see as pooty a shoal for shipwrecking as you may want; +rayther low with pleasant jagged rocks at the nothe-east side, an +about a hundred yards or so in extent. I've been nigh on to it in +clear weather, but don't want to be within five miles of it in a +fog or in a storm. In a thick night like this, I'll pull up before +I get close." + +"You've never met with any accident there, I suppose." + +"Me? No, not me. I always calc'late to give Quaco Ledge the +widest kine o' berth. An I hope you'll never know anythin more +about that same place than what I'm tellin you now. The knowlege +which one has about that place, an places ginrally of that kine, +comes better by hearsay than from actool observation." + +Time passed on, and they still drifted, and at length ten o'clock +came; but before that time the boys had gone below, and retired for +the night. Shortly after, the rattle of the chains waked them all, +and informed them that the Antelope had anchored once more. + +After this they all fell asleep. + + + + + + +IV. + +In Clouds and Darkness.--A terrible Warning.--Nearly run down.--A +lively Place.--Bart encounters an old Acquaintance.--Launched into +the Deep.--Through the Country.--The Swift Tide.--The lost Boy. + + + + + +The boys had not been asleep for more than two hours, when they +were awakened by an uproar on deck, and rousing themselves from +sleep, they heard the rattle of the chains and the crank of the +windlass. As their night attire was singularly simple, and +consisted largely of the dress which they wore by day, being the +same, in fact, with the exception of the hat, it was not long +before they were up on deck, and making inquiries as to the unusual +noise. That the anchor was being hoisted they already knew, but +why it was they did not. + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "thar's a good sou-wester started up, +an as I had a few winks o' sleep, I jest thought I'd try to push on +up the bay, an get as far as I could. If I'd ben in any other +place than this, I wouldn't hev minded, but I'd hev taken my snooze +out; but I'm too near Quaco Ledge by a good sight, an would rayther +get further off. The sou-wester'll take us up a considerable +distance, an if it holds on till arter the tide turns, I ask no +more." + +Soon the anchor was up, and the Antelope spread her sails, and +catching the sou-wester, dashed through the water like a thing of +life. + +"We're going along at a great rate, captain," said Bart. + +"Beggin your pardon, young sir, we're not doin much. The tide here +runs four knots agin us--dead, an the wind can't take us more'n +six, which leaves a balance to our favor of two knots an hour, an +that is our present rate of progression. You see, at that rate we +won't gain more'n four or five miles before the turn o' tide. +After that, we'll go faster without any wind than we do now with a +wind. O, there's nothin like navigatin the Bay o' Fundy to make a +man feel contempt for the wind. Give me tides an anchors, I say, +an I'll push along." + +The wind was blowing fresh, and the sea was rising, yet the fog +seemed thicker than ever. The boys thought that the wind might +blow the fog away, and hinted this to the captain. + +His only response was a long and emphatic whistle. + +"Whe-e-e-ew! what! Blow the fog away? This wind? Why, this wind +brings the fog. The sou-wester is the one wind that seafarin men +dread in the Bay of Fundy. About the wust kine of a storm is that +thar very identical wind blowin in these here very identical +waters." + +Captain Corbet's words were confirmed by the appearance of sea and +sky. Outside was the very blackness of darkness. Nothing whatever +was visible. Sea and sky were alike hidden from view. The waves +were rising, and though they were not yet of any size, still they +made noise enough to suggest the idea of a considerable storm, and +the wind, as it whistled through the rigging, carried in its sound +a menace which would have been altogether wanting in a bright +night. The boys all felt convinced that a storm was rising, and +looked forward to a dismal experience of the pangs of seasickness. +To fight this off now became their chief aim, and with this +intention they all hurried below once more to their beds. + +But the water was not rough, the motion of the schooner was gentle, +and though there was much noise above, yet they did not notice any +approach of the dreaded sea-sickness, and so in a short time they +all fell asleep once more. + +But they were destined to have further interruptions. The +interruption came this time in a loud cry from Solomon, which waked +them all at once. + +"Get up, chil'en! get up! It's all over!" + +"What, what!" cried the boys; "what's the matter?" and springing up +in the first moment of alarm, they stood listening. + +As they stood, there came to their ears the roaring of the wind +through the rigging, the flapping of the sails, the dashing and +roaring of the waters, in the midst of which there came also a +shrill, penetrating sound, which seemed almost overhead--the sound +of some steam whistle. + +"Dar, dar!" cried Solomon, in a tone of deadly fear. "It's a +comin! I knowed it. We're all lost an gone. It's a steamer. +We're all run down an drownded." + +Without a word of response, the boys once more clambered on deck. +All was as dark as before, the fog as thick, the scene around as +impenetrable, the wind as strong. From a distance there came over +the water, as they listened, the rapid beat of a steamboat's +paddles, and soon there arose again the long, shrill yell of the +steam whistle. They looked all around, but saw no sign of any +steamer; nor could they tell exactly in which direction the sound +arose. One thought it came from one side, another thought it came +from the opposite quarter, while the others differed from these. +As for Captain Corbet, he said nothing, while the boys were +expressing their opinions loudly and confidently. + +At last Bart appealed to Captain Corbet. + +"Where is the steamer?" + +"Down thar," said the captain, waving his hand over the stern. + +"What steamer is it? the revenue steamer?" + +"Not her. That revenoo steamer is up to Windsor by this time. +No; this is the St. John steamer coming up the bay, an I ony wish +she'd take us an give us a tow up." + +"She seems to be close by." + +"She is close by." + +"Isn't there some danger that we'll be run down?" + +As those words were spoken, another yell, louder, shriller, and +nearer than before, burst upon their ears. It seemed to be close +astern. The beat of the paddles was also near them. + +"Pooty close!" said the captain. + +"Isn't there some danger that we'll be run down?" + +To this question, thus anxiously repeated, the captain answered +slowly,-- + +"Wal, thar may be, an then again thar mayn't. Ef a man tries to +dodge every possible danger in life, he'll have a precious hard +time of it. Why, men air killed in walkin the streets, or knocked +over by sun-strokes, as well as run down at sea. So what air we to +do? Do? Why, I jest do what I've allus ben a doin; I jest keep +right straight on my own course, and mind my own biz. Ten chances +to one they'll never come nigh us. I've heard steamers howlin +round me like all possessed, but I've never ben run down yet, an I +ain't goin to be at my time o' life. I don't blieve you'll see a +sign o' that thar steamer. You'll only hear her yellin--that's +all." + +As he spoke another yell sounded. + +"She's a passin us, over thar," said the captain, waving his hand +over the side. "Her whistle'll contenoo fainter till it stops. So +you better go below and take your sleep out." + +The boys waited a little longer, and hearing the next whistle +sounding fainter, as Captain Corbet said, they followed his advice, +and were soon asleep, as before. + +This time there was no further interruption, and they did not wake +till about eight in the morning, when they were summoned to +breakfast by Solomon. + +On reaching the deck and looking around, a cry of joy went forth +from all. The fog was no longer to be seen, no longer did there +extend around them the wall of gloomy gray, shutting out all things +with its misty folds. No longer was the broad bay visible. They +found themselves now in a wide river, whose muddy waters bore them +slowly along. On one side was a shore, close by them, well wooded +in some places, and in others well cultivated, while on the other +side was another shore, equally fertile, extending far along. + +"Here we air," cried Captain Corbet. "That wind served us well. +We've had a fust-rate run. I calc'lated we'd be three or four +days, but instead of that we've walked over in twenty-four hours. +Good agin!" + +"Will we be able to land at Moncton soon?" + +"Wal, no; not till the next tide." + +"Why not?" + +"Wal, this tide won't last long enough to carry us up thar, an so +we'll have to wait here. This is the best place thar is." + +"What place is this?" + +"Hillsborough." + +"Hillsborough?" + +"Yes. Do you see that thar pint?" and Captain Corbet waved his arm +towards a high, well-wooded promontory that jutted out into the +river. + +"Yes." + +"Wal, I'm goin in behind that, and I'll wait thar till the tide +turns. We'll get up to Moncton some time before evenin." + +In a few minutes the Antelope was heading towards the promontory; +and soon she passed it, and advanced towards the shore. On passing +the promontory a sight appeared which at once attracted the whole +attention of the boys. + +Immediately in front of them, in the sheltered place which was +formed by the promontory, was a little settlement, and on the bank +of the river was a ship-yard. Here there arose the stately outline +of a large ship. Her lower masts were in, she was decorated with +flags and streamers, and a large crowd was assembled in the yard +around her. + +"There's going to be a launch!" cried Bart, to whom a scene like +this was familiar. + +"A launch!" cried Bruce. "Hurrah! We'll be able to see it. I've +never seen one in my life. Now's the time." + +"Can't we get ashore?" said Arthur. + +"Of course," said Phil; "and perhaps they'll let us go on board and +be launched in her." + +The very mention of such a thing increased the general excitement. +Captain Corbet was at once appealed to. + +"O, thar's lots of time," said he. "Tain't quite high tide yet. +You'll have time to get ashore before she moves. Hullo, Wade! +Whar's that oar?" + +The boys were all full of the wildest excitement, in the midst of +which Solomon appeared with the announcement that breakfast was +waiting. + +To which Bart replied,-- + +"O, bother breakfast!" + +"I don't want any," said Bruce. + +"I have no appetite," said Arthur. + +"Nor I," said Pat. + +"I want to be on board that ship," said Phil. + +"We can easily eat breakfast afterwards," said Tom. + +At this manifest neglect of his cooking, poor Solomon looked quite +heart-broken; but Captain Corbet told him that he might bring the +things ashore, and this in some measure assuaged his grief. + +It did not take long to get ready. The oar was flung on board the +boat, which had thus far been floating behind the schooner; and +though the boat had a little too much water on board to be +comfortable, yet no complaints were made, and in a few minutes they +were landed. + +"How much time have we yet?" asked Bart, "before high tide?" + +"O, you've got fifteen or twenty minutes," said Captain Corbet. + +"Hurrah, boys! Come along," said Bart; and leading the way, he +went straight to the office. + +As he approached it he uttered suddenly a cry of joy. + +"What's the matter, Bart?" + +Bart said nothing, but hurried forward, and the astonished boys saw +him shaking hands very vigorously with a gentleman who seemed like +the chief man on the place. He was an old acquaintance, evidently. +In a few minutes all was explained. As the boys came up, Bart +introduced them as his friends, and they were all warmly greeted; +after which the gentleman said,-- + +"Why, what a crowd of you there is! Follow me, now. There's +plenty of room for you, I imagine, in a ship of fifteen hundred +tons; and you've just come in time." + +With these words he hurried off, followed by all the boys. He led +the way up an inclined plane which ran up to the bows of the ship, +and on reaching this place they went along a staging, and finally, +coming to a ladder, they clambered up, and found themselves on the +deck of the ship. + +"I must leave you now, Bart, my boy," said the gentleman; "you go +to the quarter-deck and take care of yourselves. I must go down +again." + +"Who in the world is he, Bart?" asked the boys, as they all stood +on the quarter-deck. + +"Was there ever such luck!" cried Bart, joyously. "This is the +ship Sylph, and that is Mr. Watson, and he has built this ship for +my father. Isn't it odd that we should come to this place at this +particular time?" + +"Why, it's as good as a play." + +"Of course it is. I've known Mr. Watson all my life, and he's one +of the best men I ever met with. He was as glad to see me as I was +to see him." + +But now the boys stopped talking, for the scene around them began +to grow exciting. In front of them was the settlement, and in the +yard below was a crowd who had assembled to see the launch. Behind +them was the broad expanse of the Petitcodiac River, beyond which +lay the opposite shore, which went back till it terminated in +wooded hills. Overhead arose the masts, adorned with a hundred +flags and streamers. The deck showed a steep slope from bow to +stern. But the scene around was nothing, compared with the +excitement of suspense, and expectation. In a few minutes the +hammers were to sound. In a few minutes the mighty fabric on which +they were standing would move, and take its plunge into the water. + +The suspense made them hold their breath, and wait in perfect +silence. + +Around them were a few men, who were talking in a commonplace way. +They were accustomed to launches, and an incident like this was as +nothing in their lives, though to the boys it was sufficient to +make their hearts throb violently, and deprive them of the power of +speech. + +A few minutes passed. + +"We ought to start soon," said Bart, in a whisper; for there was +something in the scene which made them feel grave and solemn. + +The other boys nodded in silence. + +A few minutes more passed. + +Then there arose a cry. + +And then suddenly there came to their excited ears the rattle of a +hundred hammers. Stroke after stroke, in quick succession, was +dealt upon the wedges, which thus raised the vast structure from +her resting-place. For a moment she stood motionless, and then-- + +Then with a slow motion, at first scarce perceptible, but which +every instant grew quicker, she moved down her ways, and plunged +like lightning into the water. The stern sank deep, then rose, and +then the ship darted through the water across the river. Then +suddenly the anchor was let go, and with the loud, sharp rattle of +chains, rushed to the bed of the river. With a slight jerk the +ship stopped. + +The launch was over. + +A boat now came from the shore, bringing the builder, Mr. Watson; +and at the same time a steamer appeared, rounding a point up the +river, and approaching them. + +"Do you want to go to St. John, Bart?" + +"Not just yet, sir," said Bart. + +"Because if you do you can go down in the ship. The steamer is +going to take her in tow at once. But if you don't want to go, you +may go ashore in the boat. I'm sorry I can't stay here to show you +the country, my boy; but I have to go down in the ship, and at +once, for we can't lie here in the river, unless we want to be left +high and dry at low tide. So good by. Go to the house. Mrs. +Watson'll make you comfortable as long as you like; and if you want +to take a drive you may consider my horses your own." + +With these words he shook hands with all the boys for good by, and +after seeing them safely on board the boat, he waited for the +steamer which was to tow the Sylph down the bay. The boys then +were rowed ashore. By the time they landed, the steamer had +reached the ship, a stout cable was passed on board and secured, +her anchor was weighed, and then, borne on by steam, and by the +tide, too, which had already turned, the Sylph, in tow of the +steamer, passed down the river, and was soon out of sight. + +Bart then went to see Mrs. Watson, with all the boys. That lady, +like her husband, was an old acquaintance, and in the true spirit +of hospitality insisted on every one of them taking up their abode +with her for an indefinite period. Finding that they could not do +this, she prepared for them a bounteous breakfast, and then +persuaded them to go off for a drive through the country. This +invitation they eagerly accepted. + +Before starting, they encountered Captain Corbet. + +"Don't hurry back, boys," said he, "unless you very pertik'l'ry +wish to go up to Moncton by the arternoon tide. Don't mind me. I +got several things to occoopy me here." + +"What time could we start up river?" + +"Not before four." + +"O, we'll be back by that time." + +"Wal. Ony don't hurry back unless you like. I got to buy some +ship-bread, an I got to fix some things about the boat. It'll take +some time; so jest do as you like." + +Being thus left to their own devices, and feeling quite unlimited +with regard to time, the boys started off in two wagons, and took a +long drive through the country. The time passed quickly, and they +enjoyed themselves so much that they did not get back until dusk. + +"It's too late now, boys, to go up," said the captain, as he met +them on their return. "We've got to wait till next tide. It's +nearly high tide now." + +"All right, captain; it'll do just as well to go up river to- +night." + +"Amen," said the captain. + +But now Mrs. Watson insisted on their staying to tea, and so it +happened that it was after nine o'clock before they were ready to +go on board the Antelope. Going down to the shore, they found the +boat ready, with some articles which Captain Corbet had procured. + +"I've been fixing the gunwales," said he; "an here's a box of +pilot-bread. We were gettin out of provisions, an I've got in a +supply, an I've bought a bit of an old sail that'll do for a jib. +I'm afeard thar won't be room for all of us. Some of you better +stay ashore, an I'll come back." + +"I'll wait," said Bart, taking his seat on a stick of timber. + +"An I'll wait, too," said Bruce. + +The other boys objected in a friendly way, but Bart and Bruce +insisted on waiting, and so the boat at length started, leaving +them behind. + +In a short time it reached the schooner. + +Captain Corbet secured the boat's painter to the stem, and threw +the oar on board. + +"Now, boys, one of you stay in the boat, an pass up them things to +me--will you?" + +"All right," said Tom. "I'll pass them up." + +On this Captain Corbet got on board the schooner, followed by +Arthur, and Phil, and Pat. Tom waited in the boat. + +"Now," said Captain Corbet, "lift up that thar box of pilot-bread +fust. 'Tain't heavy. We'll get these things out afore we go +ashore for the others." + +"All right," said Tom. + +He stooped, and took the box of biscuit in his arms. + +At that time the tide was running down very fast, and the boat, +caught by the tide, was forced out from the schooner with such a +pressure that the rope was stiffened out straight. + +Tom made one step forward. The next instant he fell down in the +bottom of the boat, and those on board of the schooner who were +looking at him saw, to their horror, that the boat was sweeping +away with the tide, far down the river. + + + + + + +V. + +A Cry of Horror.--What shall we do?--Hard and fast.--Bart and +Bruce.--Gloomy Intelligence.--The Promontory.--The Bore of the +Petitcodiac.--A Night of Misery.--A mournful Waking.--Taking +Counsel. + + + + + +A cry of horror escaped those on board, and for some time they +stood silent in utter dismay. + +"The rope wasn't tied," groaned Arthur. + +"Yes, it was," said Captain Corbet; "it bruk; catch me not tyin it. +It bruk; see here!" and he held up in the dim light the end of the +rope which still was fastened to the schooner. "I didn't know it +was rotten," he moaned; "'tain't over ten year old, that bit o' +rope, an I've had it an used it a thousand times without its ever +thinkin o' breakin." + +"What can we do?" cried Arthur. "We must do something to save +him." + +Captain Corbet shook his head. + +"We've got no boat," said he. + +"Boat! Who wants a boat?" + +"What can we do without a boat?" + +"Why, up anchor, and go after him with the schooner." + +"The schooner's hard and fast," said Captain Corbet, mournfully. + +"Hard and fast?" + +"Yes; don't you notice how she leans? It's only a little, but +that's a sign that her keel's in the mud." + +"I don't believe it! I won't believe it!" cried Arthur. "Come, +boys, up with the anchor." + +As the boys rushed to the windlass, Captain Corbet went there, too, +followed by the mate, and they worked at it for some time, until at +last the anchor rose to the surface. + +But the Antelope did not move. On the contrary, a still greater +list to one side, which was now unmistakable, showed that the +captain was right, and that she was actually, as he said, hard and +fast. This fact had to be recognized, but Arthur would not be +satisfied until he had actually seen the anchor, and then he knew +that the vessel was really aground. + +"Do you mean to say," he cried at last, "that there is nothing to +be done?" + +"I don't see," said Captain Corbet, "what thar is to be done till +the schewner muves." + +"When will that be?" + +"Not till to-morrow mornin." + +"How early?" + +"Not before eight o'clock." + +"Eight o'clock!" cried Arthur, in horror. + +"Yes, eight o'clock. You see we had to come in pooty nigh to the +shore, an it'll be eight o'clock before we're floated." + +"And what'll become of poor Tom?" groaned Arthur. + +"Wal," said the captain, "don't look on the wust. He may get +ashore." + +"He has no oar. The oar was thrown aboard of the schooner." + +"Still he may be carried ashore." + +"Is there any chance?" + +"Wal, not much, to tell the truth. Thar's no use of buo-oyin of +ourselves up with false hopes; not a mite. Thar's a better chance +of his bein picked up. That thar's likely now, an not unnatooral. +Let's all don't give up. If thar's no fog outside, I'd say his +chances air good." + +"But it may be foggy." + +"Then, in that case, he'll have to drift a while--sure." + +"Then there's no hope." + +"Hope? Who's a sayin thar's no hope? Why, look here; he's got +provisions on board, an needn't starve; so if he does float for a +day or two, whar's the harm? He's sure to be picked up +eventooally." + +At this moment their conversation was interrupted by a loud call +from the promontory. It was the voice of Bruce. + +While these events had been taking place on board the schooner, +Bruce and Bart had been ashore. At first they had waited patiently +for the return of the boat, but finally they wondered at her delay. +They had called, but the schooner was too far off to hear them. +Then they waited for what seemed to them an unreasonably long time, +wondering what kept the boat, until at length Bruce determined to +try and get nearer. Burt was to stay behind in case the boat +should come ashore in his absence. With this in view he had walked +down the promontory until he had reached the extreme point, and +there he found himself within easy hail of the Antelope. + +"Schooner ahoy!" he cried. + +"A-ho-o-o-o-y!" cried Captain Corbet. + +"Why don't you come and take us off?" he cried. + +After this there was silence for some time. At last Captain Corbet +shouted out,-- + +"The boat's lost." + +"What!" + +"The boat's adrift." + +Captain Corbet said nothing about Tom, from a desire to spare him +for the present. So Bruce thought that the empty boat had drifted +off, and as he had been prepared to hear of some accident, he was +not much surprised. + +But he was not to remain long in ignorance. In a few moments he +heard Arthur's voice. + +"Bruce!" + +"Hallo!" + +"The boat's gone." + +"All right." + +"TOM'S ADRIFT IN HER!" + +"What!" shouted Bruce. + +"TOM'S ADRIFT IN HER." + +At this appalling intelligence Bruce's heart seemed to stop beating. + +"How long?" he dried, after a pause. + +"Half an hour," cried Arthur. + +"Why don't you go after him?" cried Bruce again. + +"We're aground," cried Arthur. + +The whole situation was now explained, and Bruce was filled with +his own share of that dismay which prevailed on board of the +schooner; for a long time nothing more was said. At length +Arthur's voice sounded again. + +"Bruce!" + +"Hallo!" + +"Get a boat, and come aboard as soon as you can after the tide +turns." + +"All right. How early will the tide suit?" + +"Eight o'clock." + +"Not before?" + +"No." + +After this nothing more was said. Bruce could see for himself that +the tide was falling, and that he would have to wait for the +returning tide before a boat could be launched. He waited for some +time, full of despair, and hesitating to return to Bart with his +mournful intelligence. At length he turned, and walked slowly back +to his friend. + +"Well, Bruce?" asked Bart, who by this time was sure that some +accident had happened. + +"The boat's adrift." + +"The boat!" + +"Yes; and what's worse, poor Tom!" + +"Tom!" cried Bart, in a horror of apprehension. + +"Yes, Tom's adrift in her." + +At this Bart said not a word, but stood for some time staring at +Bruce in utter dismay. + +A few words served to explain to Bart the situation of the +schooner, and the need of getting a boat. + +"Well," said Bart, "we'd better see about it at once. It's eleven +o'clock, but we'll find some people up; if not, we'll knock them +up." + +And with these words the two lads walked up from the river bank. + +On reaching the houses attached to the shipyard, they found that +most of the people were up. There was a good deal of singing and +laughter going on, which the boys interpreted to arise from a +desire to celebrate the launching of the ship. They went first to +Mrs. Watson's house, where they found that good lady up. She +listened to their story with undisguised uneasiness, and afterwards +called in a number of men, to whom she told the sad news. These +men listened to it with very serious faces. + +"It's no joke," said one, shaking his head. The others said +nothing, but their faces spoke volumes. + +"What had we better do?" asked Bruce. + +"Of course ye'll be off as soon as ye can get off," said one. + +"The lad might have a chance," said another. "The return tide may +drift him back, but he may be carried too far down for that." + +"He'll be carried below Cape Chignecto unless he gets to the land," +said another. + +"Isn't there a chance that he'll be picked up?" asked Bart. + +The man to whom he spoke shook his head. + +"There's a deal of fog in the bay this night," said he. + +"Fog? Why, it's clear enough here." + +"So it is; but this place and the Bay of Fundy are two different +things." + +"A regular sou-wester out there," said another man. + +"An a pooty heavy sea by this time," said another. + +And in this way they all contributed to increase the anxiety of the +two boys, until at last scarce a ray of hope was left. + +"You'd better prepare yourselves for the worst," said one of the +men. "If he had an oar he would be all right; but, as it is--well, +I don't care about sayin what I think." + +"O, you're all too despondent," said Mrs. Watson. "What is the use +of looking on the dark side? Come, Bart, cheer up. I'll look on +the bright side. Hope for the best. Set out on the search with +hope, and a good heart. I'm confident that he will be safe. You +will pick him up yourselves, or else you will hear of his escape +somewhere. I remember two men, a few years ago, that went adrift +and were saved." + +"Ay," said one of the men, "I mind that well. They were Tom +Furlong and Jim Spencer. But that there boat was a good-sized +fishing boat; an such a boat as that might ride out a gale." + +"Nonsense," said Mrs. Watson. "You're all a set of confirmed +croakers. Why, Bart, you've read enough shipwreck books to know +that little boats have floated in safety for hundreds of miles. So +hope for the best; don't be down-hearted. I'll send two or three +men down now to get the boat ready for you. You can't do anything +till the morning, you know. Won't you stay here? You had better +go to bed at once." + +But Bart and Bruce could not think of bed. + +"Well, come back any time, and a bed will be ready for you," said +Mrs. Watson. "If you want to see about the boat now, the men are +ready to go with you." + +With those words she led the way out to the kitchen, where a couple +of men were waiting. Bart and Bruce followed them down to a boat- +house on the river bank, and saw the boat there which Mrs. Watson +had offered them. This boat could be launched at any time, and as +there was nothing more to be done, the boys strolled disconsolately +about, and finally went to the end of the promontory, and spent a +long time looking out over the water, and conversing sadly about +poor Tom's chances. + +There they sat late in the night, until midnight came, and so on +into the morning. At last the scene before them changed from a +sheet of water to a broad expanse of mud. The water had all +retired, leaving the bed of the river exposed. + +Of all the rivers that flow into the Bay of Fundy none is more +remarkable than the Petitcodiac. At high tide it is full--a mighty +stream; at low tide it is empty--a channel of mud forty miles long; +and the intervening periods are marked by the furious flow of +ascending or descending waters. + +And now, as the boys sat there looking out upon the expanse of mud +before them, they became aware of a dull, low, booming sound, that +came up from a far distant point, and seemed like the voice of many +waters sounding from the storm-vexed bay outside. There was no +moon, but the light was sufficient to enable them to see the +exposed riverbed, far over to the shadowy outline of the opposite +shore. Here, where in the morning a mighty ship had floated, +nothing could now float; but the noise that broke upon their ears +told them of the return of the waters that now were about to pour +onward with resistless might into the empty channel, and send +successive waves far along into the heart of the land. + +"What is that noise?" asked Bruce. "It grows louder and louder." + +"That," said bart, "is the Bore of the Petitcodiac." + +"Have you ever seen it?" + +"Never. I've heard of it often, but have never seen it." + +But their words were interrupted now by the deepening thunder of +the approaching waters. Towards the quarter whence the sound arose +they turned their heads involuntarily. At first they could see +nothing through the gloom of night; but at length, as they strained +their eyes looking down the river, they saw in the distance a +faint, white, phosphorescent gleam, and as it appeared the roar +grew louder, and rounder, and more all-pervading. On it came, +carrying with it the hoarse cadence of some vast surf flung ashore +from the workings of a distant storm, or the thunder of some mighty +cataract tumbling over a rocky precipice. + +And now, as they looked, the white, phosphorescent glow grew +brighter, and then whiter, like snow; every minute it approached +nearer, until at last, full before them and beneath them, there +rolled a giant wave, extending across the bed of the river, +crescent-shaped, with its convex side advancing forwards, and its +ends following after within short distance from the shore. The +great wave rolled on, one mass of snow-white foam, behind which +gleamed a broad line of phosphorescent lustre from the agitated +waters, which, in the gloom of night, had a certain baleful +radiance. As it passed on its path, the roar came up more +majestically from the foremost wave; and behind that came the roar +of other billows that followed in its wake. By daylight the scene +would have been grand and impressive; but now, amid the gloom, the +grandeur became indescribable. The force of those mighty waters +seemed indeed resistless, and it was with a feeling of relief that +the boys reflected that the schooner was out of the reach of its +sweep. Its passage was swift, and soon it had passed beyond them; +and afar up the river, long after it had passed from sight, they +heard the distant thunder of its mighty march. + +By the time the wave had passed, the boys found themselves +excessively weary with their long wakefulness. + +"Bart, my boy," said Bruce, "we must get some rest, or we won't be +worth anything to-morrow. What do you say? Shall we go back to +Mrs. Watson's?" + +"It's too late--isn't it?" + +"Well, it's pretty late, no doubt. I dare say it's half past two; +but that's all the more reason why we should go to bed." + +"Well." + +"What do you say? Do you think we had better disturb Mrs. Watson, +or not?" + +"O, no; let's go into the barn, and lie down in the hay." + +"Very well. Hay makes a capital bed. For my part, I could sleep +on stones." + +"So could I." + +"I'm determined to hope for the best about Tom," said Bruce, rising +and walking off, followed by Bart. "Mrs. Watson was right. +There's no use letting ourselves be downcast by a lot of croakers-- +is there?" + +"No," said Bart. + +The boys then walked on, and in a few minutes reached the ship- +yard. + +Here a man came up to them. + +"We've been looking for you everywhere," said the man. "Mrs. +Watson is anxious about you." + +"Mrs. Watson?" + +"Yes. She won't go to bed till you get back to the house. There's +another man out for you, up the river." + +"O, I'm sorry we have given you all so much trouble," said Bart; +"but we didn't think that anybody would bother themselves about +us." + +"Well, you don't know Mrs. Watson that's all," said the man, +walking along with them. "She's been a worrytin herself to death +about you; and the sooner she sees you, the better for her and for +you." + +On reaching the house the boys were received by Mrs. Watson. One +look at her was enough to show them that the man's account of her +was true. Her face was pale, her manner was agitated, and her +voice trembled as she spoke to them, and asked them where they had +been. + +Bart expressed sorrow at having been the cause of so much trouble, +and assured her he thought that she had gone to bed. + +"No," said she; "I've been too excited and agitated about your +friend and about you. But I'm glad that you've been found; and as +it's too late to talk now, you had better go to bed, and try to +sleep." + +With these words she gently urged them to their bedroom; and the +boys, utterly worn out, did not attempt to withstand her. They +went to bed, and scarcely had their heads touched the pillows +before they were fast asleep. + +Meanwhile the boys on board the Antelope had been no less anxious; +and, unable to sleep, they had talked solemnly with each other over +the possible fate of poor Tom. Chafing from their forced inaction, +they looked impatiently upon the ebbing water, which was leaving +them aground, when they were longing to be floating on its bosom +after their friend, and could scarcely endure the thought of the +suspense to which they would be condemned while waiting for the +following morning. + +Captain Corbet also was no less anxious, though much less agitated. +He acknowledged, with pain, that it was all his fault, but, +appealed to all the boys, one by one, asking them how he should +know that the rope was rotten. He informed them that the rope was +an old favorite of his, and that he would have willingly risked his +life on it. He blamed himself chiefly, however, for not staying in +the boat himself, instead of leaving Tom in it. To all his remarks +the boys said but little, and contented themselves with putting +questions to him about the coast, the tides, the wind, the +currents, and the fog. + +The boys on board went to sleep about one o'clock, and waked at +sunrise. Then they watched the shore wistfully, and wondered why +Bart and Bruce did not make their appearance. But Bart and Bruce, +worn out by their long watch, did not wake till nearly eight +o'clock. Then they hastily dressed themselves, and after a very +hurried breakfast they bade good by to good Mrs. Watson. + +"I shall be dreadfully anxious about that poor boy," said she, +sadly. "Promise me to telegraph as soon as you can about the +result." + +Bart promised. + +Then they hurried down to the beach. The tide was yet a +considerable distance out; but a half dozen stout fellows, whose +sympathies were fully enlisted in their favor, shoved the boat down +over the mud, and launched her. + +Then Bart and Bruce took the oars, and soon reached the schooner, +where the boys awaited their arrival in mournful silence. + + + + + + +VI. + +Tom adrift.--The receding Shores.--The Paddle.--The Roar of Surf-- +The Fog Horn.--The Thunder of the unseen Breakers.--A Horror of +great Darkness.--Adrift in Fog and Night. + + + + + +When the boat in which Tom was darted down the stream, he at first +felt paralyzed by utter terror; but at length rousing himself, he +looked around. As the boat drifted on, his first impulse was to +stop it; and in order to do this it was necessary to find an oar. +The oar which Captain Corbet had used to scull the boat to the +schooner had been thrown on board of the latter, so that the +contents of the boat might be passed up the more conveniently. Tom +knew this, but he thought that there might be another oar on board. +A brief examination sufficed to show him that there was nothing of +the kind. A few loose articles lay at the bottom; over these was +the sail which Captain Corbet had bought in the ship-yard, and on +this was the box of pilot-bread. That was all. There was not a +sign of an oar, or a board, or anything of the kind. + +No sooner had he found out this than he tried to tear off one of +the seats of the boat, in the hope of using this as a paddle. But +the seats were too firmly fixed to be loosened by his hands, and, +after a few frantic but ineffectual efforts, he gave up the +attempt. + +But he could not so quickly give up his efforts to save himself. +There was the box of biscuit yet. Taking his knife from his +pocket, he succeeded in detaching the cover of the box, and then, +using this as a paddle, he sought with frantic efforts to force the +boat nearer to the shore. But the tide was running very swiftly, +and the cover was only a small bit of board, so that his efforts +seemed to have but little result. He did indeed succeed in turning +the boat's head around; but this act, which was not accomplished +without the severest labor, did not seem to bring her nearer to the +shore to any perceptible extent. What he sought to do was to +achieve some definite motion to the boat, which might drag her out +of the grasp of the swift current; but that was the very thing +which he could not do, for so strong was that grasp, and so swift +was that current, that even an oar would have scarcely accomplished +what he wished. The bit of board, small, and thin, and frail, and +wielded with great difficulty and at a fearful disadvantage, was +almost useless. + +But, though he saw that he was accomplishing little or nothing, he +could not bring himself to give up this work. It seemed his only +hope; and so he labored on, sometimes working with both hands at +the board, sometimes plying his frail paddle with one hand, and +using the other hand at a vain endeavor to paddle in the water. In +his desperation he kept on, and thought that if he gained ever so +little, still, by keeping hard at work, the little that he gained +might finally tell upon the direction of the boat--at any rate, so +long as it might be in the river. He knew that the river ran for +some miles yet, and that some time still remained before he would +reach the bay. + +Thus Tom toiled on, half despairing, and nearly fainting with his +frenzied exertion, yet still refusing to give up, but plying his +frail paddle until his nerveless arms seemed like weights of lead, +and could scarce carry the board through the water. But the +result, which at the outset, and in the very freshness of his +strength, had been but trifling, grew less and less against the +advance of his own weakness and the force of that tremendous tide, +until at last his feeble exertions ceased to have any appreciable +effect whatever. + +There was no moon, but it was light enough for him to see the +shores--to see that he was in the very centre of that rapid +current, and to perceive that he was being borne past those dim +shores with fearful velocity. The sight filled him with despair, +but his arms gained a fresh energy, from time to time, out of the +very desperation of his soul. He was one of those natures which +are too obstinate to give up even in the presence of despair +itself; and which, even when hope is dead, still forces hope to +linger, and struggles on while a particle of life or of strength +remains. So, as he toiled on, and fought on, against this fate +which had suddenly fixed itself upon him, he saw the shores on +either side recede, and knew that every passing moment was bearing +him on to a wide, a cruel, and a perilous sea. He took one hasty +glance behind him, and saw what he knew to be the mouth of the +river close at hand; and beyond this a waste of waters was hidden +in the gloom of night. The sight lent new energy to his fainting +limbs. He called aloud for help. Shriek after shriek burst from +him, and rang wildly, piercingly, thrillingly upon the air of +night. But those despairing shrieks came to no human ear, and met +with no response. They died away upon the wind and the waters; and +the fierce tide, with swifter flow, bore him onward. + +The last headland swept past him; the river and the river bank were +now lost to him. Around him the expanse of water grew darker, and +broader, and more terrible. Above him the stars glimmered more +faintly from the sky. But the very habit of exertion still +remained, and his faint plunges still dipped the little board into +the water; and a vague idea of saving himself was still uppermost +in his mind. Deep down in that stout heart of his was a desperate +resolution never to give up while strength lasted; and well he +sustained that determination. Over him the mist came floating, +borne along by the wind which sighed around him; and that mist +gradually overspread the scene upon which his straining eyes were +fastened. It shut out the overhanging sky. It extinguished the +glimmering stars. It threw a veil over the receding shores. It +drew its folds around him closer and closer, until at last +everything was hidden from view. Closer and still closer came the +mist, and thicker and ever thicker grew its dense folds, until at +last even the water, into which he still thrust his frail paddle, +was invisible. At length his strength failed utterly. His hands +refused any longer to perform their duty. The strong, indomitable +will remained, but the power of performing the dictates of that +will was gone. He fell back upon the sail that lay in the bottom +of the boat, and the board fell from his hands. + +And now there gathered around the prostrate figure of the lost boy +all the terrors of thickest darkness. The fog came, together with +the night, shrouding all things from view, and he was floating over +a wide sea, with an impenetrable wall of thickest darkness closing +him in on all sides. + +As he thus lay there helpless, he had leisure to reflect for the +first time upon the full bitterness of his situation. Adrift in +the fog, and in the night, and borne onward swiftly down into the +Bay of Fundy--that was his position. And what could he do? That +was the one question which he could not answer. Giving way now to +the rush of despair, he lay for some time motionless, feeling the +rocking of the waves, and the breath of the wind, and the chill +damp of the fog, yet unable to do anything against these enemies. +For nearly an hour he lay thus inactive, and at the end of that +time his lost energies began to return. He rose and looked around. +The scene had not changed at all; in fact, there was no scene to +change. There was nothing but black darkness all around. Suddenly +something knocked against the boat. He reached out his hand, and +touched a piece of wood, which the next instant slipped from his +grasp. But the disappointment was not without its alleviation, for +he thought that he might come across some bits of drift wood, with +which he could do something, perhaps, for his escape. And so +buoyant was his soul, and so obstinate his courage, that this +little incident of itself served to revive his faculties. He went +to the stern of the boat, and sitting there, he tried to think upon +what might be best to be done. + +What could be done in such a situation? He could swim, but of what +avail was that? In what direction could he swim, or what progress +could he make, with such a tide? As to paddling, he thought of +that no more; paddling was exhausted, and his board was useless. +Nothing remained, apparently, but inaction. Inaction was indeed +hard, and it was the worst condition in which he could be placed, +for in such a state the mind always preys upon itself; in such a +state trouble is always magnified, and the slow time passes more +slowly. Yet to this inaction he found himself doomed. + +He floated on now for hours, motionless and filled with despair, +listening to the dash of the waves, which were the only sounds that +came to his ears. And so it came to pass, in process of time, that +by incessant attention to these monotonous sounds, they ceased to +be altogether monotonous, but seemed to assume various cadences and +intonations. His sharpened ears learned at last to distinguish +between the dash of large waves and the plash of small ones, the +sighing of the wind, the pressure of the waters against the boat's +bows, and the ripple of eddies under its stern. Worn out by +excitement and fatigue, he lay motionless, listening to sounds like +these, and taking in them a mournful interest, when suddenly, in +the midst of them, his ears caught a different cadence. It was a +long, measured sound, not an unfamiliar one, but one which he had +often heard--the gathering sound which breaks out, rising and +accumulating upon the ear, as the long line of surf falls upon some +rocky shore. He knew at once what this was, and understood by it +that he was near some shore; but what shore it might be he could +not know. The sound came up from his right, and therefore might be +the New Brunswick coast, if the boat had preserved its proper +position. But the position of the boat had been constantly +changing as she drifted along, so that it was impossible to tell +whether he was drifting stern foremost or bow foremost. The water +moved as the boat moved, and there was no means by which to judge. +He listened to the surf, therefore, but made no attempt to draw +nearer to it. He now knew perfectly well that with his present +resources no efforts of his could avail anything, and that his only +course would be to wait. Besides, this shore, whatever it was, +must be very different, he thought, from the banks of the +Petitcodiac. It was, as he thought, an iron-bound shore. And the +surf which he heard broke in thunder a mile away, at the foot of +giant precipices, which could only offer death to the hapless +wretch who might be thrown among them. He lay, therefore, +inactive, listening to this rolling surf for hours. At first it +grew gradually louder, as though he was approaching it; but +afterwards it grew fainter quite as gradually, until at length it +could no longer be heard. + +During all these lonely hours, one thing afforded a certain +consolation, and that was, the discovery that the sea did not grow +rougher. The wind that blew was the sou-wester, the dreaded wind +of fog and, storm; but on this occasion its strength was not put +forth; it blew but moderately, and the water was not very greatly +disturbed. The sea tossed the little boat, but was not high enough +to dash over her, or to endanger her in any way. None of its spray +ever came upon the recumbent form in the boat, nor did any moisture +come near him, save that which was deposited by the fog. At first, +in his terror, he had counted upon meeting a tempestuous sea; but, +as the hours passed, he saw that thus far there had been nothing of +the kind, and, if he were destined to be exposed to such a danger, +it lay as yet in the future. As long as the wind continued +moderate, so long would he toss over the little waves without being +endangered in any way. And thus, with all these thoughts, +sometimes depressing, at other times rather encouraging, he drifted +on. + +Hours passed away. + +At length his fatigue overpowered him more and more, and as he sat +there in the stern, his eyes closed, and his head fell heavily +forward. He laid it upon the sail which was in front of him, so as +to get an easier position, and was just closing his eyes again, +when a sound came to his ears which in an instant drove every +thought of sleep and of fatigue away, and made him start up and +listen with intense eagerness. + +It was the sound of a fog horn, such as is used by coasting +vessels, and blown during a fog, at intervals, to give warning of +their presence. The sound was a familiar one to a boy who had been +brought up on the fog-encircled and fish-haunted shores of +Newfoundland; and Tom's hearing, which had been almost hushed in +slumber, caught it at once. It was like the voice of a friend +calling to him. But for a moment he thought it was only a fancy, +or a dream, and he sat listening and quivering with excitement. He +waited and listened for some time, and was just about to conclude +that it was a dream, when suddenly it came again. There was no +mistake this time. It was a fog horn. Some schooner was sailing +these waters. O for day-light, and O for clear weather, so that he +might see it, and make himself seen! The sound, though clear, was +faint, and the schooner was evidently at a considerable distance; +but Tom, in his eagerness, did not think of that. He shouted with +all his strength. He waited for an answer, and then shouted again. +Once more he waited, and listened, and then again and again his +screams went forth over the water. But still no response came. At +last, after some interval, the fog horn again sounded. Again Tom +screamed, and yelled, and uttered every sound that could possibly +convey to human ears an idea of his presence, and of his distress. + +The sounds of the fog horn, however, did not correspond with his +cries. It was blown at regular intervals, which seemed painfully +long to Tom, and did not seem to sound as if in answer to him. At +first his hope was sustained by the discovery that the sounds were +louder, and therefore nearer; but scarcely had he assured himself +of this, when he perceived that they were growing fainter again, as +though the schooner had approached him, and then sailed away. This +discovery only stimulated him to more frantic exertions. He yelled +more and more loudly, and was compelled, at last, to cease from +pure exhaustion. But even then he did not cease till long after +the last notes of the departing fog horn had faintly sounded in his +ears. + +It was a disappointment bitter indeed, since it came after a +reviving hope. What made it all the worse was a fixed idea which +he had, that the schooner was no other than the Antelope. He felt +confident that she had come at once after him, and was now +traversing the waters in search of him, and sounding the horn so as +to send it to his ears and get his response. And his response had +been given with this result! This was the end of his hopes. He +could bear it no longer. The stout heart and the resolute +obstinacy which had so long struggled against fate now gave way +utterly. He buried his face in his hands, and burst into a passion +of tears. + +He wept for a long time, and roused himself, at last, with +difficulty, to a dull despair. What was the use of hoping, or +thinking, or listening? Hope was useless. It was better to let +himself go wherever the waters might take him. He reached out his +hand and drew the sail forward, and then settling himself down in +the stern of the boat, he again shut his eyes and tried to sleep. +But sleep, which a short time before had been so easy, was now +difficult. His ears took in once more the different sounds of the +sea, and soon became aware of a deeper, drearer sound than any +which had hitherto come to him. It was the hoarse roar of a great +surf, far more formidable than the one which he had heard before. +The tumult and the din grew rapidly louder, and at length became +so terrific that he sat upright, and strained his eyes in the +direction from which it came. Peering thus through the darkness, +he saw the glow of phosphorescent waves wrought out of the strife +of many waters; and they threw towards him, amid the darkness, a +baleful gleam which fascinated his eyes. A feeling came to him now +that all was over. He felt, as though he were being sucked into +some vortex, where Death lay in wait for him. He trembled. A +prayer started to his lips, and burst from him. Suddenly his boat +seemed caught by some resistless force, and jerked to one side; the +next instant it rose on some swelling wave, and was shot swiftly +forward. Tom closed his eyes, and a thrill of horror passed +through every nerve. All at once a rude shock was felt, and the +boat shook, and Tom thought he was going down. It seemed like the +blow of a rock, and he could think only of the ingulfing waters. +But the waters hesitated to claim their prey; the rushing motion +ceased; and soon the boat was tossing lightly, as before, over the +waves, while the hoarse and thunderous roar of those dread unseen +breakers, from which he had been so wondrously saved, arose +wrathfully behind, as though they were howling after their escaped +victim. A cry of gratitude escaped Tom, and with trembling lips he +offered a heart-felt prayer to that divine Power whose mighty hand +had just rescued him from a terrible doom. + +Tom's agitation had been so great that it was long before he could +regain his former calm. At last, however, his trembling subsided. +He heard no longer the howling surf. All was calm and quiet. The +wind ceased, the boat's motion was less violent, the long-resisted +slumber came once more to his eyes. Still his terror kept off +sleep, and as his eyes would close, they would every moment open +again, and he would start in terror and look around. + +At length he saw that the darkness was less profound. Light was +coming, and that light was increasing. He could see the dark +waters, and the gloomy folds of the enclosing mist became apparent. +He gave a heavy sigh, partly of terror at the thought of all that +he had gone through, and partly of relief at the approach of light. + +Well might he sigh, for this light was the dawn of a new day, and +showed him that he had been a whole night upon the waters. + +And now he could no longer struggle against sleep. His eyes closed +for the last time. His head fell forward on the wet sail. + +He was sound asleep. + + + + + + +VII. + +Lost in the Fog.--The Shoal and its Rocks.--Is it a Reef?--The +Truth.--Hoisting Sail.--A forlorn Hope.--Wild Steering.--Where am +I?--Land, ho! + + + + + +Tom slept for many hours; and when he at length awoke, he was +stiffened in every limb, and wet to the skin. It was his +constrained position and the heavy fog which had done this. He sat +up and looked around with a bewildered air; but it did not take a +long time for him to collect his wandering faculties, and arrive at +the full recollection of his situation. Gradually it all came +before him--the night of horror, the long drift, the frantic +struggles, the boom of the surf, the shrill, penetrating tone of +the fog horn, his own wild screams for help, the thunder of the +breakers, and the grasp of the giant wave; all these, and many +more, came back to his mind; and he was all too soon enabled to +connect his present situation with the desperate position of the +preceding night. + +In spite of all these gloomy thoughts, which thus rushed in one +accumulated mass over his soul, his first impulse had nothing to do +with these things, but was concerned with something very different +from useless retrospect, and something far more essential. He +found himself ravenously hungry; and his one idea was to satisfy +the cravings of his appetite. + +He thought at once of the box of biscuit. + +The sail which he had pulled forward had very fortunately covered +it up, else the contents might have been somewhat damaged. As it +was, the upper edges of the biscuits, which had been exposed before +being covered by the sail, were somewhat damp and soft, but +otherwise they were not harmed; and Tom ate his frugal repast with +extreme relish. Satisfying his appetite had the natural effect of +cheering his spirits, and led him to reflect with thankfulness on +the very fortunate presence of that box of biscuit in the boat. +Had it not been for that, how terrible would his situation be! But +with that he could afford to entertain hope, and might reasonably +expect to endure the hardships of his situation. Strange to say, +he was not at all thirsty; which probably arose from the fact that +he was wet to the skin. + +Immersing one's self in water is often resorted to by shipwrecked +mariners, when they cannot get a drink, and with successful +results. As for Tom, his whole night had been one long bath, in +which he had been exposed to the penetrating effects of the sea air +and the fog. + +He had no idea whatever of the time. The sun could not be seen, +and so thick was the fog that he could not even make out in what +part of the sky it might be. He had a general impression, however, +that it was midday; and this impression was not very much out of +the way. His breakfast refreshed him, and he learned now to attach +so much value to his box of biscuit, that his chief desire was to +save it from further injury. So he hunted about for the cover, and +finding it underneath the other end of the sail, he put it on the +box, and then covered it all up. In this position the precious +contents of the box were safe. + +The hour of the day was a subject of uncertainty, and so was the +state of the tide. Whether he was drifting up or down the bay he +could not tell for certain. His recollection of the state of the +tide at Petitcodiac, was but vague. He reckoned, however, from the +ship launch of the preceding day, and then, allowing sufficient +time for the difference in the tide, he approximated to a correct +conclusion. If it were midday, he thought that the tide would be +about half way down on the ebb. + +These thoughts, and acts, and calculations took up some time, and +he now began to look around him. Suddenly his eye caught sight of +something not far away, dimly visible through the mist. It looked +like a rock. A farther examination showed him that such was the +case. It was a rock, and he was drifting towards it. No sooner +had he ascertained this, than all his excitement once more +awakened. Trembling from head to foot at this sudden prospect of +escape, he started to his feet, and watched most eagerly the +progress of the boat. It was drifting nearer to the rock. Soon +another appeared, and then another. The rocks were black, and +covered with masses of sea-weed, as though they were submerged at +high tide. A little nearer, and he saw a gravelly strand lying +just beyond the rocks. His excitement grew stronger and stronger, +until at last it was quite uncontrollable. He began to fear that +he would drift past this place, into the deep water again. He +sprang into the bows, and grasping the rope in his hand, stood +ready to leap ashore. He saw that he was drawing nearer, and so +delayed for a while. Nearer he came and nearer. At length the +boat seemed to pass along by the gravelly beach, and move by it as +though it would go no nearer. This Tom could not endure. He +determined to wait no longer. He sprang. + +He sank into the water up to his armpits, but he did not lose his +hold of the rope. Clutching this in a convulsive grasp, he +regained his foothold, which he had almost lost, and struggled +forward. For a few moments he made no headway, for the boat, at +the pressure of the current, pulled so hard that he could not drag +it nearer. A terrible fear came to him that the rope might break. +Fortunately it did not, and, after a short but violent struggle, +Tom conquered the resistance of the tide, and pulled the boat +slowly towards the shore. He then towed it near to the rocks, +dragged its bows up as far as he could, and fastened it securely. + +Then he looked around. + +A few rocks were near him, about six feet high, jutting out of the +gravel; and beyond these were others, which rose out of the water. +Most of them were covered with sea-weed. A few sticks of timber +were wedged in the interstices of the nearest rocks. As to the +rest, he saw only a rocky ledge of small extent, which was +surrounded by water. Beyond this nothing was visible but fog. + +At first he had thought that this was a beach, but now he began to +doubt this. He walked all around, and went into the water on every +side, but found no signs of any neighboring shore. The place +seemed rather like some isolated ledge. But where was it, and how +far away was the shore? If he could only tell that! He stopped, +and listened intently; he walked all around, and listened more +intently still, in hopes of hearing the sound of some neighboring +surf. In vain. Nothing of the kind came to his ears. All was +still. The water was not rough, nor was there very much wind. +There was only a brisk breeze, which threw up light waves on the +surface. + +After a time he noticed that the tide was going down, and the area +of the ledge was evidently enlarging. This inspired hope, for he +thought that perhaps some long shoal might be disclosed by the +retreating tide, which might communicate with the main land. For +this he now watched intently, and occupied himself with measuring +the distance from the rock where his boat was tied. Doing this +from time to time, he found that every little while the number of +paces between the rock and the water's edge increased. This +occupation made the time pass rapidly; and at last Tom found his +stopping-place extending over an area of about a hundred yards in +length, and half as many in breadth. The rocks at one end had +increased in apparent size, and in number; but the ledge itself +remained unchanged in its general character. + +This, he saw, was its extreme limit, beyond which it did not +extend. There was no communication with any shore. There was no +more indication now of land than when he had first arrived. This +discovery was a gradual one. It had been heralded by many fears +and suspicions, so that at last, when it forced itself on his +convictions, he was not altogether unprepared. Still, the shock +was terrible, and once more poor Tom had to struggle with his +despair--a despair, too, that was all the more profound from the +hopes that he had been entertaining. He found, at length, in +addition to this, that the tide was rising, that it was advancing +towards his resting-place, and that it would, no doubt, overflow it +all before long. It had been half tide when he landed, and but a +little was uncovered; at full tide he saw that it would all be +covered up by the water,--sea weed, rocks, and all,--and concealed +from human eye. + +In the midst of these painful discoveries there suddenly occurred +to him the true name and nature of this place. + +Quaco Ledge! + +That was the place which Captain Corbet had described. He recalled +now the full description. Here it lay before him; upon it he +stood; and he found that it corresponded in every respect with the +description that the captain had given. If this were indeed so, +and the description were true,--and he could not doubt this,--how +desperate his situation was, and how he had been deceived in his +false hopes! Far, far away was he from any shore!--in the middle +of the bay; on a place avoided by all--a place which he should shun +above all other places if he hoped for final escape! + +And now he was as eager to quit this ill-omened place as he had +once been to reach it. The tide was yet low. He tried to push the +boat down, but could not. He saw that he would have to wait. So +he got inside the boat, and, sitting down, he waited patiently. +The time passed slowly, and Tom looked despairingly out over the +water. Something attracted his attention. It was a long pole, +which had struck against the edge of the shoal. He got out of the +boat, and, securing it, he walked back again. It was some waif +that had been drifting about till it was thus cast at his feet. He +thought of taking it for a mast, and making use of the sail. The +idea was an attractive one. He pulled the sail out, unfolded it, +and found it to be the jib of some schooner. He cut off one end of +this, and then with his knife began to make a hole in the seat for +his mast. It was very slow work, but he succeeded at last in doing +it, and inserted the pole. Then he fastened the sail to it. He +was rather ignorant of navigation, but he had a general idea of the +science, and thought he would learn by experience. By cutting off +the rope from the edge of the sail he obtained a sheet, and taking +off the cover of the biscuit box a second time, he put this aside +to use as a rudder. + +But now, in what direction ought he to steer? + +This was an insoluble problem. He could tell now by the flow of +the current the points of the compass, but could not tell in which +direction he ought to go. The New Brunswick coast he thought was +nearest, but he dreaded it. It seemed perilous and unapproachable. +He did not think much better of the Nova Scotia coast. He thought +rather of Cape d'Or, as a promising place of refuge, or the +Petitcodiac. So, after long deliberation, he decided on steering +back again, especially as the wind was blowing directly up the bay. + +By the time that he had finished these preparations and deliberations +the boat was afloat. Eagerly Tom pushed it away from the shoal; +eagerly, and with trembling hands, he let the sail unfold, and +thrust the board into the water astern. The boat followed the +impulse of the wind, and the young sailor saw with delight that his +experiment was successful, and before long the dark rocks of Quaco +Ledge were lost to view. + +Now, where there is a definite object to steer by, or a compass to +guide one, and a decent rudder, even an inexperienced hand can +manage to come somewhere near the point that he aims at. But take +a boat like Tom's, and a rude and suddenly extemporized sail, with +no other rudder than a bit of board, with no compass, and a +surrounding of thick fog, and it would puzzle even an experienced +sailor to guide himself aright. Tom soon suspected that his course +was rather a wild one; his board in particular became quite +unmanageable, and he was fatigued with trying to hold it in the +water. So he threw it aside, and boldly trusted to his sail alone. + +The boat seemed to him to be making very respectable progress. The +wind was fresh, and the sea only moderate. The little waves beat +over the bows, and there was quite a commotion astern. Tom thought +he was doing very well, and heading as near as possible towards the +Petitcodiac. Besides, in his excitement at being thus saved from +mere blind drifting, he did not much care where he went, for he +felt assured that he was now on the way out of his difficulties. + +In an hour or two after leaving the ledge it grew quite dark, and +Tom saw that it would be necessary to prepare for the night. His +preparations were simple, consisting in eating a half dozen +biscuit. He now began to feel a little thirsty, but manfully +struggled against this feeling. Gradually the darkness grew +deeper, until at last it assumed the intense character of the +preceding night. But still Tom sat up, and the boat went on. The +wind did not slacken, nor did the boat's progress cease. Hours +passed by in this way. As to the tides, Tom could not tell now +very well whether they were rising or falling, and, in fact, he was +quite indifferent, being satisfied fully with his progress. As +long as the wind distended his sail, and bore the boat onward, he +cared not whether the tide favored or opposed. + +Hours passed, but such was Tom's excitement that he still bore up, +and thought nothing of rest or of sleep. His attention was needed, +too, and so he kept wide awake, and his ears were ever on the +stretch to hear the slightest sound. But at last the intense +excitement and the long fatigue began to overpower him. Still he +struggled against his weakness, and still he watched and listened. + +Hours passed on, and the wind never ceased to fill the sail, and +the boat never ceased to go onward in a course of which Tom could +have no idea. It was a course totally different from the one which +be intended--a course which depended on the chance of the wind; and +one, too, which was varied by the sweep of the tide as it rose or +fell; but the course, such as it was, continued on, and Tom watched +and waited until, at last, from sheer exhaustion, he fell sound +asleep. + +His dreams were much disturbed, but he slept on soundly, and when +he awaked it was broad day. He looked around in deep disappointment. +Fog was everywhere, as before, and nothing could be seen. Whether +he was near any shore or not he could not tell. Suddenly he noticed +that the wind was blowing from an opposite direction. How to +account for this was at first a mystery, for the fog still +prevailed, and the opposite wind could not bring fog. Was it +possible that the boat had turned during his sleep? He knew that it +was quite possible. Indeed, he believed that this was the case. +With this impression he determined to act on the theory that the +boat had turned, and not that the wind had changed. The latter idea +seemed impossible. The wind was the chill, damp fog wind--the +sou-wester. Convinced of this, Tom turned the boat, and felt +satisfied that he had resumed his true course. + +After a time the wind went down, and the sail flapped idly against +the mast. Tom was in a fever of impatience, but could do nothing. +He felt himself to be once more at the mercy of the tides. The +wind had failed him, and nothing was left but to drift. All that +day he drifted, and night came on. Still it continued calm. Tom +was weary and worn out, but so intense was his excitement that he +could not think of sleep. At midnight the wind sprung up a little; +and now Tom determined to keep awake, so that the boat might not +again double on her track. He blamed himself for sleeping on the +previous night, and losing so much progress. Now he was determined +to keep awake. + +His resolution was carried out. His intense eagerness to reach +some shore, no matter where, and his fear of again losing what he +had gained, kept sleep from his eyes. All that night he watched +his boat. The wind blew fitfully, sometimes carrying the boat on +rapidly, again dying down. + +So the next morning came. + +It was Thursday. + +It was Monday night when he had drifted out, and all that time he +had been on the deep, lost in the fog. + +And now, wearied, dejected, and utterly worn out, he looked around +in despair, and wondered where this would end. Fog was everywhere, +as before, and, as before, not a thing could be seen. + +Hours passed on; the wind had sprang up fresh, and the boat went on +rapidly. + +Suddenly Tom sprang upright, and uttered a loud cry. + +There full before him he saw a giant cliff, towering far overhead, +towards which the boat was sailing. At its base the waves were +dashing. Over its brow trees were bending. In the air far above +he heard the hoarse cries of sea-gulls. + +In his madness he let the boat drive straight on, and was close to +it before he thought of his danger. He could not avoid it now, +however, for he did not know how to turn the boat. On it went, and +in a few moments struck the beach at the base of the cliff. + +The tide was high; the breeze was moderate, and there was but +little sun. The boat was not injured by running ashore there. Tom +jumped out, and, taking the rope in his hands, walked along the +rough and stony beach for about a hundred yards, pulling the boat +after him. There the cliff was succeeded by a steep slope, beyond +which was a gentle, grass-grown declivity. Towards this he bent +his now feeble steps, still tugging at the boat, and drawing it +after him. + +At length he reached the grassy slope, and found here a rough +beach. He fastened the boat securely to the trunk of a tree that +grew near. + +Then he lifted out the box of biscuit, and over this he threw the +sail. + +He stood for a few moments on the bank, and looked all around for +signs of some human habitation; but no signs appeared. Tom was too +exhausted to go in search of one. He had not slept for more than +thirty hours. The country that he saw was cleared. Hills were at +a little distance, but the fog which hung all around concealed +everything from view. One look was enough. + +Overwhelmed with gratitude, he fell upon his knees, and offered up +a fervent prayer of thankfulness for his astonishing escape. + +Then fatigue overpowered him, and, rolling himself up in the sail, +he went to sleep. + + + + + + +VIII. + +Off in Search.--Eager Outlook.--Nothing but Fog.--Speaking a +Schooner.--Pleasant Anecdotes.--Cheer up.--The Heart of Corbet. + + + + + +After the arrival of Bruce and Bart, Captain Corbet did not delay +his departure much longer. The vessel was already afloat, and +though the tide was still rising, yet the wind was sufficiently +favorable to enable her to go on her way. The sails were soon set, +and, with the new boat in tow, the Antelope weighed anchor, and +took her departure. For about two hours but little progress was +made against the strong opposing current; yet they had the +satisfaction of reaching the mouth of the river, and by ten +o'clock, when the tide turned and began to fall, they were fairly +in the bay. The wind here was ahead, but the strong tide was now +in their favor, and they hoped for some hours to make respectable +progress. + +During this time they had all kept an anxious lookout, but without +any result. No floating craft of any kind appeared upon the +surface of the water. Coming down the river, the sky was +unclouded, and all the surrounding scene was fully visible; but on +reaching the bay, they saw before them, a few miles down, a lofty +wall of light-gray cloud. Captain Corbet waved his hand towards +this. + +"We're in for it," said he, "or we precious soon will be." + +"What's that?" asked Phil. + +"Our old friend--a fog bank. You'd ought to know it by this time, +sure." + +There it lay, a few miles off, and every minute brought them +nearer. The appearance of the fog threw an additional gloom over +the minds of all, for they saw the hopeless character of their +search. Of what avail would it be to traverse the seas if they +were all covered by such thick mists? Still nothing else was to be +done, and they tried to hope for the best. + +"Any how," said Captain Corbet, "thar's one comfort. That thar fog +may go as quick as it come. It ony needs a change of wind. Why, +I've knowed it all vanish in half an hour, an the fog as thick as +it is now." + +"But sometimes it lasts long--don't it?" + +"I should think it did. I've knowed it hang on for weeks." + +At this gloomy statement the boys said not a word. + +Soon after the schooner approached the fog bank, and in a little +while it had plunged into the midst of its misty folds. The chill +of the damp clouds, as they enveloped them, struck additional chill +to their hearts. It was into the midst of this that poor Tom had +drifted, they thought, and over these seas, amidst this impenetrable +atmosphere, he might even now be drifting. In the midst of the deep +dejection consequent upon such thoughts, it was difficult for them +to find any solid ground for hope. + +The wind was moderate, yet adverse, and the schooner had to beat +against it. As she went on each tack, they came in sight of the +shores; but as time passed, the bay widened, and Captain Corbet +kept away from the land as much as possible. All the time the boys +never ceased to maintain their forlorn lookout, and watched over +the sides, and peered anxiously through the mist, in the hope that +the gloomy waters might suddenly disclose to their longing eyes the +form of the drifting boat and their lost companion. + +"I tell you what it is, boys," said Captain Corbet, after a long +and thoughtful silence; "the best plan of acting in a biz of this +kind is to pluck up sperrit an go on. Why, look at me. You mind +the time when that boat, that thar i-dentical, individdle boat, +drifted away onst afore, with youns in it. You remember all about +that,--course. Well, look at me. Did I mourn? Did I fret? Was I +cast down? Nary down; not me. I cheered up. I cheered up Mr. +Long. I kep everybody in good sperrits. An what was the result? +Result was, you all turned up in prime order and condition, a +enjyin of yourselves like all possessed, along with old O'Rafferty. + +"Again, my friends," he continued, as the boys made no remark, +"consider this life air short an full of vycissitoods. Ups an +downs air the lot of pore fallen hoomanity. But if at the fust +blast of misforten we give up an throw up the game, what's the good +of us? The question now, an the chief pint, is this--Who air we, +an whar air we goin, an what air we purposin to do? Fust, we air +hooman beins; secondly, we air a traversin the vast an briny main; +and thirdly, we hope to find a certain friend of ourn, who was +borne away from us by the swellin tide. Thar's a aim for us--a +high an holy aim; an now I ask you, as feller-critters, how had we +ought to go about it? Had we ought to peek, an pine, an fret, an +whine? Had we ought to snivel, and give it up at the fust? Or had +we ought, rayther, to be up an doin,--pluck up our sperrits like +men, and go about our important work with energy? Which of these +two, my friends? I pause for a reply." + +This was quite a speech for Captain Corbet, and the effort seemed +quite an exhaustive one. He paused some time for a reply; but as +no reply was forthcoming, he continued his remarks. + +"Now, see here," said he; "this here whole business reminds me of a +story I once read in a noospaper, about a man up in this here +identical river, the Petticoat Jack, who, like a fool, pulled up +his boat on the bank, and wont off to sleep in her. Wal, as a +matter of course, he floated off,--for the tide happened to be +risin,--an when he woke up out of his cool an refreshin slumbers, +he found himself afar on the briny deep, a boundin like 'a thing of +life,' o'er the deep heavin sea. Besides, it was precious foggy,-- +jest as it is now,--an the man couldn't see any more'n we can. +Wal, the story went on to say, how that thar man, in that thar +boat, went a driftin in that thar fashion, in that thar fog; an he +drifted, an drifted, an derifted, for days an days, up an down, on +one side an t'other side, an round every way,--an, mind you, he +hadn't a bit to eat, or to drink either, for that matter,--'t any +rate, the paper didn't mention no such thing; an so, you know, he +drifted, an d-e-e-e-rifted,--until at last he druv ashore. An now, +whar d'ye think he druv?" + +The boys couldn't think. + +"Guess, now." + +The boys couldn't guess. + +"D'ye guv it up?" + +They did. + +"Wal, the paper said, he druv ashore at Grand Manan; but I've my +doubts about it." + +The captain paused, looked all around through the fog, and stood +for a moment as though listening to some sound. + +"I kine o' thought," said he, "that I detected the dash of water on +the shore. I rayther think it's time to bring her round." + +The vessel was brought round on another tack, and the captain +resumed his conversation. + +"What I was jest sayin," he continued, "reminds me of a story I +onst heard, or read, I forget which (all the same, though), about +two boys which went adrift on a raft. It took place up in Scott's +Bay, I think, at a ship-yard in that thar locality. + +"These two unfortunate children, it seems, had made a raft in a +playful mude, an embarkin on it they had been amoosin theirselves +with paddlin about by pushin it with poles. At length they came to +a pint where poles were useless; the tide got holt of the raft, an +the ferrail structoor was speedily swept onward by the foorus +current. Very well. Time rolled on, an that thar raft rolled on +too,--far over the deep bellew sea,--beaten by the howlin storm, an +acted upon by the remorseless tides. I leave you to pictoor to +yourselves the sorrow of them thar two infant unfortunits, thus +severed from their hum an parients, an borne afar, an scarce enough +close on to keep 'em from the inclemency of the weather. So they +drifted, an drifted, an de-e-rifted, until at last they druv +ashore; an now, whar do you think it was that they druv?" + +The boys couldn't say. + +"Guess now." + +The boys declined. + +"Try." + +They couldn't. + +"Name some place." + +They couldn't think of any. + +"D'ye guv it up?" asked the captain, excitedly. + +They did. + +"Well, then," said he, in a triumphant tone, "they druv ashore on +Brier Island; an ef that thar ain't pooty tall driftin, then I'm a +Injine." + +To this the boys had no reply to make. + +"From all this," continued the captain, "you must perceive that +this here driftin is very much more commoner than you hev ben +inclined to bleeve it to be. You also must see that thar's every +reason for hope. So up with your gizzards! Pluck up your +sperrits! Rise and look fortin an the footoor squar in the face. +Squar off at fortin, an hav it out with her on the spot. I don't +want to hev you go mopin an whinin about this way. Hello!" + +Captain Corbet suddenly interrupted his remarks by an exclamation. +The exclamation was caused by the sudden appearance of a sail +immediately to windward. She was coming up the bay before the +wind, and came swiftly through the fog towards them. In passing on +her way, she came astern of the Antelope. + +"Schooner, ahoy!" cried Captain Corbet; and some conversation took +place, in which they learned that the stranger was the schooner +Wave, from St. John, and that she had not seen any signs whatever +of any drifting boat. + +This news was received sadly by the boys, and Captain Corbet had to +exert his utmost to rouse them from their depression, but without +much effect. + +"I don't know how it is," said he, plaintively, "but somehow your +blues air contiguous, an I feel as ef I was descendin into a +depression as deep as yourn. I don't remember when I felt so +depressed, cept last May--time I had to go off in the Antelope with +taters, arter I thought I'd done with seafarin for the rest of my +life. But that thar vessel war wonderously resussutated, an the +speouse of my buzzum druv me away to traverse the sea. An I had to +tar myself away from the clingin gerasp of my weepin infant,--the +tender bud an bulossum of an old man's life--tar myself away, an +feel myself a outcast. Over me hovered contennooly the image of +the pinin infant, an my heart quivered with responsive sympathy. +An I yearned--an I pined--an I groaned--an I felt that life would +be intoll'ble till I got back to the babby. An so it was that I +passed away, an had scace the heart to acknowledge your youthful +cheers. Wal, time rolled on, an what's the result? Here I air. +Do I pine now? Do I peek? Not a pine! Not a peek! As tender a +heart as ever bet still beats in this aged frame; but I am no +longer a purray to sich tender reminiscinsuz of the babby as onst +used to consume my vitals." + +Thus it was that the venerable captain talked with the boys, and it +was thus that he sought, by every possible means, to cheer them up. +In this way the day passed on, and after five or six hours they +began to look for a turn of tide. During this time the schooner +had been beating; and as the fog was as thick as ever, it was +impossible for the boys to tell where they were. Indeed, it did +not seem as though they had been making any progress. + +"We'll have to anchor soon," said the captain, closing his eyes and +turning his face meditatively to the quarter whence the wind came. + +"Anchor?" + +"Yes." + +"What for?" + +"Wal, you see it'll soon be dead low tide, an we can't go on any +further when it turns. We'll have wind an tide both agin us." + +"How far have we come now?" + +"Wal, we've come a pooty considerable of a lick now--mind I tell +you. 'Tain't, of course, as good as ef the wind had ben favorable, +but arter all, that thar tide was a pooty considerable of a tide, +now." + +"How long will you anchor?" + +"Why, till the next tarn of tide,--course." + +"When will that be?" + +"Wal, somewhar about eleven o'clock." + +"Eleven o'clock?" + +"Yes." + +"Why, that's almost midnight." + +"Course it is." + +"Wouldn't it be better to cruise off in the bay? It seems to me +anything is better than keeping still." + +"No, young sir; it seems to me that jest now anythin is better than +tryin to cruise in the bay, with a flood tide a comin up. Why, +whar d'ye think we'd be? It would ony take an hour or two to put +us on Cape Chignecto, or Cape d'Or, onto a place that we wouldn't +git away from in a hurry,--mind I tell you." + +To this, of course, the boys had nothing to say. So, after a half +hour's further sail, the anchor was dropped, and the Antelope +stopped her wanderings for a time. + +Tedious as the day had been, it was now worse. The fog was as +thick as ever, the scene was monotonous, and there was nothing to +do. Even Solomon's repasts had, in a great measure, lost their +attractions. He had spread a dinner for them, which at other +times, and under happier circumstances, would have been greeted +with uproarious enthusiasm; but at the present time it was viewed +with comparative indifference. It was the fog that threw this +gloom over them. Had the sky been clear, and the sun shining, they +would have viewed the situation with comparative equanimity; but +the fog threw terror all its own around Tom's position; and by +shutting them in on every side, it forced them to think of him who +was imprisoned in the same way--their lost companion, who now was +drifting in the dark. Besides, as long as they were in motion, +they had the consciousness that they were doing something, and that +of itself was a comfort; but now, even that consolation was taken +away from them, and in their forced inaction they fell back again +into the same despondency which they had felt at Petitcodiac. + +"It's all this fog, I do believe," said Captain Corbet. "If it +want for this you'd all cheer up, an be as merry as crickets." + +"Is there any prospect of its going away?" + +"Wal, not jest yet. You can't reckon on it. When it chooses to go +away, it does so. It may hang on for weeks, an p'aps months. +Thar's no tellin. I don't mind it, bein as I've passed my hull +life in the middle of fog banks; but I dare say it's a leetle tryin +to youns." + +The repast that Solomon spread for them on that evening was scarce +tasted, and to all his coaxings and remonstrances the boys made no +reply. After the tea was over, they went on deck, and stared +silently into the surrounding gloom. The sight gave them no +relief, and gave no hope. In that dense fog twilight came on soon, +and with the twilight came the shadows of the night more rapidly. +At last it grew quite dark, and finally there arose all around them +the very blackness of darkness. + +"The best thing to do," said Captain Corbet, "is to go to sleep. +In all kinds of darkness, whether intunnel or extunnel, I've allus +found the best plan to be to sleep it off. An I've knowed great +men who war of my opinion. Sleep, then, young sirs, while yet you +may, while yer young blood is warm, an life is fresh an fair, an +don't put it off to old age, like me, for you mayn't be able to do +it. Look at me! How much d'ye think I've slep sence I left Mud +Creek? Precious little. I don't know how it is, but bein alone +with you, an havin the respons'bility of you all, I kine o' don't +feel altogether able to sleep as I used to do; an sence our late +loss--I--wal, I feel as though I'd never sleep agin. I'm talkin an +talkin, boys, but it's a solemn time with me. On me, boys, rests +the fate of that lad, an I'll scour these here seas till he turns +up, ef I hev to do it till I die. Anxious? Yes, I am. I'm that +anxious that the diskivery of the lost boy is now the one idee of +my life, for which I forget all else; but allow me to say, at the +same time, that I fully, furmly, an conshuentiously bleve an affum, +that my conviction is, that that thar lad is bound to turn up all +right in the end--right side up--with care--sound in every respect, +in good order an condition, jest as when fust shipped on board the +good schooner Antelope, Corbet master, for Petticoat Jack, as per +bill ladin." + +The captain's tones were mournful. He heaved a deep sigh as he +concluded, and relapsed into a profound and melancholy silence. + +The boys waited on deck for some time longer, and finally followed +his advice, and sought refuge below. They were young and strong, +and the fatigue which they felt brought on drowsiness, which, in +spite of their anxiety, soon deepened into sleep. All slept, and +at length Captain Corbet only was awake. It was true enough, as he +had said, the fate of the lost boy rested upon him, and he felt it. +His exhortations to the boys about keeping up their courage, and +his stories about lost men who had drifted to a final rescue, were +all spoken more with reference to himself than to them. He sought +to keep up his own courage by these words. Yet, in spite of his +efforts, a profound depression came over him, and well nigh subdued +him. No one knew better than he the many perils which beset the +drifting boat in these dangerous waters--the perils of storm, the +perils of fog, the perils of thick darkness, the perils of furious +tides, the perils of sunken rocks, of shoals, and of iron-bound +coasts. The boys had gone to sleep, but there was no sleep for +him. He wandered restlessly about, and heavy sighs escaped him. +Thus the time passed with him until near midnight. Then he roused +the mate, and they raised the anchor and hoisted the sails. It was +now the turn of tide, and the waters were falling again, and the +current once more ran down the bay. To this current he trusted the +vessel again, beating, as before, against the head wind, which was +still blowing; and thus the Antelope worked her way onward through +all that dark and dismal night, until at last the faint streaks of +light in the east proclaimed the dawn of another day. + +Through all that night the boys slept soundly. The wind blew, the +waves dashed, but they did not awake. The anchor was hoisted, and +the sails were set, but the noise failed to rouse them. Weariness +of body and anxiety of mind both conspired to make their sleep +profound. Yet in that profound sleep the anxiety of their minds +made itself manifest; and in their dreams their thoughts turned to +their lost companion. They saw him drifting over the stormy +waters, enveloped in midnight darkness, chilled through with the +damp night air, pierced to the bone by the cold night wind; +drifting on amid a thousand dangers, now swept on by furious tides +towards rocky shores, and again drawn back by refluent currents +over vast sunken sea-ledges, white with foam. Thus through all the +night they slept, and as they slept the Antelope dashed on through +the waters, whose foaming waves, as they tumbled against her sides +and over her bows, sent forth sounds that mingled with their +dreams, and became intermingled with poor Tom's mournful cries. + + + + + + +IX. + +Awake once more.--Where are we?--The giant cliff.--Out to Sea.-- +Anchoring and Drifting.--The Harbor.--The Search.--No Answer.-- +Where's Solomon? + + + + + +Scarce had the streaks of light greeted Captain Corbet's eyes, and +given him the grateful prospect of another day, when the boys +awaked and hurried up on deck. Their first act was to take a +hurried look all around. The same gloomy and dismal prospect +appeared--black water and thick, impenetrable fog. + +"Where are we now, Captain?" asked Bruce. + +"Wal, a con-siderable distance down the bay." + +"What are you going to do?" + +"Wal--I've about made up my mind whar to go." + +"Where?" + +"I'm thinkin of puttin into Quaco." + +"Quaco?" + +"Yes." + +"How far is it from here?" + +"Not very fur, 'cordin to my calc'lations. My idee is, that the +boat may have drifted down along here and got ashore. Ef so, he +may have made for Quaco, an its jest possible that we may hear +about him." + +"Is this the most likely place for a boat to go ashore?" + +"Wal, all things considered, a boat is more likely to go ashore on +the New Brunswick side, driftin from Petticoat Jack; but at the +same time 'tain't at all certain. Thar's ony a ghost of a chance, +mind. I don't feel over certain about it." + +"Will we get to Quaco this tide?" + +"Scacely." + +"Do you intend to anchor again?" + +"Wal, I rayther think I'll hev to do it. But we'd ought to get to +Quaco by noon, I calc'late. I'm a thinkin--Hello! Good +gracious!" + +The captain's sudden exclamation interrupted his words, and made +all turn to look at the object that had called it forth. One +glance showed an object which might well have elicited even a +stronger expression of amazement and alarm. + +Immediately in front of them arose a vast cliff,--black, rocky, +frowning,--that ascended straight up from the deep water, its +summit lost in the thick fog, its base white with the foaming waves +that thundered there. A hoarse roar came up from those breaking +waves, which blended fearfully with the whistle of the wind through +the rigging, and seemed like the warning sound of some dark, drear +fate. The cliff was close by, and the schooner had been steering +straight towards it. So near was it that it seemed as though one +could have easily tossed a biscuit ashore. + +But though surprised, Captain Corbet was not in the least confused, +and did not lose his presence of mind for a moment. Putting the +helm hard up, he issued the necessary commands in a cool, quiet +manner; the vessel went round, and in a few moments the danger was +passed. Yet so close were they, that in wearing round it seemed as +though one could almost have jumped from the stern upon the rocky +shelves which appeared in the face of the lofty cliff. + +Captain Corbet drew a long breath. + +"That's about the nighest scratch I remember ever havin had," was +his remark, as the Antelope went away from the land. "Cur'ous, +too; I don't see how it happened. I lost my reckonin a little. +I'm a mile further down than I calc'lated on bein." + +"Do you know that place?" asked Bart. + +"Course I know it." + +"It's lucky for us we didn't go there at night." + +"Yes, it is rayther lucky; but then there wan't any danger o' that, +cos, you see, I kep the vessel off by night, an the danger couldn't +hev riz. I thought we were a mile further up the bay; we've been a +doin better than I thought for." + +"Shall we be able to get into Quaco any sooner?" + +"Wal, not much." + +"I thought from what you said that we were a mile nearer." + +"So we air, but that don't make any very great difference." + +"Why, we ought to get in all the sooner, I should think." + +"No; not much." + +"Why not? I don't understand that." + +"Wal, you see it's low tide now." + +"The tides again!" + +"Yes; it's allus the tides that you must consider here. Wal, it's +low tide now, an the tide's already on the turn, an risin. We've +got to anchor." + +"Anchor!" + +"Yes." + +"What, again?" + +"Yes, agin. Even so. Ef we didn't anchor we'd only be drifted up +again, ever so far, an lose all that we've ben a gainin. We're not +more'n a mile above Quaco Harbor, but we can't fetch it with wind +an tide agin us; so we've got to put out some distance an anchor. +It's my firm belief that we'll be in Quaco by noon. The next +fallin tide will carry us thar as slick as a whistle, an then we +can pursue our investigations." + +The schooner now held on her course for about a mile away from the +shore, and then came to anchor. The boys had for a moment lost +sight of this unpleasant necessity, and had forgotten that they had +been using up the hours of the ebb tide while asleep. There was no +help for it, however, and they found, to their disgust, another day +of fog, and of inaction. + +Time passed, and breakfast came. Solomon now had the satisfaction +of seeing them eat more, and gave manifest signs of that +satisfaction by the twinkle of his eye and the lustre of his ebony +brow. After this the time passed on slowly and heavily; but at +length eleven o'clock came, and passed, and in a short time they +were once more under way. + +"We're going to Quaco now--arn't we?" asked Phil. + +"Yes; right straight on into Quaco Harbor, fair an squar." + +"I don't see how it's possible for you to know so perfectly where +you are." + +"Young sir, there ain't a nook, nor a corner, nor a hole, nor a +stun, in all the outlinin an configoortion of this here bay but +what's mapped out an laid down all c'rect in this here brain. I'd +undertake to navigate these waters from year's end to year's end, +ef I was never to see the sun at all, an even ef I was to be +perpetooly surrounded by all the fogs that ever riz. Yea, verily, +and moreover, not only this here bay, but the hull coast all along +to Bosting. Why, I'm at home here on the rollin biller. I'm the +man for Mount Desert, an Quoddy Head, an Grand Manan, an all other +places that air ticklish to the ginrality of seafarin men. Why, +young sir, you see before you, in the humble an unassumin person of +the aged Corbet, a livin, muvin, and sea-goin edition of Blunt's +Coast Pilot, revised and improved to a precious sight better +condition than it's ever possible for them fellers in Bosting to +get out. By Blunt's Coast Pilot, young sir, I allude to a +celebrated book, as big as a pork bar'l, that every skipper has in +his locker, to guide him on his wanderin way--ony me. I don't have +no call to use sech, being myself a edition of useful information +techin all coastin matters." + +The Antelope now proceeded quickly on her way. Several miles were +traversed. + +"Now, boys, look sharp," said the captain; "you'll soon see the +settlement." + +They looked sharp. + +For a few moments they went onward through the water, and at length +there was visible just before them what seemed like a dark cloud +extending all along. A few minutes further progress made the dark +cloud still darker, and, advancing further, the dark cloud finally +disclosed itself as a line of coast. It was close by them, and, +even while they were recognizing it as land, they saw before them +the outline of a wharf. + +"Good agin!" cried the captain. "I didn't come to the wharf I +wanted, but this here'll do as well as any other, an I don't know +but what it'll do better. Here we air, boys. Stand by thar, mate, +to let fall the jib." + +On they went, and in a few minutes more the Antelope wore round, +and her side just grazed the wharf. The mate jumped ashore, lines +were secured, and the Antelope lay in safety. + +"An now, boys, we may all go ashore, an see if we can hear anything +about the boat." + +With these words Captain Corbet stepped upon the wharf, followed by +all the boys, and they all went up together, till they found +themselves on a road. There they saw a shop, and into this they +entered. No time was to be lost; the captain at once told his +story, and asked his question. + +The answer was soon made. + +Nothing whatever was known there about any boat. Two or three +schooners had arrived within two days, and the shopkeeper had seen +the skippers, but they had not mentioned any boat. No boat had +drifted ashore anywhere near, nor had any strange lad arrived at +the settlement. + +This intelligence depressed them all. + +"Wal, wal," said the captain, "I didn't have much hopes; it's jest +as I feared; but, at the same time, I'll ask further. An first and +foremost I'll go an see them schooners." + +He then went off with the boys in search of the schooners just +mentioned. These were found without difficulty. One had come from +up the bay, another from St. John, and a third from Eastport. None +of them had encountered anything like a drilling boat. The one +from up the bay afforded them the greatest puzzle. She must have +come down the very night of Tom's accident. If he did drift down +the bay in his boat, he must have been not very far from the +schooner. In clear weather he could not have escaped notice; but +the skipper had seen nothing, and heard nothing. He had to beat +down against the wind, and anchor when the tide was rising; but, +though he thus traversed so great an extent of water, nothing +whatever attracted his attention. + +"This sets me thinkin," said the captain, "that, perhaps, he mayn't +have drifted down at all. He may have run ashore up thar. Thar's +a chance of it, an we must all try to think of that, and cheer up, +as long as we can." + +Leaving the schooners, the captain now went through the settlement, +and made a few inquiries, with no further result. Nothing had been +heard by any one about any drifting boat, and they were at last +compelled to see that in Quaco there was no further hope of gaining +any information whatever about Tom. + +After this, the captain informed the boys that he was going back to +the schooner to sleep. + +"I haven't slep a wink," said he, "sence we left Grand Pre, and +that's more'n human natur can ginrally stand; so now I'm bound to +have my sleep out, an prepare for the next trip. You boys had +better emply yourselves in inspectin this here village." + +"When shall we leave Quaco?" + +"Wal, I'll think that over. I haven't yet made up my mind as to +what's best to be done next. One thing seems certain. There ain't +no use goin out in this fog, an I've half a mind to wait here till +to-morrow." + +"To-morrow!" + +"Yes,--an then go down to St. John." + +"But what'll poor Tom be doing?" + +"It's my firm belief that he's all right," said Captain Corbet, +confidently. "At any rate, you'd better walk about now, an I'll +try an git some sleep." + +As there was nothing better to be done, the boys did as he +proposed, and wandered about the village. It was about two miles +long, with houses scattered at intervals along the single street of +which it was composed, with here, and there a ship-yard. At one +end was a long, projecting ledge, with a light-house; at the other +there was a romantic valley, through which a stream ran into the +bay. On the other side of this stream were cliffs of sandstone +rocks, in which were deep, cavernous hollows, worn by the waves; +beyond this, again, was a long line of a precipitous shore, in +whose sides were curious shelves, along which it was possible to +walk for a great distance, with the sea thundering on the rocks +beneath. At any other time they would have taken an intense +enjoyment in a place like this, where there were so many varied +scenes; but now their sense of enjoyment was blunted, for they +carried in their minds a perpetual anxiety. None the less, however, +did they wander about, penetrating up the valley, exploring the +caverns, and traversing the cliffs. + +They did not return to the schooner till dusk. It would not be +high tide till midnight, and so they prolonged their excursion +purposely, so as to use up the time. On reaching the schooner they +were welcomed by Captain Corbet. + +"I declar, boys," said he, "I'm getting to be a leetle the biggest +old fool that ever lived. It's all this accident. It's onmanned +me. I had a nap for two or three hours, but waked at six, an ever +sence I've been a worretin an a frettin about youns. Sence that +thar accident, I can't bar to have you out of my sight, for I fear +all the time that you ar gettin into mischief. An now I've been +skeart for two mortal hours, a fancyin you all tumblin down from +the cliffs, or a strugglin in the waters." + +"O, we can take care of ourselves, captain," said Bart + +"No, you can't--not you. I wouldn't trust one of you. I'm getting +to be a feeble creetur too,--so don't go away agin." + +"Well, I don't think we'll have a chance in Quaco. Arn't we going +to leave to-night?" + +"Wal, that thar is jest the pint that I've been moosin on. You see +it's thick; the fog's as bad as ever. What's the use of going out +to-night? Now, ef we wait till to-morrow, it may be clear, an then +we can decide what to do." + +At this proposal, the boys were silent for a time. The experience +which they had formed of the bay and its fogs showed them how +useless would be any search by night, and the prospect of a clear +day, and, possibly, a more favorable wind on the morrow, was very +attractive. The question was debated by all, and considered in all +its bearings, and the discussion went on until late, when it was +finally decided that it would be, on the whole, the wisest course +to wait until the following day. Not the least influential of the +many considerations that occurred was their regard for Captain +Corbet. They saw that he was utterly worn out for want of sleep, +and perceived how much he needed one night's rest. This finally +decided them. + +Early on the following morning they were all up, and eager to see +if there was any change in the weather. The first glance around +elicited a cry of admiration from all of them. Above, all was +clear and bright. The sun was shining with dazzling lustre; the +sky was of a deep blue, and without a cloud on its whole expanse; +while the wide extent of the bay spread out before them, blue like +the sky above, which it mirrored, and throwing up its waves to +catch the sunlight. A fresh north wind was blowing, and all the +air and all the sea was full of light and joy. + +The scene around was in every respect magnificent. The tide was +low, and the broad beach, which now was uncovered by the waters, +spread afar to the right and left in a long crescent that extended +for miles. On its lower extremity it was terminated by a ledge of +black rocks, with the light-house before spoken of, while its upper +end was bounded by cavernous cliffs of red sandstone, which were +crowned with tufted trees. Behind them were the white houses of +the village, straggling irregularly on the borders of the long +road, with here and there the unfinished fabric of some huge ship; +while in the background were wooded hills and green sloping fields. +Out on the bay a grander scene appeared. Far down arose a white +wall, which marked the place where the fog clouds were sullenly +retreating; immediately opposite, and forty miles away over the +water, arose the long line of the Nova Scotia coast, which bounded +the horizon; while far up arose Cape Chignecto, and beside it +towered up the dark form of a lonely island, which they knew, in +spite of the evident distortion of its shape, to be no other than +Ile Haute. + +The wondrous effects which can be produced by the atmosphere were +never more visible to their eyes than now. The coast of Nova +Scotia rose high in the air, dark in color, apparently only half +its actual distance away, while the summit of that coast seemed as +level as a table. It seemed like some vast structure which had +been raised out of the water during the night by some magic power. +Ile Haute arose to an extraordinary height, its summit perfectly +level, its sides perfectly perpendicular, and its color a dark +purple hue. Nor was Cape Chignecto less changed. The rugged cliff +arose with magnified proportions to a majestic height, and took +upon itself the same sombre color, which pervaded the whole of the +opposite coast. + +Another discussion was now begun as to their best plan of action. +After talking it all over, it was finally decided to go to St. +John. There they would have a better opportunity of hearing about +Tom; and there, too, if they did hear, they could send messages to +him, or receive them from him. So it was decided to leave at about +eleven o'clock, without waiting for high tide; for, as the wind was +fair, they could go on without difficulty. After coming to this +conclusion, and learning that the tide would not be high enough to +float the schooner until eleven, they all took breakfast, and +stimulated by the exhilarating atmosphere and the bright sunshine, +they dispersed down the village towards the light-house. + +By ten o'clock they were back again. The tide was not yet up, and +they waited patiently. + +"By the way, captain," asked Bart, "what's become of Solomon?" + +"Solomon? O, he took a basket an went off on a kine o' foragin +tower." + +"Foraging?" + +"Yes. He said he'd go along the shore, and hunt for lobsters." + +"The shore? What shore?" + +"Why, away up thar," said the captain, pointing towards the +headland at the upper end of the village. + +"How long since?" + +"Wal, jest arter breakfast. It must hev ben afore seven." + +"It's strange that he hasn't got back." + +"Yes; he'd ought to be back by this time." + +"He can't get any lobsters now; the tide is too high." + +"That's a fact." + +They waited half an hour. The rising tide already touched the +Antelope's keel. + +"Solomon ought to be back," cried Bart, starting up. + +"That's so," said Captain Corbet. + +"I'm afraid something's happened. He's been gone too long. Two +hours were enough." + +The boys all looked at one another with anxious faces. + +"If he went up that shore," said Bart, "he may have got caught by +the tide. It's a very dangerous place for anybody--let alone an +old man like him." + +"Wal, he did go up thar; he said partic'lar that he wanted to find +somethin of a relish, an would hunt up thar. He said, too, he'd be +back by nine." + +"I'm certain something's happened," cried Bart, more anxiously +than before. "If he's gone up there, he's been caught by the +tide." + +Captain Corbet stared, and looked uneasy. + +"Wal, I must say, that thar's not onlikely. It's a bad place, a +dreadful bad place,--an him an old man,--a dreadful bad place. +He'd be down here by this time, ef he was alive." + +"I won't wait any longer," cried Bart. "I must go and see. Come +along, boys. Don't let's leave poor old Solomon in danger. Depend +upon it, he's caught up there somewhere." + +"Wal, I think you're right," said Captain Corbet, "an I'll go too. +But ef we do go, we'd better go with some preparations." + +"Preparations? What kind of preparations?" + +"O, ony a rope or two," said Captain Corbet; and taking a coil of +rope over his arm, he stepped ashore, and all the boys hurried +after him. + +"I feel kine o' safer with a kile o' rope,--bein a seafarin man," +he remarked. "Give a seafarin man a rope, an he'll go anywhar an +do anythin. He's like a spider onto a web." + + + + + + +X. + +Tom ashore.--Storm at Night.--Up in the Morning.--The Cliffs and +the Beach.--A startling Discovery.--A desert Island.--A desperate +Effort.--Afloat again. + + + + + +Tom slept soundly for a long time in the spot where he had flung +himself. The sense of security came to the assistance of his +wearied limbs, and lulled him into profounder slumbers. There was +nothing here that might rudely awaken him--no sudden boat shocks, +no tossings and heavings of waves, no hoarse, menacing thunders of +wrathful surges from rocky shores; nor were there distressing +dreams to harass him, or any anxieties carried from his waking +hours into the land of slumbers to annoy and to arouse. From +Monday night until this time on Thursday, he had known but little +sleep, and much fatigue and sorrow. Now the fatigue and the sorrow +were all forgotten, and the sleep was all his own. Not a thought +had he given to the land which he had reached so strangely. It was +enough for him that he felt the solid ground beneath his feet. + +For hours he slept there, lying there like a log, wrapped in the +old sail, moving not a limb, but given up altogether to his +refreshing slumber. At length he waked, and, uncovering his head, +looked around. At first he thought that he was in the boat, then +he grew bewildered, and it was only after a persistent effort of +memory that he could recollect his position. + +He looked all around, but nothing was visible. There was nothing +around him but darkness, intense and utter. It was like the +impenetrable veil that had enshrouded him during the night of his +memorable voyage. He could not see where his boat was. A vague +idea which he had of examining its fastening was dismissed. He +felt hungry, and found the biscuit box lying under one corner of +the sail. A few of these were sufficient to gratify his hunger. +Nothing more could be done, and he saw plainly that it would be +necessary for him to wait there patiently until morning. Once +more, therefore, he rolled himself up in the sail, and tried to go +to sleep. But at first his efforts were vain. The first fatigue +had passed away, and now that he had been refreshed by sleep, his +mind was too much occupied by thoughts of his past voyage to be +readily lulled to sleep again. He could not help wondering what +Captain Corbet and the boys were doing. That they were searching +for him everywhere he well knew, but which direction they had +chosen he could not tell. And what was the place whither he had +drifted? He felt confident that it was the mouth of the +Petitcodiac, and could not help wondering at the accuracy of his +course; yet, while wondering, he modestly refrained from taking the +credit of it to himself, and rather chose to attribute it to the +wind and tide. It was by committing himself so completely to their +guidance, he thought, that he had done so well. + +In the midst of such thoughts as these, Tom became aware of the +howling of the wind and the dash of the waters. Putting forth his +head, he found that there was quite a storm arising; and this only +added to his contentment. No fear had he now, on this solid +ground, of rising wind or swelling wave. Even the fog had lost its +terrors. It was with feelings like these that he once more covered +up his head from the night blast; and not long after he was once +more asleep. + +When he next awaked, it was day. Starting to his feet, he looked +around him, and shouted for joy. The sky was clear. The sun was +rising, and its rays, coming from over the distant hills, were +glittering over the surface of the water. The wind had changed. +The fog had dispersed. + +No sooner had he seen this than he was filled with curiosity to +know where he was. This did not look much like the mouth of the +Petitcodiac. He stared around with a very strange sensation. + +Immediately beside him, where he was standing, the easy slope went +back for a hundred yards or so, covered with short, wild grass, +with here and there a stunted tree. Turning round, he saw the land +rising by a steep acclivity towards the heights which bordered on +the sea in such tremendous cliffs. Over the heights, and along the +crest of those cliffs, were flying great flocks of sea-gulls, which +kept up one incessant chorus of harsh, discordant screams. In +front of him spread out a broad sheet of water, on the opposite +side of which arose a lofty line of coast. Into this there +penetrated a long strait, beyond which he could see broad waters +and distant shores--a bay within a bay, approached by this strait. +On each side of the strait were lofty, towering cliffs; and on one +side, in particular, the cliffs were perpendicular, and ran on in a +long and unbroken wall. The extremity of the cliff nearest him was +marked by a gigantic mass of broken rock, detached from the main +land, and standing alone in awful grandeur. + +What place was this? Was this the mouth of the Petitcodiac? Was +that broad bay a river? Was he still dreaming, or what did it all +mean? And that gigantic fragment severed from a cliff, which thus +stood guard at the entrance of a long strait, what was that? Could +it be possible? Was there indeed any other broken cape, or could +it be possible that this was Cape Split? + +He hurried up the slope, and on reaching the top, saw that it +descended on the other side towards the water. This water was a +broad sheet, which extended for seven or eight miles, and was +terminated by a lofty coast that extended down the bay as far as +the eye could reach. One comprehensive glance was sufficient. He +saw it all, and understood it all. It was not the mouth of the +Petitcodiac River. It was the entrance to the Basin of Minas that +lay before him. There lay the great landmarks, seen under new +aspects, it is true, yet now sufficiently distinguishable. There +was the Nova Scotia coast. In yonder hollow was Scott's Bay. That +giant rock was Cape Split. The long channel was the Strait of +Minas, and the cliffs opposite were Cape d'Or and Cape Chignecto. + +And now the recognition of all these places brought to him a great +and sudden shock. + +For what was this place on which he stood? Was it any part of the +main land? + +It was not. + +He looked around. + +It was an island. + +He saw its lofty cliffs, its wooded crest, its flocks of sea-gulls, +its sloping east end, where he stood, running down to a low point. +He had seen them all at a distance before; and now that he stood +here, he recognized all. + +He was on Ile Haute! + +The moment that he recognized this startling fact, he thought of +his boat. He hurried to the beach. The tide was very low. To his +immense relief he found the fastening of the boat secure, and he +turned away at once, without any further examination, to think over +his situation, and consider the best plan for reaching the main +land. Making a comfortable seat for himself on the sail, he sat +down, and drawing out the box, he took some biscuit. Then feeling +thirsty, he went off in search of fresh water. Before he had +walked many paces he found a brook. + +The brook was a small one, which ran from the lofty west end of the +island to the low land of the east, and thence into the bay. The +water was good, and Tom satisfied his thirst by a long draught. + +Judging by the position of the sun, it was now about seven o'clock +in the morning; and Tom seated himself once more, and began to try +to think how it was that he should have come in a direction so +entirely different from the one which he had believed himself to be +taking. He had fully expected to land at Petitcodiac, and he found +himself far away on the other side of the bay. Yet a little +reflection showed him how useless it was to try to recall his past +voyage, and how impossible it was for him to account for it, +ignorant as he was of the true direction of the wind and of the +tide. He contented himself with marking a rude outline of his +course on his memorandum book, making allowance for the time when +he turned on that course; and having summed it all up to his own +satisfaction in a crooked line which looked like a slip-knot, he +turned his attention to more important matters. + +There was one matter of first-rate importance which now pressed +itself upon his thoughts, and that was, how to escape from his +present situation. As far as he could see, there was no inhabitant +on the island, no house, no cultivation, and no domestic animal. +If there had been anything of that kind, they would be visible, he +knew, from the point where he was standing. But all was deserted; +and beyond the open ground in his neighborhood arose the east end, +wooded all over its lofty summit. From Captain Corbet's words, and +from his own observation, he knew that it was a desert island, and +that if he wished to escape he would have to rely altogether upon +his own resources. + +With this conclusion he once more turned his attention to his +surroundings. + +Nearest to him was Cape d'Or, about four miles away, and Cape +Split, which was some distance farther. Then there was the Nova +Scotia shore, which appeared to be seven or eight miles distant. +On the beach and within sight was the boat which offered a sure and +easy mode of passing over to the main land. But no sooner did he +recognize this fact than a difficulty arose. How was he to make +the passage? The boat had come ashore at high tide, and was close +up to the grassy bank. The tide was far down, and between the boat +and the water was a broad beach, covered with cobblestones, and +interspersed with granite boulders. It was too heavy a weight for +him to move any distance, and to force it down to the water over +such a beach was plainly impossible. On the other hand, he might +wait until the boat floated at high tide, and then embark. But +this, again, would be attended with serious difficulties. The +tide, he saw, would turn as soon as he should get fairly afloat, +and then he would have to contend with the downward current. True, +he might use his sail, and in that case he might gain the Nova +Scotia shore; but his experience of the tides had been so terrible +a one, that he dreaded the tremendous drift which he would have to +encounter, and had no confidence in his power of navigating under +such circumstances. Besides, he knew well that although the wind +was now from the north, it was liable to change at any moment; so +that even if he should be able to guide his boat, he might yet be +suddenly enveloped by a fog when but half way over, and exposed +once more to all those perils from which he had just escaped. The +more he thought of all these dangers, the more deterred he felt +from making any such attempt. Rather would he wait, and hope for +escape in some other way. + +But, as yet, he did not feel himself forced to anything so +desperate as that. There was another alternative. At high tide +the boat would be afloat, and then, as the tide fell, he could keep +her afloat until it was at its lowest. He could then embark, and +be carried by the returning water straight on to the Straits of +Minas, and up into the basin. He now made a calculation, and +concluded that it would be high tide about midday, and low tide +about six in the evening. If he were to embark at that time, he +would have two hours of daylight in which to run up with the tide. +He saw now that his whole plan was perfectly feasible, and it only +remained to make preparations for the voyage. As the whole +afternoon would be taken up in floating the boat down to low-water +mark, the morning would have to be employed in making whatever +arrangements might be necessary. + +Certain things were needed which required all that time. His +hastily extemporized mast and sail had done wonderfully well, but +he needed something to steer with. If he could only procure +something that would serve the purpose of a rudder, he would feel +well prepared for his voyage. + +On the search for this he now started. He walked all about the +open ground, looking around in all directions, to see if he could +find anything, but without any success. Then he ascended the +declivity towards the woods, but nothing appeared which was at all +adapted to meet his wants. He saw a young tree, which he thought +might do, and tried to cut it down with his pocket-knife. After +about an hour's hard work he succeeded in bringing it down, and +another hour was spent in trimming the branches. The result of all +this labor at length lay at his feet in the shape of a rough pole, +with jagged splinters sticking out all over it, which promised to +be of about as much utility as a spruce bush. In utter disgust he +turned away, leaving the pole on the ground, and making up his mind +to sail, as he did before, without any rudder. In this mood he +descended the declivity, and walked disconsolately towards the +shore which was on the side of the island directly opposite to +where the boat lay. He had not yet been near enough to see the +beach; but now, as he came nearer, a cry of delight escaped him +involuntarily; for there, all along the beach, and close up to the +bank, lay an immense quantity of drift-wood, which had been brought +here by the tide from all the upper waters of the bay. It was a +most heterogeneous mixture that lay before him--chips from timber +ponds, logs from ship-yards, boards from saw-mills, deals, battens, +fence posts, telegraph poles, deal ends, edgings, laths, palings, +railway sleepers, treenails, shingles, clapboards, and all the +various forms which wood assumes in a country which makes use of it +as the chief material of its manufactures. Along the countless +streams that flow into the bay, and along its far-winding shores, +and along the borders of all its subsidiary bays, and inlets, and +basins, the manufacture of wood is carried on--in saw-mills, in +ship-yards, and in timber ponds; and the currents that move to and +fro are always loaded with the fragments that are snatched away +from these places, most of which are borne afar out to sea, but +many of which are thrown all along the shores for hundreds of +miles. Ile Haute, being directly in the way of some of the +swiftest currents, and close by the entrance to a basin which is +surrounded by mills and ship-yards, naturally received upon its +shores an immense quantity of these scattered and floating +fragments. Such was the sight that now met the eyes of Tom, and +presented him with a countless number of fragments of wood adapted +to his wants, at the very time when he had worked fruitlessly for +two hours at fashioning one for himself. + +Looking over the heaps of drift-wood, he found many pieces which +suited him; and out of these he chose one which was shaped a little +like an oar. Securing this prize, he walked over to where the sail +was, and deposited it there. + +Then he ate some biscuit, and, after taking a draught from the cool +brook, he rested, and waited, full of hope, for the rising of the +tide. + +It was now rapidly approaching the boat. Tom watched it for some +time, and felt new happiness as he viewed the roll of every little +surf. There was not much wind, and nothing but a gentle ripple on +the water. All this was in his favor; for, if he wished for +anything now, it was a moderate breeze and a light sea. From time +to time he turned his attention to the Straits of Minas, and +arranged various plans in his mind. At one time he resolved to try +and reach Pereau; again he thought that he would be content if he +could only get to Parrsboro'; and yet again, he came to the wise +conclusion that if he got to any settlement at all he would be +content. At another time he half decided to take another course, +and try to reach Scott's Bay, where he felt sure of a warm welcome +and a plenteous repast. Aiming thus at so many different points, +it mattered but little to him in what particular direction the tide +might sweep him, so long as it carried him up the bay. + +The tide now came nearer, and Tom went down to the beach for a few +moments. He paced the distance between the boat and the water. He +noticed a few things lying in the boat. In the bow was a coil of +rope which Captain Corbet had probably obtained when he was ashore +at Petitcodiac. There was also a tin pan, used for baling. + +As the tide drew nearer, Tom began to feel more and more impatient. +Again and again he paced the intervening space between the boat and +the water, and chafed and fretted because it did not lessen more +rapidly. If the boat were once fairly afloat, he felt that the +time would pass much more rapidly; for then he would be working at +some definite task, and not standing idly waiting. + +But everything has an end; and so, at length, the end came here. +The water rose higher and higher, until, at length, it touched the +keel. Tom gave a shout of joy. + +He now untied the rope, and tried to shorten his suspense by +pushing the boat towards the water; but his strength was +insufficient. He could not move it. He would have to wait longer. + +Thus far the things which he had taken out had been lying on the +grass. It was now time to put them on board. So he carried down +the sail, folded it up, and stowed it away neatly at the bottom of +the boat. On this he stood the box of biscuit, taking care to put +the cover over it, and to spread over that again one fold of the +sail. + +This took up some time, and he had the gratification of seeing that +the water had come up a few feet farther. He now tried once more +to force the boat down, using his piece of board as a lever; but +the board bent, and almost broke, without moving the boat. He +stood for a moment waiting, and suddenly thought of the pole which +he had left up in the woods. He determined to get this, and +perhaps, with its help, he would be able to accomplish his wishes. +So off he started at a run, and in a few minutes reached the place. +Hurrying back again, he inserted one end of the pole under the bow, +and exerted all his force to press the boat downward into the +water. At first it did not move; but shortly after, when the water +had risen still higher, he made a new effort. This time he +succeeded; the boat moved slightly. + +Again. + +The boat moved farther. + +Once more. + +Still farther. + +And now he made a final trial. Thrusting the pole again +underneath, he exerted all his force for the last time, and pushed +the boat down for about a yard. + +It was at last afloat. + +The tide had not yet fully attained its height, but was close to +it. The wind was blowing from the north, as before, and quite +moderately. The sea sparkled and glittered in the rays of the sun. +The little wavelets tossed their heads on high, and danced far +away ever the sea. The air was bright, and stimulating, and +exhilarating. All the scene filled Tom's heart with gladness; and +the approach of his deliverance deepened and intensified this +feeling. + + + + + + +XI. + +Afloat again.--The rushing Water.--Down to the Bottom.--Desperate +Circumstances.--Can they be remedied?--New Hopes and Plans. + + + + + +The boat was at last afloat before Tom's eyes. + +At first he had thought of holding it by the painter, and patiently +standing on the beach, but the sight of it now changed his +purposes. He thought that it would be a far more sensible plan to +get on board, and keep the boat near the beach in that way. His +bit of stick, which he had found among the drift-wood, could be +used as an oar, and was good enough to enable him to move the boat +as much as would be necessary. As he would have to wait for six +hours at least, it was a matter of great importance that he should +be as little fatigued as possible, especially as he had to look +forward to a voyage, after the tide had fallen, attended with the +possibility of increased labor and exertion. All these thoughts +came rapidly to his mind, but passed in much less time than it +takes to tell it, so that Tom had scarcely seen the boat afloat +than he rushed through the water, and clambered into it. Then, +taking his stick, he stood up and looked around. + +The scene around has already been described. Tom kept his stick in +the water, so as to have it ready for use. He purposed keeping the +boat at a convenient distance from the shore by pushing and +paddling. By keeping it within a distance of from three to six +yards, he thought he would, for the present at least, be able to +keep afloat, and yet avoid the sweep of the tides. He did not +expect to remain in this particular spot all the time, but expected +to find some place which would be out of the way of the tide, where +he could float comfortably without being forced to keep in too +close to the land. + +But suddenly Tom's thoughts and speculations were rudely interrupted. + +It appeared to him that there was a very unusual feeling about the +boat. She did not seem as high out of the water as she ought to +have been, and her bows seemed to be lower than they had been. +There was also a slight vibration in her, which he had never +noticed before, and which struck him now as very peculiar. In the +midst of this there came to his ears a low, faint, and scarcely +perceptible sound, made up of peculiar bubbling and gurgling +noises, which sounded from the boat. + +One brief examination showed him that the boat was certainly very +much deeper in the water than she had been. + +Five seconds later her bows had sunk farther. + +Two seconds more, and Tom's feet were surrounded by water up to his +ankles. + +The boat was filling! + +Scarce had he made this discovery than the water rose swiftly up, +the boat sank quickly down, the sea rolled over her sides, and the +boat went to the bottom. + +Very fortunate was it for Tom, at that moment, that he had not +pushed out farther from the shore. When the boat went down he was +not more than three or four yards off, and he did not sink lower +than up to his neck. But the shock was a sudden one, and for a +moment almost paralyzed him. The next instant, however, he +recovered from it; and looking round, he saw the box of biscuit +floating within his reach. Making a wild dash at this, he secured +it, and waded ashore with it in safety. He then turned mournfully +to look after the boat, and found that it was visible, floating on +the surface. As he left it, it had floated up, his weight being +the only thing that had sent it below. The tide was still coming +in, so that it did not float away. Tom flung off his coat and +waistcoat, and hurrying into the water, soon caught and dragged it +as near as he could to the beach. Then he secured it once more, +and waited. Standing there, he looked gloomily at the vessel, +wherein such precious hopes had been freighted only to be lost. +What had happened? Why could not the boat float? What was the +matter with her? These were the wondering questions which occurred +to him without his being able to give any answer. + +One thing he saw plainly, and that was, that he had lost this tide. +The next high tide would be after midnight, and the next would be +between one and two on the following day. If he could find out +what was the matter with the boat, and fix it, he would have to +wait till the next day, unless he chose to watch for his chance +after midnight, and make the journey then. + +He was not a boy who could be long inactive; so now, after a brief +period, in which he gave up to the natural despondency of his soul, +he stirred himself up once more, and sought comfort in occupation. +The box of biscuit did not seem much injured, it had not floated +long enough for the sea-water to penetrate it. Assuring himself of +this, he next turned to the boat and took out its contents. These +were the old sail, the coil of rope, and the baling dipper. + +By this time the tide had reached its height, and after the usual +time of delay, began to fall once more. The boat was secured to +the shore, and after a time the water began to leave her. Tom sat +at a little distance, wondering what could be the matter with her, +and deferring his examination until the boat should be left +aground. It was a mystery to him how this sudden change had +occurred, and why the boat, which had floated so well during his +long drift, should now, all of a sudden, begin to leak with such +astonishing rapidity. Something must have happened--something +serious, too; but what it was, or how it had happened, he could +not, for the life of him, conjecture. + +As Tom sat there, the tide gradually left the boat; and as the tide +left, the water ran out, keeping at just the same level inside as +the water outside. This showed, even to his inexperienced eyes, +that the leak must be a very large one, since it admitted of such a +ready flow of water in and out. The water descended lower and +lower as he sat, until, at last, the boat was left by the +retreating waves. The water had all run out. + +Tom now advanced, and proceeded to examine her. When he was +arranging her cargo before, the coil of rope had been in the bows. +This had prevented him from detecting anything wrong in the boat. +But now, since everything had been taken out, one glance only was +quite sufficient to make known to him instantly the whole +difficulty. There, in the bows, underneath the very place where +the coil of rope had lain, was a huge aperture. The planks had +been beaten in, and one side of the bow was destroyed beyond hope +of remedy. + +The sight of such an irremediable calamity as this renewed for a +time the despondency which he had felt at the first sinking of the +boat. Full of depression, he turned away, and tried to account for +it all. It was on the previous day that he had landed--about +twenty-four hours ago. How had he passed the time since then, and +what had happened? This he tried to remember. + +In the first place, up to the moment of landing the boat was +perfectly sound, and far from all injury. It had not been hurt +during the drift. It had struck at one place, but the long voyage +that had followed showed that no damage had resulted. Finally, it +had not been harmed by landing on Quaco Ledge. Since that time he +had drifted in safety far across the bay, without meeting with any +accident. All this proved clearly that the damage must have been +done to the boat since his landing on the island. + +He found it very difficult to recall anything that had happened +since then. On his first arrival he was worn out and exhausted. +He remembered vaguely how he came in sight of the giant cliff, how +he dragged the boat along, how he secured it to a tree, and then +how he flung himself down on the grass and fell asleep. After that +all was obscure to his memory; but he could recall his waking at +midnight and listening to the roar of the wind and the dash of the +surf. Evidently there must have been a heavier sea on the beach at +that time than when he landed, and this was sufficient to account +for the accident to the boat. She had been beating on the rough +rocks at high tide, exposed to the full sweep of the surf, and her +bows had been stove in. + +The melancholy spectacle of the ruined boat made Tom see that his +stay on the island might be prolonged even beyond the following +day. No sooner had this thought occurred to him than he went over +to the articles which he had taken out of the boat, and passed them +all in review before him, as though he were anxious to know the +full extent of his resources. He spread out the wet sail in the +sun. He spread out his coat and waistcoat. In the pocket of the +latter he found a card of matches, which were a little damp. These +he seized eagerly and laid on the top of a stone, exposed to the +rays of the sun, so as to dry them. The clothes which he kept on +were wet through, of course, but he allowed them to dry on him. + +He had been working now pretty industriously all the morning, first +at searching after a piece of wood, then in cutting down the pole, +then in searching among the drift-wood, and finally at the boat. +He felt, at length, hungry; and as he could not yet decide upon +what was to be done next, he determined to satisfy his desires, and +kill the time by taking his dinner. The repast was a frugal one, +consisting as before, of biscuit, which were washed down by cold +water; but Tom did not complain. The presence of food of any sort +was a cause for thankfulness to one in his position, and it was +with a feeling of this sort, in spite of his general depression of +spirits, that he ate his meal. + +After this he felt much more refreshed, and began to consider what +he had better do next. Of course, the centre of interest to him +was the boat, and he could not give up that hope of escape without +a struggle. As long as there was a hope of making his way from the +island by means of that, so long might he keep up his heart; but if +the damage that had been done should prove irreparable, how would +he be able to endure his situation? Whatever it was, it would be +best to know the worst once for all. Perhaps he might stop the +leak. He had material around which seemed to be the right sort of +thing to stop a leak with. He had the piece of sail, which could +be cut up into small pieces, and used to stop the leak. If he had +possessed a hatchet and some nails, he would have made an effort to +repair the fracture in the planks of the boat; but as he had +nothing of that sort, he tried to devise some method by which the +water might be kept out. As he thought, there gradually grew up in +his mind the rude outline of a plan which promised something, and +seemed to him to be certainly worth trying. At any rate, he +thought, it will serve to give me an occupation; and any +occupation, even if it proves to be of no practical value, is +better than sitting here doing nothing at all. + +Having something to do once more quickened Tom's energies anew, and +starting to his feet, he prepared to put his plan into execution. +First of all, in order to carry out that plan, it was necessary for +him to get a number of blocks and boards of different sizes. +These, he knew, could easily be found among the driftwood on the +beach. Over there he hurried, and after a moderate search he +succeeded, at length, in finding bits of wood that seemed suited to +the purpose which he had in view. With these he came back to the +boat; but as there was a large number of them, he had to make +several journeys before the whole collection was brought over. + +Then he took his pole, and, putting a block under it, used it as a +lever to raise up the boat. By dexterous management he succeeded +in doing this, and at the same time he ran a board underneath the +bow of the boat as it was slightly raised. This manoeuvre he +repeated several times, each time raising his lever higher, by +means of a higher fulcrum, and thus constantly raising the bow of +the boat; while after each elevation the bow was secured in its new +position by running an additional board underneath it, over the +other preceding boards. By carefully and perseveringly pursuing +this course, he at length succeeded in raising the bow of the boat +about a foot in the air. This gave him an opportunity to examine +it thoroughly outside as well as inside, and to see the whole +extent of the damage that had been done. + +It has already been said that the damage was serious. Tom's +examination now convinced him that it was in every respect as +serious as he had supposed, if not still more so. Even if he did +possess a hatchet and nails, or a whole box full of tools, he +doubted whether it would be in his power to do anything whatever in +the way of repairing it. No less than three of the lower planks of +the bows, down to the very keel, were beaten in and broken so badly +that they seemed actually crushed and mangled. It must have been a +fearful beating, and pounding, and grinding on the rocks which had +caused this. The planks, though thus broken, still held together; +but it seemed to Tom that with a blow of his fist he could easily +beat it all in; and as he looked at it he could not help wondering +how it had happened that the work which the rocks had thus so +nearly effected had not been completely finished. However, the +planks did hold together yet; and now the question was, Could any +thing be done? + +In answer to this question, Tom thought of the old sail and the +coil of rope. Already he had conceived the rude outline of a plan +whereby the entrance of the water might be checked. The plan was +worth trying, and he determined to set about it at once, and use up +the hours before him as long as he could, without any further delay. +If by any possibility he could stop that leak, he determined to +start off at the next high tide, that very night, and run the risk. +It was a daring, even a foolhardy thought; but Tom was desperate, +and the only idea which he had was, to escape as soon as possible. + +He now made some measurements, after which he went to the old sail, +and cut a piece from the end of it. This he divided into smaller +pieces, each about a yard square. Each of these pieces he folded +up in three folds, so as to make them about a foot wide and +eighteen inches long. Others he folded into six folds, making them +about half the size of the larger pieces. All this took up much +time, for he measured and planned very carefully, and his +calculations and measurements had to be done slowly and cautiously. +Returning to the boat with these bits of folded canvas, he put one +of the larger pieces on the inside, against the bow, right over the +broken place. Another large piece was placed carefully over this, +and then the smaller pieces were laid against these. In this way +he adjusted all the pieces of canvas in such a way as to cover up +the whole place where the leak was. + +Then he went over to the drift-wood, and spent a long time +searching after some bits of wood. He at length found a half dozen +pieces of board, about a foot long, and from six to eight inches in +width. He also found some bits of scantling, and palings, which +were only a foot or so in length. All these he brought back, and +laid them down on the beach near the boat. + +He now proceeded to place these bits of wood in the bows, in such a +way as to keep the canvas in a firm position. His idea was, that +the canvas, by being pressed against the opening, might keep out +the water, and the wood, by being properly arranged, might keep the +canvas secure in its place. The arrangement of the wood required +the greatest care. First of all, he took the smallest bits, and +stood these up against the canvas, so that they might correspond as +nearly as possible with the curve of the bows. A few more pieces +were placed in the hollow part of this curve, and outside these the +larger pieces were placed. Between the outside pieces and the +inner ones he thrust some of the smallest pieces which he could +find. After thus arranging all his boards, he found that there lay +between the outside board and the first seat of the boat a space of +about one foot. Selecting a piece of wood of about that length, he +put one end against the board, and the other against the seat, and +pressed it into a position where it served to keep the board tight +in its place. Then he took other pieces of about the same length, +and arranged them in the same way, so that, by being fixed between +the board and the seat, they might keep the whole mass of boards +and canvas pressed tight against the opening in the bows. After +placing as many blocks in position as he conveniently could, his +next work was to secure them all. In order to effect this, another +journey to the drift-wood was necessary, and another search. This +time he selected carefully a number of sticks, not more than half +an inch in thickness, some of them being much thinner. He found +pieces of paling, and laths, and shingles which suited his ideas. +Returning with these to the boat, he proceeded to thrust them, one +by one, into the interstices of the boards, using a stone to drive +them into their places. + +At last the work was finished as far as he could accomplish it, and +there remained nothing more to be done. As far as he could see, by +shaking, and pulling, and pushing at the collection of sticks and +canvas, it was very firm and secure. Every stick seemed to be +tight, and the pressure which they maintained against the aperture +was so strong that the wood-work now was forced out a little +distance beyond the outline of the boat. He examined most +carefully all about the bows on the outside, but saw no place which +did not seem to be fully protected. It seemed to him now as though +that piled-up canvas ought to resist the entrance of the water, or, +if not, at least that it ought not to allow it to enter so rapidly +but that he could easily keep the boat baled out. + +He was not altogether confident, yet he was hopeful, and as +determined as ever to make a trial. + + + + + + +XII. + +Waiting for high Water.--A Trial.--A new Discovery.--Total +Failure.--Down again.--Overboard.--A Struggle for Life. + + + + + +Tom's work was thus, at length, accomplished, and it remained now +to get the boat in readiness and wait. Slowly and carefully he +raised the bow by means of the lever, and one by one he withdrew +the boards which held it up. At last the boat lay on the beach, +ready to receive the uplifting arms of the returning tide whenever +it should make its appearance again. Tom saw with satisfaction +that the boat was about three yards down below high-water mark, on +the spot to which he had dragged it after the failure of his last +experiment. This, of course, would be so much in his favor, for it +would thus be able to float before the water should reach its +height. + +He had worked hard all the afternoon, and it was already dark. The +tide, which had been falling, had some time ago reached its lowest +point, and was now returning. Between him and the lowest point was +a great distance, for the tides here rise to a perpendicular height +of over forty feet; but Tom knew that the time required to traverse +the long space that here intervened between high and low-water mark +was precisely the same as if it had only to rise a few feet. + +He was very hungry, but some things had yet to be done. He had to +put on board the boat the articles that he had taken ashore. His +matches were now quite dry, and he put them in his pocket with a +deep sense of their value to him in his present position. His +clothes also were dry, and these he put on. The sail, the coil of +rope, and the box of biscuit were put on board the boat. Tom had +still to make his frugal repast; but this was soon accomplished, +and he felt again a sense of exceeding thankfulness at the +possession of the box of biscuit. At length his evening meal was +over, and by the time that he had finished it, it had grown quite +dark. He now went to the boat, and tied up the sail around the +mast. There was nothing to which he could fasten the boat; but it +was not necessary, as he was on the watch. The water continued +smooth, the wind was from the north, as before, and there was no +sign of fog. Overhead the sky was free from clouds, and the stars +twinkled pleasantly to his upturned eyes, as if to encourage him. +There was no moon, however, and though it was not very dark, yet it +was sufficiently so to veil the nearest shores in gloom, and +finally to withdraw them altogether from his view. Still it was +not a matter of necessity that he should see the opposite shores, +for he knew that his chief, and indeed his only reliance must be +upon the tide; and this would bear him in its upward course on the +morrow. The night was only needed to float the boat down as far as +low-water mark. The process of floating her would serve to test +the security of the fastenings, and show whether he could venture +to make the attempt. + +For hours Tom waited, sometimes seated in the boat, at other times +walking along the beach down to the water. He found it difficult +to keep himself awake, and therefore did not venture to sit down +long. Wearied with his long work through the day, the necessity of +constant exertion wearied him still more, until at length he could +scarce draw his legs after him. But all things have an end, and so +it was with Tom's dreary watch; for at length the waters came up, +and touched the boat, and surrounded it, until at last, to his +great joy, Tom found himself afloat. He seized his stick, and +pushed the boat into deeper water, a few yards off, with the +intention of keeping her at about that distance from the shore. + +The one thought that was now in his mind referred exclusively to +his work in the boat. Was it firm? Would it hold? Did it leak? +The boat was floating, certainly. How long would if continue to do +so? For a few minutes he waited anxiously, as he floated there in +deep water, with his eyes fixed on the work in the bow, and his +ears listening intently to detect any sign of that warning, +gurgling sound, which had struck terror to his heart on his last +embarkation. But no sign came of any sound of that sort, and he +heard nothing but the gentle dash of the water against the sides of +the boat. Thus about five minutes passed. At the end of that +time, he raised the sail, which he had laid along the bottom of the +boat, and examined underneath it. The first touch of his fingers +at the bottom lessened very largely the hope that was in him, and +at once chased away the feeling of exultation that was rising. For +there, in the bottom of the boat, he felt as much as an inch of +water. After the first shock, he tried to believe that it was only +the water that was in the boat before; and so, taking comfort in +this thought, he waited for further developments, but at the same +time took the dipper, so as to be ready to bale out the water, and +have a struggle for it in case the worst should happen. + +Another minute assured him that this was not the water which had +been in the boat before. A new supply was entering, and in the +space of that short time of waiting it had risen to the height of +another inch. Tom felt a sudden pang of dismay, but his stout +heart did not quail, nor did his obstinate resolution falter. +Since it was the sea water that was coming in, he determined to +have a fight with it for the possession of the boat. So he set to +work bravely, and began to bale. He pulled up the sail, so as to +have plenty of elbow-room, and worked away, dipping out the water; +but, as he dipped, he perceived that it was gradually getting +deeper. He dipped faster, but without any visible improvement, +indeed, his efforts seemed to have but very little effect in +retarding the entrance of the water. It grew deeper and deeper. +One inch of water soon deepened to two inches, and thence to three. +Soon after four inches were felt. + +And now the water came in more rapidly. It seemed to Tom as though +it had been delayed at first, for a little time, in finding an +entrance, but that now, after the entrance was found, it came +pouring in with ever-accelerated speed. Tom struggled on, hoping +against hope, and keeping up his efforts long after they were +proved to be useless. But the water came in faster and faster, +until at length Tom began to see that he must seek his safety in +another way. Flinging down his dipper, then, with a cry of +vexation, he started up, and, seizing his bit of board, he looked +around for the shore. + +He had been caught by some side current, and had been carried along +in such a way that he was about a hundred yards from the island, +and seemed to be drifting up the bay. The dark, shadowy shores +were much farther away than he had suspected. While struggling to +bale out the boat, he had forgotten how necessary it was to keep +near to the shore. He now saw his mistake, and strove to paddle +the boat back again. With such a clumsy oar it is not likely that +he could have achieved his desire at all, had the flood tide been +stronger; but now it was about at its height, and would soon turn, +if it was not turning already. The current, therefore, was but a +weak one, and Tom found himself able to move slowly back; but his +progress was very slow, and working at such a disadvantage was +excessively fatiguing. At last he saw that if he trusted to +paddling he could never reach the shore. In a moment another idea +suggested itself; there was no time to lose, and he at once acted +on it. Darting forward, he loosed the sail. The wind was still +blowing from the north; at once the sail was filled, and, yielding +to this new power, the boat began to move more rapidly. Tom tied +the sheet astern, and, seizing his paddle, tried to scull the boat. +For some minutes he kept up this work, and the boat moved steadily +forward, nearer and still nearer, until the land was at length not +more than thirty or forty yards off. + +But by this time the danger had come nearer, and the boat was +already half full of water. Tom began to see that it could not +float as far as the shore. What was he to do? He waited a little +longer. He looked around. The boat was drawing nearer, yet soon +it must go down. To ease it, it would be necessary to relieve it +of his own weight. He did not lose his presence of mind for a +moment, but determined at once to jump overboard. In his perfect +coolness he thought of one or two things which were of importance +to him, and performed them swiftly and promptly. First he took the +box of biscuit, and placed it on the heap of boards and canvas in +the bows, so that it might remain as long as possible out of reach +of the water. Then he took the card of matches out of his +waistcoat pocket, and put them in his hat, which he replaced on his +head. To secure thus from damage the two necessaries of food and +fire was but the work of a few seconds. To throw off his coat, +waistcoat, and trousers, and hang them over the top of the short +mast, was the work of a few seconds more. By the time this had +been done, the water was nearly up to the gunwales. In five +seconds more the boat would have gone down; but, so well had Tom's +work been done, and so promptly, that these five seconds were +saved. Having done what he wished, he let himself down into the +water; and, holding on by the stern of the boat, he allowed himself +to float after it, kicking out at the same time, so as to assist, +rather than retard, its progress. + +By this time the land was not more than twenty yards away. The +boat did not sink so rapidly now, but kept afloat much better; +still the water rose to a level with the gunwales, and Tom was too +much rejoiced to find that it kept afloat at all to find fault with +this. The wind still blew, and the sail was still up; so that the +water-logged vessel went on at a very respectable rate, until at +length half the distance which Tom had noticed on going overboard +was traversed. The boat seemed to float now, though full of water, +and Tom saw that his precious biscuit, at any rate, would not be +very much harmed. Nearer and nearer now he came until at last, +letting himself down, his feet touched bottom. A cry of delight +escaped him; and now, bracing himself firmly against the solid land +below, he urged the boat on faster, until at length her deep-sunk +bows grated against the gravel of the beach. + +He hurried up to the box of biscuit, and put this ashore in a safe +place; after which he secured the boat to a jagged rock on the +bank. He found now that he had come to a different part of the +beach altogether, for his boat was lying at the spot where the +little brook ran into the sea. Well was it for him, in that rash +and hazardous experiment, that he had floated off before the tide +was high. It had led to his drifting up the bay, instead of down, +and by a weak current, instead of a strong one. The wind had thus +brought him back. Had it been full tide, he would have drifted out +from the shore, and then have been carried down the bay by the +falling water to swift and sure destruction. + +Tom now took off his wet shirt, and put on the dry clothes which he +had so prudently hung on the top of the mast. He perceived that he +had not a very pleasant lookout for the night, for the sail which +he had formerly used to envelop himself with was now completely +saturated. It was also too dark to go to the woods in search of +ferns or mosses on which to sleep. However, the night was a +pleasant one, and the grass around would not be so bad a resting- +place as he had been forced to use while drifting in the boat. He +had now become accustomed to hardship by bitter experience, and so +he looked forward to the night without care. + +The day had been an eventful one, indeed, for him, and his last +adventure had been full of peril, from which he had been most +wonderfully rescued. + +These thoughts were in his mind, and he did not fail to offer up +prayers of heartfelt gratitude to that good and merciful Being who +had thus far so wonderfully preserved him. With such feelings in +his heart, he sought out a sleeping-place, and after some search he +found a mossy knoll. Seating himself here, he reclined his back +against it, and in a few minutes the worn-out boy was buried in a +deep sleep. + +He slept until late on the following day, and on waking looked +around to see if there were any sails in view. None were visible. +The tide was about half way up, and the wide waters spread before +him without any vessel in sight. He then began his preparations +for the day. He hung his shirt upon a bush, and spread out the wet +sail on the grass. An examination of the biscuit showed him that +they had scarcely been injured at all, the water having penetrated +only the lower part of the box. He removed the lower layer of +biscuit, and spread them out on a rock in the sun to dry. After +this he breakfasted, and wandered about for a time. He then took a +swim, and felt much refreshed. By the time that his swim was over, +he found that the hot sun had dried his shirt, so that he could +once more assume that very important article of clothing. + +The sun climbed high towards the zenith, and the tide came up +higher, as Tom sat there alone on his desert island, looking out +upon the sea. The boat from which he had hoped so much had proved +false to those hopes, and all the labors of the previous day had +proved useless. His attempt to escape had nearly resulted in his +destruction. He had learned from that experiment that no efforts +of his could now effect his rescue. He had done the very best he +could, and it would not be possible for him, with his present +resources, to contrive anything better than that which had so +miserably failed. If he could only procure some tar, he might then +stop up the interstices; but as it was, nothing of his construction +would avail to keep back the treacherous entrance of the water. It +seemed now to him that his stay on the island was destined to be +prolonged to a much greater extent than he had first thought of, +and there did not seem any longer a hope of saving himself by his +own exertions. + +Alone on a desert island! + +It was a dreadful fact which now forced itself more and more upon +Tom's mind, until at length he could think of nothing else. +Hitherto he had fought off the idea whenever it presented itself, +and so long as he had been able to indulge in any hope of freeing +himself by his own exertions, he prevented himself from sinking +into the gloom of utter despair. But now he could no longer save +himself from that gloom, and the thought grew darker and drearier +before him--the one fact of his present situation. + +Alone on a desert island! + +A very interesting thing to read about, no doubt; and Tom, like all +boys, had revelled in the portrayals of such a situation which he +had encountered in his reading. No one had entered with more zest +than he into the pages of Robinson Crusoe, and no one had enjoyed +more than he the talks which boys love to have about their possible +doings under such circumstances. But now, to be here, and find +himself in such a place,--to be brought face to face with the hard, +stern, dismal fact,--was another thing altogether. What oppressed +him most was not the hardships of his position. These he could +have withstood if there had been nothing worse. The worst part of +his present life was its solitude. If Bart had been here with him, +or Bruce, or Arthur, or Phil, or Pat, how different it would have +been! Even old Solomon would have enabled him to pass the time +contentedly. But to be alone,--all alone,--without a soul to speak +to,--that was terrible. + +Tom soon found that the very way to deepen his misery was to sit +still and brood over it. He was not inclined to give way to +trouble. It has already been seen that he was a boy of obstinate +courage, resolute will, and invincible determination. He was +capable of struggling to the last against any adversity; and even +if he had to lose, he knew how to lose without sinking into +complete despair. These moods of depression, or even of despair, +which now and then did come, were not permanent. In time he shook +them off, and looked about for some new way of carrying on the +struggle with evil fortune. + +So now he shook off this fit of depression, and starting up he +determined not to sit idle any longer. + +"I won't stand it," he muttered. "There's lots of things to be +seen, and to be done. And first of all I've got to explore this +island. Come, Tom, my boy; cheer up, old fellow. You've pretended +to admire Robinson Crusoe; act up to your profession. And first of +all, my boy, you've got to explore Juan Fernandez." + +The sound of his own voice had the effect of encouraging and +inspiriting him, while the purpose which he thus assigned to +himself was sufficient to awaken his prostrated energies. There +was something in the plan which roused all his curiosity, and +turned his thoughts and feelings into a totally new direction. No +sooner, then, had this thought occurred to him, than he at once set +out to put it into execution. + +First of all he took one parting look at the scene around him. The +sun had now passed its meridian, and it seemed to be one o'clock or +after. The tide was high. The boat, which had at first floated, +was now nearly full of water. Tom threw a melancholy glance at +this fresh proof of the utter futility of all his labor, and then +examined the fastenings, so that it might not drift away during his +absence. Then he searched among the drift-wood until he found a +stout stick to assist him in climbing, and to serve as a companion +in his walk, after which he started. + +The sun was bright, but over the sky some clouds were gathering, +and the opposite shores seemed to have grown darker than they were +a few hours ago, having assumed a hue like olive green. The wind +had also died away, and the water was as smooth as glass. + + + + + + +XIII. + +Where's Solomon?--An anxious Search.--The Beach.--The cavernous +Cliffs.--Up the Precipice.--Along the Shore.--Back for Boats. + + + + + +The loss of Solomon had filled the boys with anxiety, and even +Captain Corbet shared in the common feeling. He had preferred to +set out, as he said, with a coil of rope; but the sight of this +seemed to make Solomon's fate appear darker, and looked as though +he might have fallen over a precipice, or into a deep pool of +water. They all knew that a serious accident was not at all +improbable. They had seen the lofty and rugged cliffs that lined +the bay shore, and knew that the rising waters, as they dashed over +them, might form the grave of a man far younger and more active +than the aged Solomon. He was weak and rheumatic; he was also +timid and easily confused. If the water had overtaken him +anywhere, he might easily fall a prey. In his efforts to escape, +he would soon become so terrified that his limbs would be +paralyzed. He might then stumble over the rocks, and break some of +his bones, or he might be intrapped in some recess of the cliffs, +from which escape might be impossible without external help. + +Full of thoughts like these, the boys went on, with Captain Corbet, +up through the village, looking carefully around as they went on, +and making inquiries of every one whom they met. No one, however, +could give them any information. At last they reached the end of +the village. Here, on the left, there arose a high hill. The road +wound round this, and descended into a valley, through which a +stream ran to the bay. In this valley there was a ship-yard, where +the half-finished fabric of a large ship stood before them, and +from which the rattle of a hundred axes rose into the air. The +valley itself was a beautiful place, running up among steep hills, +till it was lost to view among a mass of evergreen trees and rich +foliage. Below the shipyard was a cove of no very great depth, but +of extreme beauty. Beyond this was a broad beach, which, at the +farthest end, was bounded by the projecting headland before alluded +to. The headland was a precipitous cliff of red sandstone, crowned +at the summit with a fringe of forest trees, white at its base were +two or three hollow caverns, worn into the solid rock by the action +of the surf. One of these was about thirty feet in height at its +mouth, and ran back for sixty or seventy feet, narrowing all the +way, like a funnel, from its entrance to its farthest extremity. + +The tide was now nearly at its height, and progress down the beach +and along the cliff was impossible. The caves were cut off also, +and the water penetrated them for some distance. At low tide one +could easily walk down to the extreme point of the headland, and +rounding this, he would find it possible to go along in front of +the cliffs for an immense distance, either by walking along the +rough beach at their foot, or, if the water should rise again, by +going along rocky shelves, which projected for miles from the +surface of the cliff. + +Reaching the head of the beach, Captain Corbet paused, and looked +around. + +"Before goin any further," said he, "we'd better ask the folks at +this ship-yard. It ain't possible to tell whether he's gone by the +beach or not. He may have gone up the valley." + +"O," said Bart, dolefully, "he must have gone by the beach." + +"I rayther think I'll ask, at any rate," said the captain. + +So saying, he walked up towards a house that was not far off, and +accosted some men who were standing there. On hearing his +question, they were silent for a few moments; and at last one of +them recollected seeing an aged colored man passing by early in the +morning. He had a basket on his arm, and in every way corresponded +to the description of Solomon. He was on his way up the shore. + +"Did he go down to the pint," asked Captain Corbet, "or up to the +top of the cliff?" + +The man couldn't say for certain; but as far as he could recollect, +it seemed to him that he went down to the pint. + +"About what time?" + +"Between eight and nine o'clock--in fact, about eight--not much +later." + +"Did he speak to any one here?" + +"No; he walked past without stoppin. An do you say he ain't got +back?" + +"Not yet." + +"Wal," said the man, "for an old feller, an a feller what don't +know the country hereabouts, he's gone on a dangerous journey; an +ef he's tried to get back, he's found it a pooty hard road to +travel." + +"Isn't there any chance of his gettin back by the cliff?" + +"Not with the water risin onto his path." + +"Is there any way of gettin up to the top of the cliff?" + +"Wal, fur a active young feller it wouldn't be hard, but for a pore +old critter like that thar, it couldn't be done--no how." + +"Wal, boys," said Captain Corbet, sorrowfully, "I guess we'd better +get on, an not lose any more time." + +They walked away in silence for some time, until at last they +reached the foot of the cliff. A path here ran up in a winding +direction so as to reach the top. + +"It seems too bad," said Captain Corbet, "not to be able to get to +the beach. I wish I'd come in the boat. What a fool I was not to +think of it!" + +"O, I dare say the top of the cliff will do," said Bruce. + +"Wal, it'll have to do. At any rate I've got the kile of rope." + +"We shall be able to see him from the top just as well, and perhaps +better." + +"Wal, I hope so; but we'll be a leetle too far above him for my +fancy,--ony we can use the rope, I s'pose. Can any of you +youngsters climb?" + +"O, yes," said Bart, "all of us." + +"What kind of heads have you got--stiddy?" + +"Yes, good enough," said Bruce. "I'll engage to go anywhere that I +can find a foothold; and here's Bart, that'll go certainly as far, +and perhaps farther. And here's Phil, that can do his share. As +for Pat, he can beat us all; he can travel like a fly, upside down, +or in any direction." + +"Wal, I'm glad to hear that, boys, for it's likely you'll be wanted +to do some climbin afore we get back. I used to do somethin in +that way; but since I've growed old, an rheumatic, I've got kine o' +out o' the way of it, an don't scacely feel sech confidence in +myself as I used to onst. But come, we mustn't be waitin here all +day." + +At this they started up the path, and soon reached the top of the +cliff. + +Arriving here, they found themselves in a cultivated meadow, +passing through which they reached a pasture field. After a walk +of about a quarter of a mile, they came to the cliff that ran along +the shore of the bay, and on reaching this, the whole bay burst +upon their view. + +It was still a beautiful day; the sun was shining brilliantly, and +his rays were reflected in a path of dazzling lustre from the face +of the sea. The wind was fresh, and the little waves tossed up +their heads across where the sunlight fell, flashing back the rays +of the sun in perpetually changing light, and presenting to the eye +the appearance of innumerable dazzling stars. Far away rose the +Nova Scotia shore as they had seen it in the morning, while up the +bay, in the distance, abrupt, dark, and precipitous, arose the +solitary Ile Haute. + +Beneath them the waters of the bay foamed and splashed; and though +there was not much surf, yet the waters came rolling among the +rocks, seething and boiling, and extending as far as the eye could +reach, up and down, in a long line of foam. + +Reaching the edge, they all looked down. At the bottom there were +visible the heads of black rocks, which arose above the waves at +times, but which, however, at intervals, were covered with the +rolling waters that tossed around them in foam and spray. Nearer +and higher up there were rocks which projected like shelves from +the face of the cliff, and seemed capable of affording a foothold +to any climber; but their projection served also to conceal from +view what lay immediately beneath. + +Along the whole beach, however, up and down, there appeared no sign +of human life. Anxiously they looked, hoping to see some human +form, in some part of that long line of rock; but none was visible, +and they looked at one another in silence. + +"Wal, he don't turn up yet; that's clar," said Captain Corbet. + +"We can see a great deal from here, too," said Bart, in a +despondent tone. + +"Ay, an that's jest what makes the wust of it. I thought that one +look from a commandin pint would reveal the wanderer to our eyes." + +"Perhaps he is crouching in among the rocks down there." + +"Wal, I rayther think he'd manage to git up a leetle further out of +the reach of the surf than all that." + +"He may be farther on." + +"True; an I dare say he is, too." + +"There don't seem to be any place below these rocks, where he would +be likely to be." + +"No; I think that jest here he could climb up, as fur as that thar +shelf, certain. He may be old an rheumatic, but he's able enough +to climb that fur." + +"I don't think anything could have happened to him here, or we +should see some signs of him." + +"Course we would--we'd see his remains--we'd see his basket, or his +hat, floatin and driftin about. But thar's not a basket or a hat +anywhar to be seen." + +"The cliff is long here, and runs in so from that point, that if he +went up any distance, it would be easy for him to be caught by the +rising tide." + +"Course it would. O, yes, course. That's the very thing that +struck me. It's very dangerous for an ole inexperienced man. But +come, we mustn't stand talkin, we must hurry on, or we may as well +go back agin, at onst." + +Starting forward, they walked on for some time in silence. For +about a hundred yards they were able to keep close to the edge of +the cliff, so as to look over; but after that they encountered a +dense alder thicket. In order to traverse this, they had to go +farther inland, where there was some sort of an opening. There +they came to a wood where the underbrush was thick, and the walking +difficult. This they traversed, and at length worked their way +once more to the edge of the cliff. Looking down here, they found +the scene very much like what it had been farther back. The waves +were dashing beneath them among rocks whose black crests were at +times visible among the foam, while from the cliffs there were the +same projecting shelves which they had noticed before. + +"See there!" cried Bart, pointing to a place behind them. "Do you +see how the cliff seems to go in there--just where the alder bushes +grow? That looks like a place where a man might be caught. I +wonder if he isn't there." + +"Can't we go and see?" + +"I don't think you can git thar." + +"O, it isn't far," said Bart. "I'll run back and look down. The +rest of you had better go on; I'll join you soon." + +"I'll go with you," said Bruce. + +"Very well." + +Bruce and Bart then set out, and forced their way through the dense +alder bushes, until at length they found themselves near the place. +Here there was a chasm in the line of cliff, reaching from the top +to the bottom. The sides were precipitous, and they could see +perfectly well all the way down. At the bottom the water was +rolling and tossing; and this, together with the precipitous +cliffs, showed them plainly that no one could have found shelter +here. + +Sadly and silently they returned, and rejoined the others, who had +been walking along in advance. + +"Wal?" said Captain Corbet, interrogatively. + +Bart shook his head. + +They then walked on for some time in silence. "Come," said Captain +Corbet; "we've been makin one mistake ever sence we started." + +"What's that?" + +"We've kep altogether too still. How do we know but we've passed +him somewhar along down thar. We can't see behind all them +corners." + +"Let's shout now--the rest of the way." + +"Yes; that's it; yell like all possessed." + +The cries of the boys now burst forth in shrill screams and yells, +which were echoed among the woods and rocks around. + +"Now," cried Captain Corbet, "all together!" + +The boys shouted all together. + +"That'll fetch him," said the captain, "ef anythin doos. It's a +pity we didn't think of this afore. What an ole fool I must ha ben +to forgit that!" + +The boys now walked on shouting, and screaming, and yelling +incessantly, and waiting, from time to time, to listen for an +answer. + +But no answer came. + +At times Captain Corbet's voice sounded forth. His cry was a very +peculiar one. It was high pitched, shrill, and penetrating, and +seemed as though it ought to be heard for miles. But the united +voices of the boys, and the far-piercing yell of the captain, all +sounded equally in vain. No response came, and at last, after +standing still and listening for a longer time than usual, they all +looked despondingly at one another, as though each were waiting for +the other to suggest some new plan of action. + +Captain Corbet stood and looked musingly out upon the sea, as +though the sight of the rolling waters assisted his meditations. +It was some time before he spoke. + +"I tell you what it is, boys," said he at last. "We've ben makin +another mistake." + +"How so?" + +"We've gone to work wrong." + +"Well, what can we do now?" + +"Wal, fust an foremost, I muve we go back on our tracks." + +"Go back?" + +"Yas." + +"Why?" + +"Wal, you see, one thing,--Solomon can't hev come further than this +by no possibility, onless he started straight off to walk all the +way up the bay agin, back to Petticoat Jack by the shore route,--an +as that's too rough a route for an ole man, why, I calc'late it's +not to be thought of. Ef, on the contrairy, he only kem out to +hunt for fish, 'tain't likely he come as fur as this, an in my +pinion he didn't come nigh as fur. You see we're a good piece on, +and Solomon wouldn't hev come so fur if he'd cal'lated to get back +to the schewner. What d'ye say to that?" + +"I've thought of that already," said Bruce, sadly. "We've +certainly gone as far as he could possibly have gone." + +"Terrew," said Captain Corbet, solemnly. + +"But what can we do now?" asked Bart. + +"Fust of all, go back." + +"What! give him up?" + +"I didn't say that. I said to go back, an keep a good lookout +along the shore." + +"But we've done that already." + +"Yes, I know; but then we didn't begin to yell till quite lately, +whereas we'd ought to hev yelled from the time of fust startin. +Now, I think ef we went back yellin all the way, we'd have a chance +of turnin him up somewhar back thar whar we fust came in sight of +the cliff. Very likely, if he ain't already drownded, he's a +twisted himself up in some holler in the cliff back thar. He +couldn't hev got this fur, certain,--unless he'd ben a runnin +away." + +All this seemed so certain to the boys that they had nothing to say +in opposition to it. In fact, as Bruce said, they had already gone +as far as Solomon could possibly have gone, and this thought had +occurred to them all. Captain Corbet's proposition, therefore, +seemed to them the only course to follow. So they all turned and +went back again. + +"What I was a goin to say," remarked Captain Corbet, after walking +a few paces,--"what I was a goin to say was this. The mistake I +made was in not gettin a boat." + +"A boat? Why we've traced the coast from the cliff well enough-- +haven't we?" + +"No, not well enough. We'd ought to have planned this here +expedition more kerfully. It wan't enough to go along the top of +the cliff this here way. You see, we've not been able to take in +the lower part of the cliff underneath. We'd ought to hev got a +boat. Some of us could hev gone along the cliff, jest as we hev +ben doin, and the others could have pulled along the shore an kep +up a sharp lookout that way. We've lost any quantity o' time that +way, but that's no reason why we should lose any more; so I muve +that some of us go back, right straight off, an get a boat at the +ship-yard, an come back. I'll go, unless some o' youns think +yourselfes smarter, which ain't onlikely." + +"O, you can't run, captain," said Bart. "Bruce and I will go, and +we'll run all the way." + +"Wal, that's the very best thing that you could do. You're both +young, an actyve. As for me, my days of youth an actyvity air +over, an I'm in the sere an yaller leaf, with spells o' rheumatics. +So you start off as quick as your legs can carry you, an ef you run +all the way, so much the better." + +The boys started off at this, and going on the full run, they +hurried, as fast as possible, back over the path they had +traversed, and through the woods, and over the fields, and down the +cliff towards the ship-yard. + +Phil and Pat, however, remained with Captain Corbet; and these +three walked back along the edge of the cliff; still looking down +carefully for signs of Solomon, and keeping up constantly their +loud, shrill cries. + +Thus they walked back, till, at length, they reached the place +where the alders were growing. Here they were compelled to make a +detour as before, after which they returned to the cliff, and +walked along, shouting and yelling as when they came. + + + + + + +XIV. + +Back again.--Calls and Cries.--Captain Corbet's Yell.--A +significant Sign.--The old Hat.--The return Cry.--The Boat rounds +the Point. + + + + + +Captain Corbet, with Phil and Pat, walked along the top of the +cliff in this way, narrowly scrutinizing the rocks below, and +calling and shouting, until, at length, they reached the place at +which they had first come out upon the shore. + +"Now, boys," said the captain, "from here to the pint down thar is +all new ground. We must go along here, an keep a good lookout. If +we hev any chance left of findin anythin, it's thar. I'm ony sorry +we didn't examine this here fust an foremost, before wanderin away +off up thar, whar 'tain't at all likely that Solomon ever dreamed +of goin. I hope the boys won't be long gettin off that thar boat." + +"Perhaps they can't get one." + +"O, yes, they can. I saw two or three down thar." + +They now walked on a little farther. + +At this place the cliff was as steep as it had been behind; but the +rocky shelves were more numerous, and down near the shore they +projected, one beyond another, so that they looked like natural +steps. + +"If Solomon was caught by the tide anywhar hereabouts," said +Captain Corbet, "thar's no uthly reason why he shouldn't save +himself. He could walk up them rocks jest like goin up stairs, an +git out of the way of the heaviest surf an the highest tide that +these shores ever saw." + +"It all depends," said Phil, "on whether he staid about here, or +went farther up." + +"Course--an it's my opinion that he did stay about here. He was +never such an old fool as to go so far up as we did. Why, ef he'd +a done so over them rocks, he'd never have got the use of his legs +agin." + +"Strange we don't see any signs of him." + +"O, wal, thar's places yet we hevn't tried." + +"One thing is certain--we haven't found any signs of him. If +anything had happened, we'd have seen his basket floating." + +"Yes, or his old hat." + +"I should think, if he were anywhere hereabouts, he'd hear the +noise; we are shouting loud enough, I'm sure. As for your voice, +why, he ought to hear it a mile away; and the point down there +doesn't seem to be a quarter that distance." + +"O, it's further than that; besides, my voice can't penetrate so +easily down thar. It gits kine o' lost among the rocks. It can go +very easy in a straight line; but when it's got to turn corners an +go kine o' round the edges o' sharp rocks, it don't get on so well +by a long chalk. But I think I'll try an divarsify these here +proceedins by yellin a leetle lower down." + +So saying, Captain Corbet knelt down, and putting his head over the +cliff, he uttered the loudest, and sharpest, and shrillest yell +that he could give. Then he listened in silence, and the boys also +listened in breathless expectation for some time. But there was no +response whatever. + +Captain Corbet arose with a sigh. + +"Wal, boys," said he, in a mournful tone, "we must git on to the +pint. We'd ought to know the wust pooty soon. But, at any rate, +I'm bound to hope for the best till hope air over." + +The little party now resumed their progress, and walked on towards +the point, shouting at intervals, as before. + +From this place on as far as the point, the ground was clear, and +there was nothing to bar their way. They could go along without +being compelled to make any further detour, and could keep near +enough to the edge to command a view of the rocks below. They +walked on, and shouted without ceasing, and thus traversed a +portion of the way. + +Suddenly Captain Corbet's eye caught sight of something in the +water. It was round in shape, and was floating within a few feet +of the shore, on the top of a wave. As Captain Corbet looked, the +wave rolled from underneath it, and dashed itself upon the rocks, +while the floating object seemed to be thrown farther out. The +tide had turned already, and was now on the ebb, so that floating +articles, such as this, were carried away from the shore, rather +than towards it. + +Upon this Captain Corbet fastened his gaze, and stood in silence +looking at it. At length he put his hand on Phil's shoulder, and +directed the attention of the boys to the floating object. + +"Do you see that?" said he. + +"What?" + +"That thing." + +"What--that round thing?" + +"Yes, that round thing. Look sharp at it now. What doos it look +like to your young eyes?" + +Phil and Pat looked at it very carefully, and in silence. Then +Phil looked up into Captain Corbet's face without saying a word. + +"Wal?" + +"What is it, do you think?" asked Phil, in a low voice. + +"What do YOU think?" + +"Sure an it's a hat--a sthraw hat," said Pat. + +Captain Corbet exchanged a meaning glance with Phil. + +"Do you think it's HIS hat?" asked Phil. + +"Whose else can it be?" + +Phil was silent, and his gaze was once more directed to the +floating object. As it rose and fell on the waves, it showed the +unmistakable outline of a straw hat, and was quite near enough for +them to recognize its general character and color. It was dark, +with the edges rather ragged, a broad brim, and a roomy crown, not +by any means of a fashionable or graceful shape, but coarse, and +big, and roomy, and shabby--just such a hat as Solomon had put on +his head when he left Grand Pre with them on this memorable and +ill-fated voyage. + +They looked at it for a long time in silence, and none of them +moved. + +Captain Corbet heaved a deep sigh. + +"This here," said he, "has been a eventfool vyge. I felt a derred +persentment afore I started. Long ago I told you how the finger of +destiny seemed to warn me away from the ocean main. I kem to the +conclusion, you remember, that henceforth I was to dwell under my +own vine an fig tree, engaged in the tender emplymint of nussin the +infant. But from this I was forced agin my own inclynations. An +what's the result? Why, this--that thar hat! See here, boys;" and +the venerable seaman's tone grew deeper, and more solemn, and more +impressive; "see here, boys," he repeated; "for mor'n forty year +hev I follered the seas, an traversed the briny deep; but, though +I've hed my share of storms an accydints, though I've ben +shipwrecked onst or twiste, yet never has it ben my lot to +experience any loss of human life. But now, but now, boys, call to +mind the startlin events of this here vyge! Think of your +companion an playmate a driftin off in that startlin manner from +Petticoat Jack! An now look here--gaze upon that thar! Words air +footil!" + +"Do you give him up, then?" cried Phil. "Poor, poor old Solomon!" + +Captain Corbet shook his head. + +"'Deed, thin, an I don't!" cried Pat. "What's a hat? 'Tain't a +man, so it isn't. Many's the man that's lost his hat, an ain't +lost his life. It's a windy place here, an ole Solomon's hat's a +mile too big for him, so it is--'deed an it is." + +Captain Corbet shook his head more gloomily than ever. + +"Ow, sure an ye needn't be shakin yer head that way. Sure an +haven't ye lost hats av yer own, over an over?" + +"Never," said the captain. "I never lost a hat." + +"Niver got one blowed off? 'Deed an ye must have." + +"I never got one blowed off. When the wind blowed hard I allus kep +'em tied on." + +"Well, Solomon hadn't any tie to his, an it cud tumble off his old +pate asy enough, so it cud. Sure he's lost it jumpin over the +rocks. Besides, where's his basket?" + +"At the bottom, no doubt." + +"Sure an it cud float." + +"No; I dar say it was full of lobsters." + +"Any how, I'll not believe he's gone till I see him," cried Pat, +earnestly. "Seein's believin." + +"Ef he's gone," said Captain Corbet, more solemnly than ever, +"ye'll never see him. These waters take too good care of a man for +that." + +"Well, yer all givin up too soon," said Pat. "Come along now; +there's lots of places yet to examin. Give one of yer loudest +yells." + +Captain Corbet did so. In spite of his despondency as to poor old +Solomon's fate, he was not at all unwilling to try any further +chances. On this occasion he seemed to gain unusual energy out of +his very despair; and the yell that burst from him was so high, so +shrill, so piercing, and so far penetrating, that the former cries +were nothing compared to it. + +"Well done!" cried Pat. "Sure an you bet yerself that time, out an +out." + +"Stop!" cried Phil. "Listen. What's that?" + +Far away, as they listened, they heard a faint cry, that seemed +like a response. + +"Is that the echo?" asked Phil, anxiously. + +"Niver an echo!" cried Pat, excitedly. "Shout agin, captain, +darlin." + +Captain Corbet gave another shout as loud and as shrill as the +preceding one. + +They listened anxiously. + +Again they heard the cry. It was faint and far off; yet it was +unmistakably a human cry. Their excitement now grew intense. + +"Where did it come from?" cried Phil. + +"Wal, it kine o' seemed to me that it came back thar," said the +captain, pointing to the woods. + +"'Deed an it didn't," cried Pat; "not a bit of it. It was from the +shore, jest ahead; from the pint, so it was, or I'm a nagur." + +"I think it came from the shore, too," said Phil; "but it seemed to +be behind us." + +"Niver a bit," cried Pat; "not back there. We've been there, an +whoever it was wud have shouted afore, so he wud. No, it's ahead +at the pint. He's jest heard us, an he's shoutin afther us. +Hooray! Hurry up, an we'll be there in time to save him." + +Pat's confidence was not without its effect on the others. Without +waiting any longer, they at once set off at a run, stopping at +intervals to yell, and then listening for a response. To their +delight, that response came over and over again; and to their still +greater joy, the sound each time was evidently louder. + +Beyond a doubt, they were drawing nearer to the place from which +the sounds came. + +This stimulated them all the more, so that they hurried on faster. + +The edge of the cliff was not covered by any trees, but the ground +at its summit had been cleared, so that progress was not at all +difficult. They therefore did not take much time in traversing the +space that intervened between the spot where they had first heard +the cry, and the point where the cliff terminated. The cry grew +steadily louder, all the way, until at last, when they approached +the point, it seemed to come directly from beneath. + +The cliff here was perpendicular for about forty feet down, and +below this it seemed to retreat, so that nothing could be seen. +The tide was on the ebb; but it was still so high that its waves +beat below them, and seemed to strike the base of the rock. +Beyond, on the right, there was a sloping ledge, which descended +from the cliffs into the sea, over which the waves were now +playing. + +It was from the hollow and unseen recess down at the foot of the +cliff that the cry seemed to arise, which had come in response to +the calls of those on the summit. On reaching the place above, +they knelt down, and looked over, but were not able to distinguish +any human being, or any sign of the presence of one. But as they +looked anxiously over, the cry arose, not very loud, but quite +distinct now, and assured them that this was the place which +sheltered the one who had uttered that cry. + +Captain Corbet now thrust his head over as far as he could, and +gave a call in his loudest voice. + +"Hal-lo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o!" + +To which there came up in answer a cry that sounded like-- + +"Hi-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-i!" + +"Solomo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-on!" + +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-ey!" + +"Is that yo-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ou?" + +"It's me-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e!" + +"Where are y-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ou?" + +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-re!" + +"Come u-u-u-u-u-u-u-up!" + +"Ca-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-n't!" + +"Why no-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-ot?" + +"Too hi-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-gh!" + +"Go round the pi-i-i-i-i-i-nt!" + +"Too high ti-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-de!" + +"Wa-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-it!" + +"All ri-i-i-i-i-i-i-i-ght!" + +Captain Corbet now sprang up as nimbly as a young lad, and looked +at Phil and Pat with an expression of such exceeding triumph, that +his face seemed fairly to shine. + +"It IS Solomon!" he cried. But it was of no use for him to convey +that piece of information to the boys, who already knew that fact +quite as well as he did. + +"It IS Solomon," he repeated; "an now the pint is, how air we to +git him up?" + +"Let me go down," said Pat. + +"How?" + +"Sure an I can git down wid that bit o' rope you have." + +"Mebbe you can, an then agin mebbe you can't; but s'posin you was +to git down, how upon airth would that help the matter?" + +"Sure an we cud give him a pull up." + +"I don't think we could manage that," said Captain Corbet, "and you +couldn't, at any rate, if you were down thar with him. As far as I +see, we'll hev to wait till the tide falls." + +"Wouldn't it be better," said Phil, "for us to go around, so as to +come nearer?" + +"How? Whar?" + +"Why, down to the beach, and then we could walk around the point." + +"Walk? Why, it's high water." + +"So it is--I forgot that." + +"The fact is, we can't git any nearer than we air now. Then, agin, +the boys'll be along in a boat soon. They ought to be here by this +time; so let's sit down here, an wait till they heave in sight." + +With a call of encouragement to Solomon which elicited a reply of +satisfaction, Captain Corbet sat down upon the grass, and the boys +followed his example. In this position they waited quietly for the +boat to come. + +Meanwhile, Bart and Bruce had hurried on as rapidly as their legs +could carry them, and at length reached the path which went down to +the beach. Down this they scrambled, and not long afterwards they +reached the ship-yard. Here they obtained a boat without any +difficulty, which the workmen launched for them; and then they +pushed off, and pulled for the point, with the intention of rowing +along opposite the shore, and narrowly inspecting it. + +Scarcely had they reached the point, however, when a loud and well- +known voice sounded from on high. They both turned and looked up, +still pulling. There they saw Captain Corbet, and Phil, and Pat, +all of whom were shouting and making furious gestures at them. + +"We've found him! Come in closer!" cried Captain Corbet. + +"Whe-e-e-re?" cried Bruce. + +But before any answer could come, a loud, shrill scream, followed +by a yell of delight, burst forth from some place still nearer. + +Burt and Bruce both started, and looked towards the place from +which this last cry came. + +There a very singular and pleasing sight met their eyes. + +About six feet above the water was a shelf of rock, that ran down +sloping to the beach, and over this there projected a great mass of +the cliff. In this recess there crouched a familiar figure. He +had no hat, but between his legs, as he sat there, he held a +basket, to which he clung with his knees and his hands. As he sat +there his eyes were fixed upon them, and their whites seemed +enlarged to twice their ordinary dimensions, while yell after yell +came from him. + +"Help, he-e-e-e-e-lp! Mas'r Ba-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-art! O, Mas'r Ba-a- +a-a-a-a-a-a-a-art! He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-lp! Sa-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a-a- +a-a-a-a-a-ave me!" + +"Hurrah! hurrah!" cried Bart and Bruce, in a burst of heartfelt +joy. + +"He-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-e-lp!" came forth once more from Solomon. + +"All right," cried Bart; and at once the boat pointed towards the +place where Solomon was sitting. The water nearer the shore was +somewhat rough, but fortunately there were no rocks just there, and +they were able to bring the boat in close to the place where +Solomon was confined. At their approach Solomon moved slowly down +the incline of the rock, on his hands and knees, for there was not +room for him to stand upright; and as he moved he pushed the basket +before him, as though there was something inside of uncommon value. +Reaching, at length, a spot where the rock was about the level of +the boat, he waited for them to approach. Soon the boat touched +the rock. + +"Come, old Sol," cried Bart, "jump in!" + +"Hyah, take hole ob dis yar," said Solomon, even in that moment of +rescue refusing to move till his precious basket should be safe. + +Bart grasped it, and put it into the boat, noticing, as he did so, +that it was full of lobsters. + +"Come, Solomon, hurry up. I don't like the boat to be knocking +here this way." + +"All right, sah," said Solomon, crawling along rather stiffly; "ben +tied up in a knot all day, an feel so stiff dat I don't know as +I'll git untied agin fur ebber mo. Was jest makin my will, any +way, as you came along." + +By this time Solomon had tumbled into the boat, and worked his way +aft, though not without many groans. + +"It's de cold rocks, an de wet," he groaned. "Sech an attack o' +rheumaticses as dis ole nigga's gwine to hab beats all! Any how, I +ben an sabed de lobsta. Loss me ole hat, but didn't car a mite fer +dat so long as I sabed de lobsta." + +"All right," cried Bart; and at this the two boys pulled away from +the rocks and rounded the point. As they came into the sight of +those who were waiting on the top of the cliff, a shout of joy +arose. + + + + + + +XV. + +Exploring Juan Fernandez.--The Cliffs.--The tangled Underbrush.-- +The Fog Bank.--Is it coming or going?--The Steamer.--Vain Appeals.-- +New Plans. + + + + + +Starting off, as we have seen, to explore the island, Tom first +directed his steps towards the elevated land which has before been +mentioned. At first his path was easy, and the descent very +gradual; but at length it became more difficult, and he had to +ascend a steep hill, which was over-strewn with stones and +interspersed with trees and mounds. Up among these he worked his +way, and at length the ascent ceased. He was on the summit of the +island. Here he walked to the edge of the area on which he stood, +and found himself on the edge of a precipice that went sheer down +to a beach, which was apparently two hundred feet beneath him. The +precipice seemed actually to lean forward out of the perpendicular, +and so tremendous was the view beneath, that Tom, although not by +any means inclined to be nervous, found his head grow giddy as he +looked down. Looking forth thus from his dizzy elevation, he could +see across the bay to the New Brunswick shore, and could mark the +general course which his drifting boat must have taken over those +deep, dark, and treacherous waters. + +The sea was broad, and blue, and tranquil, and desolate, for even +from this commanding height not a sail was visible. There was +nothing here which could attract Tom's attention for any long +period; so he prepared to continue his progress. In front of him +lay a wood, before plunging in which he turned to see if there were +any vessels coming through the Straits of Minas. None were +visible; so, turning back once more, he resumed his journey, and +went forward among the trees. + +His path now became a difficult one. It was necessary to keep away +from the edge of the cliff, but still not to go out of sight of it. +The trees were principally spruce and fir, but there were also +birch and maple. He also noticed mountain ash and willow. Beneath +him all the ground was covered with soft moss, in which he sank to +his ankles, while on every side were luxuriant ferns and evergreen +trailers. Tom recognized all these with great satisfaction, for +they showed him the means of furnishing for himself a soft couch, +that might be envied by many a man in better circumstances. +Progress soon grew more difficult, for there were numerous mounds, +and dense underbrush, through which he could only force his way by +extreme effort. Windfalls also lay around in all directions, and +no sooner would he have fairly surmounted one of them, than another +would appear. Thus his progress was exceedingly slow and +laborious. + +After about a half an hour of strenuous exertion, Tom found himself +in the midst of an almost impassable jungle of tangled, stunted fir +trees. He tried to avoid these by making a detour, but found that +they extended so far that he could only pass them by going along +close to the edge of the cliff. This last path he chose, and +clinging to the branches, he passed for more than a hundred yards +along the crest of a frightful precipice, where far down there +yawned an abyss, at whose bottom was the sea; while abreast of him +in the air there floated great flocks of gulls, uttering their +hoarse yells, and fluttering fiercely about, as though trying to +drive back this intruder upon their domains. Once or twice Tom was +compelled to stop, and turn away his face from the abyss, and +thrust himself in among the trees; but each time he regained his +courage, after a little rest, and went on as before. + +At length he passed the thick spruce underbrush, and found the +woods less dense. He could now work his way among them without +being compelled to go so close to the edge of the cliff; and the +dizzy height and the shrieks of the gulls no longer disturbed his +senses. The trees here were not so high as those at the other end +of the island, but were of much smaller size, and seemed stunted. +There were no maples or other forest trees, but only scraggy fir, +that seemed too exposed to the winds from the sea to have much +health or verdure. The underbrush was wanting to a great extent, +but moss was here in large quantities, and thick clusters of alder +bushes. Wild shrubs also--such as raspberries and blueberries-- +were frequently met with; while ledges of weather-beaten rock +jutted out from amid thick coverings of moss. + +Walking here was not at all difficult, and he went on without any +interruption, until, at last, he found any farther progress barred +by a precipice. He was at the lower or western end of the island. + +He looked down, and found beneath him a great precipice, while +rocks jutted out from the sea, and ledges projected beyond. The +gulls were present here, as elsewhere, in great flocks, and still +kept up their noisy screams. + +Tom looked out over the sea, and saw its waters spread far away +till it was lost in the horizon. On the line of that horizon he +saw a faint gray cloud, that looked like a fog bank. It had, to +his eyes, a certain gloomy menace, and seemed to say to him that he +had not seen the last of it yet. On the left of the broad sea, the +Nova Scotia Coast ran along till it was lost in the distance; and +on the right was the long line of the New Brunswick shore, both of +which had now that dark hue of olive green which he had noticed on +the land opposite before he had started. + +Suddenly, while he was looking, his eyes caught sight of something +white that glistened brightly from the blue water. It was about +midway between the two coasts, and he knew it at once to be some +sailing vessel. He could not make out more than one sail, and that +showed that the vessel was either coming up the bay or going down; +for if it had been crossing, she would, of course, have lain +broadside on to his present locality, and would have thus displayed +two sails to his view. The sight of this vessel agitated him +exceedingly; and the question about her probable course now entered +his mind, and drove away all other thoughts. Whether that vessel +were going up or down became of exclusive importance to him now, if +she were coming up, she might approach him, and hear his hail, or +catch sight of his signals. Suddenly he reflected that he had no +way of attracting attention, and a wild desire of running back and +setting up the longest pole or board that he could find came into +his mind; but such was the intensity of his curiosity, and the +weight of his suspense, that he could not move from the spot where +he was until he had satisfied himself as to the vessel's course. + +He sat down not far from the edge of the precipice, and, leaning +forward with his hands supporting his chin, he strained his eyes +over the intervening distance, as he tried to make out in which way +the vessel was going. It seemed fully ten miles away, and her hull +was not visible. It was only the white of her sails that he saw; +and as the sunlight played on these from time to time, or fell off +from the angle of reflection, the vessel was alternately more or +less visible, and thus seemed by turns to draw nearer and depart +farther from his sight. + +Thus for a long time he sat, alternately hoping and desponding, at +every play of those sails in the sunlight. The calm of the water +showed him that, even if the vessel were coming up, he could not +expect any very rapid progress. There was now no wind, and the +surface of the water was perfectly unruffled. Besides, he knew +that the tide was falling rapidly. How, then, could he expect that +the vessel could come any nearer, even if she were trying to? +Thoughts like these at last made him only anxious to keep the +vessel in sight. If her destination lay up the bay, she would +probably anchor; if it lay down the bay, she would drift with the +tide. He thought, then, that if she only would remain in sight, it +would be a sufficient proof of her course. + +Thus he sat, watching and waiting, with all his soul intent upon +those flashing sails, and all his thoughts taken up with the +question as to the course of that solitary bark. It seemed a long +time to him, in his suspense; but suspense always makes time seem +long. At last, however, even though he hoped so persistently for +the best, his hope began to die within him. Fainter and fainter +grew those sails; at intervals rarer and rarer did their flash come +to his eyes, until at length the sight of them was lost altogether, +and nothing met his eyes but the gloomy gray of the fog cloud on +the far horizon. + +Even after he had lost hope, and become convinced that she was +gone, Tom sat there for a long time, in a fixed attitude, looking +at that one spot. He would have sat there longer, but suddenly +there came to his ears a peculiar sound, which made him start to +his feet in a moment, and filled him with a new excitement. + +He listened. + +The sound came again. + +A flush of joy spread over his face, his heart beat faster and +faster, and he listened as though he could scarce believe his +senses. + +As he listened, the sounds came again, and this time much louder. + +There was now no mistake about it. It was a regular boat, which +Tom knew well to be the peculiar sound made by the floats of a +steamer's paddles. He had often heard it. He had but recently +heard it, when the revenue steamer was approaching the Antelope, +and again during the foggy night, when the whistle roused them, and +the same beat of the paddles came over the midnight waters. + +And now, too, he heard it. + +He gave a shout of joy, and started off to catch sight of her. + +For a few paces only he ran, and then stopped. + +He was puzzled. He did not know in which direction it was best to +go. He was at the west end of the island, but could not make out +very well the direction of the sounds. He tried to think whether +the steamer would pass the island on the north side or the south. +He did not know, but it seemed to him that she would certainly go +to the north of it. There was no time to be lost, and standing +there to listen did not seem to be of any use, even if his +impatience had allowed him to do so. Accordingly he hurried back +by the way that he had come along the north side of the island. + +For some time he ran along through the trees, and at length, in +about fifteen or twenty minutes, he reached the place where the +dense underbrush was, by the edge of the cliff. From this point a +wide view was commanded. On reaching it he looked out, and then up +the bay, towards the Straits of Minas. He could see almost up to +the straits, but no steamer appeared. For a moment he stood +bewildered, and then the thought came to him, that he had mistaken +altogether the steamer's course. She could not be coming down on +the north side of the island, but on the south side. With a cry of +grief he started back again, mourning over his error, and the time +that he had lost. On reaching the more open wood, he thought that +it would be better to hurry across the island to the south side, +and proceeded at once to do so. The way was rough and tedious. +Once or twice he had to burst through thickets of alder, and +several times he had to climb over windfalls. At length, in his +confusion, he lost his way altogether; he had to stop and think. +The shadows of the trees showed him where the south lay, and he +resumed his journey. At length, after most exhaustive efforts, he +reached a part of the cliff, where a fringe of alders grew so +thick, that he was scarce aware that he was at his destination, +until the precipice opened beneath him. Here he stood, and, +pressing apart the dense branches, he looked out. + +There was the steamer, about two miles off, already below where he +was standing, and going rapidly down the bay with the falling tide. + +Another cry of grief burst from Tom. Where he was standing he +could see the vessel, but he himself was completely concealed by +the clustering bushes. He now lamented that he had left his first +position, and saw that his only chance was to have remained there. + +To stay where he was could not be thought of. There was scarce a +chance now of doing anything, since the steamer was so far away; +but what chance there was certainly depended on his being in some +conspicuous position. He started off, therefore, to the west +point, where he had watched the schooner for so long a time. He +hurried on with undiminished energy, and bounded over windfalls, +and burst through thickets, as before. But in spite of his +efforts, his progress could not be more rapid than it had formerly +been. His route was necessarily circuitous, and before he could +find the desired point, many more minutes had elapsed. + +But he reached it at last, and there, on the bare rock, springing +forward, he waved his hat in the air, and sent forth a piercing cry +for help. But the steamer was now as much as four or five miles +away--too far altogether for his loudest cry to go. His screams +and his gestures did not appear to attract the slightest attention. +She moved on her way right under the eyes of the frantic and +despairing boy, nor did she change her course in the slightest +degree, nor did her paddles cease to revolve, but went rolling +round, tossing up the foam, and bearing far, far away that boat on +which poor Tom had rested his last hope. + +As for Tom, he kept up his screams as long as he could utter a +sound. He tore off his coat, and shook it up and down, and waved +it backward and forward. But none of these things were heard or +seen. The steamboat passed on, until, at length, even Tom became +convinced that further efforts were useless. + +This last blow was too much. Tom sank under it, and, falling on +his face, he burst into a flood of tears. + +Struggling up at length from this last affliction, Tom roused +himself, and his buoyancy of soul began once more to assert itself. + +"Come now, Thomas, my son," said he, as he dried his eyes, "this +sort of thing will never do, you know. You're not a baby, my boy; +you've never been given to blubbering, I think. Cheer up, then, +like a man, and don't make me feel ashamed of you." + +This little address to himself had, as before, the effect of +restoring his equanimity, and he thought with calmness upon his +recent disappointments. + +He saw, by the passage of these vessels, what he had for a time +lost sight of, namely, that this island, though uninhabited, was +still in the middle of a bay which was constantly traversed by +sailing vessels and steamboats. The latter ran regularly up to +the Basin of Minas from St. John. As to the former, they were +constantly passing to and fro, from the large ship down to the +small fishing vessel. Inhabited countries surrounded him on every +side, between the coasts of which there was a constant communication. +If he only kept patient, the time must come, and that, too, before +very long, when he would be delivered. + +In order to secure this delivery, however, he saw that it would be +necessary to arrange some way by which he might attract the notice +of passing vessels. On this subject he meditated for a long time. +It would be necessary, he thought, to have some sort of a signal in +some conspicuous place. Among the drift-wood he might, perhaps, be +able to find some sort of a pole or staff which he could set up. +One might not be enough, but in that case he could put up two, or +three, or half a dozen. + +The next thing to decide about was the choice of a place. There +was the east end, and the west end--which was the better? The west +end, where he was standing, was high; but then it was surrounded by +trees, and unless he could set up a very tall staff, it could +scarcely be noticed. The east end, on the contrary, was lower; but +then it was bare, and any kind of a signal which might be set up +there could hardly fail to attract attention. He could also pile +up a heap of drift-wood, and set fire to it, and, by this means, if +a vessel were passing by, he could be certain of securing +attention. It did not make much difference which end the signals +were placed upon, as far as referred to the passing of vessels; for +all that passed by would go along the island, so that both ends +would be visible to them. + +As to the signals, he felt confident that he could find a staff, +or, if one would not be long enough, several could be fastened +together. The coil of rope in the boat would enable him to do +this. The sail would afford material for a flag. + +All these plans came to his mind as he stood there; and the +prospect of once more doing something which was to help him to +escape from his prison drove away the last vestige of his grief. +His courage again arose, hope revived, and he burst forth into a +light and joyous song. Very different was he now from the +despairing lad who, but a short time before, had been pouring forth +his tears of sorrow; and yet but a few minutes had passed since +then. The steamer was yet in sight down the bay, but Tom, who had +lately been so frantic in his efforts to attract her attention, now +cast a glance after her of perfect indifference. + +And now it was necessary for him to return to the east end of the +island, and look about for the means of putting into execution his +plan for making a signal. + +He started off on his return without any further delay. The path +back was as rough and toilsome as the way down had been; but Tom +was now full of hope, and his elastic spirits had revived so +thoroughly that he cared but little for the fatigue of the journey. +It was traversed at last, and he descended the slope to the place +from which he had started. + +His exploration of the island had been quite complete. It seemed +to him to be about a mile and a half in length, and a half a mile +or so in width. The east end, where he had first arrived, was the +only place where it was at all desirable to stay. + +Immediately on his arrival he examined the boat, and found it +secure. To his surprise it was now about sunset. He had forgotten +the lapse of time. He was hungry; so he sat down, ate his biscuit, +drank his water, and rested from the toils of the day. + + + + + + +XVI. + +A Sign for the outer World.--A Shelter for the Outcast's Head.-- +Tom's Camp and Camp-bed.--A Search after Something to vary a too +monotonous Diet.--Brilliant Success. + + + + + +Tom sat down after his eventful day, and took his evening meal, as +has been said. He rested then for some time. His excessive labors +had fatigued him less than the great excitement which he had +undergone, and now he felt disinclined to exert himself. But the +sun had set, and darkness was coming on rapidly; so he rose, at +last, and went over to the drift-wood. Here, after a search of +about half an hour, he found something which was very well suited +to his purpose. It was a piece of scantling about twenty feet +long, and not very thick; and to this he saw that he could fasten +the pole that he had made up in the woods. These two pieces would +make, when joined, a very good flag-staff. These he brought up to +the bank. Then he collected an armful of dry chips and sticks, +which he carried over to a spot near where the boat lay. A rock +was there, and against one side of this he built a pile of the +chips. He then tried a match, and found that it was quite dry, and +lighted it without any difficulty. With this he kindled the fire, +and soon saw, with great satisfaction, a bright and cheerful blaze. + +He was so delighted with the fire that he brought up a dozen more +loads of wood, which he laid near. Then he drew up the bit of +scantling, and bringing the coil of rope, he cut a piece off, and +proceeded to fasten to the scantling the pole which he had procured +in the woods. He did this by winding the rope around in a close +and even wind; and, finally, on concluding his task, he found that +it was bound firmly enough to stand any breeze. It took a long +time to finish this; but Tom had slept late in the morning, and, +though fatigued, he was not sleepy. After this he sat down in +front of the fire, and enjoyed its friendly light and its genial +glow. He kept heaping on the fuel, and the bright flames danced +up, giving to him the first approach to anything like the feeling +of comfort that he had known since he had drifted away from the +Antelope. Nor was it comfort only that he was mindful of while he +watched and fed the fire. He saw in this fire, as it shone out +over the water, the best kind of a signal, and had some hope of +being seen and hailed by some passing vessel. In this hope he sat +up till midnight, looking out from time to time over the water, and +expecting every instant to see the shadow of some approaching +vessel. + +But midnight came, and Tom at length thought of sleep. The sail +had dried thoroughly through the day; so now he used it once more +as a coverlet, and, folding himself in it, he reclined, as before, +against the mossy bank, and slept. + +On awaking the next day, he arose and looked around. To his deep +disappointment, he could see nothing. There was a fog over all the +scene. The wind had changed, and his old enemy was once more +besieging him. It was not so thick, indeed, as it had been, being +light and dry, so that the ground was not at all moistened; but +still the view was obscured, so that no vessel could be seen unless +it came within half a mile; and that was rather closer than most +vessels would care to come to his island. + +This day was Sunday, and all Tom's plans had to be deferred until +the following day. However, it was not at all disagreeable to him +to get rid of the necessity of work; and, indeed, never before did +he fully appreciate the nature of the Day of Rest. The rest was +sweet indeed to his exhausted and overworn frame, and he did not go +far away from his fire. He had found some embers still glowing in +the morning, and had kindled the fire anew from these, without +drawing any more upon his precious store of matches. He resolved +now to keep the coals alive all the time, by feeding the fire +during the day, and covering it up with ashes by night. + +It was Sunday,--the Day of Rest,--and Tom felt all the blessedness +of rest. On the whole, it turned out to be the pleasantest day +which he had known since he left the schooner. Left now to quiet +reflection, he recalled the events of the last week, and had more +leisure to feel thankful over the wonderful safety which he had met +with. Even now on the island he was not without his comforts. He +had food and warmth. So, on the whole, though he had his moments +of sadness, yet the sadness was driven out by cheerfulness. It was +not all dismal. The words of that poem which is familiar to every +school-boy rang in his ears:-- + + + "O, Solitude, where are the charms + That sages have seen in thy face? + Better dwell in the midst of alarms + Than reign in this horrible place." + + +Yet these words were accompanied and counterbalanced by the more +pleasing and consoling sentiments of others, which on this day +accorded better with Tom's mood:-- + + + "There's mercy in every place; + And mercy--encouraging thought!-- + Gives even affliction a grace, + And reconciles man to his lot." + + +Nothing occurred during the day to disturb the quiet of the island, +and Tom went to bed early that night, so as to have a long sleep, +and fortify himself for the labors of the morrow. The ashes were +raked carefully round the coals, which, when Tom waked in the +morning, were easily kindled again. + +He was up early on that Monday morning. He saw, with deep +disappointment, that the fog still covered every thing, and that +the wind was blowing quite brisk from the south-west, and raising +rather a heavy sea. But he had a great deal to do now, and to this +he turned his attention. + +First of all, he had to finish his signal-staff and set it up. He +was very much troubled about the proper material for a flag. The +canvas was rather too heavy; but as he had nothing else, he had to +take this. He fastened a bit of the rope to the head of the staff, +so as to form a loop, and through this he ran a piece which was +long enough to serve for halyards. Thus far he had not used up +more than a quarter of the coil of rope; but he needed all that was +left for other purposes. The next thing was to set up his staff. +To do this required much labor. He had already selected the place +which seemed most suitable. It was at the extreme point of a +tongue of land which projected beside the brook, and only a little +distance from his resting-place. Here the ground was soft; and +choosing a sharp stone, he worked diligently for about a couple of +hours, until at length he succeeded in digging a hole which was +about eighteen inches in depth. Then he fastened ropes to the +staff, where the pole joined it, so that four lines came down far +enough to serve as stays. Having done this, he inserted the end of +the staff in the hole, and thrust in the earth all around it, +trampling it in, and beating it down as tight as he could with a +stone. After this he procured some sticks from the drift-wood, +and, sharpening the ends, he secured the stays by fastening them to +these sticks, which he drove into the ground. The staff then +seemed to be as secure as was necessary. It only remained now to +hoist up his flag; and this he did without any difficulty, securing +it at half mast, so that it might serve unmistakably as a signal of +distress. + +Upon completing this, Tom rested on the mound, and from that +distance he contemplated the signal with a great deal of calm and +quiet satisfaction. It was his own device, and his own handiwork, +and he was very proud of it. But he did not allow himself a long +rest. There yet remained much to be done, and to this he now +directed his attention. + +He had been thinking, during his last employment, upon the +necessity which he had of some shelter. A plan had suggested +itself which he felt confident that he could carry into execution +without any very great trouble. The fog that now prevailed, and +which was far different from the light mist of the previous day, +accompanied also, as it was, by the damp south-west wind, made some +sort of a shelter imperatively necessary, and that, too, before +another night. To pass this night in the fog would be bad enough; +but if it should happen to rain also, his situation would be +miserable indeed. + +He now set out for the beach, and found, without much difficulty, +some pieces of wood which were necessary to his purpose. Bringing +these back, he next looked about for a good situation. There was a +rock not far from the fire, and in front of this was a smooth spot, +where the land was flat, and covered with short grass. On the left +it sloped to the brook. This seemed to him to be the best place on +the island. It was sufficiently sheltered. It was dry, and in +case of rain the water would not be likely to flood it. With all +these it also possessed the advantage of being sufficiently +conspicuous to any passing vessel which might be attracted by the +signal-staff. Here, then, Tom determined to erect his place of +residence. + +His first work was to select two long and slender pieces of wood, +and sharpen the ends of them. Then he drove each of them into the +ground in such a way that their tops crossed one another. These he +bound fast together. Two other stakes were driven into the ground, +and secured in the same way, about six or seven feet off. Another +long piece of scantling was then placed so as to pass from one to +the other of the two crossed sticks, so that it rested upon them. +This last was bound tight to the crossed sticks, and thus the whole +structure formed a camp-shaped frame. + +Over this Tom now threw the sail, and brought it down to the ground +on either side, securing it there with pegs. At the back of the +camp a piece of the sail was folded over and secured so as to cover +it in; while in front another piece of the sail hung down until it +nearly reached the ground. This could hang down at night, and be +folded over the top by day. Tom now tore up some sods, and laid +them over the edge of the canvas on each side, where it touched the +ground, and placed on these heavy stones, until at length it seemed +sufficiently protected from the entrance of any rain that might +flow down the roof. His last task consisted in collecting a large +quantity of moss and ferns from the woods, which he strewed over +the ground inside, and heaped up at one end, so as to form a soft +and fragrant bed. When this was accomplished the camp was +finished. + +It had taken a long time, and when at last the work was done, it +began to grow dark. Tom noticed this with surprise. He had been +working so incessantly that he was not mindful of the flight of +time, and now the day was done, and the evening was upon him before +he was aware. But there were other things still for him to do +before he could rest from his labors. His fire was just flickering +around its last embers, and if he wished to have a pleasant light +to cheer the solitude and the darkness of his evening hours, it +would be necessary to prepare a supply of fuel. To this he +attended at once, and brought up several armfuls of drift-wood from +the beach. Placing these near the fire, he kindled it up afresh, +and flung upon the rising flames a generous supply of fuel. The +fires caught at it, and crackled as they spread through the dry +wood, and tossed up their forked tongues on high, till in the dusk +of evening they illuminated the surrounding scene with a pleasant +light. A few more armfuls were added, and then the work for the +day was over. That work had been very extensive and very +important. It had secured a means of communication with the outer +world, and had also formed a shelter from the chill night air, the +fog, and the storm. It was with a very natural pride that Tom cast +his eyes around, and surveyed the results of his ingenuity and his +industry. + +The camp opened towards the fire, from which it was not so far +distant but that Tom could attend to it without any very great +inconvenience. The fire shone pleasantly before him as he sat down +at his evening repast. As the darkness increased, it threw a +ruddier glow upon all the scene around, lighting up field and hill, +and sending long streams of radiance into the fog that overhung the +sea. Tom had prepared an unusually large supply of fuel, this +evening, for the express purpose of burning it all up; partly for +his own amusement, and partly in the hope that it might meet the +eyes of some passing navigator. It was his only hope. To keep his +signals going by night and day was the surest plan of effecting a +speedy escape. Who could tell what might be out on the neighboring +sea? How did he know but that the Antelope might be somewhere near +at hand, with his companions on board, cruising anxiously about in +search after the missing boat? He never ceased to think that they +were following after him somewhere, and to believe that, in the +course of their wanderings, they might come somewhere within sight +of him. He knew that they would never give him up till they +assuredly knew his fate, but would follow after him, and set other +vessels on the search, till the whole bay, with all its shores and +islands, should be thoroughly ransacked. + +Fortunate was it for him, he thought, that there was so large a +supply of drift-wood at hand on the beach, dry, portable, and in +every way convenient for use. Thanks to this, he might now +disperse the gloom of dark and foggy nights, and keep up a better +signal in the dark than he could do in the light. Thus the fuel +was heaped on, and the fire flamed up, and Tom sat near, looking +complacently upon the brilliant glow. + +Thus far, for nearly a week, he had fed on biscuit only; but now, +as he ate his repast, he began to think that it was a very +monotonous fare, and to wonder whether it might not be possible to +find something which could give a zest to his repasts. The biscuit +were holding out well, but still he felt a desire to husband his +resources, and if any additional food could in any way be procured, +it would not only be a relish, but would also lessen his demand +upon his one sole source of supply. He thought earnestly upon the +subject of fish. He turned his thoughts very seriously to the +subject of fish-hooks, and tried to think of some way by which he +could capture some of the fish with which these waters abounded. +But this idea did not seem to promise much. In the first place, he +could think of no possible way in which he could procure any +serviceable hook; in the second place, even if he had a hook and +line all ready and baited, he did not see how he would be able to +cast it within reach of any fish. His boat would not float him +even for the little distance that was required to get into the +places where fish might be. He could only stand upon the beach out +of their reach. + +But, in the course of his thoughts, he soon perceived that other +sources of food were possible to him besides the fish that were +caught by hook and line. His mind reverted to the populous realm +of shell-fish. These were all before him. Round the rocks and +amid the sea-weed there certainly must be mussels. At low tide, +amid the ledges and the sand, there surely must be some lobsters. +Before him there was an extensive mud flat, where there ought to be +clams. Here was his fire, always ready, by night and by day. Why +should he not be able to make use of that fire, not only for +cheering his mind, and giving him warmth, and signaling to passers- +by, but also for cooking his meals? + +This was the question that he asked himself as he ate his biscuit. +He could not see why he should not be able to accomplish this. As +far as he could see, there ought to be plenty of shell-fish of +various kinds on these shores. The more he thought of it, the more +probable it seemed. He determined to solve the difficulty as soon +as possible. On former occasions he had arranged his work on the +evening for the succeeding day. On this evening he marked out this +work for the morrow, and arranged in his mind a comprehensive and +most diligent search for shell-fish, which should embrace the whole +circuit of the island. + +With this in his mind, he arranged the fire as usual, so as to keep +it alive, and then retired to his camp for the night. The presence +of a roof over his head was grateful in the extreme. He let down +the canvas folds over the entrance, and felt a peculiar sense of +security and comfort. The moss and ferns which he had heaped up +were luxuriously soft and deliciously fragrant. Over these he +stretched his wearied limbs with a sigh of relief, and soon was +asleep. + +So comfortable was his bed, and so secure his shelter, that he +slept longer than usual. It was late when he awaked. He hurried +forth and looked around. The fog still rested over everything. If +possible it was thicker and more dismal than even on the preceding +day. To his surprise, he soon noticed that it had been raining +quite heavily through the night. Around, in many places, he saw +pools of water, and in the hollows of the rocks he saw the same. +This could only have been done by the rain. Going back to his +camp, he saw that the canvas was quite wet. And yet the rain had +all rolled off. Not a drop had entered. The moss and the fern +inside were perfectly dry, and he had not the slightest feeling of +dampness about him. His camp was a complete success. + +He now went off to search for clams. The tide had been high at +about six in the morning. It was now, as he judged, about ten or +eleven, and the water was quite low. Selecting a piece of shingle +from his wood-pile, he walked down over the mud flat that extended +from the point, and, after going a little distance, he noticed the +holes that give indications of the presence of clams beneath. +Turning up the sand, he soon threw out some of them. He now dug in +several different places, and obtained sufficient for the day. +These he carried back to the bank in triumph. Then he stirred up +his fire, heaped on plenty of wood, and arranged his clams in front +so as to roast them. + +In spite of Mrs. Pratt's theories, the clams were found by Tom to +be delicious, and gave such relish to the biscuit, that he began to +think whether he could not make use of the baling dipper, and make +a clam chowder. + +This breakfast was a great success, and Tom now confidently +expected to find other shell-fish, by means of which his resources +might be enlarged and improved. + + + + + + +XVII. + +Solomon's solemn Tale.--A costly Lobster.--Off again.--Steam +Whistles of all Sizes.--A noisy Harbor.--Arrival Home.--No News. + + + + + +The shout of joy uttered by those on the top of the cliff at seeing +old Solomon safe was responded to by those in the boat; and then, +as the latter went on her way, Captain Corbet set out to return to +the beach, followed by Phil and Pat. Soon they were all reunited, +and, the boat being landed, they returned in triumph to the +Antelope. + +On their way back, Solomon told them the story of his adventures. + +"Went out," said he, "on a splorin scursion, cos I was termined to +try an skewer somethin to make a dinnah to keep up de sperrit ob +dis yah party. Ben trouble nuff, an dat's no reason why we should +all starb. I tought by de looks ob tings dar was lobstas somewhar +long dis yah sho, an if I got a chance, I knowed I could get 'em. +Dar was lots ob time too, ef it hadn't ben fur dat ar pint; dat's +what knocked me. Lots o' lobstas--could hab picked up a barl full, +ony hadn't any barl to pick up." + +"Well, but how did you happen to get caught?" + +"Dat ar's jes what I'm a comin to. You see, I didn't tink ob dat +ar pint when I went up de sho,--but knowed I had lots ob time; so I +jes tought I'd make sure ob de best ob de lobstas. Wan't goin to +take back any common lobstas,--bet you dat,--notin for me but de +best,--de bery best ones dar. Dat ar's what kep me. It takes a +heap ob time an car to get de best ones, when dar's a crowd lyin +about ob all sizes, an de water comin in too." + +"But didn't you see that the tide was coming up to the point?" + +"Nebber see a see,--not a see; lookin ober de lobstas all de time, +an mos stracted wid plexity cos I couldn't cide bout de best ones. +Dar was lots an lots up dar at one place, dough I didn't go fur,-- +but ef I'd gone fur, I'd hab got better ones." + +"How far did you go?" + +"Not fur,--ony short distance,--didn't want to go too fur away for +feah ob not gittin back in time. An so I started to come back +pooty soon, an walked, an walked. Las, jes as I got to de pint, I +rose my ole head, an looked straight afore me, an thar, clar ef I +didn't fine myself shut in,--reglar prison,--mind I tell you,--an +all round me a reglar cumferince ob water an rock, widout any way +ob scape. Tell you what, if dar ebber was a ole rat in a trap, I +was at dat ar casion." + +"Couldn't you have waded through it before it got too high?" + +"Waded? Not a wade; de water was rough an deep, an de bottom was +stones dat I'd slipped oba an almost broke my ole head, sides bein +drownded as dead as a herrin. Why, what you tink dis ole nigga's +made ob? I'm not a steam injine, nor a mowin machine, nor a life +boat. I'm ony a ole man, an shaky in de legs too,--mind I tell +you." + +"Well, how did you manage it?" + +"Manage! Why, I didn't manage at all." + +"How did you find that place where you were sitting?" + +"Wasn't settin. I was tied up in a knot, or rolled up into a ball. +Any way, I wasn't settin." + +"Well, how did you find the place?" + +"Wal, I jes got up dar. I stood on de sho till de water drobe me, +an I kep out ob its way till at las I found myself tied up de way +you saw me." + +"Why didn't you halloo?" + +"Hollar? Didn't I hollar like all possessed?" + +"We didn't hear you." + +"Wal, dat ar's dredful sterious. An me a hollarin an a yellin like +mad. Tell you what, I felt as ef I'd bust my ole head open, I did +yell that hard." + +"Couldn't you manage to climb up that cliff?" + +"Dat cliff? Climb up? Me? What! me climb up a cliff? an dat +cliff? Why, I couldn't no more climb up dat ar cliff dan I could +fly to de moon. No, sah. Much as I could do to keep whar I was, +out ob de water. Dat was enough." + +"Don't you know that we walked two miles up the shore?" + +"Two miles! Two! De sakes, now, chil'en! did you, railly? Ef I'd +a ony knowed you war a comin so near, wouldn't I a yelled? I bet I +would." + +"Why, you didn't think we'd have left you." + +"Lef me? Nebber. But den I didn't tink you'd magine anyting was +wrong till too late. What I wanted was help, den an dar. De +trouble was, when you did come, you all made dat ar circumbendibus, +an trabelled clean an clar away from me." + +"We thought at first you could not be so near the point." + +"But de pint was de whole difficulty. Dat's de pint." + +"Well, at any rate, you've saved the lobsters." + +"Yah! yah! yah! Yes. Bound to sabe dem dar. Loss my ole hat, an +nearly loss my ole self; but still I hung on to dem dar lobstas. +Tell you what it is now, dey come nigh onto bein de dearest lobstas +you ebber eat. I'be done a good deal in de way ob puttin myself +out to get a dinna at odd times for you, chil'en; but dis time I +almost put myself out ob dis mortial life. So when you get your +dinnas to-day, you may tink on what dat ar dinna come nigh to +costin." + +"I wonder that you held on to them so tight, when they brought you +into such danger." + +"Hole on? Why, dat ar's de berry reason why I did hole on. What, +let go ob dem arter all my trouble on dat count? No. I was bound +to hab somethin to show whenebber I got back, if I ebber did get +back; and so here I am, all alibe, an a bringin my lobstas wid me." + +"Well, Solomon," said Bart, in a kindly tone, "old man, the +lobsters have come near costing us pretty dear, and we felt bad +enough, I can tell you, when we went up there along the shore +calling for you and getting no answer." + +"What, you did car for de ole man, Mas'r Bart--did you?" said +Solomon, in a tremulous voice. Tears started to his eyes as he +said it, and all power of saying anything more seemed to depart +from him. He fell back behind the others, and walked on for the +rest of the way in silence, but at times casting upon Bart glances +that spoke volumes, and talking to himself in inaudible tones. + +In this way they soon reached the wharf where the schooner was +lying. + +The first thing that they noticed was, that the schooner was +aground. The tide had gone out too far for her to float away, and +consequently there was no hope of resuming their voyage for that +day. + +"We're in for it, captain," said Bruce + +"Yes; I felt afeard of it," said the captain. "We've got to wait +here till the next tide." + +"We'll leave to-night, of course." + +"O, yes. We must get off at the night's tide, and drop down the +bay." + +"How far had we better go?" + +"Wal, I ben a thinkin it all over, an it's my opinion that we'd +better go to St. John next. We may hear of him there, an ef he +don't turn up we can send out some more vessels, an give warnin +that he's astray on the briny biller." + +"At what time will we be able to leave?" + +"Wal, it'll not be high tide till near one o'clock, but we can git +off ef thar's a wind a leetle before midnight." + +"Do you think the wind will hold on?" + +The captain raised his head, and looked at the sky; then he looked +out to sea, and then he remained silent for a few minutes. + +"Wal," said he, at last, slowly and thoughtfully, "it'll take a man +with a head as long as a hoss to answer that thar. It mought hold +on, an then agin it moughtn't." + +"At any rate, I suppose we can drift." + +"O, yes; an of the wind doosn't come round too strong, we can git +nigh down pooty close to St. John by mornin." + +"We'll run down with the tide." + +"Percisely." + +"Well, I suppose we'll have to put the time through the best way we +can, and try to be patient. Only it seems hard to be delayed so +much. First there was the fog, which made our search useless; and +now, when there comes a bright day, when we can see where we're +going, here we are tied up in Quaco all day and all night." + +"It doos seem hard," said Captain Corbet, gravely, "terrible hard; +an ef I owned a balloon that could rise this here vessel off the +ground, an convey her through the air to her nat'ral element, I'd +hev it done in five minutes, an we'd all proceed to walk the waters +like things of life. But I don't happen to own a balloon, an so +thar you air. + +"But, boys," continued the captain, in a solemn voice, elevating +his venerable chin, and regarding them with a patriarchal smile,-- +"boys, don't begin to go on in that thar old despondent strain. +Methinks I hear some on you a repinin, an a frettin, cos we're +stuck here hard an fast. Don't do it, boys; take my advice, an +don't do it. Bear in mind the stirrin an memiorable events of this +here mornin. See what a calamity was a threatenin us. Why, I +declare to you all, thar was a time when I expected to see our aged +friend Solomon no more in the flesh. You could not tell it by my +manner, for I presarved a calm an collected dumeanour; but yet, I +tell you, underneath all that icy calm an startlin good-natur of my +attitood, I concealed a heart that bet with dark despair. At that +moment, when we in our wanderins had reached the furthest extremity +that we attained onto, I tell you my blood friz, an my har riz in +horror! Methought it were all up with Solomon; and when I see his +hat, it seemed to me jest as though I was a regardin with despairin +eye his tumestun whereon war graven by no mortial hand the solemn +an despairin epigram, 'Hic jacet!' + +"So now, my friends," continued the captain, as he brushed a tear- +drop from his eye, "let us conterrol our feelins. Let us be calm, +and hope for the best. When Solomon took his departoor, an was +among the missin, I thought that an evil fortin was a berroodin +over us, and about to consume us. But that derream air past. +Solomon is onst more among the eatables. He cooks agin the mortial +repast. He lives! So it will be with our young friend who has so +mysteriously drifted away from our midst. Cheer up, I say! Them's +my sentiment. He'll come to, an turn up, all alive--right side up-- +with care,--C. O. D.,--O. K.,--to be shaken before taken,--marked +and numbered as per margin,--jest as when shipped, in good order +an condition, on board the schooner Antelope, Corbet master, of +Grand Pre." + +These words of Captain Corbet had a very good effect upon the boys. +They had already felt very much cheered by the escape of Solomon, +and it seemed to them to be a good omen. If Solomon had escaped, +so also might Tom. And, as their anxiety on Solomon's account had +all been dispelled by his restoration, so also might they hope that +their anxiety about Tom would be dispelled. True, he had been lost +to them for a much longer time, and his absence was certainly +surrounded by a more terrible obscurity than any which had been +connected with that of Solomon. Yet this one favorable +circumstance served to show them that all might not be so dark as +they had feared. Thus, therefore, they began to be more sanguine, +and to hope that when they reached St. John, some tidings of the +lost boy might be brought to them. + +Solomon's exertions towards giving them a dinner were on this day +crowned with greater success than had been experienced for some +days past. Their exertions had given them an appetite, and they +were able to eat heartily for the first time since Tom's departure. + +The rest of the day passed very slowly with them. They retired +early, and slept until midnight. At that time they waked, and went +on deck, when they had the extreme satisfaction of seeing the +vessel get under way. A moderate breeze was blowing, which was +favorable, and though the tide was not yet in their favor, yet the +wind was sufficient to bear them out into the bay. Then the boys +all went below again, full of hope. The night passed away quietly, +and without any incident whatever. They all slept soundly, and the +dreams that came to them were pleasant rather than otherwise. + +Awaking in the morning by daylight, they all hurried up on deck, +and encountered there a new disappointment; for all around them +they saw again the hated presence of the fog. The wind also had +died away, and the vessel's sails flapped idly against her masts. + +"Where are we now?" asked Bruce, in a despondent tone. + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "as nigh as I can reckon, we're two or +three miles outside of St. John harbor." + +"How is the tide?" + +"Wal, it's kine o' agin us, jest now." + +"There doesn't seem to be any wind." + +"Not much." + +"Shall we get into St. John to-day?" + +"Wal, I kine o' think we'll manage it." + +"How soon?" + +"Wal, not much afore midday. You see we're driftin away jest now." + +"Don't you intend to anchor till the next rise of tide?" + +"O, yes; in about ten minutes we'd ought to be about whar I want to +anchor." + +At this disheartening condition of affairs the boys sank once more +into a state of gloom. In about ten minutes, as Captain Corbet +said, the schooner was at anchor, and there was nothing to do but +to wait. + +"We'll run in at turn o' tide," said he. + +Breakfast came, and passed. The meal was eaten in silence. Then +they went on deck again, fretting and chafing at the long delay. +Not much was said, but the boys stood in silence, trying to see +through the thick fog. + +"It was so fine when we left," said Bart, "that I thought we'd have +it all the way." + +"Wal, so we did--pooty much all; but then, you see, about four this +mornin we run straight into a fog bank." + +"Has the wind changed?" + +"Wal, thar don't seem jest now to be any wind to speak of, but it +kine o' strikes me that it's somethin like southerly weather. +Hence this here fog." + +After a few hours the vessel began to get under way again; and now, +too, there arose a light breeze, which favored them. As they went +on they heard the long, regular blast of a steam whistle, which +howled out a mournful note from time to time. Together with this, +they heard, occasionally, the blasts of fog horns from unseen +schooners in their neighborhood, and several times they could +distinguish the rush of some steamer past them, whose whistle +sounded sharply in their ears. + +As they drew nearer, these varied sounds became louder, and at +length the yell of one giant whistle sounded close beside them. + +"We're a enterin o' the harbure," said Captain Corbet. + +Hours passed away from the time the Antelope raised anchor until +she reached the wharf. In passing up the harbor, the shadowy forms +of vessels at anchor became distinguishable amid the gloom, and in +front of them, as they neared the wharf, there arose a forest of +masts belonging to schooners. It was now midday. Suddenly there +arose a fearful din all around. It was the shriek of a large +number of steam whistles, and seemed to come up from every side. + +"Is that for the fog?" asked Bruce. + +"O, no," said Bart; "those are the saw-mills whistling for twelve +o'clock." + +The boys had already completed their preparations for landing, and +had changed their eccentric clothing for apparel which was more +suited to making their appearance in society. Bart had insisted +that they should go to his house, and wait until they might decide +what to do; and the boys had accepted his hospitable invitation. + +They stepped on shore full of hope, not doubting that they would +hear news of Tom. They had persuaded themselves that he had been +picked up by some vessel which was coming down the bay, and had +probably been put ashore here; in which case they knew that he +would at once communicate with Bart's people. They even thought +that Tom would be there to receive them. + +"Of course he will be," said Bart; "if he did turn up, they'd make +him stay at the house, you know; and he'd know that we fellows +would come down here in the hope of hearing about him. So we'll +find him there all right, after all. Hurrah!" + +But, on reaching his home, Bart's joyous meeting with his family +was very much marred by the deep, dark, and bitter disappointment +that awaited him and his companions. + +They knew nothing whatever about Tom. Bart's father was shocked at +the story. He knew that no boy had been picked up adrift in the +bay during the past week. Such an event would have been known. He +felt exceedingly anxious, and at once instituted a search among the +coasting vessels. The search was a thorough one, but resulted in +nothing. There was no one who had seen anything of a drifting +boat. All reported thick fog in the bay. + +The result of this search plunged Bart and his friends into their +former gloom. + +Other searches were made. Inquiries were sent by telegraph to +different places, but without result. + +The fate of the missing boy now became a serious question + +As for Bart and his friends, they were inconsolable. + + + + + + +XVIII. + +Down the Bay.--Drifting and Anchoring.--In the Dark, morally and +physically.--Eastport, the jumping-off Place.--Grand Manan.-- +Wonderful Skill.--Navigating in the Fog.--A Plunge from Darkness +into Light, and from Light into Darkness. + + + + + +It was Saturday when Bart reached home. As much was done on that +day as possible. Bart was in the extreme of wretchedness, and so +eager was he to resume the search for his friend, that his father +gave his permission for him to start off again in the Antelope. +The other boys also were to go with him. They determined to scour +the seas till they found Tom, or had learned his fate. + +Mr. Damer also assured Bart that he would take the matter in hand +himself, and would send out two schooners to go about the bay. In +addition to this, he would telegraph to different places, so that +the most extensive search possible might be instituted. Every part +of the coast should be explored, and even the islands should be +visited. + +All this gave as much consolation to Bart and his friends as it was +possible for them to feel under the circumstances. + +As much as possible was done on Saturday, but the next day was an +idle one, as far as the search was concerned. Bart and the boys +waited with great impatience, and finally on Monday morning they +left once more in the Antelope. It was about five o'clock in the +morning, the tide was in their favor, and, though there was a head +wind, yet be fore the turn of tide they were anchored a good +distance down the bay. + +"My idee is this," said Captain Corbet. "I'll explore the hull bay +in search of that driftin boy. I'll go down this side, cross over, +and come up on t'other. We'll go down here first, an not cross +over till we get as fur as Quoddy Head. I think, while we air down +thar, I'll call at Eastport an ask a few questions. But I must say +it seems a leetle too bad to have the fog go on this way. If this +here had ony happened a fortnight ago, we'd have had clear weather +an fair winds. It's too bad, I declar." + +They took advantage of the next tide to go down still farther, and +by twelve o'clock on Monday night they were far down. Since +leaving St. John they had seen nothing whatever, but they had heard +occasionally the fog horns of wandering schooners, and once they +had listened to the yell of a steamer's whistle. + +"I've allus said," remarked Captain Corbet, "that in navigatin this +here bay, tides is more important than winds, and anchors is more +important than sails. That's odd to seafarin men that ain't +acquainted with these waters, but it air a oncontrovartible fact. +Most of the distressin casooalties that happen hereabouts occur +from a ignorance of this on the part of navigators. They WILL pile +on sail. Now, in clar weather an open sea, pile it on, I say; but +in waters like these, whar's the use? Why, it's flyin clar in the +face of Providence. Now look at me--do I pile on sail? Not me. +Catch me at it! When I can git along without, why, I git. At the +same time, I don't think you'll find it altogether for the good of +your precious health, boys, to be a movin about here in the fog at +midnight. Better go below. You can't do no good a settin or a +standin up here, squintin through a darkness that might be felt, an +that's as thick as any felt I ever saw. So take my advice, an go +below, and sleep it off." + +It was impossible to gainsay the truth of Captain Corbet's remarks, +and as it was really midnight, and the darkness almost as thick as +he said, the boys did go below, and managed to get to sleep in +about a minute and a half after their heads touched the pillows. + +Before they were awake on the following day the anchor was hoisted, +and the Antelope was on her way again. + +"Here we air, boys," said the captain, as they came on deck, "under +way--the Antelope on her windin way over the mounting wave, a +bereasting of the foamin biller like all possessed. I prophesy for +this day a good time as long as the tide lasts." + +"Do you think we'll get to Eastport harbor with this tide?" + +"Do I think so?--I know it. I feel it down to my butes. Eastport +harbure? Yea! An arter that we hev all plain-sailin." + +"Why, won't the fog last?" + +"I don't car for the fog. Arter we get to Eastport harbure we +cease goin down the bay. We then cross over an steal up the other +side. Then it's all our own. If the fog lasts, why, the wind'll +last too, an we can go up flyin, all sails set; an I'll remuve from +my mind, for the time bein, any prejudyce that I have agin wind at +sails." + +"Do you intend to go ashore at Eastport?" + +"Yes, for a short time--jest to make inquiries. It will be a +consolation, you know." + +"Of course." + +"Then I'll up sail, an away we'll go, irrewspective of tides, +across the bay." + +By midday the captain informed them that they were in Eastport +harbor. + +"See thar," said he, as he pointed to a headland with a light- +house. "That thar is the entrance. They do call this a pootyish +place; but as it's this thick, you won't hev much chance to see it. +Don't you want to go ashore an walk about?" + +"Not if we can help it. Of course we'll have to ask after poor +Tom, but we haven't any curiosity." + +"Wal, p'aps not--ony thar is people that find this a dreadful +cur'ous place. It's got, as I said, a pootyish harbure; but that +ain't the grand attraction. The grand attraction centres in a rock +that's said to be the eastest place in the neighborin republic,--in +short, as they call it, the 'jumpin-off place.' You'd better go an +see it; ony you needn't jump off, unless you like." + +Sailing up the harbor, the fog grew light enough for them to see +the shore. The town lay in rather an imposing situation, on the +side of a hill, which was crowned by a fort. A large number of +vessels lay about at the wharves and at anchor. Here they went +ashore in a boat, but on making inquiries could gain no information +about Tom; nor could they learn anything which gave them the +slightest encouragement. + +"We've got to wait here a while so as to devarsefy the time. +Suppose we go an jump off?" said the captain. + +The boys assented to this in a melancholy manner, and the captain +led the way through the town, till at last he halted at the extreme +east end. + +"Here," said he, "you behold the last extremity of a great an +mighty nation, that spreads from the Atlantic to the Pacific, an +from the Gulf of Mexiky to the very identical spot that you air now +a occypyin of. It air a celebrated spot, an this here air a +memorable momient in your youthful lives, if you did but know it!" + +There was nothing very striking about this place, except the fact +which Captain Corbet had stated. Its appearance was not very +imposing, yet, on the other hand, it was not without a certain wild +beauty. Before them spread the waters of the bay, with islands +half concealed in mist; while immediately in front, a steep, rocky +bank went sheer down for some thirty or forty feet to the beach +below. + +"I suppose," said the captain, "that bein Pilgrims, it air our +dooty to jump; but as it looks a leetle rocky down thar, I think +we'd best defer that to another opportoonity." + +Returning to the schooner, they weighed anchor, set sail, and left +the harbor. On leaving it, they did not go back the way they had +come, but passed through a narrow and very picturesque channel, +which led them by a much shorter route into the bay. On their left +were wooded hills, and on their right a little village on the slope +of a hill, upon whose crest stood a church. + +Outside the fog lay as thick as ever, and into this they plunged. +Soon the monotonous gray veil of mist closed all around them. But +now their progress was more satisfactory, for they were crossing +the bay, and the wind was abeam. + +"Are you going straight across to Nova Scotia now?" asked Bart. + +"Wal, yes; kine o' straight across," was the reply; "ony on our +way we've got to call at a certain place, an contenoo our +investergations." + +"What place is that?" + +"It's the Island of Grand Manan--a place that I allers feel the +greatest respect for. On that thar island is that celebrated fog +mill that I told you of, whar they keep grindin night an day, in +southerly weather, so as to keep up the supply of fog for old +Fundy. Whatever we'd do without Grand Manan is more'n I can say." + +"Is the island inhabited?" asked Bruce. + +"Inhabited? O, dear, yas. Thar's a heap o' people thar. It's +jest possible that a driftin boat might git ashore thar, an ef so +we'll know pooty soon." + +"How far is it?" + +"O, ony about seven or eight mile." + +"We'll be there in an hour or so, then?" + +"Wal, not so soon. You see, we've got to go round it." + +"Around it?" + +"Yes" + +"Why?" + +"Cos thar ain't any poppylation on this side, an we've got to land +on t'other." + +"Why are there no people on this side?" + +"Cos thar ain't no harbures. The cliffs air six hundred feet high, +and the hull shore runs straight on for ever so fur without a +break, except two triflin coves." + +"How is it on the other side?" + +"Wal, the east side ain't a bad place. The shore is easier, an +thar's harbures an anchorages. Thar's a place they call Whale +Cove, whar I'm goin to land, an see if I can hear anythin. The +people air ony fishers, an they ain't got much cultivation; but +it's mor'en likely that a driftin boat might touch thar somewhar." + +The Antelope pursued her course, but it was as much as three hours +before she reached her destination. They dropped anchor then, and +landed. The boys had already learned not to indulge too readily in +hope; but when they made their inquiries, and found the same answer +meeting them here which they had received in other places, they +could not avoid feeling a fresh pang of disappointment and +discouragement. + +"Wal, we didn't git much good out of this place," said Captain +Corbet. "I'm sorry that we have sech a arrand as ourn. Ef it +warn't for that we could spend to-night here, an to-morry I'd take +you all to see the fog mill; but, as it is, I rayther think I won't +linger here, but perceed on our way." + +"Where do we go next--to Nova Scotia?" + +"Wal, not jest straight across, but kine o' slantin. We head now +for Digby; that's about straight opposite to St. John, an it's as +likely a place as any to make inquiries at." + +"How long will it be before we get there?" + +"Wal, some time to-morry mornin. To-night we've got nothin at all +to do but to sweep through the deep while the stormy tempests blow +in the shape of a mild sou-wester; so don't you begin your usual +game of settin up. You ain't a mite of good to me, nor to +yourselves, a stayin here. You'd ought all to be abed, and, ef +you'll take my advice, you'll go to sleep as soon as you can, an +stay asleep as long as you can. It'll be a foggy night, an we +won't see a mite o' sunshine till we git into Digby harbure. See +now, it's already dark; so take my advice, an go to bed, like +civilized humane beings." + +It did not need much persuasion to send them off to their beds. +Night was coming on, another night of fog and thick darkness. This +time, however, they had the consolation of making some progress, if +it were any consolation when they had no definite course before +them; for, in such a cruise as this, when they were roaming about +from one place to another, without any fixed course, or fixed +time, the progress that they made was, after all, a secondary +consideration. The matter of first importance was to hear news of +Tom, and, until they did hear something, all other things were of +little moment. + +The Antelope continued on her way all that night, and on the next +morning the boys found the weather unchanged. Breakfast passed, +and two or three hours went on. The boys were scattered about the +decks, in a languid way, looking out over the water, when suddenly +a cry from Pat, who was in the bows, aroused all of them. +Immediately before them rose a lofty shore, covered in the distance +with dark trees, but terminating at the water's edge in frowning +rocks. A light-house stood here, upon which they had come so +suddenly that, before they were over their first surprise, they +were almost near enough to toss a biscuit ashore. + +"Wal, now, I call that thar pooty slick sailin," exclaimed Captain +Corbet, glancing at the lighthouse with sparkling eyes. "I tell +you what it is, boys, you don't find many men in this here day an +age that can leave Manan at dusk, when the old fog mill is hard at +work, and travel all night in the thickest fog ever seen, with tide +agin him half the time, an steer through that thar fog, an agin +that thar tide, so as to hit the light-house as slick as that. +Talk about your scientific navigation--wouldn't I like to see what +one of them thar scientific captings would do with his vessel last +night on sech a track as I run over! Wouldn't I like to run a race +with him? an ef I did, wouldn't I make a pile to leave and bequeath +to the infant when his aged parient air buried beneath the cold +ground?" + +While Captain Corbet was speaking, the schooner sailed past the +light-house, and the thick fog closed around her once more. On one +side, however, they could see the dim outline of the shore on their +right. On they sailed for about a quarter of a mile, when suddenly +the fog vanished, and, with scarce a moment's notice, there burst +upon them a blaze of sunlight, while overhead appeared the glory of +the blue sky. The suddenness of that transition forced a cry of +astonishment from all. They had shot forth so quickly from the fog +into the sunlight that it seemed like magic. + +They found themselves sailing along a strait about a mile in width, +with shores on each side that were as high as Blomidon. On the +right the heights sloped up steep, and were covered with trees of +rich dark verdure, while on the other side the slope was bolder and +wilder. Houses appeared upon the shore, and roads, and cultivated +trees. This strait was several miles in length, and led into a +broad and magnificent basin. + +Here, in this basin, appeared an enchanting view. A sheet of water +extended before their eyes about sixteen miles in length and five +in breadth. All around were lofty shores, fertile, well tilled, +covered with verdurous trees and luxuriant vegetation. The green +of the shores was dotted with white houses, while the blue of the +water was flecked with snowy sails. Immediately on the right there +appeared a circular sweep of shore, on which arose a village whose +houses were intermingled with green trees. + +Into this beautiful basin came the old French navigators more than +two centuries ago, and at its head they found a place which seemed +to them the best spot in Acadie to become the capital of the new +colony which they were going to found here. So they established +their little town, and these placid waters became the scene of +commercial activity and of warlike enterprise, till generations +passed away, and the little French town of Port Royal, after many +strange vicissitudes, with its wonderful basin, remained in the +possession of the English conqueror. + +"Now," said Captain Corbet, "boys, look round on that thar, an tell +me of you ever see a beautifuller place than this. Thar's ony one +place that can be compared with this here, an that's Grand Pre. +But for the life o' me, I never can tell which o' the two is the +pootiest. It's strange, too, how them French fellers managed to +pick out the best places in the hull province. But it shows their +taste an judgment--it doos, railly." + +It was not long before the Antelope had dropped anchor in front of +the town of Digby, and Captain Corbet landed with the boys as soon +as possible. There was as good a chance of Tom being heard of here +as anywhere; since this place lay down the bay, in one sense, and +if by any chance Tom had drifted over to the Nova Scotia shore, as +now seemed probable, he would be not unlikely to go to Digby, so as +to resume his journey, so rudely interrupted, and make his way +thence to his friends. + +Digby is a quiet little place, that was finished long ago. It was +first settled by the Tory refugees, who came here after the +revolutionary war, and received land grants from the British +government. At first it had some activity, but its business soon +languished. The first settlers had such bright hopes of its future +that they regularly laid out a town, with streets and squares. But +these have never been used to any extent, and now appear grown over +with grass. Digby, however, has so much beauty of scenery around +it, that it may yet attract a large population. On landing here, +Captain Corbet pursued the same course as at other places. He went +first to one of the principal shops, or the post office, and told +his story, and afterwards went to the schooners at the wharves. +But at Digby there was precisely the same result to their inquiries +as there had been at other places. No news had come to the place +of any one adrift, nor had any skipper of any schooner noticed +anything of the kind during his last trip. + +"What had we better do next?" + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "we can ony finish our cruise." + +"Shall we go on?" + +"Yes." + +"Up the bay?" + +"Yes. I'll keep on past Ile Haute, an I'll cruise around Minas. +You see these drifts may take him in a'most any direction. I don't +see why he shouldn't hev drifted up thar as well as down here." + +It was Wednesday when they reached Digby. + +On the evening of that day the Antelope weighed anchor, and sailed +out into the Bay of Fundy. + +It was bright sunshine, with a perfectly cloudless sky inside, but +outside the Antelope plunged into the midst of a dense and heavy +fog. + + + + + + +XIX. + +Tom's Devices.--Rising superior to Circumstances.--Roast Clams.-- +Baked Lobster.--Boiled Mussels.--Boiled Shrimps.--Roast Eggs.-- +Dandelions.--Ditto, with Eggs.--Roast Dulse.--Strawberries.--Pilot- +bread.--Strawberry Cordial. + + + + + +Meanwhile another day had passed away on Ile Haute. + +When we last saw Tom he had succeeded in finding some clams, which +he roasted in front of his fire, and made thus a very acceptable +relish. This not only gratified his palate for the time, but it +also stimulated him to fresh exertions, since it showed him that +his resources were much more extensive than he had supposed them to +be. If he had ever dreaded getting out of all his provisions, he +saw now that the fear was an unfounded one. Here, before his eyes, +and close beside his dwelling-place, there extended a broad field +full of food. In that mud flat there were clams enough to feed him +for all the rest of his life, if that were necessary. But what was +more, he saw by this the possibility that other articles of food +might be reckoned on, by means of which he would be able to relieve +his diet from that monotony which had thus far been its chief +characteristic. If he could find something else besides clams and +biscuit, the tedium of his existence here would be alleviated to a +still greater degree. + +He spent some time in considering this subject, and in thinking +over all the possible kinds of food which he might hope to obtain. +Sea and land might both be relied on to furnish food for his table +in the desert. The sea, he knew, ought to supply the following:-- + +1. Clams, +2. Lobsters, +3. Mussels, + +in addition to other things which he had in his mind. The land, on +the other hand, ought to furnish something. Now that his attention +was fairly directed to this important subject, he could think of +several things which would be likely to be found even on this +island, and the search for which would afford an agreeable +amusement. + +The more he thought of all this, the more astonished he was at the +number of things which he could think of as being likely to exist +here around him. It was not so much for the sake of gratifying his +appetite, as to find some occupation, that he now entered eagerly +upon putting this new project into execution. Fish, flesh, and +fowl now offered themselves to his endeavors, and these were to be +supplied by land, sea, and sky. This sudden enlargement of his +resources, and also of his sphere of operations, caused him to feel +additional satisfaction, together with a natural self-complacency. +To the ordinary mind Ile Haute appeared utterly deserted and +forlorn--a place where one might starve to death, if he had to +remain for any length of time; but Tom now determined to test to +the utmost the actual resources of the island, so as to prove, to +himself what one unaided boy could do, when thus thrown upon his +own intelligent efforts, with dire necessity to act as a stimulus +to his ingenuity. + +First of all, then, there was his box of biscuit, which he had +brought with him. + +To this must be added his first discovery on the island, namely, +the clams. Nothing could be of greater importance than this, since +it afforded not merely a relish, but also actual food. + +The next thing that he sought after was lobsters, and he went off +in search of these as soon as he could on the following day. + +He waited till the tide was low, which was at about twelve o'clock, +and then went down along the beach. At high tide, the water came +close up to the foot of the lofty cliff; but at ebb, it descended +for some distance, so that there was some sort of a beach even in +places that did not promise any. + +The beach nearest to where Tom had taken up his abode was an +expanse of mud and sand; but passing along beyond this, on the +north side, it became gravelly. About a hundred yards to the west, +on this side of the island, he came to the place where he had tied +his boat, on that eventful time when he had drifted here. Below +this, the beach extended down for a long distance, and at the +lowest point there were rocks, and sharp stones, and pebbles of +every size. Here Tom began his search, and before he had looked +five minutes, he found several lobsters of good size. A little +farther search showed him that there was a large supply of these, +so that, in fact, sufficient support might have been obtained for a +whole ship's company. By the time that he had found a half dozen +of these, and had brought them back to his hearth-stone, it had +grown too dark to search for any more. Tom's search, however, had +been so successful, that he felt quite satisfied; and though the +day had passed without any change in the weather or any lifting of +the fog, though he had listened in vain for any sound over the +waters which might tell of passers by, though his signal had not +been seen, and his bright burning fire had not been noticed, yet +the occupation of thought and of action which he had found for +himself, had been sufficient to make the time pass not unpleasantly. + +His evening repast was now a decided improvement on that of the +preceding day. First of all, he spread some clams in the hot ashes +to roast; and then, taking the dipper which had been used for +baling, he filled it with water, and placing this on the fire, it +soon began to boil. Into this he thrust the smallest lobster, and +watched it as the water bubbled around it, and its scaly covering +turned slowly from its original dark hue to a bright red color. + +His success thus far stimulated him to make some attempts at actual +cookery. Removing some of the lobster from its shell, he poured +out most of the water from the pan, and into what remained he again +put the lobster, cutting it up as fine as he could with his knife. +Into this he crumbled some biscuit, and stirred it up all together. +He then placed it over the fire till it was well baked. On +removing it and tasting it, he found it most palatable. It was +already sufficiently salt, and only needed a little pepper to make +it quite equal to any scolloped lobster that he had ever tasted. + +His repast consisted of this, followed by the roast clams, which +formed an agreeable variety. + +Tom now felt like a giant refreshed; and while sitting in front of +the evening fire, he occupied his mind with plans for the morrow, +which were all directed towards enlarging his supply of provisions. + +He awaked late on the next morning, and found the weather +unchanged. He tried to quell his impatience and disappointment, +and feeling that idleness would never do, he determined to go to +work at once, and carry out the plans of the preceding day. It was +now Thursday, the middle of the second week, and the fog had clung +pertinaciously around him almost all that time. It was indeed +disheartening, and idleness under such circumstances would have +ended in misery and despair; but Tom's perseverance, and obstinate +courage, and buoyant spirits enabled him still to rise above +circumstances, and struggle with the gloom around him. + +"O, go on, go on," he muttered, looking around upon the fog. +"Let's see who can stand it longest. And now for my foraging +expedition." + +Making a hearty repast out of the remnants of the supper of the +preceding evening, he went first to the shore, so as to complete +his search there while the tide should be low. It was going down +now, and the beach was all before him. He wandered on till he came +to where there was an immense ledge of sharp rocks, that went from +the foot of the precipice down into the bay. Over these he +clambered, looking carefully around, until at last he reached the +very lowest point. Here he soon found some articles of diet, which +were quite as valuable in their way as the clams and lobsters. +First of all, he found an immense quantity of large mussels. These +were entangled among the thick masses of sea-weed. He knew that +the flavor of mussels was much more delicate than that of clams or +lobsters, and that by many connoisseurs these, when good and fresh, +were ranked next to oysters. This discovery, therefore, gave him +great joy, and he filled his pan, which he had carried down, and +took them back to the shore. He also took an armful of sea-weed, +and, reaching his camping-place, he threw the mussels in a hollow +place in the sand, placing the sea-weed around them. In this way +he knew that they would keep fresh and sweet for any reasonable +length of time. + +Returning to the ledges of rock, he walked about among them, and +found a number of pools, some of which were of considerable size. +These had been left by the retreating water; and in these hollows +he soon saw a number of small objects moving about. Some of them +he caught without much difficulty, and saw that they were shrimps. +He had hoped to find some of these, but the discovery came to him +like some unexpected pleasure, and seemed more than he had any +right to count on. Beside the shrimps his other discoveries seemed +inferior. There was a large number, and they could be caught +without much trouble. He soon filled his pan, and brought these +also to his camping-place. These he deposited in a little pool, +which was on the surface of some rocks that lay not far from the +shore. Over these he also laid some sea-weed. + +The tide was now coming up, but Tom made a further journey to the +beach, so as to secure something which he had noticed during his +previous expedition. This was a marine plant called dulse, which, +in these waters, grows very plentifully, and is gathered and dried +by the people in large quantities. It was a substance of which Tom +was very fond, and he determined to gather some, and dry it in the +sun. Collecting an armful of this, he took it to the shore, and +spread it out over the grass, though, in that damp and foggy +atmosphere, there was not much prospect of its drying. + +It was now about three o'clock in the afternoon, and Tom's +researches along the shore were successfully terminated. He had +found all the different articles that he had thought of and his new +acquisitions were now lying about him. + +These were,-- + +Clams, +Lobsters, +Mussels, +Shrimps, +Dulse. + +As he murmured to himself the list of things, he smiled triumphantly. + +But still there was work to be done. Tom intended to keep +fashionable hours, and dine late, with only a lunch in the middle +of the day. His explorations of the afternoon were to be +important, and he hoped that they would be crowned with a portion +of that success which had attended the work of the morning. He +took, therefore, a hasty lunch of biscuit and cold lobster, washed +down with water, and then set forth. + +This time he turned away from the shore, and went to the top of the +island. He carried in his hand a bit of rope, about a dozen feet +in length, and went along the edge of the cliff as far as he could, +turning aside at times to avoid any clumps of trees or bushes that +grew too thickly. In front of him the line of cliff extended for +some distance, and he walked along, until, at last, he came to a +place where the gulls flew about in larger flocks than usual, +almost on a line with the top of the rock. He had not noticed them +particularly on his former walk along here; but now he watched them +very attentively, and finally stood still, so as to see their +actions to better advantage. + +Tom, in fact, had made up his mind to procure some gulls' eggs, +thinking that these would make an addition to his repast of great +importance; and he now watched the motions of these birds, so as to +detect the most accessible of their nests. He did not have to +watch long. A little observation showed him a place, just under +the cliff, not far away from him. Hastening forward, he bent over, +and, looking down, he saw a large number of nests. They had been +constructed on a shelf of rock immediately below the edge of the +cliff, and the eggs were within easy reach. The gulls flew about +wildly, as the intruder reached down his hands towards their nests, +and screamed and shrieked, while some of them rushed towards him, +within a few feet of his head, as though they would assail him and +beat him off. But Tom's determination did not falter. He cared no +more for the gulls than if they were so many pigeons, but secured +as many eggs as he could carry. These he took with him back to his +camp. + +But he was not yet satisfied. He was anxious to have some +vegetables; and over the open ground, among the grass, he had seen +plants which were very familiar to him. There were dandelions; and +Tom saw in them something that seemed worth more than any of his +other acquisitions. Going forth in search of these, he managed to +get his pan full of them. These he washed, and after cutting off +the roots, he put them in the pan with water, and then set them +over the fire to boil. + +While they were boiling Tom went off once more, and found some wild +strawberries. They were quite plentiful about here, and this was +the season for them. He stripped a piece of bark from a birch +tree, as the country people do, and formed from this a dish which +would hold about a quart. This he filled after a moderate search. + +He took the strawberries to his camp, and then, going back to the +woods, he procured some more birch bark, out of which he made a +half dozen dishes. It was now about five o'clock, and Tom thought +it was time for him to begin to cook his dinner. + +The dandelions were not quite cooked as yet; so Tom had to wait; +but while doing so, he heated some stones in the fire. By the time +they were heated, the dandelions were cooked; and Tom, removing the +pan, put some shrimps and mussels in it, to boil over the fire. He +then removed the stones, and placed one of the lobsters among them +in such a way, that it was surrounded on every side in a hot oven. +He then buried a few clams among the hot ashes, and did the same +with three or four of the gulls' eggs. + +One of the hot stones was reserved for another purpose. It was the +largest of them, and was red hot when he drew it from the fire, but +soon cooled down enough to resume its natural color, although it +retained an intense heat. + +Over this he spread some of the wet dulse, which soon crackled and +shrivelled up, sending forth a rich and fragrant steam. In +roasting this dulse, a large piece would shrink to very small +proportions, so that half of Tom's armful, when thus roasted, was +reduced to but a small handful. + +After finishing this, he drew the gulls' eggs from the fire, and +taking off the shells, he cut them in slices, and put them with the +dandelions. Then he took the shrimps and mussels from the fire, +and removing them from the pan, he separated them, and put them +into different bark dishes. The clams were next drawn forth, and +though rather overdone, they were, nevertheless, of tempting +appearance and appetizing odor. Finally, the lobster was removed, +and Tom contented himself with one of the claws, which he placed on +a dish, reserving the remainder for another time. + +And now the articles were all cooked, and Tom's repast was ready. +He looked with a smile of gratification upon the various dishes +which his ingenuity and industry had drawn forth from the rocks, +and cliffs, and mud, and sand of a desert island, and wondered +whether other islands, in tropical climates, could yield a more +varied or more nutritious supply. He thought of other plants which +might be found here, and determined to try some that seemed to be +nutritious. + +Here is the repast which Tom, on that occasion, spread before +himself:-- + +1. Roast clams, +2. Baked lobster, +3. Boiled mussels, +4. Boiled shrimps, +5. Roast eggs, +6. Dandelions, +7. Dandelions with eggs, +8. Roast dulse, +9. Strawberries, +10. Pilot-bread. + +In one thing only did Tom fall short of his wishes, and that was in +the way of drinks. But before that dinner was finished, even this +was remedied; for necessity, the great mother of invention, +instigated Tom to squeeze about half of his strawberries into a +little water. Out of this he formed a drink with a flavor that +seemed to him to be quite delicious. And that made what Tom +called,-- + +11. Strawberry cordial. + + + + + + +XX. + +New Discoveries.--The Boat.--A great Swell.--Meditations and +Plans.--A new, and wonderful, and before unheard-of Application of +Spruce Gum.--I'm afloat! I'm afloat! + + + + + +Tom sat there over his banquet until late. He then went down to +the beach, and brought up a vast collection of driftwood, and +throwing a plenteous supply upon the fire, he lay down beside it, +and looked out over the water, trying, as usual, to see something +through the thick mist. The flames shot up with a crackle and a +great blaze, and the bright light shone brilliantly upon the water. +The tide was now up, and the boat was full before him. Tom fixed +his eyes upon this boat, and was mournfully recalling his +unsuccessful experiment at making her sea-worthy, and was waiting +to see her sink down to her gunwales as she filled, when the +thought occurred to him that she was not filling so rapidly as she +might, but was floating much better than usual. A steady +observation served to show him that this was no fancy, but an +actual fact; and the confirmation of this first impression at once +drove away all other thoughts, and brought back all the ideas of +escape which he once had cherished. + +The boat was admitting the water, certainly, yet she certainly did +not leak quite so badly as before, but was floating far better than +she had done on the night of his trial. What was the meaning of +this? + +Now, the fact is, he had not noticed the boat particularly during +the last few days. He had given it up so completely, that it +ceased to have any interest in his eyes. Raising his signal, +building his house, and exploring the island had taken up all his +thoughts. Latterly he had thought of nothing but his dinner. But +now the change in the boat was unmistakable, and it seemed to him +that the change might have been going on gradually all this time +without his noticing it until it had become so marked. + +What was the cause of this change? That was the question which he +now sought to answer. After some thought he found a satisfactory +explanation. + +For a number of days the boat had been admitting the water till she +was full. This water had remained in for an hour or more, and this +process of filling and emptying had been repeated every tide. The +atmosphere also had been wet, and the wood, thus saturated with +water so frequently, had no chance of getting dry. Tom thought, +therefore, that the wooden framework, which he had constructed so +as to tighten the leak, had been gradually swelling from the action +of the water; and the planks of the boat had been tightening their +cracks from the same cause, so that now the opening was not nearly +so bad as it had been. Thus the boat, which once had been able to +float him for a quarter of an hour or more, ought now to be able to +float him for at least double that time. + +Tom watched the boat very attentively while the tide was up; and, +when at length it began to retreat, and leave it once more aground, +he noticed that it was not more than half full of water. If any +confirmation had been needed to the conclusions which he had drawn +from seeing the improved buoyancy of the boat, it would have been +afforded by this. Tom accepted this with delight, as an additional +circumstance in his favor; and now, having become convinced of this +much, he set his wits to work to see if some plan could not be hit +upon by means of which the boat could once more be made sea-worthy. + +Tom's indefatigable perseverance must have been noticed by this +time. To make the best of circumstances; to stand face to face +with misfortune, and shrink not; to meet the worst with equanimity, +and grasp eagerly at the slightest favorable change,--such was the +character that Tom had shown during his experience of the past. +Now, once more, he grasped at this slight circumstance that +appeared to favor his hopes, and sought to find some way by which +that half-floating boat could be made to float wholly, and bear him +away to those shores that were so near by. Too long had he been +submitting to this imprisonment; too long had he been waiting for +schooners to pass and to bring him help; too long had he been shut +in by a fog that seemed destined never to lift so long as he was +here. If he could only form some kind of a boat that would float +long enough to land him on the nearest coast, all that he wished +would be gratified. + +As he thought over this subject, he saw plainly what he had felt +very strongly before--that the boat could not be sea-worthy unless +he had some tar with which to plaster over the broken bow, and fill +in the gaping seams; but there was no tar. Still, did it follow +that there was nothing else? Might not something be found upon the +island which would serve the purpose of tar? There must be some +such substance and perhaps it might be found here. + +Tom now thought over all the substances that he could bring before +his mind. Would clay do? No; clay would not. Would putty? No, +and besides, he could not get any. What, then, would serve this +important purpose? + +Tar was produced from trees. Were there no trees here that +produced some sticky and glutinous substance like tar? There was +the resin of pine trees, but there were no pines on the island. +What then? These fir trees had a sort of sticky, balsamic juice +that exuded plentifully from them wherever they were cut. Might he +not make some use of that? Suddenly, in the midst of reflections +like these, he thought of the gum that is found on spruce trees-- +spruce gum! It was an idea that deserved to be followed up and +carried out. Thus far he had never thought of spruce gum, except +as something which he, like most boys, was fond of chewing; but now +it appeared before his mind as affording a possible solution of his +difficulty. The more he thought of it, the more did it seem that +this would be adapted to his purpose. The only question was, +whether he could obtain enough of it. He thought that he might +easily obtain enough if he only took the proper time and care. + +With this new plan in his mind, Tom retired for the night, and +awaked the next morning by the dawn of day. It was still foggy; +but he was now so resigned, and was so full of his new plan, that +it did not trouble him in the slightest degree. In fact, he was so +anxious to try this, that the sight of a boat landing on the beach, +all ready to take him off, would not have afforded him an unmixed +satisfaction. + +He took his tin dipper, and went up at once into the woods. Here +he looked around very carefully, and soon found what he wanted. He +knew perfectly well, of course, how to distinguish spruce trees +from fir, by the sharp, prickly spires of the former, and so he was +never at a loss which trees to search. No sooner had he begun, +than he was surprised at the quantities that he found. To an +ordinary observer the trunk of the spruce tree seems like any other +tree trunk--no rougher, and perhaps somewhat smoother than many; +but Tom now found that on every tree almost there were little round +excrescences, which, on being picked at with the knife, came off +readily, and proved to be gum. Vast quantities of a substance +which goes by the name of spruce gum are manufactured and sold; but +the pure gum is a very different article, having a rich, balsamic +odor, and a delicate yet delicious flavor; and Tom, as he filled +his pan, and inhaled the fragrance that was emitted by its +contents, lamented that his necessities compelled him to use it for +such a purpose as that to which this was destined. After four or +five hours' work, he found that he had gathered enough. He had +filled his pan no less than six times, and had secured a supply +which was amply sufficient to give a coating of thick gum over all +the fractured place. The tide, which had already risen, was now +falling, and, as soon as the boat was aground, and the water out of +her, Tom proceeded to raise her bows, in precisely the same manner +as he had raised the boat on a former occasion. + +The next thing was to bring the gum into a fit condition for use. +This he did by kindling the fire, and melting it in his tin pan. +This would rather interfere with the use of that article as a +cooking utensil, but now that Tom's mind was full of this new +purpose, cooking and things of that sort had lost all attractions +for him. As for food, there was no fear about that. He had his +biscuit, and the lobster and shell-fish which he had cooked on the +preceding day were but partially consumed. Enough remained to +supply many more meals. + +The gum soon melted, and then a brush was needed to apply it to the +boat. This was procured by cutting off a little strip of canvas, +about a yard long and six inches wide. By picking out some of the +threads, and rolling it up, a very serviceable brush was formed. + +Taking the gum now in its melted state, Tom dipped his brush into +it, and applied it all over the broken surface of the bow, pressing +the hot liquid in close, and allowing it to harden in the cracks. +His first coating of gum was very satisfactorily applied, and it +seemed as though a few more coatings ought to secure the boat from +the entrance of the water. The gum was tenacious, and its only bad +quality was its brittleness; but, as it would not be exposed to the +blows of any hard substances, it seemed quite able to serve Tom's +wants. + +Tom now went down to the drift-wood and brought up a fresh supply +of fuel, after which he melted a second panful of gum, and applied +this to the boat. He endeavored to secure an entrance for it into +all the cracks that did not seem to be sufficiently filled at the +first application, and now had the satisfaction of seeing all of +those deep marks filled up and effaced by the gum. + +One place still remained which had not yet been made secure against +the entrance of the water, and that was where the planks gaped open +from the blow that had crushed in the bows. Here the canvas that +was inside protruded slightly. Torn ripped up some of the canvas +that was on the tent, and taking the threads, stuffed them in the +opening, mixing them with gum as he did so, until it was filled; +and then over this he put a coating of the gum. After this another +pan, and yet another, were melted, and the hot gum each time was +applied. This gave the whole surface a smooth appearance, that +promised to be impenetrable to the water. + +The gum which he had collected was enough to fill two more pans. +This he melted as before, and applied to the bows. Each new +application clung to the one that had preceded it, in a thick and +quickly hardening layer, until at last, when the work was done, +there appeared a coating of this gum formed from six successive +layers, that was smooth, and hard, and without any crack whatever. +It seemed absolutely water-tight; and Tom, as he looked at it now, +could not imagine where the water could penetrate. Yet, in order +to make assurance doubly sure, he collected two more panfuls, and +melting this he applied it as before. After this was over, he made +a torch of birch bark, and lighting this, he held the flame against +the gum till the whole outer surface began to melt and run +together. This served to secure any crevices that his brush might +have passed by without properly filling. + +The work was now complete as far as Tom could do it; and on +examining it, he regretted that he had not thought of this before. +He felt an exultation that he had never known in his life. If he, +by his own efforts, could thus rescue himself, what a cause it +would be always after to struggle against misfortune, and rise +superior to circumstances! + +As to the voyage, Tom's plan was the same that it had been on a +former occasion. He would float the boat at high tide, and then +push off, keeping her near the shore, yet afloat until ebb tide. +Then, when the tide should turn, and the current run up the bay, he +would put off, and float along with the stream until he reached +land. + +According to his calculations it would be high tide about two hours +after dark, which would be some time after ten. He would have to +be up all night; for the tide would not turn until after four in +the morning. But that did not trouble him. He would have too much +on his mind to allow him to feel sleepy, and, besides, the hope +which lay before him would prevent him from feeling fatigue. + +One thing more remained, and that was, to bring up a fresh supply +of fuel. The night would be dark, and while floating in the boat, +he would need the light of the fire. So he brought up from the +beach an ample supply of drift-wood, and laid it with the rest. + +When Tom's work was ended, it was late in the day, and he +determined to secure some sleep before he began his long night's +work. He knew that he could waken at the right time; so he laid +himself down in his tent, and soon slept the sleep of the weary. + +By ten o'clock he was awake. He found the water already up to the +boat. There was no time to lose. He carried his box of biscuit on +board, and filled his pan with water from the brook, so as to +secure himself against thirst in case the boat should float away +farther than he anticipated. Then he took his paddle, and got into +the boat. + +The water came up higher. Most anxiously Tom watched it as it +rose. The fire was burning low, and in order to make more light, +Tom went ashore and heaped an immense quantity of wood upon it. +The flames now blazed up bright, and on going back again to the +boat, the water was plainly visible as it closed around the bows. + +Most anxiously he now awaited, with his eyes fastened upon the +bottom of the boat. He had not brought the old sail this time, but +left it over his tent, and he could see plainly. Higher came the +water, and still higher, yet none came into the boat, and Tom could +scarce believe in his good fortune. + +At last the boat floated! + +Yes, the crisis had come and passed, and the boat floated! + +There was now no longer any doubt. His work was successful; his +deliverance was sure. The way over the waters was open. Farewell +to his island prison! Welcome once more the great world! Welcome +home, and friends, and happiness! + +In that moment of joy his heart seemed almost ready to burst. It +was with difficulty that he calmed himself; and then, offering up a +prayer of thanksgiving, he pushed off from the shore. + +The boat floated! + +The tide rose, and lingered, and fell. + +The boat floated still. + +There was not the slightest sign of a leak. Every hour, as it +passed, served to give Tom a greater assurance that the boat was +sea-worthy. + +He found no difficulty in keeping her afloat, even while retaining +her near the shore, so that she might be out of the way of the +currents. + +At length, when the tide was about half way down, he found the fire +burning too low, and determined to go ashore and replenish it. A +rock jutted above the water not far off. To this he secured the +boat, and then landing, he walked up the beach. Reaching the fire, +he threw upon it all the remaining wood. Returning then to the +boat, he boarded her without difficulty. + +The tide fell lower and lower. + +And now Tom found it more and more difficult to keep the boat +afloat, without allowing her to be caught by the current. He did +not dare to keep her bows near the shore, but turned her about, so +that her stem should rest from time to time on the gravel. At last +the tide was so low that rocks appeared above the surface, and the +boat occasionally struck them in a very unpleasant manner. To stay +so near the shore any longer was not possible. A slight blow +against a rock might rub off all the brittle gum, and then his +chances would be destroyed. He determined to put out farther, and +trust himself to Providence. + +Slowly and cautiously he let his boat move out into deeper water. + +But slowness and caution were of little avail. In the deeper water +there was a strong current, which at once caught the boat and bore +her along. Tom struggled bravely against it, but without avail. +He thought for a moment of seeking the shore again, but the fear +that the boat would be ruined deterred him. + +There was a little wind blowing from the southwest, and he +determined to trust to the sail. He loosened this, and, sitting +down, waited for further developments. + +The wind filled the sail, and the boat's progress was checked +somewhat, yet still she drifted down the bay. + +She was drifting down past the north shore of the island. Tom +could see, amid the gloom, the frowning cliffs as he drifted past. +The firelight was lost to view; then he looked for some time upon +the dark form of the island. + +At last even that was lost to view. + +He was drifting down the bay, and was already below Ile Haute. + + + + + + +XXI. + +Scott's Bay and Old Bennie.--His two Theories.--Off to the desert +Island.--Landing.--A Picnic Ground.--Gloom and Despair of the +Explorers.--All over.--Sudden Summons. + + + + + +It was on Wednesday evening that the Antelope passed from the +sunshine and beauty of Digby Basin out into the fog and darkness of +the Bay of Fundy. The tide was falling, and, though the wind was +in their favor, yet their progress was somewhat slow. But the fact +that they were moving was of itself a consolation. In spite of +Captain Corbet's declared preference for tides and anchors, and +professed contempt for wind and sails, the boys looked upon these +last as of chief importance, and preferred a slow progress with the +wind to even a more rapid one by means of so unsatisfactory a +method of travel as drifting. + +At about nine on the following morning, the Antelope reached a +little place called Wilmot Landing, where they went on shore and +made the usual inquiries with the usual result. Embarking again, +they sailed on for the remainder of that day, and stopped at one or +two places along the coast. + +On the next morning (Friday) they dropped anchor in front of Hall's +Harbor--a little place whose name had become familiar to them +during their memorable excursion to Blomidon. Here they met with +the same discouraging answer to their question. + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet, "we don't seem to meet with much +success to speak of--do we?" + +"No," said Bart, gloomily. + +"I suppose your pa'll be sendin schooners over this here same +ground. 'Tain't no use, though." + +"Where shall we go next?" + +"Wal, we've ben over the hull bay mostly; but thar's one place, +yet, an that we'll go to next." + +"What place is that?" + +"Scott's Bay. + +"My idee is this," continued Captain Corbet: "We'll finish our +tower of inspection round the Bay of Fundy at Scott's Bay. Thar +won't be nothin more to do; thar won't remain one single settlement +but what we've called at, 'cept one or two triflin places of no +'count. So, after Scott's Bay, my idee is to go right straight off +to old Minas. Who knows but what he's got on thar somewhar?" + +"I don't see much chance of that." + +"Why not?" + +"Because, if he had drifted into the Straits of Minas, he'd manage +to get ashore." + +"I don't see that." + +"Why, it's so narrow." + +"Narrer? O, it's wider'n you think for; besides, ef he got stuck +into the middle of that thar curn't, how's he to get to the shore? +an him without any oars? Answer me that. No, sir; the boat +that'll drift down Petticoat Jack into the bay, without gettin +ashore, 'll drift up them straits into Minas jest the same." + +"Well, there does seem something in that. I didn't think of his +drifting down the Petitcodiac." + +"Somethin? Bless your heart! ain't that everythin?" + +"But do you think there's really a chance yet?" + +"A chance? Course thar is. While thar's life thar's hope." + +"But how could he live so long?" + +"Why shouldn't he?" + +"He might starve." + +"Not he. Didn't he carry off my box o' biscuit?" + +"Think of this fog." + +"O, fog ain't much. It's snow an cold that tries a man. He's +tough, too." + +"But he's been so exposed." + +"Exposed? What to? Not he. Didn't he go an carry off that ole +sail?" + +"I cannot help thinking that it's all over with him?" + +"Don't give him up; keep up; cheer up. Think how we got hold of +ole Solomon after givin him up. I tell you that thar was a good +sign." + +"He's been gone too long. Why, it's going on a fortnight?" + +"Wal, what o' that ef he's goin to turn up all right in the end? I +tell you he's somewhar. Ef he ain't in the Bay of Fundy, he may be +driftin off the coast o' Maine, an picked up long ago, an on his +way home now per steamer." + +Bart shook his head, and turned away in deep despondency, in which +feeling all the other boys joined him. They had but little hope +now. The time that had elapsed seemed to be too long, and their +disappointments had been too many. The sadness which they had felt +all along was now deeper than ever, and they looked forward without +a ray of hope. + +On Friday evening they landed at Scott's Bay, and, as old Bennie +Griggs's house was nearest, they went there. They found both the +old people at home, and were received with an outburst of welcome. +Captain Corbet was an old acquaintance, and made himself at home at +once. Soon his errand was announced. + +Bennie had the usual answer, and that was, that nothing whatever +had been heard of any drifting boat. But he listened with intense +interest to Captain Corbet's story, and made him tell it over and +over again, down to the smallest particular. He also questioned +all the boys very closely. + +After the questioning was over, he sat in silence for a long time. +At last he looked keenly at Captain Corbet. + +"He's not ben heard tell of for about twelve days?" + +"No." + +"An it's ben ony moderate weather?" + +"Ony moderate, but foggy." + +"O, of course. Wal, in my 'pinion, fust an foremust, he ain't +likely to hev gone down." + +"That thar's jest what I say." + +"An he had them biscuit?" + +"Yes--a hull box." + +"An the sail for shelter?" + +"Yes." + +"Wal; it's queer. He can't hev got down by the State o' Maine; +for, ef he'd got thar, he'd hev sent word home before this." + +"Course he would." + +Old Bennie thought over this for a long time again, and the boys +watched him closely, as though some result of vital importance hung +upon his final decision. + +"Wal," said Bennie at last, "s'posin that he's alive,--an it's very +likely,--thar's ony two ways to account for his onnat'ral silence. +Them air these:-- + +"Fust, he may hev got picked up by a timber ship, outward bound to +the old country. In that case he may be carried the hull way +acrost. I've knowed one or two sech cases, an hev heerd of +severial more. + +"Second. He may hev drifted onto a oninhabited island." + +"An oninhabited island?" repeated Captain Corbet. + +"Yea." + +"Wal," said Captain Corbet; after a pause, "I've knowed things +stranger than that." + +"So hev I." + +"Air thar any isle of the ocean in particular that you happen to +hev in your mind's eye now?" + +"Thar air." + +"Which?" + +"Ile Haute." + +"Wal, now, railly, I declar--ef I wan't thinkin o' that very spot +myself. An I war thinkin, as I war a comin up the bay, that that +thar isle of the ocean was about the only spot belongin to this +here bay that hadn't been heerd from. An it ain't onlikely that +them shores could a tale onfold that mought astonish some on us. +I shouldn't wonder a mite." + +"Nor me," said Bennie, gravely. + +"It's either a timber ship, or a desert island, as you say,--that's +sartin," said Captain Corbet, after further thought, speaking with +strong emphasis. "Thar ain't a mite o' doubt about it; an which o' +them it is air a very even question. For my part, I'd as soon bet +on one as t'other." + +"I've heerd tell o' several seafarin men that's got adrift, an lit +on that thar isle," said Bennie, solemnly. + +"Wal, so hev I; an though our lad went all the way from Petticoat +Jack, yet the currents in thar wandorins to an fro could +effectooate that thar pooty mighty quick, an in the course of two +or three days it could land him high an dry on them thar +sequestrated shores." + +"Do you think there is any chance of it?" asked Bruce, eagerly, +directing his question to Bennie. + +"Do I think? Why, sartin," said Bennie, regarding Bruce's anxious +face with a calm smile. "Hain't I ben a expoundin to you the +actool facts?" + +"Well, then," cried Bart, starting to his feet, "let's go at once." + +"Let's what?" asked Captain Corbet. + +"Why, hurry off at once, and get to him as soon as we can." + +"An pray, young sir, how could we get to him by leavin here jest +now?" + +"Can't we go straight to Ile Haute?" + +"Scacely. The tide'll be agin us, an the wind too, till nigh +eleven." + +Bart gave a deep sigh. + +"But don't be alarmed. We'll go thar next, an as soon as we can. +You see we've got to go on into Minas Basin. Now we want to leave +here so as to drop down with the tide, an then drop up with the +flood tide into Minas Bay. I've about concluded to wait here till +about three in the mornin. We'll drop down to the island in about +a couple of hours, and'll hev time to run ashore, look round, and +catch the flood tide." + +"Well, you know best," said Bart, sadly. + +"I think that's the only true an rational idee," said Bennie. "I +do, railly; an meantime you can all get beds here with me, an you +can hev a good bit o' sleep before startin." + +This conversation took place not long after their arrival. The +company were sitting in the big old kitchen, and Mrs. Bennie was +spreading her most generous repast on the table. + +After a bounteous supper the two old men talked over the situation +until bedtime. They told many stories about drifting boats and +rafts, compared notes about the direction of certain currents, and +argued about the best course to pursue under certain very difficult +circumstances, such, for example, as a thick snow-storm, midnight, +a heavy sea, and a strong current setting upon a lee shore, the +ship's anchor being broken also. It was generally considered that +the situation was likely to be unpleasant. + +At ten o'clock Bennie hurried his guests to their beds, where they +slept soundly in spite of their anxiety. Before three in the +morning he awaked them, and they were soon ready to reembark. + +It was dim morning twilight as they bade adieu to their hospitable +entertainers, and but little could be seen. Captain Corbet raised +his head, and peered into the sky above, and sniffed the sea air. + +"Wal, railly," said he, "I do declar ef it don't railly seem as ef +it railly is a change o' weather--it railly doos. Why, ain't this +rich? We're ben favored at last. We're agoin to hev a clar day. +Hooray!" + +The boys could not make out whether the captain's words were +justified or not by the facts, but thought that they detected in +the air rather the fragrance of the land than the savor of the salt +sea. There was no wind, however, and they could not see far enough +out on the water to know whether there was any fog or not. + +Bennie accompanied them to the boat, and urged them to come back if +they found the boys and let him rest in Scott's Bay. But the fate +of that boy was so uncertain, that they could not make any promise +about it. + +It was a little after three when the Antelope weighed anchor, and +dropped down the bay. + +There was no wind whatever. It was the tide only that carried them +down to their destination. Soon it began to grow lighter, and by +the time that they were half way, they saw before them the dark +outline of the island, as it rose from the black water with its +frowning cliffs. + +The boys looked at it in silence. It seemed, indeed, a hopeless +place to search in for signs of poor Tom. How could he ever get +ashore in such a place as this, so far out of the line of his +drift; or if he had gone ashore there, how could he have lived till +now? Such were the gloomy and despondent thoughts that filled the +minds of all, as they saw the vessel drawing nearer and still +nearer to those frowning cliffs. + +As they went on the wind grew stronger, and they found that it was +their old friend--the sou-wester. The light increased, and they +saw a fog cloud on the horizon, a little beyond Ile Haute. Captain +Corbet would not acknowledge that he had been mistaken in his +impressions about a change of weather, but assured the boys that +this was only the last gasp of the sou-wester, and that a change +was bound to take place before evening. But though the fog was +visible below Ile Haute, it did not seem to come any nearer, and at +length the schooner approached the island, and dropped anchor. + +It was about half past four in the morning, and the light of day +was beginning to be diffused around, when they reached their +destination. As it was low tide, they could not approach very +near, but kept well off the precipitous shores on the south side of +the island. In the course of her drift, while letting go the +anchor, she went off to a point about half way down, opposite the +shore. Scarce had her anchor touched bottom, than the impatient +boys were all in the boat, calling on Captain Corbet to come along. +The captain and Wade took the oars. + +It was a long pull to the shore, and, when they reached it, the +tide was so low that there remained a long walk over the beach. +They had landed about half way down the island, and, as they +directed their steps to the open ground at the east end, they had a +much greater distance to traverse than they had anticipated. As +they walked on, they did not speak a word. But already they began +to doubt whether there was any hope left. They had been bitterly +disappointed as they came near and saw no sign of life. They had +half expected to see some figure on the beach waiting to receive +them. But there was no figure and no shout of joy. + +At length, as they drew nearer to the east end, and the light grew +brighter, Bart, who was in advance, gave a shout. + +They all hurried forward. + +Bart was pointing towards something. + +It was a signal-staff, with something that looked like a flag +hoisted half mast high. + +Every heart beat faster, and at once the wildest hopes arose. They +hurried on over the rough beach as fast as possible. They +clambered over rocks, and sea-weed, and drift-wood, and at length +reached the bank. And still, as they drew nearer, the signal-staff +rose before them, and the flag at half mast became more and more +visible. + +Rushing up the bank towards this place, each trying to outstrip the +others, they hurried forward, full of hope now that some signs of +Tom might be here. At length they reached the place where Tom had +been so long, and here their steps were arrested by the scene +before them. + +On the point arose the signal-staff, with its heavy flag hanging +down. The wind was now blowing, but it needed almost a gale to +hold out that cumbrous canvas. Close by were the smouldering +remains of what had been a huge fire, and all around this were +chips and sticks. In the immediate neighborhood were some bark +dishes, in some of which were shrimps and mussels. Clams and +lobsters lay around, with shells of both. + +Not far off was a canvas tent, which looked singularly comfortable +and cosy. + +Captain Corbet looked at all this, and shook his head. + +"Bad--bad--bad," he murmured, in a doleful tone. "My last hope, +or, rayther, one of my last hopes, dies away inside of me. This is +wuss than findin' a desert place." + +"Why? Hasn't he been here? He must have been here," cried Bart. +"These are his marks. I dare say he's here now--perhaps asleep--in +the camp. I'll go--" + +"Don't go--don't--you needn't," said Captain Corbet, with a groan. +"You don't understand. It's ben no pore castaway that's come here-- +no pore driftin lad that fell upon these lone and desolate coasts. +No--never did he set foot here. All this is not the work o' +shipwracked people. It's some festive picnickers, engaged in +whilin away a few pleasant summer days. All around you may +perceive the signs of luxoorious feastin. Here you may see all the +different kind o' shellfish that the sea produces. Yonder is a +luxoorious camp. But don't mind what I say. Go an call the +occoopant, an satisfy yourselves." + +Captain Corbet walked with the boys over to the tent. His words +had thrown a fresh dejection over all. They felt the truth of what +he said. These remains spoke not of shipwreck, but of pleasure, +and of picnicking. It now only remained to rouse the slumbering +owner of the tent, and put the usual questions. + +Bart was there first, and tapped at the post. + +No answer. + +He tapped again. + +Still there was no answer. + +He raised the canvas and looked in. He saw the mossy interior, but +perceived that it was empty. All the others looked in. On +learning this they turned away puzzled. + +"Wal, I thought so," said Captain Corbet. "They jest come an go as +the fancy takes 'em. They're off on Cape d'Or to-day, an back here +to-morrer." + +As he said this he seated himself near the tent, and the boys +looked around with sad and sombre faces. + +It was now about half past five, and the day had dawned for some +time. In the east the fog had lifted, and the sun was shining +brightly. + +"I told you thar'd be a change, boys," said the captain. + +As he spoke there came a long succession of sharp, shrill blasts +from the fog horn of the Antelope, which started every one, and +made them run to the rising ground to find out the cause. + + + + + + +XXII. + +Astounding Discovery.--The whole Party of Explorers overwhelmed.-- +Meeting with the Lost.--Captain Corbet improves the Occasion.-- +Conclusion. + + + + + +At the sound from the Antelope they had all started for the rising +ground, to see what it might mean. None of them had any idea what +might be the cause, but all of them felt startled and excited at +hearing it under such peculiar circumstances. Nor was their +excitement lessened by the sight that met their eyes as they +reached the rising ground and looked towards the schooner. + +A change had taken place. When they had left, Solomon only had +remained behind. But now there were two figures on the deck. One +was amidships. The schooner was too far away for them to see +distinctly, but this one was undoubtedly Solomon; yet his gestures +were so extraordinary that it was difficult to identify him. He it +was by whom the blasts on the fog horn were produced. Standing +amidships, he held the fog horn in one hand, and in the other he +held a battered old cap which supplied the place of the old straw +hat lost at Quaco. After letting off a series of blasts from the +horn, he brandished his cap wildly in the air, and then proceeded +to dance a sort of complex double-shuffle, diversified by wild +leaps in the air, and accompanied by brandishings of his hat and +fresh blasts of the horn. But if Solomon's appearance was somewhat +bewildering, still more so was that of the other one. This one +stood astern. Suddenly as they looked they saw him hoist a flag, +and, wonder of wonders, a black flag,--no other, in short, than the +well-known flag of the "B. O. W. C." That flag had been mournfully +lowered and put away on Tom's disappearance, but now it was hoisted +once more; and as they looked, the new comer hoisted it and lowered +it, causing it to rise and fall rapidly before their eyes. + +Nor did the wonder end here. They had taken away the only boat +that the schooner possessed in order to come ashore, leaving +Solomon alone. They had noticed no boat whatever as they rowed to +land. But now they saw a boat floating astern of the Antelope, +with a small and peculiarly shaped sail, that now was flapping in +the breeze. Evidently this boat belonged to the new comer. But +who was he? How had he come there? What was the meaning of those +signals with that peculiar flag, and what could be the reason of +Solomon's joy? + +They stood dumb with astonishment, confused, and almost afraid to +think of the one cause that each one felt to be the real +explanation of all this. Too long had they searched in vain for +Tom,--too often had they sunk from hope to despair,--too confident +and sanguine had they been; and now, at this unexpected sight, in +spite of the assurance which it must have given them that this +could be no other than Tom, they scarce dared to believe in such +great happiness, and were afraid that even this might end in a +disappointment like the others. + +But, though they stood motionless and mute, the two figures on +board the Antelope were neither one nor the other. Solomon danced +more and more madly, and brandished his arms more and more +excitedly, and there came forth from his fog horn wilder and still +wilder peals, and the flag rose and fell more and more quickly, +until at last the spectators on the shore could resist no longer. + +"G-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-o-d ger-ra-a-a-cious!" + +This cry burst from Captain Corbet. + +It was enough. The spell was broken. A wild cry burst forth from +the boys, and with loud, long shouts of joy they rushed down the +bank, and over the beach, back to their boat. The captain was as +quick as any of them. In his enthusiasm he forgot his rheumatism. +There was a race, and though he was not even with Bruce and Bart, +he kept ahead of Pat, and Arthur, and Phil, and old Wade. + +Hurrah! + +And hurrah again! + +Yes, and hurrah over and over; and many were the hurrahs that burst +from them as they raced over the rocky beach. + +Then to tumble into the boat, one after another, to grasp the oars, +to push her off, to head her for the schooner, and to dash through +the water on their way back, was but the work of a few minutes. + +The row to the schooner was a tedious one to those impatient young +hearts. But as they drew nearer, they feasted their eyes on the +figure of the new comer, and the last particle of doubt and fear +died away. First, they recognized the dress--the familiar red +shirt. Tom had worn a coat and waistcoat ashore at Hillsborough on +that eventful day; but on reaching the schooner, he had flung them +off, and appeared now in the costume of the "B. O. W. C." This +they recognized first, and then his face was revealed--a face that +bore no particular indication of suffering or privation, which +seemed certainly more sunburnt than formerly, but no thinner. + +Soon they reached the vessel, and clambered up; and then with what +shouts and almost shrieks of joy they seized Tom! With what cries +and cheers of delight they welcomed him back again, by turns +overwhelming him with questions, and then pouring forth a torrent +of description of their own long search! + +Captain Corbet stood a little aloof. His face was not so radiant +as the faces of the boys. His features were twitching, and his +hands were clasped tight behind his back. He stood leaning against +the mainmast, his eyes fixed on Tom. It was thus that he stood +when Tom caught sight of him, and rushed up to shake hands. + +Captain Corbet grasped Tom's hand in both of his. He trembled, and +Tom felt that his hands were cold and clammy. + +"My dear boys," he faltered, "let us rejice--and--be glad--for this +my son--that was dead--is alive agin--" + +A shudder passed through him, and he stopped, and pressed Tom's +hand convulsively. + +Then he gave a great gasp, and, "Thar, thar," he murmured, "it's +too much! I'm onmanned. I've suffered--an agonized--an this-- +air--too much!" + +And with these words he burst into tears. + +Then he dropped Tom's hand, and retreated into the cabin, where he +remained for a long time, but at last reappeared, restored to +calmness, and with a smile of sweet and inexpressible peace +wreathing his venerable countenance. + +By this time the boys had told Tom all about their long search; and +when Captain Corbet reappeared, Tom had completed the story of his +adventures, and had just reached that part, in his wanderings, +where he had left the island, and found himself drifting down the +bay. As that was the point at which Tom was last lost sight of in +these pages, his story may be given here in his own words. + +"Yes," said he, "you see I found myself drifting down. There was +no help for it. The wind was slight, and the tide was strong. I +was swept down into a fog bank, and lost sight of Ile Haute +altogether. Well, it didn't matter very much, and I wasn't a bit +anxious. I knew that the tide would turn soon, and then I'd come +up, and fetch the land somewhere; so I waited patiently. At last, +after about--well, nearly an hour, the tide must have turned, and I +drifted back, and there was wind enough to give me quite a lift; +and so all of a sudden I shot out of the fog, and saw Ile Haute +before me. I was coming in such a way that my course lay on the +south side of the island, and in a short time I came in sight of +the schooner. I tell you what it is, I nearly went into fits--I +knew her at once. A little farther on, and I saw you all cutting +like mad over the beach to my camp. I was going to put after you +at first; but the fact is, I hated the island so that I couldn't +bear to touch it again, and so I concluded I'd go on board and +signal. So I came up alongside, and got on board. Solomon was +down below; so I just stepped forward, and put my head over the +hatchway, and spoke to him. I declare I thought he'd explode. He +didn't think I was a ghost at all. It wasn't fear, you know--it +was nothing but delight, and all that sort of thing, you know. +Well, you know, then we went to work signaling to you, and he took +the fog horn, and I went to the flag, and so it was." + +"I don't know how we happened not to see your boat," said Bruce. + +"O, that's easy enough to account for," said Tom. "I was hid by +the east point of the island. I didn't see the schooner till I got +round, and you must have been just getting ashore at that time." + +During all this time Solomon had been wandering about in a +mysterious manner; now diving below into the hold, and rattling the +pots and pans; again emerging upon deck, and standing to listen to +Tom and look at him. His face shone like a polished boot; there +was a grin on his face that showed every tooth in his head, and his +little twinkling black beads of eyes shone, and sparkled, and +rolled about till the winking black pupils were eclipsed by the +whites. At times he would stand still, and whisper solemnly and +mysteriously to himself, and then, without a moment's warning, he +would bring his hands down on his thighs, and burst into a loud, +long, obstreperous, and deafening peal of uncontrollable laughter. + +"Solomon," said Tom, at last, "Solomon, my son, won't you burst if +you go on so? I'm afraid you may." + +At this Solomon went off again, and dived into the hold. But in a +minute or two he was back again, and giggling, and glancing, and +whispering to himself, as before. Solomon and Captain Corbet thus +had each a different way of exhibiting the same emotion, for the +feeling that was thus variously displayed was nothing but the +purest and most unfeigned joy. + +"See yah, Mas'r Tom--and chil'n all," said Solomon, at last. "Ise +gwine to pose dat we all go an tend to sometin ob de fust portance. +Hyah's Mas'r Tom habn't had notin to eat more'n a mont; an hyah's +de res ob de blubbed breddern ob de Bee see double what been a +fastin since dey riz at free clock dis shinin and spicious morn. +Dis yah's great an shinin casium, an should be honnad by great and +strorny stivities. Now, dar ain't no stivity dat can begin to hole +a can'l to a good dinna, or suppa, or sometin in de eatin line. So +Ise gwine to pose to honna de cobbery ob de Probable Son by a rale +ole-fashioned, stunnin breakfuss. Don't be fraid dar'll be any +ficiency hyah. I got tings aboard dat I ben a savin for dis +spicious an lightful cobbery. Ben no eatin in dis vessel ebber +sence de loss chile took his parter an drifted off. Couldn't get +no pusson to tetch nuffin. Got 'em all now; an so, blubbed +breddern, let's sem'l once more, an ole Solomon'll now ficiate in +de pressive pacity ob Gran Pandledrum. An I pose dat we rect a +tent on de sho oh dis yah island, and hab de banket come off in +fust chop style." + +"The island!" cried Tom, in horror. "What! the island? Breakfast +on the island? What a horrible proposal! Look here, captain. +Can't we get away from this?" + +"Get away from this?" repeated the captain, in mild surprise. + +"Yes," said Tom. "You see, the fact is, when a fellow's gone +through what I have, he isn't over fond of the place where he's had +that to go through. And so this island is a horrible place to me, +and I can't feel comfortable till I get away out of sight of it. +Breakfast! Why, the very thought of eating is abominable as long +as that island is in sight." + +"Wal, railly, now," said Captain Corbet, "I shouldn't wonder if +thar was a good deal in that, though I didn't think of it afore. +Course it's natral you shouldn't be over fond of sech, when you've +had sech an oncommon tough time. An now, bein' as thar's no uthly +occasion for the Antelope to be a lingerin' round this here isle of +the ocean, I muve that we histe anchor an resume our vyge. It's +nigh onto a fortnight sence we fust started for Petticoat Jack, and +sence that time we've had rare and strikin vycissitoods. It may +jest happen that some on ye may be tired of the briny deep, an may +wish no more to see the billers bound and scatter their foamin +spray; some on ye likewise may be out o' sperrits about the fog. +In sech a case, all I got to say is, that this here schooner'll be +very happy to land you at the nighest port, Scott's Bay, frincense, +from which you may work your way by land to your desired haven. +Sorry would I be to part with ye, specially in this here moment of +jy; but ef ye've got tired of the Antelope, tain't no more'n's +natral. Wal, now,--what d'ye say--shall we go up to Scott's Bay, +or will ye contenoo on to Petticoat Jack, an accomplitch the +riginal vyge as per charter party?" + +The boys said nothing, but looked at Tom as though referring the +question to him. + +"As far as I am concerned," said Tom, who noticed this reference to +him, "it's a matter of indifference where we go, so long as we go +out of sight of this island. If the rest prefer landing at Scott's +Bay, I'm agreed; at the same time, I'd just as soon go on to +Petitcodiac." + +"An what do the rest o' ye say?" asked the captain, somewhat +anxiously. + +"For my part," said Bruce, "I think it's about the best thing we +can do." + +The others all expressed similar sentiments, and Captain Corbet +listened to this with evident delight. + +"All right," said he, "and hooray! Solomon, my aged friend, we +will have our breakfast on board, as we glide past them thar +historic shores. Pile on what you have, and make haste." + +In a few minutes more the anchor was up, and the Antelope was under +way. + +In about half an hour Solomon summoned them below, where he laid +before them a breakfast that cast into the shade Tom's most +elaborate meal on the island. With appetites that seemed to have +been growing during the whole period of Tom's absence, the joyous +company sat down to that repast, while Solomon moved around, his +eyes glistening, his face shining, his teeth grinning, and his hips +moving, as, after his fashion, he whispered little Solomonian +pleasantries to his own affectionate heart. At this repast the +boys began a fresh series of questions, and drew from Tom a full, +complete, and exhaustive history of his island life, more +particularly with regard to his experience in house-building, and +housekeeping; and with each one, without exception, it was a matter +of sincere regret that it had not been his lot to be Tom's +companion in the boat and on the island. + +After breakfast they came up on deck. The wind had at length +changed, as Captain Corbet had prophesied in the morning, and the +sky overhead was clear. Down the bay still might be seen the fog +banks, but near at hand all was bright. Behind them Ile Haute was +already at a respectful distance, and Cape Chignecto was near. + +"My Christian friends," said Captain Corbet, solemnly,--"my +Christian friends, an dear boys. Agin we resoom the thread of our +eventfool vyge, that was brok of a suddent in so onparld a manner. +Agin we gullide o'er the foamin biller like a arrer shot from a +cross-bow, an culleave the briny main. We have lived, an we have +suffered, but now our sufferins seem to be over. At last we have a +fair wind, with a tide to favor us, an we'll be off Hillsborough +before daybreak to-morrer. An now I ask you all, young sirs, do +you feel any regretses over the eventfool past? I answer, no. An +wan't I right? Didn't I say that that thar lad would onst more +show his shinin face amongst us, right side up, with care, in good +order an condition, as when shipped on board the Antelope, Corbet +master, from Grand Pre, an bound for Petticoat Jack? Methinks I +did. Hence the vally of a lofty sperrit in the face of +difficulties. An now, young sirs, in after life take warnin by +this here vyge. Never say die. Don't give up the ship. No +surrender. England expects every man to do his dooty. For him +that rises superior to succumstances is terewly great; an by +presarvin a magnanumous mind you'll be able to hold up your heads +and smile amid the kerrash of misfortin. Now look at me. I affum, +solemn, that all the sufferins I've suffered have ben for my good; +an so this here vyge has eventooated one of the luckiest vyges that +you've ever had. An thus," he concluded, stretching out his +venerable hands with the air of one giving a benediction,--"thus +may it be with the vyge of life. May all its storms end in calms, +an funnish matter in the footoor for balmy rettuspect. Amen!" + +It was a close approach to a sermon; and though the words were a +little incoherent, yet the tone was solemn, and the intention good. +After this the captain dropped the lofty part of a Mentor, and +mingled with the boys as an equal. + +This time the voyage passed without any accident. Before daybreak +on the following morning they reached Hillsborough, where Mrs. +Watson received them with the utmost joy. In a few days more the +boys had scattered, and Bart arrived home with the story of Tom's +rescue. + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg Etext of Lost in the Fog, by James De Mille + diff --git a/old/lstfg10.zip b/old/lstfg10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..59ddba8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/lstfg10.zip |